Chevrolet 2016 Traverse Owners Manual Owner's

2015-10-23

: Chevrolet Chevrolet-2016-Chevrolet-Traverse-Owners-Manual-814262 chevrolet-2016-chevrolet-traverse-owners-manual-814262 chevrolet pdf

Open the PDF directly: View PDF PDF.
Page Count: 392

DownloadChevrolet Chevrolet-2016-Chevrolet-Traverse-Owners-Manual- Owner's Manual  Chevrolet-2016-chevrolet-traverse-owners-manual
Open PDF In BrowserView PDF
Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

Contents

Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
In Brief . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Keys, Doors, and Windows . . . . . 31
Seats and Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Instruments and Controls . . . . . . 107
Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . 163
Climate Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
Driving and Operating . . . . . . . . . 215
Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264
Service and Maintenance . . . . . 341
Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 354
Customer Information . . . . . . . . . 357
Reporting Safety Defects . . . . . . 367
OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 371
Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 381

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

2

Introduction

Introduction

The names, logos, emblems,
slogans, vehicle model names, and
vehicle body designs appearing in
this manual including, but not limited
to, GM, the GM logo, CHEVROLET,
the CHEVROLET Emblem, and
TRAVERSE are trademarks and/or
service marks of General Motors
LLC, its subsidiaries, affiliates,
or licensors.
For vehicles first sold in Canada,
substitute the name “General
Motors of Canada Limited” for
Chevrolet Motor Division wherever it
appears in this manual.

Litho in U.S.A.
Part No. 23208706 B Second Printing

This manual describes features that
may or may not be on the vehicle
because of optional equipment that
was not purchased on the vehicle,
model variants, country
specifications, features/applications
that may not be available in your
region, or changes subsequent to
the printing of this owner manual.
Refer to the purchase
documentation relating to your
specific vehicle to confirm the
features.
Keep this manual in the vehicle for
quick reference.

Canadian Vehicle Owners
A French language manual can be
obtained from your dealer, at
www.helminc.com, or from:

Helm, Incorporated
Attention: Customer Service
47911 Halyard Drive
Plymouth, MI 48170
USA

Using this Manual
To quickly locate information about
the vehicle, use the Index in the
back of the manual. It is an
alphabetical list of what is in the
manual and the page number where
it can be found.

Danger, Warning, and
Caution
Warning messages found on vehicle
labels and in this manual describe
hazards and what to do to avoid or
reduce them.

Propriétaires Canadiens
On peut obtenir un exemplaire de
ce guide en français auprès du
concessionnaire ou à l'adresse
suivante:
©

2015 General Motors LLC. All Rights Reserved.

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

Introduction

{ Danger
Danger indicates a hazard with a
high level of risk which will result
in serious injury or death.

{ Warning
Warning indicates a hazard that
could result in injury or death.

Caution
Caution indicates a hazard that
could result in property or vehicle
damage.

A circle with a slash through it is a
safety symbol which means “Do
Not,” “Do not do this,” or “Do not let
this happen.”

Symbols
The vehicle has components and
labels that use symbols instead of
text. Symbols are shown along with
the text describing the operation or
information relating to a specific
component, control, message,
gauge, or indicator.

M : Shown when the owner
manual has additional instructions
or information.
* : Shown when the service
manual has additional instructions
or information.
0 : Shown when there is more
information on another page —
“see page.”
Vehicle Symbol Chart
Here are some additional symbols
that may be found on the vehicle
and what they mean. For more
information on the symbol, refer to
the Index.

3

9 : Airbag Readiness Light
! : Antilock Brake System (ABS)
% : Audio®Steering Wheel Controls

or OnStar (if equipped)

$ : Brake System Warning Light
" : Charging System
I : Cruise Control
` : Do Not Puncture
^ : Do Not Service
B : Engine Coolant Temperature
O : Exterior Lamps
_ : Flame/Fire Prohibited
# : Fog Lamps
. : Fuel Gauge
+ : Fuses
3 : Headlamp High/Low-Beam
Changer

j : LATCH System Child Restraints
* : Malfunction Indicator Lamp
: : Oil Pressure
g : Outside Power Foldaway
Mirrors

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

4

Introduction

} : Power
/ : Remote Vehicle Start
> : Safety Belt Reminders
7 : Tire Pressure Monitor
_ : Tow/Haul Mode
t : Traction Control/StabiliTrak®
a : Under Pressure
M : Windshield Washer Fluid

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

In Brief

In Brief
Instrument Panel
Instrument Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6

Initial Drive Information
Initial Drive Information . . . . . . . . . . 8
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Liftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Memory Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Second Row Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Third Row Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Heated and Cooled Front
Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Head Restraint Adjustment . . . . 13
Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Passenger Sensing System . . . 14
Mirror Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Steering Wheel Adjustment . . . . 15
Interior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Exterior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . . . 17
Climate Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19

Vehicle Features
Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . .
Radio(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Satellite Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Portable Audio Devices . . . . . . . .
Bluetooth® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Steering Wheel Controls (Radio
without Touchscreen) . . . . . . . . .
Steering Wheel Controls (Radio
with Touchscreen) . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Driver Information Center (DIC)
(With DIC Buttons) . . . . . . . . . . .
Forward Collision Alert (FCA)
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lane Departure
Warning (LDW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Side Blind Zone
Alert (SBZA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rear Vision Camera (RVC) . . . .
Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA)
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Parking Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Universal Remote System . . . . .
Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

20
20
23
23
24
24
25
25
25
26
26
26
27
27
27
27
27
27

Performance and Maintenance
Traction Control/Electronic
Stability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Tire Pressure Monitor . . . . . . . . . . 28

5

Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . . . 29
Driving for Better Fuel
Economy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Roadside Assistance
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

6

In Brief

Instrument Panel

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

In Brief
1. Air Vents 0 213 .
ii

2. Turn Signal Lever. See Turn
and Lane-Change Signals
0 158 (Out of View).
ii

Forward Collision Alert (FCA)
System 0 247 (If Equipped).

7

16. Steering Wheel Controls
(Radio with Touchscreen)
0 109 or Steering Wheel
Controls (Radio without
Touchscreen) 0 108 (If
Equipped).

ii

Lane Departure Warning
(LDW) 0 250 (If Equipped).

ii

ii

ii

Windshield Wiper/Washer
0 110 (Out of View).
ii

Tow/Haul Button (If Equipped).
See Tow/Haul Mode 0 236 .
ii

17. Horn 0 110 .
ii

3. Instrument Cluster 0 117 .
ii

4. Instrument Panel Storage
0 102 .
ii

Power Liftgate Button (If
Equipped). See Liftgate 0 39 .

18. Steering Wheel Adjustment
0 108 .

ii

ii

11. Power Outlets 0 114 .
ii

19. Cruise Control 0 241 .
ii

5. CD Player. See CD Player
(Radio without Touchscreen)
0 181 or CD Player (Radio with
Touchscreen) 0 183 .
ii

ii

12. USB Port. See Auxiliary
Devices 0 192 .

20. Dome Lamp Override. See
Dome Lamps 0 160 .

ii

ii

13. Shift Lever. See Automatic
Transmission 0 233 .

Instrument Panel Illumination
Control 0 159 .

ii

6. Infotainment 0 163 .
ii

7. Passenger Sensing System
0 77 .
ii

8. Hazard Warning Flashers
0 158 .
ii

9. Heated and Cooled Front
Seats 0 57 (If Equipped).
ii

10. Rear Window Wiper/Washer
0 111 .
ii

ii

14. Climate Control Systems 0 204
(If Equipped).

Dual Automatic Climate Control
System 0 207 (If Equipped).
ii

15. Driver Information Center (DIC)
Buttons. See Driver Information
Center (DIC) (With DIC
Buttons) 0 129 or Driver
Information Center (DIC)
(Without DIC Buttons) 0 134 .

ii

21. Data Link Connector (DLC)
(Out of View). See Malfunction
Indicator Lamp (Check Engine
Light) 0 123 .
ii

22. Parking Brake 0 238 .
ii

23. Hood Release. See Hood
0 267 .
ii

ii

ii

Traction Control System (TCS)
Disable Button. See Traction
Control/Electronic Stability
Control 0 239 .

ii

24. Exterior Lamp Controls 0 156 .
ii

Fog Lamps 0 159 (If
Equipped).
ii

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

8

In Brief
Press L again to cancel the panic
alarm.

Initial Drive
Information

See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
System Operation 0 33 .

This section provides a brief
overview about some of the
important features that may or may
not be on your specific vehicle.

ii

Remote Vehicle Start
If equipped, the engine can be
started from outside of the vehicle.

For more detailed information, refer
to each of the features which can be
found later in this owner manual.

Remote Keyless Entry
(RKE) System
The RKE transmitter is used to
remotely lock and unlock the doors
from up to 60 m (195 ft) away from
the vehicle.

Starting the Vehicle
Press K to unlock the driver door.
Press K again within five seconds
to unlock all remaining doors.
Press

1. Press and release
RKE transmitter.

Q on the

2. Immediately, press and hold /
for at least four seconds or until
the parking lamps flash.

Q to lock all doors.

Lock and unlock feedback can be
personalized.

3. Start the vehicle normally after
entering.

To open or close the liftgate, press
and hold 8 until the liftgate
begins to move.

When the vehicle starts, the parking
lamps will turn on.

Press L and release to locate the
vehicle.

Canceling a Remote Start

Press L and hold for more than
two seconds to sound the panic
alarm.

Remote start can be extended.
To cancel a remote start, do one of
the following:
.

Press and hold / until the
parking lamps turn off.

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

In Brief
.
.

Turn on the hazard warning
flashers.

Power Door Locks

9

Q : Press to lock the doors.
See Power Door Locks 0 37 .
ii

Turn the vehicle on and then off.

Liftgate

See Remote Vehicle Start 0 35 .
ii

To open the liftgate the vehicle must
be in P (Park). Press the touch pad
under the liftgate handle and lift up.
To close the liftgate, use the pull
cup or pull strap as an aid.

Door Locks
To lock or unlock a door manually:
. From the inside use the door
lock knob on the window sill.
. From the outside turn the key
toward the front or rear of the
vehicle, or press the K or Q
button on the Remote Keyless
Entry (RKE) transmitter.

Power Liftgate
Base Model

If equipped with a power liftgate, the
vehicle must be in P (Park) to
operate it.
.

Uplevel Model

K : Press to unlock the doors.

Press and hold 8 on the
Remote Keyless Entry
(RKE) transmitter.

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

10

In Brief

Windows

Seat Adjustment
Manual Seats

O.

.

Press

.

Press the touch pad on the
outside liftgate handle.

See Liftgate 0 39 .
ii

Uplevel Shown, Base Similar
Press the switch to lower the
window. Pull the switch up to
raise it.
For more information, see Power
Windows 0 47 .
ii

1. Seat Adjustment Handle
2. Driver Seat Height
Adjustment Lever
3. Seatback Lever

To adjust a manual seat:
1. Lift the handle (1) under the
seat to unlock it.
2. Slide the seat to the desired
position, and then release the
handle (1).

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

In Brief
3. Try to move the seat back and
forth to be sure it is locked in
place.
Move the lever (2) up or down to
raise or lower the seat.

.

Move the seat forward or
rearward by sliding the
control (1) forward or rearward.

.

Raise or lower the front part of
the seat cushion by moving the
front of the control (1) up
or down.

.

Raise or lower the entire seat by
moving the rear of the control (1)
up or down.

.

Adjust the seatback by tilting the
top of the control (2) forward or
rearward.

Use the lever (3) to adjust the
seatback.
See Seat Adjustment 0 53 and
Reclining Seatbacks 0 55 .
ii

ii

Power Seats

See Reclining Seatbacks 0 55 .
ii

.

Increase or decrease lumbar
support by pressing the front or
rear of the control (3).
See Lumbar Adjustment 0 54 .
ii

See Power Seat Adjustment 0 54 .
ii

Memory Features

If equipped, the controls on the
driver door are used to program and
recall memory settings for the driver
seat and outside mirrors.
See Memory Seats 0 56 and
Vehicle Personalization (With DIC
Buttons) 0 145 .
ii

ii

1. Seat Adjustment Control
2. Seatback Control
3. Lumbar Control

To adjust a power seat, if equipped:

11

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

12

In Brief

Second Row Seats

1. If the second row seat is in the
full rear position, adjust it
forward to allow the third row
seat to fold fully flat.
2. Remove anything on or under
the seat.

4. Stow the mini-latch in the
holder in the headliner.
The second row seat can be folded
to access the third row. Pull the
sliding seat lever forward; the seat
cushion folds, and the seat slides
forward.
See Rear Seats 0 58 .
ii

Third Row Seats
The third row seatbacks can be
folded forward, and the seats can
be removed.
To fold the third row seatback:

3. Disconnect the rear safety belt
mini-latch using a key in the
slot on the mini-buckle, and let
the belt retract into the
headliner.

5. Pull up on the release lever on
the back of the seat.

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

In Brief
6. Push the seatback forward to
lay flat.
See Third Row Seats 0 60 .
ii

Heated and Cooled Front
Seats

Press the button once for the
highest setting. With each press of
the button, the seat will change to
the next lower setting, and then to
the off setting. The lights indicate
three for the highest setting and one
for the lowest.

13

Safety Belts

See Heated and Cooled Front Seats
0 57 .
ii

Head Restraint
Adjustment

Heated and Cooled Seat Buttons
Shown, Heated Seat Buttons
Similar
If equipped, the buttons are on the
center stack. To operate, the engine
must be running.

I : If equipped, press to heat the
seatback only.

Do not drive until the head restraints
for all occupants are installed and
adjusted properly.
To achieve a comfortable seating
position, change the seatback
recline angle as little as necessary
while keeping the seat and the head
restraint height in the proper
position.
See Head Restraints 0 52 and Seat
Adjustment 0 53 .
ii

ii

Refer to the following sections for
important information on how to use
safety belts properly:
. Safety Belts 0 63 .
ii

.

How to Wear Safety Belts
Properly 0 64 .

.

Lap-Shoulder Belt 0 65 .

.

Lower Anchors and Tethers for
Children (LATCH System) 0 90 .

ii

ii

ii

H : If equipped, press to cool the
entire seat.

J : Press to heat the seat and
seatback.

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

14

In Brief

Passenger Sensing
System

The passenger airbag status
indicator will light on the instrument
panel when the vehicle is started.
See Passenger Airbag Status
Indicator 0 121 .

3. Return the switch to the center
to deselect the mirror.

ii

Mirror Adjustment
Exterior Mirrors
United States

Uplevel Model
To adjust the mirrors:
Canada and Mexico
The passenger sensing system will
turn off the front outboard
passenger frontal airbag under
certain conditions. No other airbag
is affected by the passenger
sensing system. See Passenger
Sensing System 0 77
ii

1. Press (1) or (2) to select a
mirror.
Base Model
To adjust the mirrors:
1. Press o or
mirror.

p to select a

2. Press the control pad to adjust
the mirror.

2. Press the control pad to adjust
the mirror.
3. Press (1) or (2) again to
deselect the mirror.

Folding Mirrors
For vehicles with manual folding
mirrors, push the mirror toward the
vehicle. Pull the mirror out to return
to its original position.

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

In Brief
For vehicles with power folding
mirrors:

Manual Rearview Mirror
If equipped, push the tab forward for
daytime use and pull it for nighttime
use to avoid glare from the
headlamps from behind. See
Manual Rearview Mirror 0 46 .

15

Steering Wheel
Adjustment

ii

Automatic Dimming Rearview
Mirror
If equipped, the mirror will
automatically reduce the glare of
headlamps from behind. The
dimming feature comes on when the
vehicle is started. See Automatic
Dimming Rearview Mirror 0 47 .
ii

1. Press (1) to fold the mirrors out
to the driving position.
2. Press (2) to fold the mirrors in
to the folded position.
See Folding Mirrors 0 45 .
ii

Interior Mirror
Adjustment
Adjust the rearview mirror to clearly
view the area behind the vehicle.

To adjust the steering wheel:
1. Pull the lever down.
2. Move the steering wheel up
or down.
3. Pull or push the steering wheel
closer or away from you.
4. Push the lever up to lock the
steering wheel in place.
Do not adjust the steering wheel
while driving.

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

16

In Brief

Interior Lighting
Dome Lamps
The dome lamps are in the
overhead console and above the
rear seat passengers.
The dome lamps come on when a
door is opened, unless the dome
lamp override button is pressed in.

E DOME OFF : Press the button
and the dome lamps remain off
when a door is opened. An indicator
light on the button comes on to
show that the dome lamps are off.
Press the button again so the dome
lamps come on when a door is
opened.

For more information, see:
. Dome Lamps 0 160 .
ii

.

Instrument Panel Illumination
Control 0 159 .
ii

Exterior Lighting

To manually turn them on, turn the
instrument panel brightness control
clockwise to the farthest position.
Dome Lamp Override

The exterior lamp control is on the
instrument panel, to the left of the
steering wheel.
AMBIENT OFF (If Equipped) :
Press the button to turn the ambient
lights off. Press the button again to
turn ambient lights on.
Reading Lamps
The dome lamp override button is
next to the exterior lamps control.

Press the button near each lamp to
turn them on or off.

O : Briefly turn to this position to
turn the automatic light control off or
on again.
AUTO : Turns the headlamps on
automatically at normal brightness,
together with the other exterior
lamps and instrument panel lights.

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

In Brief

17

; : Turns on the parking lamps
including all lamps, except the
headlamps.

Y : Press to spray washer fluid on

5 : Turns on the headlamps

See Windshield Wiper/Washer
0 110 and Rear Window Wiper/
Washer 0 111 .

the rear window. The window wiper
will also come on.

together with the parking lamps and
instrument panel lights. A warning
chime sounds if the driver door is
opened when the ignition switch is
off and the headlamps are on.

# : If equipped, it turns the fog

ii

8 : Use for a single wiping cycle.
OFF : Use to turn the wipers off.

6 : Delays wiping cycle. Turn the

lamps on or off.
See:
. Exterior Lamp Controls 0 156
. Fog Lamps 0 159

ii

band up for more frequent wipes or
down for less frequent wipes.
ii

ii

Windshield Wiper/Washer
The windshield wiper/washer lever
is located on the left side of the
steering column.
Turn the band with the wiper symbol
to control the windshield wipers.

LO : Slow wipes.
HI : Fast wipes.
Windshield Washer

J FRONT : Press the button at the
end of the lever to spray washer
fluid on the windshield.
Rear Window Wiper/Washer
The rear wiper and rear wash button
is on the center stack below the
climate control system.

Z : Press to turn the rear wiper on
and off. The wiper speed cannot be
changed.

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

18

In Brief

Climate Controls

1. Fan Control

5. Air Delivery Mode Control

2. REAR (Rear Climate Control)

6. Rear Window Defogger

3. Temperature Control

7. Air Conditioning

4. Recirculation

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

In Brief

19

Transmission

Dual Automatic Climate Control System

Electronic Range Select
(ERS) Mode
ERS mode allows you to choose the
top-gear limit of the transmission
and the vehicle's speed while
driving downhill or towing a trailer.
The vehicle has an electronic shift
position indicator within the
instrument cluster. When using the
ERS mode a number will display
next to the L, indicating the current
gear that has been selected.
1. Driver and Passenger Side
Temperature Controls
2. Air Delivery Mode Controls
3. SYNC (Synchronized
Temperature)
4. AUTO (Automatic Operation)

See Climate Control Systems 0 204
or Dual Automatic Climate Control
System 0 207 (If Equipped). For
more information about the rear
climate control, see Rear Climate
Control System 0 211 or Rear
Climate Control System (with Rear
Seat Audio) 0 212 .

6. A/C (Air Conditioning)
7. Recirculation
8. Fan Control
9. Rear Window Defogger
10. Defrost

To use this feature:
1. Move the shift lever to L (Low).

ii

ii

ii

5. REAR (Rear Climate Control)

ii

2. Press the + (Plus) or − (Minus)
button on the shift lever, to
increase or decrease the gear
range available.
See Manual Mode 0 235 .
ii

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

20

In Brief

Vehicle Features
Infotainment System

Radio(s)
Radio without Touchscreen

If the vehicle has a base radio it is
included in this manual. See the
separate infotainment manual for
information on the connected radios,
audio players, phone, navigation
system, and voice or speech
recognition. There is also
information on settings and
downloadable applications (if
equipped).

O : Press to turn the system on and
off. Turn to increase or decrease the
volume.

© or ¨ SEEK : Seek or scan

BAND : Press to choose between
FM, AM, or SiriusXM®, if equipped.

radio station frequency and the
time, if equipped. While the ignition
is off, press 4 to display the time.

f : Select radio stations or set Tone
options.

stations or tracks.

4 : Change the display between the

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

In Brief
For more information about these
and other radio features, see
Operation (Radio without
Touchscreen) 0 167 or Operation
(Radio with Touchscreen) 0 169 .
ii

1. Turn the ignition key to ACC/
ACCESSORY or ON/RUN,
then press O to turn the
radio on.

ii

If equipped with Rear Seat
Entertainment (RSE), see the
infotainment manual.

Storing a Favorite Station
A maximum of 36 stations can be
stored as favorites using the six
softkeys located below the radio
station frequency tabs and by using
the radio FAV button. Press FAV to
go through up to six pages of
favorites, each having six favorite
stations available per page. Each
page of favorites can contain any
combination of AM, FM, or SiriusXM
stations, if equipped.
See AM-FM Radio (Radio without
Touchscreen) 0 172 or AM-FM
Radio (Radio with Touchscreen)
0 173 .
ii

ii

Setting the Clock
To set the time and date:

2. Press H to display HR, MIN,
MM, DD, YYYY (hour, minute,
month, day, and year).
3. Press the pushbutton located
under any one of the labels to
be changed.
4. To increase or decrease the
time or date, turn f clockwise
or counterclockwise.
See Clock (Radio without
Touchscreen) 0 113 or Clock (Radio
with Touchscreen) 0 114 .
ii

ii

21

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

22

In Brief

Radio with Touchscreen

SRCE : Press to change the audio
source to AM, FM, CD, and if
equipped, SiriusXM®, front auxiliary,
rear auxiliary, and iPod/USB.
FAV : Press to display the favorite
list or add a favorite. See Operation
(Radio without Touchscreen) 0 167
or Operation (Radio with
Touchscreen) 0 169 .
ii

ii

© SEEK or SEEK ¨ : Seek or scan
stations and tracks. See Operation
(Radio without Touchscreen) 0 167
or Operation (Radio with
Touchscreen) 0 169 .
ii

ii

/ BACK : Press to return to the
previous screen in a menu.

Storing Radio Station Presets
PUSH/O : Press to turn the system
on and off. Turn to adjust the
volume.

Z : Press to eject a disc from the
CD. See CD Player (Radio without
Touchscreen) 0 181 or CD Player
(Radio with Touchscreen) 0 183 .
ii

ii

AUX Port : 3.5 mm (1/8 in)
connection for external audio
devices.

PUSH/SEL : Turn to manually find a
station or highlight a menu
selection. Press to select a
highlighted selection.

D : Press to go to the Home Page.
See “Home Page” in Operation
(Radio without Touchscreen) 0 167
or Operation (Radio with
Touchscreen) 0 169 .
ii

ii

Up to 30 preset stations can be
stored. AM, FM, and SiriusXM (if
equipped) can be mixed.
1. From the AM, FM, or SiriusXM
main page, press and hold any
1−5 buttons or one of the
preset screen buttons at the
bottom of the screen. After a
few seconds, a beep is heard
and the new preset information
displays on that screen button.

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

In Brief
2. Repeat for each preset.

.

Press and hold to quickly
increase or decrease the date
settings.

.

Press OK to save the
adjustments.

.

Press the Back or Cancel screen
button to cancel the
adjustments.

Setting the Clock
Press Settings on the Home Page,
then press the Set Time or Set Date
settings screen button to display the
different options for setting the time
and date.
Set Time:
. Press the up or down arrows to
change the Hours, Minutes, AM,
PM, or 24 hour setting on the
clock.
. Press and hold to quickly
increase or decrease the time
settings.
. Press OK to save the
adjustments.
. Press the Back or Cancel screen
button to cancel the
adjustments.
Set Date:
. Press the up or down arrows to
increase or decrease the Month,
Day, and Year settings.

.

www.siriusxm.com or call
1-866-635-2349 (U.S.).

.

www.xmradio.ca or call
1-877-209-0079 (Canada).

23

See Satellite Radio (Radio without
Touchscreen) 0 176 or Satellite
Radio (Radio with Touchscreen)
0 179 .
ii

ii

Satellite Radio

Portable Audio Devices

If equipped, vehicles with a
SiriusXM® satellite radio tuner and a
valid SiriusXM satellite radio
subscription can receive SiriusXM
programming.

The vehicle has a 3.5 mm (1/8 in)
auxiliary input jack on the faceplate
and a USB port in the center stack.
External devices such as iPods,
laptop computers, MP3 players, CD
changers, USB storage devices,
etc. can be connected to the
auxiliary port using a 3.5 mm (1/8 in)
input jack or the USB port
depending on the audio system.

SiriusXM Satellite Radio
Service
SiriusXM is a satellite radio service
based in the 48 contiguous United
States and 10 Canadian provinces.
SiriusXM satellite radio has a wide
variety of programming and
commercial-free music, coast to
coast, and in digital-quality sound.
A fee is required to receive the
SiriusXM service.
Refer to:

If equipped, there are two USB
ports on the rear of the center
console that can be used for
charging only. They can charge
devices that draw 2.1 amps or less.
See the device’s owner manual for
the specification.
See Auxiliary Devices 0 192 .
ii

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

24

In Brief

Bluetooth®
®

The Bluetooth system allows users
with a Bluetooth-enabled mobile
phone to make and receive
hands-free calls using the vehicle
audio system and controls.

Steering Wheel Controls
(Radio without
Touchscreen)

SRCE : Press to switch between
AM, FM, CD, and if equipped,
SiriusXM®, front auxiliary, rear
auxiliary, and iPod/USB.

¨ : Press to seek the next radio
station, track, or chapter while
sourced to the CD slot, or to select
tracks and folders on an iPod or
USB device.

The Bluetooth-enabled mobile
phone must be paired with the
in-vehicle Bluetooth system before it
can be used in the vehicle. Not all
phones will support all functions.

+ e or − e : Press to increase or to
decrease the volume.
See Steering Wheel Controls (Radio
with Touchscreen) 0 109 or Steering
Wheel Controls (Radio without
Touchscreen) 0 108 .

See Bluetooth 0 195 .
ii

ii

ii

w or c/x : Press to change
favorite radio stations, select tracks
on a CD, or navigate tracks or
folders on an iPod or USB device.

b/g : Press to mute the speakers,
press again to unmute. Press and
hold to interact with Bluetooth and
OnStar®, if equipped.
c/x : Press to reject an incoming
call, or end a current call.

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

In Brief

Steering Wheel Controls
(Radio with Touchscreen)

Press and hold to mute/pause the
system.

¨ : Press to seek the next radio
station, track, or chapter while
sourced to the CD slot, or to select
tracks and folders on an iPod or
USB device.
+ e or − e : Press to increase or to
decrease the volume.
See Steering Wheel Controls (Radio
with Touchscreen) 0 109 or Steering
Wheel Controls (Radio without
Touchscreen) 0 108 .
ii

ii

Cruise Control
w or c/x : Press to change
favorite radio stations, select tracks
on a CD, or navigate tracks or
folders on an iPod or USB device.

b/g : Press to interact with
®

Bluetooth and OnStar , if equipped.

c/x : Press to reject an incoming
call, or end a current call.
SRCE : Press to switch between
AM, FM, CD, and if equipped,
SiriusXM®, front auxiliary, rear
auxiliary, and iPod/USB.

25

I : Press to turn cruise control on
or off. The indicator light on the
button comes on when the cruise
control is on.
+RES : If there is a set speed in
memory, press briefly to resume to
that speed or press and hold to
accelerate. If cruise control is
already active, use to increase
vehicle speed.
SET– : Press briefly to set the
speed and activate cruise control.
If cruise control is already active,
use to decrease vehicle speed.

[ : Press to disengage cruise
control without erasing the set
speed from memory.
See Cruise Control 0 241 .
ii

Driver Information Center
(DIC) (With DIC Buttons)
To access the DIC, some vehicles
have buttons located on the
instrument panel.

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

26

In Brief
See Driver Information Center (DIC)
(With DIC Buttons) 0 129 or Driver
Information Center (DIC) (Without
DIC Buttons) 0 134 .
ii

ii

V : Press to set or reset certain
functions and to turn off or
acknowledge messages on the DIC.

U : Press to customize the feature
settings on your vehicle. See
Vehicle Personalization (With DIC
Buttons) 0 145 for more information.
ii

T : Press to display the oil life,
park assist on vehicles with this
feature, units, tire pressure readings
on vehicles with this feature, and
compass calibration and zone
setting on vehicles with this feature.

3 : Press this button to display

Forward Collision Alert
(FCA) System
If equipped, FCA may help avoid or
reduce the harm caused by
front-end crashes. FCA provides a
green indicator, V, when a vehicle
is detected ahead. This indicator
displays amber if you follow a
vehicle much too closely. When
approaching a vehicle ahead too
quickly, FCA provides a red flashing
alert on the windshield and rapidly
beeps.
See Forward Collision Alert (FCA)
System 0 247 .
ii

LDW light, @, is green if a lane
marking is detected. If the vehicle
departs the lane without using a turn
signal in that direction, the light will
change to amber and flash. In
addition, beeps will sound.
See Lane Departure Warning (LDW)
0 250 .
ii

Side Blind Zone
Alert (SBZA)
If equipped, SBZA will detect
moving vehicles in the next lane
over in the vehicle's side blind zone
area. When this happens, the SBZA
display will light up in the
corresponding outside side mirror
and will flash if the turn signal is on.
See Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA)
0 249 .
ii

the odometer, trip odometers, fuel
range, average economy, timer, fuel
used, and average speed.

Lane Departure
Warning (LDW)

Some vehicles do not have the
buttons shown, however some of
the menus can be viewed by using
the trip odometer reset stem.

If equipped, LDW may help avoid
unintentional lane departures at
speeds of 56 km/h (35 mph) or
greater. LDW uses a camera sensor
to detect the lane markings. The

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

In Brief

Rear Vision
Camera (RVC)
If equipped, RVC displays a view of
the area behind the vehicle, on the
infotainment system display, when
the vehicle is shifted into
R (Reverse).
See Rear Vision Camera (RVC)
0 243 .

avoiding objects while in
R (Reverse). It operates at speeds
less than 8 km/h (5 mph) and uses
audible beeps to provide distance
and system information.

If equipped, the RCTA system uses
a triangle with an arrow displayed
on the RVC screen to warn of traffic
behind your vehicle that may cross
your vehicle's path while in
R (Reverse). In addition, beeps will
sound.
See “Rear Cross Traffic Alert
(RCTA)” under Rear Vision Camera
(RVC) 0 243 .
ii

Parking Assist
If equipped, Rear Parking Assist
(RPA) uses sensors on the rear
bumper to assist with parking and

Universal Remote System

Keep the sensors on the vehicle's
rear bumper clean to ensure proper
operation.
See Parking Assist 0 246 .
ii

ii

Rear Cross Traffic Alert
(RCTA) System

27

Power Outlets
The vehicle has 12-volt accessory
power outlets, which can be used to
plug in electrical equipment, such as
a cell phone or MP3 player.
The power outlets are located:
. On the center stack below the
climate controls.
. Inside the center console.
.

At the rear of the center console.

.

In the rear cargo area.

To use the outlets, remove the
cover.
See Power Outlets 0 114 .
ii

If equipped, the Universal Home
Remote System allows for garage
door openers, security systems, and
home automation devices to be
programmed to work with these
buttons in the vehicle.
See Universal Remote System
0 152 .
ii

Sunroof
On vehicles with a sunroof, the
sunroof only operates when the
ignition is in ON/RUN or ACC/
ACCESSORY, or when Retained
Accessory Power (RAP) is active.
See Retained Accessory Power
(RAP) 0 230 .
ii

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

28

In Brief

Tire Pressure Monitor

Performance and
Maintenance

This vehicle may have a Tire
Pressure Monitor System (TPMS).

Traction Control/
Electronic Stability
Control

Vent : Press the front or rear of the
switch to vent or close the sunroof.
Express-open/Express-close :
Press and release the rear or front
of the switch to express-open or
express-close the sunroof.
See Sunroof 0 49 .
ii

The vehicle has a traction control
system that limits wheel spin, and
the StabiliTrak system that assists
with directional control of the vehicle
in difficult driving conditions. Both
systems turn on automatically every
time the vehicle is started.
. To turn off traction control and
StabiliTrak, press and release 4
on the center stack, and the
appropriate DIC message
displays. See Ride Control
System Messages 0 142 .
ii

.

Press and release 4 again to
turn on both systems.

See Traction Control/Electronic
Stability Control 0 239 .
ii

The low tire pressure warning light
alerts to a significant loss in
pressure of one of the vehicle's
tires. If the warning light comes on,
stop as soon as possible and inflate
the tires to the recommended
pressure shown on the Tire and
Loading Information label. See
Vehicle Load Limits 0 222 . The
warning light will remain on until the
tire pressure is corrected.
ii

The low tire pressure warning light
may come on in cool weather when
the vehicle is first started, and then
turn off as the vehicle is driven. This
may be an early indicator that the
tire pressures are getting low and
the tires need to be inflated to the
proper pressure.

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

In Brief
The TPMS does not replace normal
monthly tire maintenance. Maintain
the correct tire pressures.
See Tire Pressure Monitor System
0 304 .
ii

Engine Oil Life System
The engine oil life system calculates
engine oil life based on vehicle use
and displays the CHANGE ENGINE
OIL SOON message when it is time
to change the engine oil and filter.
The oil life system should be reset
to 100% only following an oil
change.
Resetting the Oil Life System
If the vehicle does not have Driver
Information Center (DIC) buttons:
1. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN,
with the engine off. The vehicle
must be in P (Park) to access
this display. Press the trip
odometer reset stem until OIL
LIFE REMAINING displays.
2. Press and hold the trip
odometer reset stem until OIL
LIFE REMAINING shows

29

.

Avoid fast starts and accelerate
smoothly.

.

Brake gradually and avoid
abrupt stops.

If the vehicle has Driver Information
Center (DIC) buttons:

.

Avoid idling the engine for long
periods of time.

1. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN,
with the engine off.

.

When road and weather
conditions are appropriate, use
cruise control.

.

Always follow posted speed
limits or drive more slowly when
conditions require.

.

Keep vehicle tires properly
inflated.

.

Combine several trips into a
single trip.

.

Replace the vehicle's tires with
the same TPC Spec number
molded into the tire's sidewall
near the size.

.

Follow recommended scheduled
maintenance.

“100%.” Three chimes sound
and the CHANGE ENGINE OIL
SOON message goes off.
3. Turn the key to LOCK/OFF.

2. Press the vehicle information
button until OIL LIFE
REMAINING displays.
3. Press and hold the set/reset
button until “100%” is
displayed. Three chimes sound
and the CHANGE ENGINE OIL
SOON message goes off.
4. Turn the key to LOCK/OFF.
See Engine Oil Life System 0 272 .
ii

Driving for Better Fuel
Economy
Driving habits can affect fuel
mileage. Here are some driving tips
to get the best fuel economy
possible.

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

30

In Brief

Roadside Assistance
Program
U.S.: 1-800-243-8872
TTY Users (U.S. Only):
1-888-889-2438
Canada: 1-800-268-6800
New Chevrolet owners are
automatically enrolled in the
Roadside Assistance Program.
See Roadside Assistance Program
0 361 .
ii

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and
Windows

Folding Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Heated Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Park Tilt Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46

Interior Mirrors
Keys and Locks
Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
System Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . . 35
Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Power Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Automatic Door Locks . . . . . . . . . 38
Lockout Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Safety Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38

Doors
Liftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39

Vehicle Security
Vehicle Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Vehicle Alarm System . . . . . . . . .
Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Immobilizer Operation . . . . . . . . .

42
42
43
43

Exterior Mirrors
Convex Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Power Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45

Interior Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . 46
Manual Rearview Mirror . . . . . . . . 46
Automatic Dimming Rearview
Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47

Windows
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Power Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49

Roof
Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49

31

Keys and Locks
Keys

{ Warning
Leaving children in a vehicle with
the ignition key is dangerous and
children or others could be
seriously injured or killed. They
could operate the power windows
or other controls or make the
vehicle move. The windows will
function with the keys in the
ignition, and children or others
could be caught in the path of a
closing window. Do not leave
children in a vehicle with the
ignition key.

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

32

Keys, Doors, and Windows
Warning (Continued)
impacted, and airbags may not
deploy. To reduce the risk of
unintentional rotation of the
ignition key, do not change the
way the ignition key and Remote
Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter,
if equipped, are connected to the
provided key rings.

{ Warning
If the key is unintentionally
rotated while the vehicle is
running, the ignition could be
moved out of the RUN position.
This could be caused by heavy
items hanging from the key ring,
or by large or long items attached
to the key ring that could be
contacted by the driver or
steering wheel. If the ignition
moves out of the RUN position,
the engine will shut off, braking
and steering power assist may be
(Continued)

The ignition key, key rings, and RKE
transmitter, if equipped, are
designed to work together. As a
system, it reduces the risk of
unintentionally moving the key out
of the RUN position. If replacements
or additions are required, see your
dealer. Limit added items to a few
essential keys or small, light items
no larger than an RKE transmitter.

Interference from radio-frequency
identification (RFID) tags may
prevent the key from starting the
vehicle. Keep RFID tags away from
the key when starting the vehicle.
The key is used for the ignition and
all door locks.
The key has a bar-coded key tag
that the dealer or qualified locksmith
can use to make new keys. Store
this information in a safe place, not
in the vehicle.
If it becomes difficult to turn the key,
inspect the key blade for debris.
See your dealer if a replacement
key or additional key is needed.

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

Keys, Doors, and Windows

33

If locked out of the vehicle, call
Roadside Assistance. See Roadside
Assistance Program 0 361 .

Remote Keyless Entry
(RKE) System Operation

Q (Lock) : Press to lock all the

If equipped, with an active OnStar
subscription, an OnStar Advisor
may remotely unlock the vehicle.
See “OnStar,” if equipped.

The RKE transmitter functions work
up to 60 m (195 ft) away from the
vehicle.

If enabled through the Driver
Information Center (DIC), the
parking lamps flash once to indicate
locking has occurred. If enabled
through the DIC, the horn sounds
when Q is pressed again within
five seconds. See Vehicle
Personalization (With DIC Buttons)
0 145 .

ii

Remote Keyless Entry
(RKE) System

Other conditions can affect the
performance of the transmitter. See
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
System 0 33 .
ii

See Radio Frequency Statement
0 367 .

ii

Pressing Q may arm the content
theft-deterrent system. See Vehicle
Alarm System 0 42 .

ii

If there is a decrease in the RKE
operating range:
. Check the distance. The
transmitter may be too far from
the vehicle.
. Check the location. Other
vehicles or objects may be
blocking the signal.
. Check the transmitter's battery.
See “Battery Replacement” later
in this section.
. If the transmitter is still not
working correctly, see your
dealer or a qualified technician
for service.

doors.

ii

K (Unlock) : Press once to unlock
only the driver door. If K is pressed

With Remote Start and Power
Liftgate Shown, Without Similar

/ (Remote Vehicle Start) :
If equipped, see Remote Vehicle
Start 0 35 .
ii

again within five seconds, all
remaining doors unlock. The interior
lamps come on and stay on for
20 seconds or until the ignition is
turned on.
If enabled through the DIC, the
parking lamps flash twice to indicate
unlocking has occurred. See Vehicle
Personalization (With DIC Buttons)
0 145 .
ii

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

34

Keys, Doors, and Windows

Pressing K on the RKE transmitter
disarms the content theft-deterrent
system. See Vehicle Alarm System
0 42 .
ii

8 (Power Liftgate) : Press and
hold until the liftgate begins to move
to open or close the liftgate. The
taillamps flash and a chime sounds
to indicate when the liftgate is
opening or closing.
L (Vehicle Locator/Panic
Alarm) : Press and release to
locate the vehicle. The parking
lamps flash and the horn sounds
three times.
Press and hold L for more than
two seconds to activate the panic
alarm. The parking lamps flash and
the horn sounds repeatedly for
30 seconds. The alarm turns off
when the ignition is moved to ON/
RUN or L is pressed again. The
ignition must be in LOCK/OFF for
the panic alarm to work.

Programming Transmitters to
the Vehicle
Only RKE transmitters programmed
to this vehicle will work. If a
transmitter is lost or stolen, a
replacement can be purchased and
programmed through your dealer.
When the replacement transmitter is
programmed to this vehicle, all
remaining transmitters must also be
reprogrammed. Any lost or stolen
transmitters will no longer work
once the new transmitter is
programmed. Each vehicle can
have up to eight transmitters
programmed to it. See your dealer
to program transmitters to this
vehicle.

Caution
When replacing the battery, do
not touch any of the circuitry on
the transmitter. Static from your
body could damage the
transmitter.

Battery Replacement
Replace the battery if the REPLACE
BATTERY IN REMOTE KEY
message displays in the DIC.

1. Separate the transmitter with a
flat, thin object, such as a flat
head screwdriver.
. Carefully insert the tool into
the notch located along the
parting line of the

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

Keys, Doors, and Windows

.

transmitter. Do not insert
the tool too far. Stop as
soon as resistance is felt.

when doing so. Check local
regulations for any requirements on
remote starting of vehicles.

Twist the tool until the
transmitter is separated.

Do not use the remote start feature
if the vehicle is low on fuel. The
vehicle could run out of fuel.

2. Remove the old battery. Do not
use a metal object.
3. Insert the new battery, positive
side facing down. Replace with
a CR2032 or equivalent
battery.
4. Snap the transmitter back
together.

If the vehicle has the remote start
feature, the RKE transmitter range
may be less while the vehicle is
running.
Other conditions can affect the
performance of the transmitter. See
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
System 0 33 .
ii

Remote Vehicle Start
This vehicle may have a remote
starting feature that starts the
engine from outside of the vehicle.

/ (Remote Start) : This button is
on the RKE transmitter if the vehicle
has remote start.
Laws in some communities may
restrict the use of remote starters.
For example, some laws may
require a person using the remote
start to have the vehicle in view

Starting the Engine Using
Remote Start
To start the vehicle:
1. Press and release
RKE transmitter.

Q on the

2. Immediately after completing
Step 1, press and hold / until
the parking lamps flash. If the
vehicle's lights cannot be seen,
press and hold / for at least
four seconds.

35

When the vehicle starts, the parking
lamps will turn on and remain on as
long as the engine is running. The
doors will be locked and the climate
control system will operate
automatically if the vehicle has the
automatic system, or at the same
setting as when the vehicle was last
turned off.
If the vehicle has an automatic
climate control system and heated
seats, the heated seats turn on
during colder outside temperatures
and shut off when the key is turned
to ON/RUN. See Heated and
Cooled Front Seats 0 57 .
ii

The rear window defogger and
heated mirrors, if the vehicle has
them, turn on during colder outside
temperatures and turn off when the
key is turned to ON/RUN.
After entering the vehicle during a
remote start, insert and turn the key
to the ON/RUN position to drive the
vehicle.
If the vehicle is left running it
automatically shuts off after
10 minutes unless a time extension
has been done.

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

36

Keys, Doors, and Windows

Extending Engine Run Time
To extend the engine run time by
10 minutes, repeat Steps 1–2 while
the engine is still running. An
extension can be requested
30 seconds after starting. The
engine run time can only be
extended if it is the first remote start
since the vehicle has been driven.
Remote start can be extended
one time.
If the remote start procedure is used
again before the first 10-minute time
frame has ended, the first
10 minutes will immediately expire
and the second 10-minute time
frame will start.
For example, if Q and then / are
pressed again after the vehicle has
been running for five minutes,
10 minutes are added, allowing the
engine to run for a total of
15 minutes.
A maximum of two remote starts or
remote start attempts are allowed
between ignition cycles.

After the vehicle's engine has been
started two times using the remote
start button, the ignition must be
turned on and then back off before
the remote start procedure can be
used again.

Canceling a Remote Start
To manually shut off a remote start:
.

Press and hold / until the
parking lamps turn off.

.

Turn on the hazard warning
flashers.

.

Turn the ignition switch on and
then off.

Conditions in Which the
Remote Start Will Not Work
The vehicle cannot be started using
the remote start feature if the key is
in the ignition, the hood is open,
or there is an emission control
system malfunction.
The engine turns off during a remote
start if the coolant temperature gets
too high or if the oil pressure
gets low.

Door Locks

{ Warning
Unlocked doors can be
dangerous.
. Passengers, especially
children, can easily open
the doors and fall out of a
moving vehicle. When a
door is locked, the handle
will not open it. The chance
of being thrown out of the
vehicle in a crash is
increased if the doors are
not locked. So, all
passengers should wear
safety belts properly and the
doors should be locked
whenever the vehicle is
driven.
. Young children who get into
unlocked vehicles may be
unable to get out. A child
can be overcome by
extreme heat and can suffer
permanent injuries or even
(Continued)

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

Keys, Doors, and Windows
Warning (Continued)

37

Power Door Locks

death from heat stroke.
Always lock the vehicle
whenever leaving it.
.

Outsiders can easily enter
through an unlocked door
when you slow down or stop
the vehicle. Locking the
doors can help prevent this
from happening.
Uplevel Model

To lock or unlock a door manually:
. From the inside use the door
lock knob on the window sill.
. From the outside turn the key
toward the front or rear of the
vehicle, or press the or button on
the Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
transmitter.

Base Model

K (Unlock) :

Press to unlock the

doors.

Q (Lock) :

Press to lock the doors.

Delayed Locking
This feature delays the locking of
the doors until five seconds after all
doors are closed.
When Q is pressed on the power
door lock switch while the door or
liftgate is open, a chime will sound
three times indicating delayed
locking is active.

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

38

Keys, Doors, and Windows

The doors will lock automatically
five seconds after all doors are
closed. If a door is reopened before
that time, the five-second timer will
reset when all doors are closed
again.
Press Q on the door lock switch
again or press Q on the RKE
transmitter to lock doors
immediately.
This feature can also be
programmed. See Vehicle
Personalization (With DIC Buttons)
0 145 .
ii

Automatic Door Locks
The doors will lock automatically
when all doors are closed, the
ignition is on, and the shift lever is
moved out of P (Park).
To unlock the doors:

K on a door.

.

Press

.

Shift the transmission into
P (Park).

Automatic door locking cannot be
disabled. Automatic door unlocking
can be programmed through the
Driver Information Center (DIC).
See Vehicle Personalization (With
DIC Buttons) 0 145 .

The vehicle has rear door security
locks to prevent passengers from
opening the rear doors from the
inside.

ii

Lockout Protection
When locking is requested with the
driver door open and the key in the
ignition, all the doors will lock and
then the driver door will unlock.
This can be manually overridden by
pressing and holding Q on the
power door lock switch.

Safety Locks
Caution
Pulling the inside door handle
while the rear door safety locks
are engaged could damage your
vehicle. Do not pull the inside
door handle while the rear door
safety locks are engaged.

Open the rear doors to access the
security locks on the inside edge of
each door.
To set the locks, insert a key into
the slot and turn it to the horizontal
position. The door can only be
opened from the outside with the
door unlocked. To return the door to
normal operation, turn the slot to the
vertical position.

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

Keys, Doors, and Windows

Doors

Warning (Continued)

Liftgate

and set the fan speed to the
highest setting. See
“Climate Control Systems”
in the Index.

{ Warning
Exhaust gases can enter the
vehicle if it is driven with the
liftgate or trunk/hatch open,
or with any objects that pass
through the seal between the
body and the trunk/hatch or
liftgate. Engine exhaust contains
carbon monoxide (CO) which
cannot be seen or smelled. It can
cause unconsciousness and even
death.
If the vehicle must be driven with
the liftgate or trunk/hatch open:
. Close all of the windows.
.

.

39

Fully open the air outlets on
or under the instrument
panel.
Adjust the climate control
system to a setting that
brings in only outside air
(Continued)

.

If the vehicle is equipped
with a power liftgate, disable
the power liftgate function.

See Engine Exhaust 0 232 .
ii

Caution
To avoid damage to the liftgate or
liftgate glass, make sure the area
above and behind the liftgate is
clear before opening it.

Manual Liftgate

To open the liftgate, press the touch
pad under the liftgate handle and lift
up. The vehicle must be in P (Park)
and the battery must be charged.
Use the pull cup or pull strap to
lower and close the liftgate.
Always close the liftgate before
driving.

Power Liftgate

To unlock the liftgate, press the
power door lock switch or press
on the Remote Keyless Entry
(RKE) transmitter twice. See
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
System Operation 0 33 .
ii

K

If equipped with a power liftgate, the
vehicle must be in P (Park) to
operate. The taillamps flash and a
chime sounds when the power
liftgate moves.

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

40

Keys, Doors, and Windows

{ Warning
You or others could be injured if
caught in the path of the power
liftgate. Make sure there is no one
in the way of the liftgate as it is
opening and closing.

O.

.

Press

.

Press the touch pad on the
outside liftgate handle.

Pressing the buttons or touch pad a
second time while the liftgate is
moving reverses the direction.

The power liftgate can be power
opened and closed in the
following ways:
.

Press and hold 8 on the
RKE transmitter. See Remote
Keyless Entry (RKE) System
Operation 0 33 .
ii

Power Liftgate Touch Pad
The liftgate can also be closed by
pressing l next to the liftgate
latch. Press l a second time
during the liftgate operation to
reverse the operation.

The power liftgate may be
temporarily disabled under extreme
temperatures or under low battery
conditions. If this occurs, the liftgate
can be operated manually.
If the vehicle is shifted out of
P (Park) while the liftgate power
function is in progress, it will
continue to completion. If the
vehicle is shifted out of P (Park) and
accelerated before the power liftgate
latch closes, the liftgate may
reverse to the open position. Cargo
could fall out of the vehicle. Always
make sure the power liftgate is
closed and latched before
driving away.
If after a power opening, the liftgate
stays open momentarily, then slowly
closes with continuous chiming
sounds and turn signal flashes, the
support strut may have lost
pressure. See your dealer for
service before using the liftgate.
Obstacle Detection Features
If an obstacle is encountered during
the power open or close cycle, a
warning chime will sound and the
liftgate will automatically reverse

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

Keys, Doors, and Windows
direction to the full closed or open
position. After removing the obstacle
the liftgate will resume normal
operation.
If more obstacles are encountered
on the same power cycle, the power
function deactivates. The liftgate
must be opened or closed manually
if this occurs. A message displays
on the Driver Information
Center (DIC) to indicate that the
liftgate is open. See Door Ajar
Messages 0 137 . After removing
the obstacles, manually open the
liftgate fully or close and latch the
liftgate. The liftgate will resume
normal power operation.

Manual Operation of Power
Liftgate

Do not force the liftgate open or
closed during a power cycle.

Caution
Do not use too much force when
closing the liftgate to avoid
damage.
Press the touch pad on the outside
of the liftgate pull cup and lift to
open. Use the pull cup to lower and
close the liftgate. The liftgate latch
will power close.
Always close the liftgate before
driving.

ii

The vehicle also has pinch sensors
along the side edges of the liftgate.
If the sensors press against an
object while closing, the liftgate will
reverse direction and open fully. The
liftgate will remain open until it is
activated again or closed manually.

41

To change the liftgate to manual
operation, press OFF on the power
liftgate switch. A message displays
on the DIC indicating manual
operation mode. See Door Ajar
Messages 0 137 .
ii

With the liftgate in manual mode
and all of the doors unlocked, the
liftgate can be manually opened and
closed.

If 8 on the RKE transmitter or
l on the liftgate is pressed while
in manual operation mode, the
taillamps will flash three times, but
the liftgate will not move.
It is not recommended to drive with
the liftgate open. However, if the
vehicle must be driven with the
liftgate open, the liftgate should be
set to manual operation.

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

42

Keys, Doors, and Windows
If the delayed locking feature is
active, the alarm is not activated
until all doors are closed and the
security light goes off.

Vehicle Security
This vehicle has theft-deterrent
features; however, they do not make
the vehicle impossible to steal.

Vehicle Alarm System
On vehicles with an anti-theft alarm
system, to activate the system:
.

Press Q on the Remote Keyless
Entry (RKE) transmitter or the
power door lock switch when
any door is open.

The security light flashes.
When the door is closed, the
security light stops flashing and
stays on solid for approximately
30 seconds. The content
theft-deterrent alarm is not
armed until the security light
goes off.

.

Press Q when the driver door is
closed. The security light comes
on solid for approximately
30 seconds and then goes off.
The content theft-deterrent alarm
is not armed until the security
light goes off.

The theft-deterrent system will not
activate if the doors are locked with
the vehicle's key or the manual
door lock.
If the driver door is opened without
first unlocking with the RKE
transmitter, the horn will chirp and
the lights will flash to indicate
pre-alarm. If the vehicle is not
started, or the door is not unlocked
by pressing K on the RKE
transmitter during the 10-second
pre-alarm, the alarm will be
activated.
The alarm will also be activated if a
passenger door, the liftgate, or the
hood is opened without first

disarming the system. When the
alarm is activated, the turn signals
flash and the horn sounds for about
30 seconds. The alarm system will
then re-arm to monitor for the next
unauthorized event.
The vehicle can be started with the
correct ignition key if the alarm has
been set off.
To avoid setting off the alarm by
accident:
. Lock the vehicle with the door
key after the doors are closed.
. Unlock the door with the RKE
transmitter. Unlocking a door any
other way sets off the alarm if
the system has been armed.
Press K or place the key in the
ignition and turn it to START to turn
off the alarm.

Testing the Alarm
To test the alarm:
1. From inside the vehicle, lower
the driver side window, and
open the driver door.
2. Press

Q.

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

Keys, Doors, and Windows
3. Get out of the vehicle, close
the door, and wait for the
security light to go out.

The system is automatically armed
when the key is removed from the
ignition.

4. Reach in through the window,
unlock the door with the
manual door lock, and open
the door. This should set off the
alarm.

The system is automatically
disarmed when the key is turned to
ON/RUN, ACC/ACCESSORY,
or START from the LOCK/OFF
position.

If the alarm does not sound when it
should, but the headlamps flash,
check to see if the horn works. The
horn fuse may be blown. To replace
the fuse, see Fuses and Circuit
Breakers 0 289 .
ii

If the alarm does not sound or the
headlamps do not flash, see your
dealer for service.

Immobilizer
See Radio Frequency Statement
0 367 .
ii

Immobilizer Operation
This vehicle has PASS-Key® III+
(Personalized Automotive Security
System) theft-deterrent system.
PASS-Key III+ is a passive
theft-deterrent system.

You do not have to manually arm or
disarm the system.
The security light comes on if there
is a problem with arming or
disarming the theft-deterrent
system.
When the PASS-Key III+ system
senses an incorrect key, the vehicle
does not start. Anyone using a
trial-and-error method to start the
vehicle will be discouraged because
of the high number of electrical key
codes.
If the engine does not start and the
security light on the instrument
panel comes on when trying to start
the vehicle, there may be a problem
with the theft-deterrent system. Turn
the ignition off and try again.

43

If the engine still does not start, and
the key appears to be undamaged,
try another ignition key and check
the fuses. See Fuses and Circuit
Breakers 0 289 for additional
information. If the engine still does
not start with the other key, the
vehicle needs service. If the vehicle
does start, the first key may be
faulty. See your dealer who can
service the PASS-Key III+ to have a
new key made. In an emergency,
contact Roadside Assistance. See
Roadside Assistance Program
0 361 .
ii

ii

It is possible for the PASS-Key III+
decoder to learn the transponder
value of a new or replacement key.
Up to 10 keys may be programmed
to the vehicle. The following
procedure is for programming
additional keys only. If all currently
programmed keys are lost or do not
operate, you must see your dealer
or a locksmith who can service
PASS-Key III+ to have keys made
and programmed to the system.

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

44

Keys, Doors, and Windows

See your dealer or a locksmith who
can service PASS-Key III+ to get a
new key blank that is cut exactly as
the ignition key that operates the
system.
To program the new additional key:
1. Verify that the new key has
a 1 stamped on it.
2. Insert the already programmed
key in the ignition and start the
engine. If the engine does not
start, see your dealer for
service.
3. After the engine has started,
turn the key to LOCK/OFF, and
remove the key.
4. Insert the key to be
programmed and turn it to the
ON/RUN position within
five seconds of the original key
being turned to the LOCK/OFF
position.
The security light turns off once
the key has been programmed.
5. Repeat Steps 1–4 if additional
keys are to be programmed.

If the PASS-Key III+ key is lost or
damaged, see your dealer or a
locksmith to have a new key made.
The SERVICE THEFT
DETERRENT SYSTEM message
displays on the Driver Information
Center (DIC) when there is a
problem with the theft-deterrent
system. See Security Messages
0 142 for additional information.
ii

Do not leave the key or device that
disarms or deactivates the
theft-deterrent system in the vehicle.

Exterior Mirrors
Convex Mirrors

{ Warning
A convex mirror can make things,
like other vehicles, look farther
away than they really are. If you
cut too sharply into the right lane,
you could hit a vehicle on the
right. Check the inside mirror or
glance over your shoulder before
changing lanes.
The passenger side mirror is convex
shaped. A convex mirror's surface is
curved so more can be seen from
the driver seat.

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

Keys, Doors, and Windows

Power Mirrors

45

Folding Mirrors
For vehicles with manual folding
mirrors, push the mirror toward the
vehicle. Pull the mirror out to return
to its original position.
For vehicles with power folding
mirrors:

Uplevel Model
Base Model
To adjust the mirrors:
1. Press o or
mirror.

p to select a

2. Press the control pad to adjust
the mirror.
3. Return the switch to the center
to deselect the mirror.

To adjust the mirrors:
1. Press (1) or (2) to select a
mirror.
2. Press the control pad to adjust
the mirror.
3. Press (1) or (2) again to
deselect the mirror.
Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA)
If the vehicle has the SBZA system,
see Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA)
0 249 .
ii

1. Press (1) to fold the mirrors out
to the driving position.
2. Press (2) to fold the mirrors in
to the folded position.

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

46

Keys, Doors, and Windows

Resetting the Power Folding
Mirrors
Reset the power folding mirrors if:
. The mirrors are accidentally
obstructed while folding.
. They are accidentally manually
folded/unfolded.
. The mirrors vibrate at normal
driving speeds.
To reset the mirrors, fold and unfold
the mirrors one time using the
power folding mirror controls.
A popping noise may be heard
during the resetting. This sound is
normal during the reset operation.

Heated Mirrors
For vehicles with heated mirrors:

1 (Rear Window Defogger) :
Press to heat the mirrors.
See “Rear Window Defogger” under
Dual Automatic Climate Control
System 0 207 .
ii

Park Tilt Mirrors
If equipped with memory seats, the
passenger and/or driver mirror tilts
to a preselected position when the
vehicle is in R (Reverse). This
allows the curb to be seen when
parallel parking.
The mirror(s) return to the original
position when:
. The vehicle is shifted out of
R (Reverse), or remains in
R (Reverse) for about
30 seconds.
. The ignition is turned off.
.

The vehicle is driven in
R (Reverse) above a set speed.

To turn this feature on or off, see
Vehicle Personalization (With DIC
Buttons) 0 145 .
ii

Interior Mirrors
Interior Rearview Mirrors
Adjust the rearview mirror for a clear
view of the area behind your
vehicle.
If equipped with OnStar, the vehicle
may have three control buttons at
the bottom of the mirror. See your
dealer for more information about
OnStar and how to subscribe to it.
See “OnStar,” if equipped.
Do not spray glass cleaner directly
on the mirror. Use a soft towel
dampened with water.

Manual Rearview Mirror
If equipped, push the tab forward for
daytime use and pull it for nighttime
use to avoid glare from the
headlamps from behind.

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

Keys, Doors, and Windows

Automatic Dimming
Rearview Mirror
If equipped, automatic dimming
reduces the glare of the headlamps
from behind. This feature comes on
when the vehicle is started.

Windows

{ Warning
Never leave a child, a helpless
adult, or a pet alone in a vehicle,
especially with the windows
closed in warm or hot weather.
They can be overcome by the
extreme heat and suffer
permanent injuries or even death
from heat stroke.

pulsing sound when either rear
window is down and the front
windows are up. To reduce the
sound, open either a front window
or the sunroof, if equipped.

Power Windows

{ Warning
Children could be seriously
injured or killed if caught in the
path of a closing window. Never
leave keys in a vehicle with
children. When there are children
in the rear seat, use the window
lockout button to prevent
operation of the windows. See
Keys 0 31 .
ii

The vehicle aerodynamics are
designed to improve fuel economy
performance. This may result in a

47

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

48

Keys, Doors, and Windows
Express-Up/Express-Down
Windows
A window with the express-up/down
feature allows it to be raised or
lowered without holding the switch.
Press or pull the window switch fully
and release it to activate the
express feature. The express mode
can be canceled by pressing or
pulling the switch.
Uplevel Shown, Base Similar

The driver door has switches that
control the passenger and rear
windows. The power windows work
with the ignition in ACC/
ACCESSORY or ON/RUN or with
Retained Accessory Power (RAP)
active. See Retained Accessory
Power (RAP) 0 230 .
ii

Press the switch to lower the
window. Pull up on the front edge of
the switch to raise the window.

Programming the Power
Windows
If the vehicle battery has been
recharged, disconnected,
or replaced, windows with the
express-up feature may need to be
reprogrammed for this feature to
work. To program the window:
1. Close all doors with the ignition
in the ACC/ACCESSORY or
ON/RUN position, or with
Retained Accessory
Power (RAP) active. See
Retained Accessory Power
(RAP) 0 230 .
ii

2. Press and continue to hold the
window switch until the window
is fully open.

3. Pull up and hold the window
switch to close the window.
Continue to hold it briefly after
the window is fully closed.
4. Repeat for each window that
has the express-up feature.

Anti-Pinch Feature
The anti-pinch feature is on
windows with the express-up
feature. If an object is in the way of
the window as it is express-closing,
or in certain weather conditions like
severe icing, the window will stop
and open to a factory preset
position. The window functions
normally once the obstruction is
removed.

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

Keys, Doors, and Windows
Rear Window Lockout

Sun Visors

49

Roof
Sunroof
On vehicles with a sunroof, the
sunroof only operates when the
ignition is in ON/RUN or ACC/
ACCESSORY, or when Retained
Accessory Power (RAP) is active.
See Retained Accessory Power
(RAP) 0 230 .
ii

The rear window lockout feature
prevents the rear passenger
windows from operating, except
from the driver position.
Press v to activate the rear
window lockout switch. The
indicator light comes on when
activated.
Press v again to deactivate the
lockout switch.

Pull the sun visor down to block
glare. Detach the sun visor from the
center mount to pivot to the side
window or, if equipped, extend
along the rod.

If equipped, there may be a rear
sunroof over the second row seats.
The rear sunroof does not open.

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

50

Keys, Doors, and Windows

Vent : Press and hold the front of
the switch to vent the sunroof. Press
and hold the rear of the switch to
close the sunroof.
Express-open/Express-close :
Press and release the rear of the
switch to express-open the sunroof.
Press and release the front of the
switch to express-close the sunroof.

Manual Sunshade
The sunshades must be opened
and closed manually. To open the
sunshade, press the button on the
sunshade handle to release it and
guide it back. To close the
sunshade, pull the sunshade
forward until it latches.

Dirt and debris may collect on the
sunroof seal or in the track. This
could cause an issue with sunroof
operation or noise. It could also plug
the water drainage system.
Periodically open the sunroof and
remove any obstacles or loose
debris. Wipe the sunroof seal and
roof sealing area using a clean
cloth, mild soap, and water. Do not
remove grease from the sunroof.
If water is seen dripping into the
water drainage system, this is
normal.

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

Seats and Restraints

Seats and
Restraints

Replacing Safety Belt System
Parts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . 70

Airbag System

Head Restraints
Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52

Front Seats
Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Power Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . 54
Lumbar Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Memory Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Heated and Cooled Front
Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57

Rear Seats
Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Third Row Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60

Safety Belts
Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
How to Wear Safety Belts
Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Safety Belt Use During
Pregnancy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Safety Belt Extender . . . . . . . . . . .
Safety System Check . . . . . . . . . .
Safety Belt Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

63
64
65
69
69
69
70

Airbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . . . 72
When Should an Airbag
Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
What Makes an Airbag
Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
How Does an Airbag
Restrain? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
What Will You See after an
Airbag Inflates? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Passenger Sensing System . . . 77
Servicing the Airbag-Equipped
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Adding Equipment to the
Airbag-Equipped Vehicle . . . . . 81
Airbag System Check . . . . . . . . . . 82
Replacing Airbag System Parts
after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82

Child Restraints
Older Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Infants and Young Children . . . .
Child Restraint Systems . . . . . . .
Where to Put the Restraint . . . . .
Lower Anchors and Tethers for
Children (LATCH System) . . . .

83
84
87
88
90

51

Replacing LATCH System Parts
After a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Securing Child Restraints
(Rear Seat) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Securing Child Restraints (Front
Passenger Seat) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

52

Seats and Restraints

Head Restraints
Front Seats

{ Warning
With head restraints that are not
installed and adjusted properly,
there is a greater chance that
occupants will suffer a neck/
spinal injury in a crash. Do not
drive until the head restraints for
all occupants are installed and
adjusted properly.
The vehicle's front seats have
adjustable head restraints in the
outboard seating positions.

Adjust the head restraint so that the
top of the restraint is at the same
height as the top of the occupant's
head. This position reduces the
chance of a neck injury in a crash.

To raise or lower the head restraint,
press the button located on the side
of the head restraint, and pull up or
push the head restraint down, and
release the button. Pull and push on
the head restraint after the button is
released to make sure that it is
locked in place.
To adjust the head restraint forward,
grasp the head restraint and pull
forward until the desired locking
position is reached.
To adjust the head restraint
rearward, press the button located
on the side of the head restraint,
and push the head restraint
rearward until the desired locking

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

Seats and Restraints
position is reached. Try to move the
head restraint after the button is
released to make sure that it is
locked in place.
The front seat outboard head
restraints are not removable.

Rear Seats
The vehicle's second row seats
have head restraints in the outboard
seating positions that cannot be
adjusted.

Front Seats
Seat Adjustment

{ Warning
You can lose control of the
vehicle if you try to adjust a driver
seat while the vehicle is moving.
Adjust the driver seat only when
the vehicle is not moving.

The vehicle's third row seats have
headrests in the outboard seating
positions that cannot be adjusted.

53

To adjust a manual seat:
1. Lift the handle (1) under the
seat to unlock it.
2. Slide the seat to the desired
position, and then release the
handle (1).
3. Try to move the seat back and
forth to be sure it is locked in
place.
Move the lever (2) up or down to
raise or lower the seat.
Use the lever (3) to adjust the
seatback. See Reclining Seatbacks
0 55 .
ii

The second row head restraints and
third row headrests are not
removable.

1. Seat Adjustment Handle
2. Driver Seat Height
Adjustment Lever
3. Seatback Lever

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

54

Seats and Restraints

Power Seat Adjustment

.

Adjust the seatback by tilting the
top of the control (2) forward or
rearward.

.

Increase or decrease lumbar
support by pressing the front or
rear of the control (3).

Power Lumbar

See Reclining Seatbacks 0 55 .
ii

See Lumbar Adjustment 0 54 .
ii

Lumbar Adjustment
Manual Lumbar
If equipped, press and hold the front
or rear of control to increase or
decrease lumbar support. Release
the control when the seatback
reaches the desired level of lumbar
support.

1. Seat Adjustment Control
2. Seatback Control
3. Lumbar Control

To adjust a power seat, if equipped:
. Move the seat forward or
rearward by sliding the
control (1) forward or rearward.
. Raise or lower the front part of
the seat cushion by moving the
front of the control (1) up
or down.
. Raise or lower the entire seat by
moving the rear of the control (1)
up or down.

If equipped, move the handle
forward or rearward to increase or
decrease lumbar support.

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

Seats and Restraints

55

Reclining Seatbacks

{ Warning
Sitting in a reclined position when
the vehicle is in motion can be
dangerous. Even when buckled
up, the safety belts cannot do
their job.
The shoulder belt will not be
against your body. Instead, it will
be in front of you. In a crash, you
could go into it, receiving neck or
other injuries.
The lap belt could go up over
your abdomen. The belt forces
would be there, not at your pelvic
bones. This could cause serious
internal injuries.
For proper protection when the
vehicle is in motion, have the
seatback upright. Then sit well
back in the seat and wear the
safety belt properly.

Do not have a seatback reclined if
the vehicle is moving.

Manual Reclining Seatbacks

{ Warning
If either seatback is not locked, it
could move forward in a sudden
stop or crash. That could cause
injury to the person sitting there.
Always push and pull on the
seatbacks to be sure they are
locked.

To recline the seatback:
1. Lift the lever.
2. Move the seatback to the
desired position, and then
release the lever to lock the
seatback in place.
3. Push and pull on the seatback
to make sure it is locked.
To return the seatback to the upright
position:
1. Lift the lever fully without
applying pressure to the
seatback, and the seatback will
return to the upright position.

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

56

Seats and Restraints

2. Push and pull on the seatback
to make sure it is locked.

Memory Seats

2. Press and hold 1 until
two beeps sound.
3. Repeat for a second driver
position using 2.

Power Reclining Seatbacks

To recall, press and release 1 or 2.
The vehicle must be in P (Park).
A single beep will sound. The seat
and outside mirrors will move to the
position previously stored for the
identified driver.
Memory Remote Recall

To adjust a power seatback,
if equipped:
. Tilt the top of the control
rearward to recline.
. Tilt the top of the control forward
to raise.

If equipped, the controls on the
driver door are used to program and
recall memory settings for the driver
seat and outside mirrors.
Storing Memory Positions
To save into memory:
1. Adjust the driver seat, seatback
recliner, and both outside
mirrors.
Not all vehicles will have the
ability to save and recall the
mirror positions.

The memory feature can recall the
driver seat and outside mirrors to
stored positions when entering the
vehicle.
To activate, unlock the driver door
with the Remote Keyless
Entry (RKE) transmitter. The driver
seat and outside mirrors will move
to the memory position associated
with the transmitter used to unlock
the vehicle.
This feature is turned on or off using
the vehicle personalization menu.
See Vehicle Personalization (With
DIC Buttons) 0 145 .
ii

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

Seats and Restraints
To stop recall movement, press one
of the power seat controls, memory
buttons, or the power mirror buttons.
If something has blocked the driver
seat while recalling a memory
position, the recall may stop.
Remove the obstruction; then press
and hold the appropriate manual
control for the memory item that is
not recalling for two seconds. Try
recalling the memory position again
by pressing the appropriate memory
button. If the memory position is still
not recalling, see your dealer for
service.

A single beep sounds. The driver
seat moves back approximately
8 cm (3 in). To move the seat back
farther, press S again until the seat
is all the way back.
If something has blocked the driver
seat while recalling the exit position,
the recall may stop. Remove the
obstruction; then press and hold the
power seat control rearward for
two seconds. Try recalling the exit
position again. If the exit position is
still not recalling, see your dealer for
service.

Easy Exit Driver Seat

See Vehicle Personalization (With
DIC Buttons) 0 145 .

This feature can move the seat
rearward to allow extra room to exit
the vehicle.

Heated and Cooled Front
Seats

S (Easy Exit Driver Seat) : Press
to activate the recall. The vehicle
must be in P (Park).
If this feature is programmed on in
the vehicle personalization menu,
automatic seat movement occurs
when the ignition key is removed.

57

Warning (Continued)
care when using the seat heater,
especially for long periods of
time. Do not place anything on
the seat that insulates against
heat, such as a blanket, cushion,
cover, or similar item. This may
cause the seat heater to
overheat. An overheated seat
heater may cause a burn or may
damage the seat.

ii

{ Warning
If you cannot feel temperature
change or pain to the skin, the
seat heater may cause burns. To
reduce the risk of burns, people
with such a condition should use
(Continued)

Heated and Cooled Seat Buttons
Shown, Heated Seat Buttons
Similar
If equipped, the buttons are on the
center stack. To operate, the engine
must be running.

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

58

Seats and Restraints

I (Heated Seatback) : If equipped,

Remote Start Heated Seats

press to heat the seatback only.

When it is cold outside, the heated
seats may turn on automatically
during a remote vehicle start. The
heated seats will be canceled when
the ignition is turned on. Press the
desired heated seat button to use
the heated seats after the vehicle is
started.

H (Cooled Seat) : If equipped,
press to cool the entire seat.

J (Heated Seat and Seatback) :
Press to heat the seat and
seatback.
Press the button once for the
highest setting. With each press of
the button, the seat will change to
the next lower setting, and then to
the off setting. The lights indicate
three for the highest setting and one
for the lowest.
The passenger heated seat may
take longer to heat up.
The heated and/or cooled seats are
canceled after the ignition is
turned off.

Rear Seats

The heated seat button lights will
not turn on during a remote start.
The temperature of an unoccupied
seat may be reduced.
See Remote Vehicle Start 0 35 .
ii

1. Seat Adjustment Handle
2. Reclining Seatback Strap
3. Sliding Seat Lever

Entering and Exiting the
Third Row

{ Warning
Using the third row seating
position while the second row is
folded, or folded and tumbled,
could cause injury in a sudden
(Continued)

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

Seats and Restraints

5. Pull the sliding seat lever (3)
forward. The seatback will tilt
forward, and the seat will begin
sliding forward. Continue to
push forward on the seatback
until the entire seat moves all
the way forward and the seat
cushion is folded.

Warning (Continued)
stop or crash. Be sure to return
the seat to the passenger seating
position. Push and pull on the
seat to make sure it is locked into
place.

Returning the Seat to the
Seating Position

Caution
Folding a rear seat with the safety
belts still fastened may cause
damage to the seat or the safety
belts. Always unbuckle the safety
belts and return them to their
normal stowed position before
folding a rear seat.

59

To access the third row:
1. Remove objects on the floor in
front of or on the second row
seat, or in the seat tracks on
the floor.
2. Move the front center console
armrest completely forward.
See Center Console Storage
0 103 .
ii

3. Place the folding armrests in
the upright position.
4. Make sure that the safety belt
is unfastened and in the
stowed position.

To return the second row seat to its
normal seating position:
1. Remove objects on the floor
behind the second row seat or
in the seat tracks on the floor.
2. Slide the seat rearward by
pushing on the seatback until
the seat is locked into place.
3. Continue pushing the seatback
rearward until the seatback is
locked into place.
4. Push down on the rear of the
seat cushion until it is locked in
place.
5. Push and pull on the seatback
and seat cushion to make sure
they are locked in place.

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

60

Seats and Restraints

6. Check that the safety belt is
not under the seat cushion.

Reclining the Seatbacks
To recline the seatback:
1. Leaning rearward in the seat,
pull the reclining seatback
strap (2).
2. Move the seatback to the
desired position, and then
release the strap (2) to lock the
seatback in place.
3. Push and pull on the seatback
to make sure it is locked.

Folding the Seatback
To fold the second row seatbacks:
1. Remove anything on or under
the seat.
2. Place the armrest in the upright
position, and unfasten the
safety belt.
3. Pull forward on the reclining
seatback strap (2).
The head restraint will fold
down automatically.

To return the seatback to the
seating position, lift the seatback
and push it rearward until it locks
into place. Push and pull on the
seatback to make sure it is locked.
Pull up on the head restraint to
return it to the upright, locked
position.

Adjusting the Seats
To adjust the second row seats, pull
outward on the seat adjustment
handle (1). Slide the seat forward or
rearward to the desired position.
Release the handle (1), and push
and pull on the seat to make sure it
is locked.

Third Row Seats

{ Warning
Using the third row seating
position while the second row is
folded, or pushed forward in the
entry position, could cause injury
in a sudden stop or crash. Be
sure to return the seat to the
(Continued)

Warning (Continued)
passenger seating position. Push
and pull on the seat to make sure
it is locked into place.

Folding the Seatback
Caution
Folding a rear seat with the safety
belts still fastened may cause
damage to the seat or the safety
belts. Always unbuckle the safety
belts and return them to their
normal stowed position before
folding a rear seat.
To fold the third row seatback:
1. If the second row seat is in the
full rear position, adjust it
forward to allow the third row
seat to fold fully flat.
2. Remove anything on or under
the seat.

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

Seats and Restraints
4. Stow the mini-latch in the
holder in the headliner.

61

row seat, or lift the seatback
and push it into place from
inside the vehicle.

{ Warning

3. Disconnect the rear safety belt
mini-latch, using a key in the
slot on the mini-buckle, and let
the belt retract into the
headliner.

If either seatback is not locked, it
could move forward in a sudden
stop or crash. That could cause
injury to the person sitting there.
Always push and pull on the
seatbacks to be sure they are
locked.

5. Pull up on the release lever on
the back of the seat.
6. Push the seatback forward to
lay flat.

Returning the Seat to the
Seating Position
To return the seatback to the
seating position:
1. From the rear of the vehicle,
raise the seatback to the
upright position using the pull
strap on the back of the third

2. Push and pull on the seatback
to make sure it is locked in
place.

{ Warning
A safety belt that is improperly
routed, not properly attached,
or twisted will not provide the
protection needed in a crash. The
person wearing the belt could be
seriously injured. After raising the
rear seatback, always check to be
(Continued)

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

62

Seats and Restraints
Warning (Continued)

Caution (Continued)

sure that the safety belts are
properly routed and attached, and
are not twisted.

belts. Always unbuckle the safety
belts and return them to their
normal stowed position before
folding a rear seat.

3. Reconnect the center safety
belt mini-latch to the
mini-buckle. Do not let it twist.
4. Pull on the safety belt to be
sure the mini-latch is secure.

Removing the Third Row Seats
To remove a third row seat:
1. Remove the cargo
management system, if it is
installed. See Cargo
Management System 0 104 .
ii

2. Remove anything on or under
the seat.

3. Fold the seatback down. See
“Folding the Seatback” earlier
in this section.

2. Place the seat on the vehicle
floor so that the front seat
hooks are on the vehicle bars.

4. Remove the rear bolts on the
floor on each side of the seat.

3. Reinstall the bolts, and torque
to 55 Y (41 lb ft). Pull up on
the seat to make sure it is
locked in place.

5. Remove the seat by tilting it
slightly upward, and then
pulling it out of the rear of the
vehicle in one motion.
6. Replace the bolts in the floor
holes for storage.

Installing the Third Row Seats
To reinstall a third row seat:

Caution
Folding a rear seat with the safety
belts still fastened may cause
damage to the seat or the safety
(Continued)

The seats must be placed in
the proper locations to attach
correctly. The wider seat must
be installed on the driver side
and the narrower seat on the
passenger side. Remove the
bolts from the holes in the floor
before installing the seats.

1. Before installing the seat, the
seatback must be folded
forward. See “Folding the
Seatback” earlier in this
section.

4. Raise the seatback to its
upright position. Push and pull
on the seatback to make sure it
is locked into place.
5. Reconnect the center safety
belt mini-latch to the
mini-buckle. Do not let it twist.

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

Seats and Restraints

Safety Belts
This section of the manual
describes how to use safety belts
properly. It also describes some
things not to do with safety belts.

{ Warning
Do not let anyone ride where a
safety belt cannot be worn
properly. In a crash, if you or your
passenger(s) are not wearing
safety belts, injuries can be much
worse than if you are wearing
safety belts. You can be seriously
injured or killed by hitting things
inside the vehicle harder or by
being ejected from the vehicle. In
addition, anyone who is not
buckled up can strike other
passengers in the vehicle.
It is extremely dangerous to ride
in a cargo area, inside or outside
of a vehicle. In a collision,
passengers riding in these areas
are more likely to be seriously
injured or killed. Do not allow
(Continued)

Warning (Continued)
passengers to ride in any area of
the vehicle that is not equipped
with seats and safety belts.
Always wear a safety belt, and
check that all passenger(s) are
restrained properly too.
This vehicle has indicators as a
reminder to buckle the safety belts.
See Safety Belt Reminders 0 120 .
ii

Why Safety Belts Work

63

When riding in a vehicle, you travel
as fast as the vehicle does. If the
vehicle stops suddenly, you keep
going until something stops you.
It could be the windshield, the
instrument panel, or the safety belts!
When you wear a safety belt, you
and the vehicle slow down together.
There is more time to stop because
you stop over a longer distance and,
when worn properly, your strongest
bones take the forces from the
safety belts. That is why wearing
safety belts makes such good
sense.

Questions and Answers About
Safety Belts
Q: Will I be trapped in the vehicle
after a crash if I am wearing a
safety belt?
A: You could be — whether you are
wearing a safety belt or not.
Your chance of being conscious
during and after a crash, so you
can unbuckle and get out, is
much greater if you are belted.

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

64

Seats and Restraints

Q: If my vehicle has airbags, why
should I have to wear safety
belts?
A: Airbags are supplemental
systems only; so they work with
safety belts — not instead of
them. Whether or not an airbag
is provided, all occupants still
have to buckle up to get the
most protection.
Also, in nearly all states and in
all Canadian provinces, the law
requires wearing safety belts.

It is very important for all occupants
to buckle up. Statistics show that
unbelted people are hurt more often
in crashes than those who are
wearing safety belts.
There are important things to know
about wearing a safety belt properly.

This section is only for people of
adult size.
.

Sit up straight and always keep
your feet on the floor in front
of you.

.

Always use the correct buckle
for your seating position.

.

Wear the lap part of the belt low
and snug on the hips, just
touching the thighs. In a crash,
this applies force to the strong

ii

ii

.

Wear the shoulder belt over the
shoulder and across the chest.
These parts of the body are best
able to take belt restraining
forces. The shoulder belt locks if
there is a sudden stop or crash.

{ Warning

How to Wear Safety Belts
Properly
There are special things to know
about safety belts and children. And
there are different rules for smaller
children and infants. If a child will be
riding in the vehicle, see Older
Children 0 83 or Infants and Young
Children 0 84 . Follow those rules for
everyone's protection.

pelvic bones and you would be
less likely to slide under the lap
belt. If you slid under it, the belt
would apply force on your
abdomen. This could cause
serious or even fatal injuries.

You can be seriously injured,
or even killed, by not wearing
your safety belt properly.
. Never allow the lap or
shoulder belt to become
loose or twisted.
. Never wear the shoulder
belt under both arms or
behind your back.
. Never route the lap or
shoulder belt over an
armrest.

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

Seats and Restraints

65

Lap-Shoulder Belt
All seating positions in the vehicle
have a lap-shoulder belt.
If you are using a rear seating
position with a detachable safety
belt and the safety belt is not
attached, see “Returning the Seat to
the Seating Position” under Third
Row Seats 0 60 for instruction on
reconnecting the safety belt to the
mini-buckle.
ii

The following instructions explain
how to wear a lap-shoulder belt
properly.

2. Pick up the latch plate and pull
the belt across you. Do not let
it get twisted.

1. Adjust the seat, if the seat is
adjustable, so you can sit up
straight. To see how, see
“Seats” in the Index.

The lap-shoulder belt may lock
if you pull the belt across you
very quickly. If this happens, let
the belt go back slightly to
unlock it. Then pull the belt
across you more slowly.
If the shoulder portion of a
passenger belt is pulled out all
the way, the child restraint
locking feature may be
engaged. If this happens, let
the belt go back all the way
and start again.

3. Push the latch plate into the
buckle until it clicks.
Pull up on the latch plate to
make sure it is secure. If the
belt is not long enough, see
Safety Belt Extender 0 69 .
ii

Position the release button on
the buckle so that the safety
belt could be quickly unbuckled
if necessary.
4. If equipped with a shoulder belt
height adjuster, move it to the
height that is right for you. See
“Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster”
later in this section for
instructions on use and
important safety information.

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

66

Seats and Restraints
Before a door is closed, be sure the
safety belt is out of the way. If a
door is slammed against a safety
belt, damage can occur to both the
safety belt and the vehicle.

Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster
The vehicle has a shoulder belt
height adjuster for the driver and
front outboard passenger seating
positions.
5. To make the lap part tight, pull
up on the shoulder belt.
It may be necessary to pull the
stitching on the safety belt
through the latch plate to fully
tighten the lap belt on smaller
occupants.

To unlatch the belt, push the button
on the buckle. The belt should
return to its stowed position. Slide
the latch plate up the safety belt
webbing when the safety belt is not
in use. The latch plate should rest
on the stitching on the safety belt,
near the guide loop on the side wall.
Always stow the safety belt slowly.
If the safety belt webbing returns
quickly to the stowed position, the
retractor may lock and cannot be
pulled out. If this happens, pull the
safety belt straight out firmly to
unlock the webbing, and then
release it. If the webbing is still
locked in the retractor, see your
dealer.

Adjust the height so the shoulder
portion of the belt is on the shoulder
but not falling off of it. The belt
should be close to but not
contacting the neck. Improper
shoulder belt height adjustment
could reduce the effectiveness of
the safety belt in a crash. See How
to Wear Safety Belts Properly 0 64 .
ii

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

Seats and Restraints
are part of the safety belt assembly.
They can help tighten the safety
belts during the early stages of a
moderate to severe frontal, near
frontal, or rear crash if the threshold
conditions for pretensioner
activation are met. Safety belt
pretensioners can also help tighten
the safety belts in a side crash or a
rollover event.

To move it down, push down on the
release button and move the height
adjuster to the desired position. You
can move the height adjuster up by
pushing up on the shoulder belt
guide.
After the adjuster is set to the
desired position, try to move it down
without pushing the release button
to make sure it has locked into
position.

Safety Belt Pretensioners
This vehicle has safety belt
pretensioners for the front outboard
occupants. Although the safety belt
pretensioners cannot be seen, they

Pretensioners work only once. If the
pretensioners activate in a crash,
they will need to be replaced, and
the vehicle’s safety belt system will
probably need other new parts. See
Replacing Safety Belt System Parts
after a Crash 0 70 .
ii

Rear Safety Belt Comfort
Guides

{ Warning
A safety belt that is not properly
worn may not provide the
protection needed in a crash. The
person wearing the belt could be
seriously injured. The shoulder
(Continued)

67

Warning (Continued)
belt should go over the shoulder
and across the chest. These parts
of the body are best able to take
belt restraining forces.
Rear safety belt comfort guides may
provide added safety belt comfort
for older children who have
outgrown booster seats and for
some adults. When installed on a
shoulder belt, the comfort guide
positions the shoulder belt away
from the neck and head.
Second Row Outboard Seating
Positions
The vehicle has comfort guides for
the second row outboard seating
positions. The comfort guides are
stored on a clip on the interior trim
next to the outboard seatback.

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

68

Seats and Restraints

To install:

1. Remove the guide from its
storage clip on the interior trim
next to the outboard seatback.

3. Be sure that the belt is not
twisted and it lies flat. The
elastic cord must be behind the
belt with the plastic guide on
the front.

2. Place the guide over the belt,
and insert the two edges of the
belt into the slots of the guide.

4. Buckle, position, and release
the safety belt as described
previously in this section. Make
sure the shoulder portion of the
belt is on the shoulder and not
falling off of it. The belt should
be close to, but not contacting,
the neck.

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

Seats and Restraints
To remove and store the comfort
guide, squeeze the belt edges
together so that the safety belt can
be removed from the guide. Slide
the guide onto its storage clip.
Third Row Seating Positions
Comfort guides are available
through your dealer for the third row
seating positions. Instructions are
included with the guide.

Safety Belt Use During
Pregnancy
Safety belts work for everyone,
including pregnant women. Like all
occupants, they are more likely to
be seriously injured if they do not
wear safety belts.

A pregnant woman should wear a
lap-shoulder belt, and the lap
portion should be worn as low as
possible, below the rounding,
throughout the pregnancy.
The best way to protect the fetus is
to protect the mother. When a safety
belt is worn properly, it is more likely
that the fetus will not be hurt in a
crash. For pregnant women, as for
anyone, the key to making safety
belts effective is wearing them
properly.

Safety Belt Extender
If the vehicle's safety belt will fasten
around you, you should use it.

69

But if a safety belt is not long
enough, your dealer will order you
an extender. When you go in to
order it, take the heaviest coat you
will wear, so the extender will be
long enough for you. To help avoid
personal injury, do not let someone
else use it, and use it only for the
seat it is made to fit. The extender
has been designed for adults. Never
use it for securing child seats. To
wear it, attach it to the regular safety
belt. For more information, see the
instruction sheet that comes with
the extender.

Safety System Check
Now and then, check that the safety
belt reminder light, safety belts,
buckles, latch plates, retractors, and
anchorages are all working properly.
Look for any other loose or
damaged safety belt system parts
that might keep a safety belt system
from doing its job. See your dealer
to have it repaired. Torn or frayed
safety belts may not protect you in a
crash. They can rip apart under
impact forces. If a belt is torn or
frayed, get a new one right away.

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

70

Seats and Restraints

Make sure the safety belt reminder
light is working. See Safety Belt
Reminders 0 120 .
ii

Keep safety belts clean and dry.
See Safety Belt Care 0 70 .
ii

Safety Belt Care
Keep belts clean and dry.

{ Warning
Do not bleach or dye safety belts.
It may severely weaken them. In
a crash, they might not be able to
provide adequate protection.
Clean safety belts only with mild
soap and lukewarm water.

Replacing Safety Belt
System Parts after a
Crash

{ Warning
A crash can damage the safety
belt system in the vehicle.
A damaged safety belt system
may not properly protect the
person using it, resulting in
serious injury or even death in a
crash. To help make sure the
safety belt systems are working
properly after a crash, have them
inspected and any necessary
replacements made as soon as
possible.
After a minor crash, replacement of
safety belts may not be necessary.
But the safety belt assemblies that
were used during any crash may
have been stressed or damaged.
See your dealer to have the safety
belt assemblies inspected or
replaced.

New parts and repairs may be
necessary even if the safety belt
system was not being used at the
time of the crash.
Have the safety belt pretensioners
checked if the vehicle has been in a
crash, or if the airbag readiness light
stays on after you start the vehicle
or while you are driving. See Airbag
Readiness Light 0 121 .
ii

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

Seats and Restraints

Airbag System
The vehicle has the following
airbags:
. A frontal airbag for the driver.
.

A frontal airbag for the front
outboard passenger.

.

A seat-mounted side impact
airbag for the driver.

.

A seat-mounted side impact
airbag for the front outboard
passenger.

.

A roof-rail airbag for the driver
and for the second and third row
passengers seated directly
behind the driver.

.

A roof-rail airbag for the front
outboard passenger and the
second and third row
passengers seated directly
behind the front outboard
passenger.

The vehicle may have the following
airbag:
. A front center airbag for the
driver and front outboard
passenger.

All vehicle airbags have the word
AIRBAG on the trim or on an
attached label near the deployment
opening.
For frontal airbags, the word
AIRBAG is on the center of the
steering wheel for the driver and on
the instrument panel for the front
outboard passenger.
For the front center airbag, the word
AIRBAG is on the inboard side of
the driver seatback.
For seat-mounted side impact
airbags, the word AIRBAG is on the
side of the seatback closest to
the door.
For roof-rail airbags, the word
AIRBAG is on the ceiling or trim.
Airbags are designed to supplement
the protection provided by safety
belts. Even though today's airbags
are also designed to help reduce
the risk of injury from the force of an
inflating bag, all airbags must inflate
very quickly to do their job.
Here are the most important things
to know about the airbag system:

71

{ Warning
You can be severely injured or
killed in a crash if you are not
wearing your safety belt, even
with airbags. Airbags are
designed to work with safety
belts, not replace them. Also,
airbags are not designed to inflate
in every crash. In some crashes
safety belts are the only restraint.
See When Should an Airbag
Inflate? 0 74 .
ii

Wearing your safety belt during a
crash helps reduce the chance of
hitting things inside the vehicle or
being ejected from it. Airbags are
“supplemental restraints” to the
safety belts. Everyone in the
vehicle should wear a safety belt
properly, whether or not there is
an airbag for that person.

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

72

Seats and Restraints

{ Warning

Warning (Continued)

Because airbags inflate with great
force and faster than the blink of
an eye, anyone who is up
against, or very close to any
airbag when it inflates can be
seriously injured or killed. Do not
sit unnecessarily close to any
airbag, as you would be if sitting
on the edge of the seat or leaning
forward. Safety belts help keep
you in position before and during
a crash. Always wear a safety
belt, even with airbags. The driver
should sit as far back as possible
while still maintaining control of
the vehicle. The safety belts and
the front outboard passenger
airbags are most effective when
you are sitting well back and
upright in the seat with both feet
on the floor.

Occupants should not lean on or
sleep against the door or side
windows in seating positions with
seat-mounted side impact airbags
and/or roof-rail airbags.

Occupants should not lean on or
sleep against the front center
armrest or console in vehicles
with a front center airbag.
(Continued)

The system checks the airbag
electrical system for malfunctions.
The light tells you if there is an
electrical problem. See Airbag
Readiness Light 0 121 for more
information.
ii

Where Are the Airbags?

{ Warning
Children who are up against,
or very close to, any airbag when
it inflates can be seriously injured
or killed. Always secure children
properly in the vehicle. To read
how, see Older Children 0 83 or
Infants and Young Children 0 84 .
ii

ii

The driver frontal airbag is in the
center of the steering wheel.

There is an airbag readiness light
on the instrument cluster, which
shows the airbag symbol.

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

Seats and Restraints

73

If the vehicle has a front center
airbag, it is in the inboard side of the
driver seatback.

Driver Side Shown, Passenger
Side Similar

The front outboard passenger
frontal airbag is in the passenger
side instrument panel.
Driver Side Shown, Passenger
Side Similar
The driver and front outboard
passenger seat-mounted side
impact airbags are in the side of the
seatbacks closest to the door.

The roof-rail airbags for the driver,
front outboard passenger, and
second and third row outboard
passengers are in the ceiling above
the side windows.

{ Warning
If something is between an
occupant and an airbag, the
airbag might not inflate properly
or it might force the object into
that person causing severe injury
or even death. The path of an
(Continued)

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

74

Seats and Restraints
Warning (Continued)

inflating airbag must be kept
clear. Do not put anything
between an occupant and an
airbag, and do not attach or put
anything on the steering wheel
hub or on or near any other
airbag covering.
Do not use seat or console
accessories that block the
inflation path of a seat-mounted
side impact airbag or the front
center airbag, if equipped.
Never secure anything to the roof
of a vehicle with roof-rail airbags
by routing a rope or tie-down
through any door or window
opening. If you do, the path of an
inflating roof-rail airbag will be
blocked.

When Should an Airbag
Inflate?
This vehicle is equipped with
airbags. See Airbag System 0 71 .
Airbags are designed to inflate if the
ii

impact exceeds the specific airbag
system's deployment threshold.
Deployment thresholds are used to
predict how severe a crash is likely
to be in time for the airbags to
inflate and help restrain the
occupants. The vehicle has
electronic sensors that help the
airbag system determine the
severity of the impact. Deployment
thresholds can vary with specific
vehicle design.

whether the object is fixed or
moving, rigid or deformable, narrow
or wide.

Frontal airbags are designed to
inflate in moderate to severe frontal
or near frontal crashes to help
reduce the potential for severe
injuries, mainly to the driver's or
front outboard passenger's head
and chest.

The front center airbag, if equipped,
is designed to inflate in moderate to
severe side crashes depending
upon the location of the impact,
when either side of the vehicle is
struck. In addition, the front center
airbag is designed to inflate when
the sensing system predicts that the
vehicle is about to roll over on its
side. The front center airbag is not
designed to inflate in frontal
impacts, near frontal impacts,
or rear impacts.

Whether the frontal airbags will or
should inflate is not based primarily
on how fast the vehicle is traveling.
It depends on what is hit, the
direction of the impact, and how
quickly the vehicle slows down.
Frontal airbags may inflate at
different crash speeds depending on
whether the vehicle hits an object
straight on or at an angle, and

Frontal airbags are not intended to
inflate during vehicle rollovers, rear
impacts, or many side impacts.
In addition, the vehicle has
advanced technology frontal
airbags. Advanced technology
frontal airbags adjust the restraint
according to crash severity.

Seat-mounted side impact airbags
are designed to inflate in moderate
to severe side crashes depending
on the location of the impact.
Seat-mounted side impact airbags

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

Seats and Restraints
are not designed to inflate in frontal
impacts, near frontal impacts,
rollovers, or rear impacts.
A seat-mounted side impact airbag
is designed to inflate on the side of
the vehicle that is struck.
Roof-rail airbags are designed to
inflate in moderate to severe side
crashes depending on the location
of the impact. In addition, these
roof-rail airbags are designed to
inflate during a rollover or in a
severe frontal impact. Roof-rail
airbags are not designed to inflate in
rear impacts. Both roof-rail airbags
will inflate when either side of the
vehicle is struck, if the sensing
system predicts that the vehicle is
about to roll over on its side, or in a
severe frontal impact.
In any particular crash, no one can
say whether an airbag should have
inflated simply because of the
vehicle damage or the repair costs.

What Makes an Airbag
Inflate?
In a deployment event, the sensing
system sends an electrical signal
triggering a release of gas from the
inflator. Gas from the inflator fills the
airbag causing the bag to break out
of the cover. The inflator, the airbag,
and related hardware are all part of
the airbag module.
For airbag locations, see Where Are
the Airbags? 0 72 .
ii

How Does an Airbag
Restrain?
In moderate to severe frontal or
near frontal collisions, even belted
occupants can contact the steering
wheel or the instrument panel. In
moderate to severe side collisions,
even belted occupants can contact
the inside of the vehicle.
Airbags supplement the protection
provided by safety belts by
distributing the force of the impact
more evenly over the
occupant's body.

75

Rollover capable roof-rail airbags
are also designed to help contain
the head and chest of occupants in
the outboard seating positions in the
first, second, and third rows. The
rollover capable roof-rail airbags are
designed to help reduce the risk of
full or partial ejection in rollover
events, although no system can
prevent all such ejections.
But airbags would not help in many
types of collisions, primarily
because the occupant's motion is
not toward those airbags. See When
Should an Airbag Inflate? 0 74 for
more information.
ii

Airbags should never be regarded
as anything more than a supplement
to safety belts.

What Will You See after
an Airbag Inflates?
After the frontal airbags and
seat-mounted side impact airbags
inflate, they quickly deflate, so
quickly that some people may not
even realize an airbag inflated. The
front center airbag, if equipped, and
the roof-rail airbags may still be at

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

76

Seats and Restraints

least partially inflated for some time
after they inflate. Some components
of the airbag module may be hot for
several minutes. For location of the
airbags, see Where Are the
Airbags? 0 72 .
ii

The parts of the airbag that come
into contact with you may be warm,
but not too hot to touch. There may
be some smoke and dust coming
from the vents in the deflated
airbags. Airbag inflation does not
prevent the driver from seeing out of
the windshield or being able to steer
the vehicle, nor does it prevent
people from leaving the vehicle.

{ Warning
When an airbag inflates, there
may be dust in the air. This dust
could cause breathing problems
for people with a history of
asthma or other breathing trouble.
To avoid this, everyone in the
vehicle should get out as soon as
it is safe to do so. If you have
breathing problems but cannot
(Continued)

Warning (Continued)
get out of the vehicle after an
airbag inflates, then get fresh air
by opening a window or a door.
If you experience breathing
problems following an airbag
deployment, you should seek
medical attention.
The vehicle has a feature that may
automatically unlock the doors, turn
on the interior lamps and hazard
warning flashers, and shut off the
fuel system after the airbags inflate.
The feature may also activate,
without airbag inflation, after an
event that exceeds a predetermined
threshold. You can lock the doors,
and turn off the interior lamps and
hazard warning flashers by using
the controls for those features.

{ Warning
A crash severe enough to inflate
the airbags may have also
damaged important functions in
the vehicle, such as the fuel
system, brake and steering
systems, etc. Even if the vehicle
appears to be drivable after a
moderate crash, there may be
concealed damage that could
make it difficult to safely operate
the vehicle.
Use caution if you should attempt
to restart the engine after a crash
has occurred.
In many crashes severe enough to
inflate the airbag, windshields are
broken by vehicle deformation.
Additional windshield breakage may
also occur from the front outboard
passenger airbag.
. Airbags are designed to inflate
only once. After an airbag
inflates, you will need some new
parts for the airbag system.
If you do not get them, the

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

Seats and Restraints
airbag system will not be there
to help protect you in another
crash. A new system will include
airbag modules and possibly
other parts. The service manual
for the vehicle covers the need
to replace other parts.
.

United States

The vehicle has a crash sensing
and diagnostic module which
records information after a
crash. See Vehicle Data
Recording and Privacy 0 368
and Event Data Recorders
0 369 .
ii

Let only qualified technicians
work on the airbag systems.
Improper service can mean that
an airbag system will not work
properly. See your dealer for
service.

Passenger Sensing
System
The vehicle has a passenger
sensing system for the front
outboard passenger position. The
passenger airbag status indicator
will light on the instrument panel
when the vehicle is started.

The passenger sensing system
works with sensors that are part of
the front outboard passenger seat.
The sensors are designed to detect
the presence of a properly-seated
occupant and determine if the front
outboard passenger frontal airbag
should be allowed to inflate or not.
According to accident statistics,
children are safer when properly
secured in a rear seat in the correct
child restraint for their weight
and size.

ii

.

77

Canada and Mexico
The words ON and OFF, or the
symbol for on and off, will be visible
during the system check. When the
system check is complete, either the
word ON or OFF, or the symbol for
on or off, will be visible. See
Passenger Airbag Status Indicator
0 121 .
ii

The passenger sensing system
turns off the front outboard
passenger frontal airbag under
certain conditions. No other airbag
is affected by the passenger
sensing system.

Whenever possible, children age
12 and under should be secured in
a rear seating position.
Never put a rear-facing child seat in
the front. This is because the risk to
the rear-facing child is so great,
if the airbag inflates.

{ Warning
A child in a rear-facing child
restraint can be seriously injured
or killed if the passenger frontal
airbag inflates. This is because
(Continued)

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

78

Seats and Restraints
Warning (Continued)

Warning (Continued)

the back of the rear-facing child
restraint would be very close to
the inflating airbag. A child in a
forward-facing child restraint can
be seriously injured or killed if the
passenger frontal airbag inflates
and the passenger seat is in a
forward position.

seat. Consider using another
vehicle to transport the child
when a rear seat is not available.

Even if the passenger sensing
system has turned off the
passenger frontal airbag, no
system is fail-safe. No one can
guarantee that an airbag will not
deploy under some unusual
circumstance, even though the
airbag is turned off.
Never put a rear-facing child
restraint in the front seat, even if
the airbag is off. If securing a
forward-facing child restraint in
the front outboard passenger
seat, always move the seat as far
back as it will go. It is better to
secure child restraints in the rear
(Continued)

The passenger sensing system is
designed to turn off the front
outboard passenger frontal airbag if:
. The front outboard passenger
seat is unoccupied.
. The system determines that an
infant is present in a child
restraint.
. A front outboard passenger
takes his/her weight off of the
seat for a period of time.
. There is a critical problem with
the airbag system or the
passenger sensing system.
When the passenger sensing
system has turned off the front
outboard passenger frontal airbag,
the off indicator will light and stay lit
as a reminder that the airbag is off.
See Passenger Airbag Status
Indicator 0 121 .
ii

The passenger sensing system is
designed to turn on the front
outboard passenger frontal airbag
anytime the system senses that a
person of adult size is sitting
properly in the front outboard
passenger seat.
When the passenger sensing
system has allowed the airbag to be
enabled, the on indicator will light
and stay lit as a reminder that the
airbag is active.
For some children, including
children in child restraints, and for
very small adults, the passenger
sensing system may or may not turn
off the front outboard passenger
frontal airbag, depending upon the
person’s seating posture and body
build. Everyone in the vehicle who
has outgrown child restraints should
wear a safety belt properly —
whether or not there is an airbag for
that person.

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

Seats and Restraints

{ Warning
If the airbag readiness light ever
comes on and stays on, it means
that something may be wrong
with the airbag system. To help
avoid injury to yourself or others,
have the vehicle serviced right
away. See Airbag Readiness
Light 0 121 for more information,
including important safety
information.
ii

If the On Indicator Is Lit for a
Child Restraint
The passenger sensing system is
designed to turn off the front
outboard passenger frontal airbag if
the system determines that an infant
is present in a child restraint. If a
child restraint has been installed
and the on indicator is lit:
1. Turn the vehicle off.
2. Remove the child restraint from
the vehicle.

3. Remove any additional items
from the seat such as blankets,
cushions, seat covers, seat
heaters, or seat massagers.
4. Reinstall the child restraint
following the directions
provided by the child restraint
manufacturer and refer to
Securing Child Restraints
(Rear Seat) 0 96 or Securing
Child Restraints (Front
Passenger Seat) 0 98 .

79

The passenger sensing system
may or may not turn off the
airbag for a child in a child
restraint depending upon the
child’s size. It is better to
secure the child restraint in a
rear seat. Never put a
rear-facing child restraint in the
front seat, even if the on
indicator is not lit.

ii

ii

If the Off Indicator Is Lit for an
Adult-Sized Occupant

5. If, after reinstalling the child
restraint and restarting the
vehicle, the on indicator is still
lit, turn the vehicle off. Then
slightly recline the vehicle
seatback and adjust the seat
cushion, if adjustable, to make
sure that the vehicle seatback
is not pushing the child
restraint into the seat cushion.
Also make sure the child
restraint is not trapped under
the vehicle head restraint.
If this happens, adjust the head
restraint. See Head Restraints
0 52 .
ii

6. Restart the vehicle.

If a person of adult size is sitting in
the front outboard passenger seat,
but the off indicator is lit, it could be
because that person is not sitting

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

80

Seats and Restraints

properly in the seat. Use the
following steps to allow the system
to detect that person and enable the
front outboard passenger frontal
airbag:
1. Turn the vehicle off.
2. Remove any additional material
from the seat, such as
blankets, cushions, seat
covers, seat heaters, or seat
massagers. Also remove
laptops, or other electronic
devices.
3. Place the seatback in the fully
upright position.
4. Have the person sit upright in
the seat, centered on the seat
cushion, with legs comfortably
extended.
5. Restart the vehicle and have
the person remain in this
position for two to
three minutes after the on
indicator is lit.

{ Warning
If the front outboard passenger
airbag is turned off for an
adult-sized occupant, the airbag
will not be able to inflate and help
protect that person in a crash,
resulting in an increased risk of
serious injury or even death. An
adult-sized occupant should not
ride in the front outboard
passenger seat, if the passenger
airbag off indicator is lit.

Additional Factors Affecting
System Operation
Safety belts help keep the
passenger in position on the seat
during vehicle maneuvers and
braking, which helps the passenger
sensing system maintain the
passenger airbag status. See
“Safety Belts” and “Child Restraints”
in the Index for additional
information about the importance of
proper restraint use.

A thick layer of additional material,
such as a blanket or cushion,
or aftermarket equipment such as
seat covers, seat heaters, and seat
massagers can affect how well the
passenger sensing system
operates. We recommend that you
not use seat covers or other
aftermarket equipment except when
approved by GM for your specific
vehicle. See Adding Equipment to
the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 81
for more information about
modifications that can affect how
the system operates.
ii

A wet seat can affect the
performance of the passenger
sensing system. Here is how:
. The passenger sensing system
may turn off the passenger
airbag when liquid is soaked into
the seat. If this happens, the off
indicator will be lit, and the
airbag readiness light on the
instrument panel will also be lit.
. Liquid pooled on the seat that
has not soaked in may make it
more likely that the passenger
sensing system will turn on the

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

Seats and Restraints
passenger airbag while a child
restraint or child occupant is on
the seat. If the passenger airbag
is turned on, the on indicator will
be lit.
If the passenger seat gets wet, dry
the seat immediately. If the airbag
readiness light is lit, do not install a
child restraint or allow anyone to
occupy the seat. See Airbag
Readiness Light 0 121 for important
safety information.
ii

Servicing the
Airbag-Equipped Vehicle

Adding Equipment to the
Airbag-Equipped Vehicle

Airbags affect how the vehicle
should be serviced. There are parts
of the airbag system in several
places around the vehicle. Your
dealer and the service manual have
information about servicing the
vehicle and the airbag system. To
purchase a service manual, see
Service Publications Ordering
Information 0 366 .

Adding accessories that change the
vehicle's frame, bumper system,
height, front end, or side sheet
metal may keep the airbag system
from working properly.

ii

The on indicator may be lit if an
object, such as a briefcase,
handbag, grocery bag, laptop or
other electronic device, is put on an
unoccupied seat. If this is not
desired remove the object from
the seat.

{ Warning
Stowing of articles under the
passenger seat or between the
passenger seat cushion and
seatback may interfere with the
proper operation of the passenger
sensing system.

81

{ Warning
For up to 10 seconds after the
vehicle is turned off and the
battery is disconnected, an airbag
can still inflate during improper
service. You can be injured if you
are close to an airbag when it
inflates. Avoid yellow connectors.
They are probably part of the
airbag system. Be sure to follow
proper service procedures, and
make sure the person performing
work for you is qualified to do so.

The operation of the airbag system
can also be affected by changing
any parts of the front seats, safety
belts, airbag sensing and diagnostic
module, steering wheel, instrument
panel, roof-rail airbag modules,
ceiling or pillar garnish trim,
overhead console, front sensors,
side impact sensors, airbag wiring,
or the front center console if the
vehicle has a front center airbag.
Your dealer and the service manual
have information about the location
of the airbag sensors, sensing and
diagnostic module, and airbag
wiring.
In addition, the vehicle has a
passenger sensing system that
includes sensors as part of the front
outboard passenger seat. The
passenger sensing system may not

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

82

Seats and Restraints

operate properly if the original seat
trim is replaced with non-GM
covers, upholstery, or trim, or; with
GM covers, upholstery, or trim
designed for a different vehicle. Any
object, such as an aftermarket seat
heater or a comfort-enhancing pad
or device, installed under or on top
of the seat fabric, could also
interfere with the operation of the
passenger sensing system. This
could either prevent proper
deployment of the passenger
airbag(s) or prevent the passenger
sensing system from properly
turning off the passenger airbag(s).
See Passenger Sensing System
0 77 .
ii

If the vehicle has rollover roof-rail
airbags, see Different Size Tires
and Wheels 0 312 for additional
information.
ii

If you have to modify your vehicle
because you have a disability and
you have questions about whether
the modifications will affect the
vehicle's airbag system, or if you
have questions about whether the
airbag system will be affected if the
vehicle is modified for any other

reason, call Customer Assistance.
See Customer Assistance Offices
0 359 .

Replacing Airbag System
Parts after a Crash

ii

Airbag System Check
The airbag system does not need
regularly scheduled maintenance or
replacement. Make sure the airbag
readiness light is working. See
Airbag Readiness Light 0 121 .
ii

Caution
If an airbag covering is damaged,
opened, or broken, the airbag
may not work properly. Do not
open or break the airbag
coverings. If there are any
opened or broken airbag
coverings, have the airbag
covering and/or airbag module
replaced. For the location of the
airbags, see Where Are the
Airbags? 0 72 . See your dealer
for service.
ii

{ Warning
A crash can damage the airbag
systems in the vehicle.
A damaged airbag system may
not work properly and may not
protect you and your
passenger(s) in a crash, resulting
in serious injury or even death. To
help make sure the airbag
systems are working properly
after a crash, have them
inspected and any necessary
replacements made as soon as
possible.
If an airbag inflates, you will need to
replace airbag system parts. See
your dealer for service.
If the airbag readiness light stays on
after the vehicle is started or comes
on when you are driving, the airbag
system may not work properly. Have
the vehicle serviced right away. See
Airbag Readiness Light 0 121 .
ii

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

Seats and Restraints

Child Restraints
Older Children

Older children who have outgrown
booster seats should wear the
vehicle safety belts.

The manufacturer instructions that
come with the booster seat state the
weight and height limitations for that
booster. Use a booster seat with a
lap-shoulder belt until the child
passes the fit test below:
. Sit all the way back on the seat.
Do the knees bend at the seat
edge? If yes, continue. If no,
return to the booster seat.
. Buckle the lap-shoulder belt.
Does the shoulder belt rest on
the shoulder? If yes, continue.
If no, try using the rear safety
belt comfort guide, if equipped.
See “Rear Safety Belt Comfort
Guides” under Lap-Shoulder Belt
0 65 . If a comfort guide is not
available, or if the shoulder belt
still does not rest on the
shoulder, then return to the
booster seat.
. Does the lap belt fit low and
snug on the hips, touching the
thighs? If yes, continue. If no,
return to the booster seat.
ii

.

83

Can proper safety belt fit be
maintained for the length of the
trip? If yes, continue. If no,
return to the booster seat.

Q: What is the proper way to
wear safety belts?
A: An older child should wear a
lap-shoulder belt and get the
additional restraint a shoulder
belt can provide. The shoulder
belt should not cross the face or
neck. The lap belt should fit
snugly below the hips, just
touching the top of the thighs.
This applies belt force to the
child's pelvic bones in a crash.
It should never be worn over the
abdomen, which could cause
severe or even fatal internal
injuries in a crash.
Also see “Rear Safety Belt Comfort
Guides” under Lap-Shoulder Belt
0 65 .
ii

According to accident statistics,
children are safer when properly
restrained in a rear seating position.

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

84

Seats and Restraints

In a crash, children who are not
buckled up can strike other people
who are buckled up, or can be
thrown out of the vehicle. Older
children need to use safety belts
properly.

Warning (Continued)
That could cause serious or fatal
injuries. The shoulder belt should
go over the shoulder and across
the chest.

{ Warning
Never allow more than one child
to wear the same safety belt. The
safety belt cannot properly spread
the impact forces. In a crash, they
can be crushed together and
seriously injured. A safety belt
must be used by only one person
at a time.

{ Warning
Never allow a child to wear the
safety belt with the shoulder belt
behind their back. A child can be
seriously injured by not wearing
the lap-shoulder belt properly. In a
crash, the child would not be
restrained by the shoulder belt.
The child could move too far
forward increasing the chance of
head and neck injury. The child
might also slide under the lap
belt. The belt force would then be
applied right on the abdomen.
(Continued)

Infants and Young
Children
Everyone in a vehicle needs
protection! This includes infants and
all other children. Neither the
distance traveled nor the age and
size of the traveler changes the
need, for everyone, to use safety

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

Seats and Restraints
restraints. In fact, the law in every
state in the United States and in
every Canadian province says
children up to some age must be
restrained while in a vehicle.

{ Warning
Children can be seriously injured
or strangled if a shoulder belt is
wrapped around their neck. The
shoulder belt can tighten but
cannot be loosened if it is locked.
The shoulder belt locks when it is
pulled all the way out of the
retractor. It unlocks when the
shoulder belt is allowed to go all
the way back into the retractor,
but it cannot do this if it is
wrapped around a child’s neck.
If the shoulder belt is locked and
tightened around a child’s neck,
the only way to loosen the belt is
to cut it.
Never leave children unattended
in a vehicle and never allow
children to play with the safety
belts.

85

Every time infants and young
children ride in vehicles, they should
have the protection provided by
appropriate child restraints. Neither
the vehicle's safety belt system nor
its airbag system is designed
for them.
Children who are not restrained
properly can strike other people,
or can be thrown out of the vehicle.

{ Warning
Never hold an infant or a child
while riding in a vehicle. Due to
crash forces, an infant or a child
will become so heavy it is not
possible to hold it during a crash.
For example, in a crash at only
40 km/h (25 mph), a 5.5 kg (12 lb)
infant will suddenly become a
110 kg (240 lb) force on a person's
arms. An infant should be
secured in an appropriate
restraint.

{ Warning
Children who are up against,
or very close to, any airbag when
it inflates can be seriously injured
or killed. Never put a rear-facing
child restraint in the front
passenger seat. Secure a
rear-facing child restraint in a
rear seat.
It is also better to secure a
forward-facing child restraint in a
rear seat. If a forward-facing child
restraint must be secured in the
(Continued)

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

86

Seats and Restraints
Warning (Continued)

front passenger seat, always
move the front passenger seat as
far back as it will go.
If a child restraint is installed in
the second row center seat, move
the second row seat to the
rearward position, whenever
possible, to minimize contact with
the front center airbag,
if equipped.

Q: What are the different types of
add-on child restraints?

{ Warning

A: Add-on child restraints, which
are purchased by the vehicle
owner, are available in four basic
types. Selection of a particular
restraint should take into
consideration not only the child's
weight, height, and age but also
whether or not the restraint will
be compatible with the motor
vehicle in which it will be used.
For most basic types of child
restraints, there are many
different models available. When
purchasing a child restraint, be
sure it is designed to be used in
a motor vehicle. If it is, the
restraint will have a label saying
that it meets federal motor
vehicle safety standards.
The restraint manufacturer
instructions that come with the
restraint state the weight and
height limitations for a particular
child restraint. In addition, there
are many kinds of restraints
available for children with
special needs.

To reduce the risk of neck and
head injury in a crash, infants and
toddlers should be secured in a
rear-facing child restraint until age
two, or until they reach the
maximum height and weight limits
of their child restraint.

{ Warning
A young child's hip bones are still
so small that the vehicle's regular
safety belt may not remain low on
the hip bones, as it should.
Instead, it may settle up around
the child's abdomen. In a crash,
the belt would apply force on a
body area that is unprotected by
any bony structure. This alone
could cause serious or fatal
injuries. To reduce the risk of
serious or fatal injuries during a
crash, young children should
always be secured in appropriate
child restraints.

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

Seats and Restraints

87

Child Restraint Systems

Rear-Facing Infant Seat
A rear-facing infant seat provides
restraint with the seating surface
against the back of the infant.
The harness system holds the infant
in place and, in a crash, acts to
keep the infant positioned in the
restraint.

Forward-Facing Child Seat

Booster Seats

A forward-facing child seat provides
restraint for the child's body with the
harness.

A booster seat is a child restraint
designed to improve the fit of the
vehicle's safety belt system.
A booster seat can also help a child
to see out the window.

Securing an Add-On Child
Restraint in the Vehicle

{ Warning
A child can be seriously injured or
killed in a crash if the child
restraint is not properly secured in
the vehicle. Secure the child
(Continued)

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

88

Seats and Restraints
Warning (Continued)

restraint properly in the vehicle
using the vehicle safety belt or
LATCH system, following the
instructions that came with that
child restraint and the instructions
in this manual.
To help reduce the chance of injury,
the child restraint must be secured
in the vehicle. Child restraint
systems must be secured in vehicle
seats by lap belts or the lap belt
portion of a lap-shoulder belt, or by
the LATCH system. See Lower
Anchors and Tethers for Children
(LATCH System) 0 90 . Children can
be endangered in a crash if the child
restraint is not properly secured in
the vehicle.
ii

When securing an add-on child
restraint, refer to the instructions
that come with the restraint which
may be on the restraint itself or in a
booklet, or both, and to this manual.
The child restraint instructions are

important, so if they are not
available, obtain a replacement
copy from the manufacturer.
Keep in mind that an unsecured
child restraint can move around in a
collision or sudden stop and injure
people in the vehicle. Be sure to
properly secure any child restraint in
the vehicle — even when no child is
in it.
In some areas of the United States
and Canada, Certified Child
Passenger Safety Technicians
(CPSTs) are available to inspect
and demonstrate how to correctly
use and install child restraints. In
the U.S., refer to the National
Highway Traffic Safety
Administration (NHTSA) website to
locate the nearest child safety seat
inspection station. For CPST
availability in Canada, check with
Transport Canada or the Provincial
Ministry of Transportation office.

Securing the Child Within the
Child Restraint

{ Warning
A child can be seriously injured or
killed in a crash if the child is not
properly secured in the child
restraint. Secure the child
properly following the instructions
that came with that child restraint.

Where to Put the
Restraint
According to accident statistics,
children and infants are safer when
properly restrained in a child
restraint system or infant restraint
system secured in a rear seating
position.
Whenever possible, children age
12 and under should be secured in
a rear seating position.
The vehicle may be equipped with a
front center airbag in the inboard
side of the driver seat. Even with a

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

Seats and Restraints
front center airbag, a child restraint
can be installed in any second row
seating position.
Never put a rear-facing child seat in
the front. This is because the risk to
the rear-facing child is so great if the
airbag deploys.

{ Warning
A child in a rear-facing child
restraint can be seriously injured
or killed if the right front
passenger airbag inflates. This is
because the back of the
rear-facing child restraint would
be very close to the inflating
airbag. A child in a forward-facing
child restraint can be seriously
injured or killed if the right front
passenger airbag inflates and the
passenger seat is in a forward
position.
Even if the passenger sensing
system has turned off the right
front passenger frontal airbag, no
system is fail-safe. No one can
(Continued)

Warning (Continued)
guarantee that an airbag will not
deploy under some unusual
circumstance, even though it is
turned off. Secure rear-facing
child restraints in a rear seat,
even if the front passenger frontal
airbag is off.
It is also better to secure a
forward-facing child restraint in a
rear seat. If a forward-facing child
restraint must be secured in the
right front seat, always move the
front passenger seat as far back
as it will go.
See Passenger Sensing System
0 77 for additional information.
ii

If a child restraint is installed in a
second row center seat, move the
second row seat to the rearward
position, whenever possible, to
minimize contact with the front
center airbag, if equipped.

89

When securing a child restraint in a
rear seating position, study the
instructions that came with the child
restraint to make sure it is
compatible with this vehicle.
Child restraints and booster seats
vary considerably in size, and some
may fit in certain seating positions
better than others.
Depending on where you place the
child restraint and the size of the
child restraint, you may not be able
to access adjacent safety belt
assemblies or LATCH anchors for
additional passengers or child
restraints. Adjacent seating
positions should not be used if the
child restraint prevents access to or
interferes with the routing of the
safety belt.
Wherever a child restraint is
installed, be sure to secure the child
restraint properly.
Keep in mind that an unsecured
child restraint can move around in a
collision or sudden stop and injure
people in the vehicle. Be sure to

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

90

Seats and Restraints

properly secure any child restraint in
the vehicle — even when no child is
in it.

Lower Anchors and
Tethers for Children
(LATCH System)
The LATCH system secures a child
restraint during driving or in a crash.
LATCH attachments on the child
restraint are used to attach the child
restraint to the anchors in the
vehicle. The LATCH system is
designed to make installation of a
child restraint easier.
In order to use the LATCH system in
your vehicle, you need a child
restraint that has LATCH
attachments. LATCH-compatible
rear-facing and forward-facing child
seats can be properly installed
using either the LATCH anchors or
the vehicle’s safety belts. Do not
use both the safety belts and the
LATCH anchorage system to secure
a rear-facing or forward-facing
child seat.

Booster seats use the vehicle’s
safety belts to secure the child in
the booster seat. If the manufacturer
recommends that the booster seat
be secured with the LATCH system,
this can be done as long as the
booster seat can be positioned
properly and there is no interference
with the proper positioning of the
lap-shoulder belt on the child.
Make sure to follow the instructions
that came with the child restraint,
and also the instructions in this
manual.
When installing a child restraint with
a top tether, you must also use
either the lower anchors or the
safety belts to properly secure the
child restraint. A child restraint must
never be attached using only the top
tether.
The LATCH anchorage system can
be used until the combined weight
of the child plus the child restraint is
29.5 kg (65 lbs). Use the safety belt
alone instead of the LATCH
anchorage system once the
combined weight is more than
29.5 kg (65 lbs).

The following explains how to attach
a child restraint with these
attachments in the vehicle.
Not all vehicle seating positions or
child restraints have lower anchors
and attachments or top tether
anchors and attachments. In this
case, the safety belt must be used
(with top tether where available) to
secure the child restraint. See
Securing Child Restraints (Rear
Seat) 0 96 or Securing Child
Restraints (Front Passenger Seat)
0 98 .
ii

ii

Lower Anchors

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

Seats and Restraints
Lower anchors (1) are metal bars
built into the vehicle. There are two
lower anchors for each LATCH
seating position that will
accommodate a child restraint with
lower attachments (2).

Top Tether Anchor

forward movement and rotation of
the child restraint during driving or in
a crash.

A top tether (3, 4) anchors the top of
the child restraint to the vehicle.
A top tether anchor is built into the
vehicle. The top tether
attachment (2) on the child restraint
connects to the top tether anchor in
the vehicle in order to reduce the

Lower Anchor and Top Tether
Anchor Locations

The child restraint may have a
single tether (3) or a dual tether (4).
Either will have a single
attachment (2) to secure the top
tether to the anchor.
Some child restraints with top
tethers are designed for use with or
without the top tether being
attached. Others require the top
tether always to be attached. In
Canada, the law requires that
forward-facing child restraints have
a top tether, and that the tether be
attached. Be sure to read and follow
the instructions for your child
restraint.

91

Second Row — Bucket

I : Seating positions with top
tether anchors.

H : Seating positions with two
lower anchors.

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

92

Seats and Restraints

To assist in locating the top tether
anchors, the top tether anchor
symbol is near the anchor.

Second Row — 60/40 Bench

Third Row

I : Seating positions with top

I : Seating positions with top

tether anchors.

tether anchors.

H : Seating positions with two
lower anchors.

To assist in locating the lower
anchors, each second row anchor
position has a label, near the crease
between the seatback and the seat
cushion.

Second Row — Bucket Shown,
Bench Similar
The top tether anchors are at the
bottom rear of the seatback for each
seating position in the second row.

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

Seats and Restraints
Be sure to use an anchor on the
same side of the vehicle as the
seating position where the child
restraint will be placed.

the instructions that come with the
child restraint say that the top tether
must be attached.
According to accident statistics,
children and infants are safer when
properly restrained in a child
restraint system or infant restraint
system secured in a rear seating
position. See Where to Put the
Restraint 0 88 for additional
information.
ii

Securing a Child Restraint
Designed for the LATCH
System
Third Row
The third row has one top tether
anchor at the bottom rear of the
center seatback. This anchor should
be used for the center seating
position only. Never install two top
tethers using the same top tether
anchor.
Do not secure a child restraint in a
position without a top tether anchor
if a national or local law requires
that the top tether be attached, or if

{ Warning
If a LATCH-type child restraint is
not attached to anchors or with
the safety belt, the child restraint
will not be able to protect the child
correctly. In a crash, the child
could be seriously injured or
killed. Install a LATCH-type child
restraint properly using the
anchors, or use the vehicle safety
belts to secure the restraint,
(Continued)

93

Warning (Continued)
following the instructions that
came with the child restraint and
the instructions in this manual.

{ Warning
To reduce the risk of serious or
fatal injuries during a crash, do
not attach more than one child
restraint to a single anchor.
Attaching more than one child
restraint to a single anchor could
cause the anchor or attachment
to come loose or even break
during a crash. A child or others
could be injured.

{ Warning
Children can be seriously injured
or strangled if a shoulder belt is
wrapped around their neck. The
shoulder belt can tighten but
(Continued)

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

94

Seats and Restraints
Warning (Continued)

Caution

cannot be loosened if it is locked.
The shoulder belt locks when it is
pulled all the way out of the
retractor. It unlocks when the
shoulder belt is allowed to go all
the way back into the retractor,
but it cannot do this if it is
wrapped around a child’s neck.
If the shoulder belt is locked and
tightened around a child’s neck,
the only way to loosen the belt is
to cut it.

Do not let the LATCH
attachments rub against the
vehicle’s safety belts. This may
damage these parts. If necessary,
move buckled safety belts to
avoid rubbing the LATCH
attachments.

Buckle any unused safety belts
behind the child restraint so
children cannot reach them. Pull
the shoulder belt all the way out
of the retractor to set the lock,
and tighten the belt behind the
child restraint after the child
restraint has been installed.

Do not fold the empty rear seat
with a safety belt buckled. This
could damage the safety belt or
the seat. Unbuckle and return the
safety belt to its stowed position,
before folding the seat.
The vehicle may be equipped with a
front center airbag in the inboard
side of the driver seat. Even with a
front center airbag, a child restraint
can be installed in any second row
seating position. If a child restraint is
installed in a second row center
seat, move the second row seat to
the rearward position, whenever
possible, to minimize contact with
the front center airbag.

If you need to secure more than one
child restraint in the rear seat, see
Where to Put the Restraint 0 88 .
ii

This system is designed to make
installation of child restraints easier.
When using lower anchors, do not
use the vehicle's safety belts.
Instead, use the vehicle's anchors
and child restraint attachments to
secure the restraints. Some
restraints also use another vehicle
anchor to secure a top tether.
1. Attach and tighten the lower
attachments to the lower
anchors. If the child restraint
does not have lower
attachments or the desired
seating position does not have
lower anchors, secure the child
restraint with the top tether and
the safety belts. Refer to your
child restraint manufacturer
instructions and the
instructions in this manual.
1.1. Find the lower anchors for
the desired seating
position.

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

Seats and Restraints
1.2. To access the lower
anchors in the second
row, it may help to recline
the seatback.

if the vehicle has one. Refer to
the child restraint instructions
and the following steps:

Third row seatbacks must
be upright before placing
the child restraint on
the seat.

2.2. Route, attach, and tighten
the top tether according to
your child restraint
instructions and the
following instructions:

1.3. Put the child restraint on
the seat.

2.1. Find the top tether anchor.

1.4. Attach and tighten the
lower attachments on the
child restraint to the lower
anchors.
If necessary, adjust the
angle of the second row
seatback to achieve a
tight installation. Make
sure the second row
bench seatbacks are
aligned at the same angle.
2. If the child restraint
manufacturer recommends that
the top tether be attached,
attach and tighten the top
tether to the top tether anchor,

95

If the position you are
using does not have a
headrest or head restraint
and you are using a single
tether, route the tether
over the seatback.

If the position you are
using does not have a
headrest or head restraint
and you are using a dual
tether, route the tether
over the seatback.

If the position you are
using has a fixed headrest
or head restraint and you
are using a dual tether,

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

96

Seats and Restraints
route the tether around
the headrest or head
restraint.

If the position you are
using has a fixed headrest
or head restraint and you
are using a single tether,
route the tether over the
headrest or head restraint.
3. Before placing a child in the
child restraint, make sure it is
securely held in place. To
check, grasp the child restraint
at the LATCH path and attempt
to move it side to side and
back and forth. There should
be no more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of
movement, for proper
installation.

Replacing LATCH System
Parts After a Crash

Securing Child Restraints
(Rear Seat)

{ Warning

The vehicle may be equipped with a
front center airbag in the inboard
side of the driver seat. Even with a
front center airbag, a child restraint
can be installed in any second row
seating position. If you install a child
restraint in a second row center
seat, move the second row seat to
the rearward position, whenever
possible, to minimize contact with
the front center airbag.

A crash can damage the LATCH
system in the vehicle. A damaged
LATCH system may not properly
secure the child restraint,
resulting in serious injury or even
death in a crash. To help make
sure the LATCH system is
working properly after a crash,
see your dealer to have the
system inspected and any
necessary replacements made as
soon as possible.
If the vehicle has the LATCH system
and it was being used during a
crash, new LATCH system parts
may be needed.
New parts and repairs may be
necessary even if the LATCH
system was not being used at the
time of the crash.

When securing a child restraint in a
rear seating position, study the
instructions that came with the child
restraint to make sure it is
compatible with this vehicle.
If the child restraint has the LATCH
system, see Lower Anchors and
Tethers for Children (LATCH
System) 0 90 for how and where to
install the child restraint using
LATCH. If a child restraint is
secured in the vehicle using a
safety belt and it uses a top tether,
see Lower Anchors and Tethers for
Children (LATCH System) 0 90 for
top tether anchor locations.
ii

ii

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

Seats and Restraints
Do not secure a child seat in a
position without a top tether anchor
if a national or local law requires
that the top tether be anchored, or if
the instructions that come with the
child restraint say that the top strap
must be anchored.

97

2. Pick up the latch plate, and run
the lap and shoulder portions
of the vehicle's safety belt
through or around the restraint.
The child restraint instructions
will show you how.

In Canada, the law requires that
forward-facing child restraints have
a top tether, and that the tether be
attached.
If the child restraint or vehicle seat
position does not have the LATCH
system, you will be using the safety
belt to secure the child restraint in
this position. Be sure to follow the
instructions that came with the child
restraint. Secure the child in the
child restraint when and as the
instructions say.
If more than one child restraint
needs to be installed in the rear
seat, be sure to read Where to Put
the Restraint 0 88 .
ii

1. Put the child restraint on
the seat.

4. Pull the shoulder belt all the
way out of the retractor to set
the lock. When the retractor
lock is set, the shoulder belt
can be tightened but not pulled
out of the retractor.
3. Push the latch plate into the
buckle until it clicks.
Position the release button on
the buckle so that the safety
belt could be quickly unbuckled
if necessary.

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

98

Seats and Restraints
6. If the child restraint has a top
tether, follow the child restraint
manufacturer's instructions
regarding the use of the top
tether. See Lower Anchors and
Tethers for Children (LATCH
System) 0 90 for more
information.
ii

5. To tighten the belt, push down
on the child restraint, pull the
shoulder portion of the belt to
tighten the lap portion of the
belt, and feed the shoulder belt
back into the retractor. When
installing a forward-facing child
restraint, it may be helpful to
use your knee to push down on
the child restraint as you
tighten the belt.
Try to pull the belt out of the
retractor to make sure the
retractor is locked. If the
retractor is not locked, repeat
Steps 4 and 5.

7. Before placing a child in the
child restraint, make sure it is
securely held in place. To
check, grasp the child restraint
at the safety belt path and
attempt to move it side to side
and back and forth. When the
child restraint is properly
installed, there should be no
more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of
movement.
To remove the child restraint,
unbuckle the vehicle safety belt and
let it return to the stowed position.
If the top tether is attached to a top
tether anchor, disconnect it.

Securing Child Restraints
(Front Passenger Seat)
The vehicle has airbags. A rear seat
is a safer place to secure a
forward-facing child restraint. See
Where to Put the Restraint 0 88 .
ii

In addition, the vehicle has a
passenger sensing system which is
designed to turn off the front
outboard passenger frontal airbag
under certain conditions. See
Passenger Sensing System 0 77
and Passenger Airbag Status
Indicator 0 121 for more
information, including important
safety information.
ii

ii

Never put a rear-facing child seat in
the front. This is because the risk to
the rear-facing child is so great,
if the airbag deploys.

{ Warning
A child in a rear-facing child
restraint can be seriously injured
or killed if the front outboard
passenger frontal airbag inflates.
(Continued)

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

Seats and Restraints
Warning (Continued)
This is because the back of the
rear-facing child restraint would
be very close to the inflating
airbag. A child in a forward-facing
child restraint can be seriously
injured or killed if the front
outboard passenger frontal airbag
inflates and the passenger seat is
in a forward position.
Even if the passenger sensing
system has turned off the front
outboard passenger frontal
airbag, no system is fail-safe. No
one can guarantee that an airbag
will not deploy under some
unusual circumstance, even
though it is turned off.
Secure rear-facing child restraints
in a rear seat, even if the airbag
is off. If you secure a
forward-facing child restraint in
the front seat, always move the
(Continued)

Warning (Continued)
front passenger seat as far back
as it will go. It is better to secure
the child restraint in a rear seat.
See Passenger Sensing System
0 77 for additional information.
ii

If the child restraint uses a top
tether, see Lower Anchors and
Tethers for Children (LATCH
System) 0 90 for top tether anchor
locations.
ii

Do not secure a child seat in a
position without a top tether anchor
if a national or local law requires
that the top tether be anchored, or if
the instructions that come with the
child restraint say that the top strap
must be anchored.
In Canada, the law requires that
forward-facing child restraints have
a top tether, and that the tether be
attached.

99

When using the lap-shoulder belt to
secure the child restraint in this
position, follow the instructions that
came with the child restraint and the
following instructions:
1. Move the seat as far back as it
will go before securing the
forward-facing child restraint.
When the passenger sensing
system has turned off the front
outboard passenger frontal
airbag, the off indicator on the
passenger airbag status
indicator should light and stay
lit when the vehicle is started.
See Passenger Airbag Status
Indicator 0 121 .
ii

2. Put the child restraint on
the seat.
3. Pick up the latch plate, and run
the lap and shoulder portions
of the vehicle's safety belt
through or around the restraint.
The child restraint instructions
will show you how.

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

100

Seats and Restraints

4. Push the latch plate into the
buckle until it clicks.
Position the release button on
the buckle so that the safety
belt could be quickly unbuckled
if necessary.

5. Pull the shoulder belt all the
way out of the retractor to set
the lock. When the retractor
lock is set, the belt can be
tightened but not pulled out of
the retractor.

6. To tighten the belt, push down
on the child restraint, pull the
shoulder portion of the belt to
tighten the lap portion of the
belt, and feed the shoulder belt
back into the retractor. When
installing a forward-facing child
restraint, it may be helpful to
use your knee to push down on
the child restraint as you
tighten the belt.
Try to pull the belt out of the
retractor to make sure the
retractor is locked. If the
retractor is not locked repeat
Steps 5 and 6.

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

Seats and Restraints
7. Before placing a child in the
child restraint, make sure it is
securely held in place. To
check, grasp the child restraint
at the safety belt path and
attempt to move it side to side
and back and forth. When the
child restraint is properly
installed, there should be no
more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of
movement.
If the airbag is off, the off indicator in
the passenger airbag status
indicator will come on and stay on
when the vehicle is started.
If a child restraint has been installed
and the on indicator is lit, see “If the
On Indicator Is Lit for a Child
Restraint” under Passenger Sensing
System 0 77 for more information.
ii

To remove the child restraint,
unbuckle the vehicle safety belt and
let it return to the stowed position.

101

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

102

Storage

Storage

Storage
Compartments

Storage Compartments
Storage Compartments . . . . . . .
Instrument Panel Storage . . . .
Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cupholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Armrest Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Center Console Storage . . . . . .

102
102
102
102
103
103

Additional Storage Features
Cargo Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cargo Tie-Downs . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cargo Management
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Convenience Net . . . . . . . . . . . . .

104
104

{ Warning
Do not store heavy or sharp
objects in storage compartments.
In a crash, these objects may
cause the cover to open and
could result in injury.

Instrument Panel Storage

104
105

Roof Rack System
Roof Rack System . . . . . . . . . . . 105

This vehicle has an instrument
panel storage area. To open the
cover, pull the latch forward.

Glove Box
Lift the glove box handle to open it.
Use the key to lock and unlock the
glove box.

Cupholders
There are two cupholders, with
removable liners, in front of the
center console. There may be
cupholders in the second row seat
armrest. To access, pull the armrest
down. There are additional
cupholders on each side of the third
row seat and in each door.

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

Storage

Armrest Storage

If equipped, the rear seat armrest
may have two cupholders. Pull the
armrest down to access the
cupholders.

103

Center Console Storage

Pull up the lever on the front of the
center console armrest to slide it
forward and backward. To open the
armrest storage area, press the
button on the front of the armrest.

There is additional storage under
the armrest. Move the armrest all
the way to the rear position, then
slide the storage cover back to
access.
There is a removable tray in the
storage area. Pull up on the tray to
remove and access the lower
storage area and power outlet. See
Power Outlets 0 114 .
ii

There may be two charging USB
ports on the rear of the console.
See Auxiliary Devices 0 192 .
ii

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

104

Storage

Additional Storage
Features

{ Warning

Cargo Cover
For vehicles with a cargo cover, it
can be used to cover items in the
rear of the vehicle. To install the
cover, place the loops on each
corner of the cover on the four
hooks in the rear of the vehicle. The
cover should be stored securely
when not in use.

Cargo Tie-Downs
Four cargo tie‐downs are located in
the rear compartment of the vehicle.
The tie-downs can be used to
secure small loads.

Cargo Management
System
This vehicle has a cargo
management system located in
the rear.

To remove the cargo management
cover:
1. Open the cover. It remains
open when lifted.
2. Pull the cover up making sure
to unhook the hinges at the
rear of the cover.
3. Store the cover outside the
vehicle or reattach before
driving.

An improperly latched and closed
cargo cover, or cargo cover left in
the open position, could be
thrown about the vehicle during a
crash or sudden maneuver.
Someone could be injured. Be
sure to return the cover to the
closed position and latch before
driving. If the cover is removed,
always store it outside of the
vehicle. When it is replaced,
always be sure that it is securely
reattached.

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

Storage

Convenience Net

For vehicles with a convenience
net (4), attach it to the vehicle using
only the cargo tie-downs (3) on
each side. The net is used to store
small loads and should not be used
for heavy loads.
The cargo cover hooks (2) are used
to attach the cargo cover (1) to the
vehicle only. Do not use the hooks
to secure loads or other items to the
vehicle as the hooks could be
damaged.

Power Liftgate Shown, Manual
Liftgate Similar
1.
2.
3.
4.

Cargo Cover
Cargo Cover Hooks
Cargo Tie-Downs
Convenience Net

105

Roof Rack System

{ Warning
If something is carried on top of
the vehicle that is longer or wider
than the roof rack — like paneling,
plywood, or a mattress — the
wind can catch it while the vehicle
is being driven. The item being
carried could be violently torn off,
and this could cause a collision
and damage the vehicle. Never
carry something longer or wider
than the roof rack on top of the
vehicle unless using a GM
certified accessory carrier.
For vehicles with a roof rack, the
rack can be used to load items. For
roof racks that do not have
crossrails included, GM Certified
crossrails can be purchased as an
accessory. See your dealer for
additional information.

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

106

Storage
Caution

Loading cargo on the roof rack
that weighs more than 91 kg
(200 lb) or hangs over the rear or
sides of the vehicle may damage
the vehicle. Load cargo so that it
rests evenly between the
crossrails and fasten cargo
securely.
To prevent damage or loss of cargo
when driving, check to make sure
crossrails and cargo are securely
fastened. Loading cargo on the roof
rack will make the vehicle’s center
of gravity higher. Avoid high speeds,
sudden starts, sharp turns, sudden
braking, or abrupt maneuvers;
otherwise it may result in loss of
control. If driving for a long distance,
on rough roads, or at high speeds,
occasionally stop the vehicle to
make sure the cargo remains in its
place. Do not exceed the maximum
vehicle capacity when loading the
vehicle.
See Vehicle Load Limits 0 222 .
ii

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

Instruments and Controls

Instruments and
Controls
Controls
Steering Wheel Adjustment . . . 108
Steering Wheel Controls
(Radio without
Touchscreen) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
Steering Wheel Controls
(Radio with Touchscreen) . . . 109
Heated Steering Wheel . . . . . . . 110
Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . 110
Rear Window Wiper/
Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Clock (Radio without
Touchscreen) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
Clock (Radio with
Touchscreen) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
Power Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114

Warning Lights, Gauges, and
Indicators
Warning Lights, Gauges, and
Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
Instrument Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118

Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
Fuel Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
Engine Coolant Temperature
Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
Voltmeter Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Safety Belt Reminders . . . . . . . . 120
Airbag Readiness Light . . . . . . . 121
Passenger Airbag Status
Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Charging System Light . . . . . . . 122
Malfunction Indicator Lamp
(Check Engine Light) . . . . . . . . 123
Brake System Warning
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Antilock Brake System (ABS)
Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Tow/Haul Mode Light . . . . . . . . . 126
Lane Departure Warning
(LDW) Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Vehicle Ahead Indicator . . . . . . 126
StabiliTrak® Indicator Light . . . 126
Engine Coolant Temperature
Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Tire Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Engine Oil Pressure Light . . . . 127
Security Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . 128
Cruise Control Light . . . . . . . . . . 129

107

Information Displays
Driver Information Center (DIC)
(With DIC Buttons) . . . . . . . . . . 129
Driver Information Center (DIC)
(Without DIC Buttons) . . . . . . . 134

Vehicle Messages
Vehicle Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Battery Voltage and Charging
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Brake System Messages . . . . . 137
Cruise Control Messages . . . . . 137
Door Ajar Messages . . . . . . . . . . 137
Engine Cooling System
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
Engine Oil Messages . . . . . . . . . 139
Engine Power Messages . . . . . 139
Fuel System Messages . . . . . . . 140
Key and Lock Messages . . . . . 140
Lamp Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Object Detection System
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Ride Control System
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
Airbag System Messages . . . . 142
Security Messages . . . . . . . . . . . 142
Service Vehicle Messages . . . . 143
Tire Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
Transmission Messages . . . . . . 144
Vehicle Reminder
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

108

Instruments and Controls

Vehicle Speed Messages . . . . . 145
Washer Fluid Messages . . . . . . 145

Vehicle Personalization
Vehicle Personalization (With
DIC Buttons) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145

Controls
Steering Wheel
Adjustment

Steering Wheel Controls
(Radio without
Touchscreen)

Universal Remote System
Universal Remote System . . . . 152
Universal Remote System
Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
Universal Remote System
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154

To adjust the steering wheel:
1. Pull the lever down.
2. Move the steering wheel up
or down.
3. Pull or push the steering wheel
closer or away from you.
4. Push the lever up to lock the
steering wheel in place.
Do not adjust the steering wheel
while driving.

Vehicles with audio steering wheel
controls could differ depending on
the vehicle's options. Some audio
controls can be adjusted at the
steering wheel.

w or c/x (Next/Previous) :
Press to select preset or favorite
radio stations, select tracks on a
CD, or select tracks and navigate
folders on an iPod® or USB device.

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

Instruments and Controls
To select tracks on an iPod or USB
device:
.

.

Press and hold w or c /x
while listening to a song listed in
the main audio page to quickly
move forward or in reverse
through the tracks.
Track information is displayed on
the screen. Release w or c
/x when the desired track is
reached.

b/g (Mute/Press to Talk) : Press
to mute the speakers. Press again
to unmute. Press and hold to
interact with Bluetooth and OnStar ®,
if equipped. See Bluetooth 0 195
and “OnStar,” if equipped.

Press ¨ to go to the next track or
chapter while sourced to the
CD slot.
Press ¨ to select a track or a folder
when navigating folders on an iPod
or USB device.

Vehicles with audio steering wheel
controls could differ depending on
the vehicle's options. Some audio
controls can be adjusted at the
steering wheel.

w or c/x (Next/Previous) :

+ e or − e (Volume) : Press to
increase or to decrease the volume.

Press to select preset or favorite
radio stations, select tracks on a
CD, or select tracks and navigate
folders on an iPod® or USB device.

Steering Wheel Controls
(Radio with Touchscreen)

To select tracks on an iPod or USB
device:
.

Press and hold w or c /x
while listening to a song listed in
the main audio page to quickly
move forward or in reverse
through the tracks.

.

Track information is displayed on
the screen. Release w or c
/x when the desired track is
reached.

ii

c/x (End) : Press to reject an
incoming call or end a current call.
SRCE (Source) : Press to switch
between AM, FM, CD, and if
equipped, SiriusXM®, front auxiliary,
rear auxiliary, and iPod/USB.

¨ (Seek) : Press to go to the next
radio station while in AM, FM,
or SiriusXM®, if equipped.

109

b/g (Press to Talk) : Press to
interact with Bluetooth and OnStar ®,
if equipped. See Bluetooth 0 195
and “OnStar,” if equipped.
ii

c/x (End) : Press to reject an
incoming call or end a current call.

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

110

Instruments and Controls

SRCE (Source) : Press to switch
between AM, FM, CD, and if
equipped, SiriusXM®, front auxiliary,
rear auxiliary, and iPod/USB.

Heated Steering Wheel

Windshield Wiper/Washer
The windshield wiper/washer lever
is located on the left side of the
steering column.

Press and hold to mute/pause the
system.

Turn the band with the wiper symbol
to control the windshield wipers.

¨ (Seek) : Press to go to the next
radio station while in AM, FM,
or SiriusXM®, if equipped.
Press ¨ to go to the next track or
chapter while sourced to the
CD slot.
Press ¨ to select a track or a folder
when navigating folders on an iPod
or USB device.
+ e or − e (Volume) : Press to
increase or to decrease the volume.

( (Heated Steering Wheel) :
If equipped with a heated steering
wheel, press to turn it on or off.
A light on the button displays when
the feature is turned on.
The steering wheel takes about
three minutes to start heating.

Horn
Press a on the steering wheel pad
to sound the horn.

8 (Mist) : Use for a single wiping
cycle.
OFF : Use to turn the wipers off.

6 (Adjustable Interval Wipes) :
Delays wiping cycle. Turn the band
up for more frequent wipes or down
for less frequent wipes.
LO : Slow wipes.
HI : Fast wipes.
Clear ice and snow from the wiper
blades before using them. If frozen
to the windshield, carefully loosen or

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

Instruments and Controls
thaw them. Damaged wiper blades
should be replaced. See Wiper
Blade Replacement 0 285 .
ii

Heavy snow or ice can overload the
wipers. A circuit breaker stops them
until the motor cools.
Windshield Washer

J FRONT (Washer Fluid) : Press
the button at the end of the lever to
spray washer fluid on the
windshield. The wipers clear the
windshield and either stop or return
to the preset speed. The ignition key
must be in ACC/ACCESSORY or
ON/RUN for this to work. See
Washer Fluid 0 281 .
ii

{ Warning
In freezing weather, do not use
the washer until the windshield is
warmed. Otherwise the washer
fluid can form ice on the
windshield, blocking your vision.

WASHER FLUID LOW ADD FLUID
is displayed on the Driver
Information Center (DIC) when the
washer fluid is low. See Washer
Fluid Messages 0 145 .

111

The rear window washer uses the
same fluid that is in the windshield
washer reservoir. See Washer Fluid
0 281 .
ii

ii

Rear Window Wiper/
Washer
The rear window wiper/washer
button is on the center stack below
the climate control system.

Z (Rear Wiper) : Press to turn the
rear wiper on and off. The wiper
speed cannot be changed.

Y (Wash) : Press to spray washer
fluid on the rear window. The
window wiper will also come on.
Release the button when enough
fluid has been sprayed on the
window. The rear wiper will run a
few more cycles after it is released.
If the rear wiper function was
already on prior to pressing the
wash button, it stays on until the
wiper button is pressed again.

Compass
Your vehicle may have a compass
in the Driver Information Center
(DIC). See Driver Information
Center (DIC) (With DIC Buttons)
0 129 or Driver Information Center
(DIC) (Without DIC Buttons) 0 134
for more information about the DIC.
ii

ii

Compass Zone
The zone is set to zone eight upon
leaving the factory. Your dealer will
set the correct zone for your
location.
Under certain circumstances, such
as during a long distance
cross-country trip or moving to a
new state or province, it will be
necessary to compensate for
compass variance by resetting the
zone through the DIC if the zone is
not set correctly.

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

112

Instruments and Controls
Compass Calibration

Compass variance is the difference
between the earth's magnetic north
and true geographic north. If the
compass is not set to the zone
where you live, the compass may
give false readings. The compass
must be set to the variance zone in
which the vehicle is traveling.

The compass can be manually
calibrated. Only calibrate the
compass in a magnetically clean
and safe location, such as an open
parking lot, where driving the
vehicle in circles is not a danger.
It is suggested to calibrate away
from tall buildings, utility wires,
manhole covers, or other industrial
structures, if possible.

To adjust for compass variance, use
the following procedure:
Compass Variance (Zone)
Procedure
1. Do not set the compass zone
when the vehicle is moving.
Only set it when the vehicle is
in P (Park).
Press the vehicle information
button until PRESS V TO
CHANGE COMPASS ZONE
displays.

2. Find the vehicle's current
location and variance zone
number on the map.
Zones 1 through 15 are
available.
3. Press the set/reset button to
scroll through and select the
appropriate variance zone.
4. Press the trip/fuel button until
the vehicle heading, for
example, N for North, is
displayed in the DIC.
5. If calibration is necessary,
calibrate the compass. See
“Compass Calibration
Procedure” following.

If CAL should ever appear in the
DIC display, the compass should be
calibrated.
If the DIC display does not show a
heading, for example, N for North,
or the heading does not change
after making turns, there may be a
strong magnetic field interfering with
the compass. Such interference
may be caused by a magnetic CB or
cell phone antenna mount, a
magnetic emergency light, magnetic
note pad holder, or any other
magnetic item. Turn off the vehicle,
move the magnetic item, then turn
on the vehicle and calibrate the
compass.

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

Instruments and Controls
To calibrate the compass, use the
following procedure:
Compass Calibration Procedure
1. Before calibrating the compass,
make sure the compass zone
is set to the variance zone in
which the vehicle is located.
See “Compass Variance (Zone)
Procedure” earlier in this
section.
Do not operate any switches
such as window, sunroof,
climate controls, seats, etc.
during the calibration
procedure.
2. Press the vehicle information
button until PRESS V TO
CALIBRATE COMPASS
displays.
3. Press the set/reset button to
start the compass calibration.
4. The DIC will display
CALIBRATING: DRIVE IN
CIRCLES. Drive the vehicle in
tight circles at less than 8 km/h
(5 mph) to complete the
calibration. The DIC will display
CALIBRATION COMPLETE for

a few seconds when the
calibration is complete. The
DIC display will then return to
the previous menu.

Clock (Radio without
Touchscreen)
To adjust the time and date:
1. Turn the ignition key to ACC/
ACCESSORY or ON/RUN,
then press O to turn the
radio on.
2. Press H to display HR, MIN,
MM, DD, YYYY (hour, minute,
month, day, and year).
3. Press the pushbutton located
under any one of the labels to
be changed.
4. To increase the time or date,
do one of the following:
. Press the pushbutton below
the selected label.
.
.
.

¨ SEEK.
Press \ FWD.
Turn f clockwise.
Press

113

5. To decrease the time or date,
do one of the following:
.
.
.

© SEEK.
Press s REV.
Turn f counterclockwise.

Press

To change the time default setting
from 12 hour to 24 hour or to
change the date default setting from
month/day/year to day/month/year:
1. Press H and then the
pushbutton located under the
forward arrow that displays on
the radio screen until the time
12H (hour) and 24H (hour), and
the date MM/DD (month and
day) and DD/MM (day and
month) display.
2. Press the pushbutton located
under the desired option.
3. Press H again to apply the
selected default, or let the
screen time out.

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

114

Instruments and Controls

Clock (Radio with
Touchscreen)

.

Press and hold to quickly
increase or decrease the date
settings.

Press Settings on the Home Page
Menu, then press the Set Time or
Set Date settings screen button to
display the different options for
setting the time and date.

.

Press OK to save the
adjustments.

.

Press the Back or Cancel screen
button to cancel the
adjustments.

Set Time:
. Press the up or down arrows to
increase or decrease the Hours,
Minutes, AM, PM, or the 24 hour
setting on the clock.
. Press and hold to quickly
increase or decrease the time
settings.
. Press OK to save the
adjustments.
. Press the Back or Cancel screen
button to cancel the
adjustments.
Set Date:
. Press the up or down arrows to
increase or decrease the Month,
Day, and Year settings.

{ Warning
Power is always supplied to the
outlets. Do not leave electrical
equipment plugged in when the
vehicle is not in use because the
vehicle could catch fire and cause
injury or death.

Power Outlets
The vehicle has 12-volt outlets that
can be used to plug in electrical
equipment, such as a cell phone or
MP3 player.
The power outlets are located:
. On the center stack below the
climate controls.
. Inside the center console.
.

At the rear of the center console.

.

In the rear cargo area.

Lift the cover to access the outlet
and replace when not in use.

Caution
Leaving electrical equipment
plugged in for an extended period
of time while the vehicle is off will
drain the battery. Always unplug
electrical equipment when not in
use and do not plug in equipment
that exceeds the maximum
20 amp rating.
Certain accessory plugs may not be
compatible with the accessory
power outlet and could overload
vehicle and adapter fuses. If a
problem is experienced, see your
dealer.

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

Instruments and Controls
When adding electrical equipment,
be sure to follow the proper
installation instructions included with
the equipment. See Add-On
Electrical Equipment 0 263 .

Accessory Power (RAP) off and
then back on. See Retained
Accessory Power (RAP) 0 230 . The
power restarts when equipment
using 150 watts or less is plugged
into the outlet and a system fault is
not detected.
ii

ii

Caution
Hanging heavy equipment from
the power outlet can cause
damage not covered by the
vehicle warranty. The power
outlets are designed for
accessory power plugs only, such
as cell phone charge cords.

Power Outlet 110V/120V
Alternating Current
If equipped with this power outlet it
can be used to plug in electrical
equipment that uses a maximum
limit of 150 watts.

115

The power outlet is on the rear of
the center console.
An indicator light on the outlet turns
on to show it is in use. The light
comes on when the ignition is in
ON/RUN, equipment requiring less
than 150 watts is plugged into the
outlet, and no system fault is
detected.
The indicator light does not come on
when the ignition is in LOCK/OFF or
if the equipment is not fully seated
into the outlet.
If equipment is connected using
more than 150 watts or a system
fault is detected, a protection circuit
shuts off the power supply and the
indicator light turns off. To reset the
circuit, unplug the item and plug it
back in or turn the Retained

The power outlet is not designed for
and may not work properly, if the
following are plugged in:
. Equipment with high initial peak
wattage such as:
compressor-driven refrigerators
and electric power tools.
. Other equipment requiring an
extremely stable power supply
such as:
microcomputer-controlled
electric blankets, touch sensor
lamps, etc.
. Medical equipment.
See High Voltage Devices and
Wiring 0 289 .
ii

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

116

Instruments and Controls

Warning Lights,
Gauges, and
Indicators
Warning lights and gauges can
signal that something is wrong
before it becomes serious enough
to cause an expensive repair or
replacement. Paying attention to the
warning lights and gauges could
prevent injury.
Some warning lights come on briefly
when the engine is started to
indicate they are working. When
one of the warning lights comes on
and stays on while driving, or when
one of the gauges shows there may
be a problem, check the section that
explains what to do. Waiting to do
repairs can be costly and even
dangerous.

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

Instruments and Controls

Instrument Cluster

English Uplevel Shown, Metric Similar

117

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

118

Instruments and Controls

Speedometer

Fuel Gauge

The speedometer shows the
vehicle's speed in either kilometers
per hour (km/h) or miles per
hour (mph).

Odometer
The odometer shows how far the
vehicle has been driven, in either
kilometers or miles.

Tachometer
The tachometer displays the engine
speed in revolutions per
minute (rpm).

Caution
If the engine is operated with the
rpm’s in the warning area at the
high end of the tachometer, the
vehicle could be damaged, and
the damage would not be covered
by the vehicle warranty. Do not
operate the engine with the rpm’s
in the warning area.

English
Metric

When the ignition is on, the fuel
gauge shows how much fuel is left
in the tank.
An arrow on the fuel gauge
indicates the side of the vehicle the
fuel door is on.
The gauge will first indicate empty
before the vehicle is out of fuel, but
the vehicle's fuel tank should be
filled soon.
When the fuel tank is low on fuel,
the FUEL LEVEL LOW message will
appear on the Driver Information
Center (DIC). For more information
see Fuel System Messages 0 140 .
ii

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

Instruments and Controls
Here are some situations that may
occur with the fuel gauge. None of
these indicate a problem with the
fuel gauge.
. At the gas station, the gas pump
shuts off before the gauge
reads full.
. It takes a little more or less fuel
to fill up than the gauge
indicated. For example, the
gauge might have indicated the
tank was half full, but it actually
took a little more or less than
half the tank's capacity to fill
the tank.
. The gauge moves a little while
turning a corner or speeding up.
. The gauge does not go back to
empty when the ignition is
turned off.

119

Engine Coolant
Temperature Gauge

English
Metric

This gauge shows the engine
coolant temperature. If the gauge
pointer moves into the red area, it
means that the engine coolant has
overheated. If the vehicle has been
operated under normal driving
conditions, pull off the road, stop the
vehicle, and turn off the engine as
soon as possible.
See Engine Overheating 0 278 for
more information.
ii

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

120

Instruments and Controls

Voltmeter Gauge

Readings in the low warning zone
can occur when a large number of
electrical accessories are operating
in the vehicle and the engine is left
idling for an extended period.
If there is a problem with the battery
charging system, a SERVICE
BATTERY CHARGING SYSTEM
message will appear in the Driver
Information Center (DIC) and/or the
charging system light comes on.
See Battery Voltage and Charging
Messages 0 137 for more
information.
ii

When the engine is not running, but
the ignition is on, this gauge
displays the battery voltage in
DC volts.
When the engine is running, this
gauge shows the condition of the
charging system. The vehicle's
charging system regulates voltage
based on the state of charge of the
battery. The voltmeter may fluctuate.
This is normal. Readings between
the low and high warning zones
indicate the normal operating range.

However, readings in either warning
zone may indicate a possible
problem in the electrical system.
Have the vehicle serviced as soon
as possible.

Safety Belt Reminders
Driver Safety Belt Reminder
Light
There is a driver safety belt
reminder light on the instrument
cluster.

When the vehicle is started, this
light flashes and a chime may come
on to remind the driver to fasten
their safety belt. Then the light stays
on solid until the belt is buckled.
This cycle may continue several
times if the driver remains or
becomes unbuckled while the
vehicle is moving.
If the driver safety belt is buckled,
neither the light nor the chime
comes on.

Passenger Safety Belt
Reminder Light
There is a passenger safety belt
reminder light near the passenger
airbag status indicator. See
Passenger Sensing System 0 77 .
ii

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

Instruments and Controls

Airbag Readiness Light

When the vehicle is started, this
light flashes and a chime may come
on to remind passengers to fasten
their safety belt. Then the light stays
on solid until the belt is buckled.
This cycle continues several times if
the passenger remains or becomes
unbuckled while the vehicle is
moving.

This light shows if there is an
electrical problem with the airbag
system. The system check includes
the airbag sensor(s), the passenger
sensing system, the pretensioners,
the airbag modules, the wiring, and
the crash sensing and diagnostic
module. For more information on the
airbag system, see Airbag System
0 71 .
ii

If the passenger safety belt is
buckled, neither the chime nor the
light comes on.
The front passenger safety belt
reminder light and chime may turn
on if an object is put on the seat
such as a briefcase, handbag,
grocery bag, laptop, or other
electronic device. To turn off the
reminder light and/or chime, remove
the object from the seat or buckle
the safety belt.

The airbag readiness light comes on
for several seconds when the
vehicle is started. If the light does
not come on then, have it fixed
immediately.

121

{ Warning
If the airbag readiness light stays
on after the vehicle is started or
comes on while driving, it means
the airbag system might not be
working properly. The airbags in
the vehicle might not inflate in a
crash, or they could even inflate
without a crash. To help avoid
injury, have the vehicle serviced
right away.
If there is a problem with the airbag
system, a Driver Information Center
(DIC) message may also come on.
See Airbag System Messages
0 142 .
ii

Passenger Airbag Status
Indicator
The vehicle has a passenger
sensing system. See Passenger
Sensing System 0 77 for important
safety information. The instrument
panel has a passenger airbag status
indicator.
ii

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

122

Instruments and Controls
If the word ON or the on symbol is
lit on the passenger airbag status
indicator, it means that the front
outboard passenger frontal airbag is
allowed to inflate.
United States

Canada and Mexico
When the vehicle is started, the
passenger airbag status indicator
will light ON and OFF, or the symbol
for on and off, for several seconds
as a system check. Then, after
several more seconds, the status
indicator will light either ON or OFF,
or either the on or off symbol to let
you know the status of the front
outboard passenger frontal airbag.

If the word OFF or the off symbol is
lit on the passenger airbag status
indicator, it means that the
passenger sensing system has
turned off the front outboard
passenger frontal airbag.
If, after several seconds, both status
indicator lights remain on, or if there
are no lights at all, there may be a
problem with the lights or the
passenger sensing system. See
your dealer for service.

{ Warning
If the airbag readiness light ever
comes on and stays on, it means
that something may be wrong
with the airbag system. To help
avoid injury to yourself or others,
have the vehicle serviced right
away. See Airbag Readiness
(Continued)

Warning (Continued)
Light 0 121 for more information,
including important safety
information.
ii

Charging System Light

The charging system light comes on
briefly when the ignition is turned
on, but the engine is not running, as
a check to show the light is working.
It should go out when the engine is
started.
If the light stays on, or comes on
while driving, there may be a
problem with the electrical charging
system. Have it checked by your
dealer. Driving while this light is on
could drain the battery.

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

Instruments and Controls
When this light comes on, the Driver
Information Center (DIC) also
displays the SERVICE BATTERY
CHARGING SYSTEM message.

Caution

See Vehicle Messages 0 136 for
more information.
ii

If a short distance must be driven
with the light on, be sure to turn off
all accessories, such as the radio
and air conditioner.

Malfunction Indicator
Lamp (Check Engine
Light)
This light is part of the vehicle’s
emission control on-board
diagnostic system. If this light is on
while the engine is running, a
malfunction has been detected and
the vehicle may require service. The
light should come on to show that it
is working when the ignition is in
ON/RUN and the engine is not
running. See Ignition Positions
0 226 .
ii

123

Malfunctions are often indicated by
the system before any problem is
noticeable. Being aware of the light
and seeking service promptly when
it comes on may prevent damage.

Caution
If the vehicle is driven continually
with this light on, the emission
control system may not work as
well, the fuel economy may be
lower, and the vehicle may not
run smoothly. This could lead to
costly repairs that might not be
covered by the vehicle warranty.

Modifications to the engine,
transmission, exhaust, intake,
or fuel system, or the use of
replacement tires that do not
meet the original tire
specifications, can cause this light
to come on. This could lead to
costly repairs not covered by the
vehicle warranty. This could also
affect the vehicle’s ability to pass
an Emissions Inspection/
Maintenance test. See
Accessories and Modifications
0 266 .
ii

If the light is flashing : A
malfunction has been detected that
could damage the emission control
system and increase vehicle
emissions. Diagnosis and service
may be required.
To help prevent damage, reduce
vehicle speed and avoid hard
accelerations and uphill grades.

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

124

Instruments and Controls

If towing a trailer, reduce the
amount of cargo being hauled as
soon as possible.
If the light continues to flash, find a
safe place to park. Turn the vehicle
off and wait at least 10 seconds
before restarting the engine. If the
light is still flashing, follow the
previous guidelines and see your
dealer for service as soon as
possible.
If the light is on steady : A
malfunction has been detected.
Diagnosis and service may be
required.
Check the following:
. A loose or missing fuel cap may
cause the light to come on. See
Filling the Tank 0 254 . A few
driving trips with the cap
properly installed may turn the
light off.
. Poor fuel quality can cause
inefficient engine operation and
poor driveability, which may go
away once the engine is warmed
up. If this occurs, change the
fuel brand. It may require at

least one full tank of the proper
fuel to turn the light off. See Fuel
0 252 .
ii

If the light remains on, see your
dealer.

Emissions Inspection and
Maintenance Programs
If the vehicle requires an Emissions
Inspection/Maintenance test, the
test equipment will likely connect to
the vehicle's Data Link
Connector (DLC).

The vehicle may not pass
inspection if:
. The light is on when the engine
is running.
. The light does not come on
when the ignition is in ON/RUN
while the engine is off.
. Critical emission control systems
have not been completely
diagnosed. If this happens, the
vehicle would not be ready for
inspection and might require
several days of routine driving
before the system is ready for
inspection. This can happen if
the 12-volt battery has recently
been replaced or run down, or if
the vehicle has been recently
serviced.

ii

The DLC is under the instrument
panel to the left of the steering
wheel. Connecting devices that are
not used to perform an Emissions
Inspection/Maintenance test or to
service the vehicle may affect
vehicle operation See Add-On
Electrical Equipment 0 263 . See
your dealer if assistance is needed.
ii

See your dealer if the vehicle will
not pass or cannot be made ready
for the test.

Brake System Warning
Light
The vehicle brake system consists
of two hydraulic circuits. If one
circuit is not working, the remaining

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

Instruments and Controls
circuit can still work to stop the
vehicle. For normal braking
performance, both circuits need to
be working
If the warning light comes on, there
is a brake problem. Have the brake
system inspected right away.

after the parking brake is fully
released, it means there is a brake
problem.
If the light comes on while driving,
pull off the road and stop carefully.
Make sure the parking brake is fully
released. The pedal may be harder
to push or, the pedal may go closer
to the floor. It may take longer to
stop. If the light is still on, have the
vehicle towed for service. See
Towing the Vehicle 0 328 .

125

The brake message remains on until
any DIC button is pressed. The
brake light remains on until the
problem is fixed. See Brake System
Messages 0 137 .
ii

Antilock Brake System
(ABS) Warning Light

ii

Metric

English

This light should come on briefly
when the engine is started. If it does
not come on then, have it fixed so it
will be ready to warn you if there is
a problem.
This light may also come on due to
low brake fluid. See Brake Fluid
0 282 .
ii

When the ignition is on, the brake
system warning light also comes on
when the parking brake is set. The
light will stay on if the parking brake
does not release fully. If it stays on

{ Warning
The brake system might not be
working properly if the brake
system warning light is on.
Driving with the brake system
warning light on can lead to a
crash. If the light is still on after
the vehicle has been pulled off
the road and carefully stopped,
have the vehicle towed for
service.

The ABS warning light comes on
briefly when the ignition key is
turned to ON/RUN. This is normal.
If the light does not come on then,
have it fixed so it will be ready to
warn you if there is a problem.
If the light stays on, turn the ignition
to LOCK/OFF. If the light comes on
while driving, stop as soon as
possible and turn the ignition off.
Then start the engine again to reset
the system. If the light still stays on,
or comes on again while driving, the
vehicle needs service. If the regular

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

126

Instruments and Controls

brake system warning light is not
on, there are still brakes, but no
antilock brakes. If the regular brake
system warning light is also on,
there are no antilock brakes and
there is a problem with the regular
brakes. See Brake System Warning
Light 0 124 .

Lane Departure Warning
(LDW) Light

Vehicle Ahead Indicator

ii

Tow/Haul Mode Light

This light comes on when the Tow/
Haul mode has been activated.
For more information, see Tow/Haul
Mode 0 236 .
ii

If equipped, this light comes on
briefly while starting the vehicle. If it
does not come on, have the vehicle
serviced.

If equipped, this indicator will
display green when a vehicle is
detected ahead and amber when
you are following a vehicle ahead
much too closely.

This light is green if LDW is on and
ready to operate.

See Forward Collision Alert (FCA)
System 0 247 .

This light changes to amber and
flashes to indicate that the lane
marking has been crossed without
using a turn signal in that direction.

StabiliTrak® Indicator
Light

ii

See Lane Departure Warning (LDW)
0 250 .
ii

The StabiliTrak light comes on
briefly as the engine is started. If it
does not come on, have the vehicle
serviced by your dealer.

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

Instruments and Controls
This light flashes while the
StabiliTrak system or the Traction
Control System (TCS) is working.
The light comes on when there is a
problem with the StabiliTrak system.
See Traction Control/Electronic
Stability Control 0 239 .

127

Stop and turn off the vehicle to
avoid damage to the engine.
A warning chime sounds when this
light is on.

inflate the tires to the pressure value
shown on the Tire and Loading
Information label. See Tire Pressure
0 303 .

See Engine Overheating 0 278 for
more information.

When the Light Flashes First and
Then Is On Steady

Tire Pressure Light

If the light flashes for about a minute
and then stays on, there may be a
problem with the TPMS. If the
problem is not corrected, the light
will come on at every ignition cycle.
See Tire Pressure Monitor
Operation 0 305 .

ii

ii

ii

Engine Coolant
Temperature Warning
Light

ii

The engine coolant temperature
warning light comes on briefly when
the vehicle is started.
If it does not, have the vehicle
serviced by your dealer. If the
system is working normally, the
indicator light then goes off.
If the light comes on and stays on
while driving, the vehicle may have
a problem with the cooling system.

For vehicles with the Tire Pressure
Monitor System (TPMS), this light
comes on briefly when the engine is
started. It provides information
about tire pressures and the TPMS.
When the Light Is On Steady
This indicates that one or more of
the tires are significantly
underinflated.
A Driver Information Center (DIC)
tire pressure message may also
display. See Tire Messages 0 143 .
Stop as soon as possible, and
ii

Engine Oil Pressure Light
Caution
Lack of proper engine oil
maintenance can damage the
engine. Driving with the engine oil
low can also damage the engine.
The repairs would not be covered
by the vehicle warranty. Check
the oil level as soon as possible.
Add oil if required, but if the oil
level is within the operating range
(Continued)

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

128

Instruments and Controls
Caution (Continued)

Security Light

For information regarding this light
and the vehicle's security system,
see Vehicle Alarm System 0 42 .
ii

and the oil pressure is still low,
have the vehicle serviced. Always
follow the maintenance schedule
for changing engine oil.

High-Beam On Light

The security light should come on
briefly as the engine is started. If the
system is working normally, the
indicator light turns off. If it does not
come on, have the vehicle serviced
by your dealer.
This light should come on briefly as
the engine is started. If it does not
come on, have the vehicle serviced
by your dealer.

If the light stays on and the engine
does not start, there could be a
problem with the theft-deterrent
system.

If the light comes on and stays on, it
means that oil is not flowing through
the engine properly. The vehicle
could be low on oil and might have
some other system problem. See
your dealer.

This light is also used to indicate the
status of the anti-theft alarm system
when the ignition is turned off. The
light will flash rapidly if the alarm
system is arming and one or more
of the monitored entry points is not
closed. The light will stay on if the
alarm is arming and all entry points
are closed.

This light comes on when the
high-beam headlamps are in use.
See Headlamp High/Low-Beam
Changer 0 156 for more
information.
ii

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

Instruments and Controls

Cruise Control Light

Information Displays
Driver Information Center
(DIC) (With DIC Buttons)
If your vehicle has DIC buttons, the
information below explains the
operation of this system.

This light comes on when the cruise
control is set.
This light goes out when the cruise
control is canceled. See Cruise
Control 0 241 .
ii

The DIC displays information about
your vehicle. It also displays
warning messages if a system
problem is detected.
All messages will appear in the DIC
display at the top of the instrument
cluster.
The DIC comes on when the ignition
is on. After a short delay, the DIC
will display the information that was
last displayed before the engine
was turned off.
The DIC also displays a shift lever
position indicator on the bottom line
of the display. See Automatic
Transmission 0 233 .
ii

The outside air temperature and
compass, if equipped, also display
on the DIC when viewing the trip
and fuel information. The outside air

129

temperature automatically appears
in the top right corner of the DIC
display. If there is a problem with
the system that controls the
temperature display, the numbers
will be replaced with dashes. If this
occurs, have the vehicle serviced.
The compass will be shown in the
bottom right corner of the DIC
display. See Compass 0 111 .
ii

The DIC also allows some features
to be customized. See Vehicle
Personalization (With DIC Buttons)
0 145 .
ii

If your vehicle has DIC buttons, you
can also use the trip odometer reset
stem to view the odometer and trip
odometers.
DIC Buttons
The DIC has different displays,
which can be accessed by pressing
the DIC buttons on the center stack.

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

130

Instruments and Controls

3 (Trip/Fuel) : Press this button
to display the odometer, trip
odometers, fuel range, average
economy, timer, fuel used, and
average speed.

In addition to the engine oil life
system monitoring the oil life,
additional maintenance is
recommended in the Maintenance
Schedule. See Maintenance
Schedule 0 342 .
ii

The buttons are the set/reset,
customization, vehicle information,
and trip/fuel buttons. The button
functions are detailed in the
following pages.

V (Set/Reset) : Press this button to
set or reset certain functions and to
turn off or acknowledge messages
on the DIC.
U (Customization) : Press this
button to customize the feature
settings on your vehicle. See
Vehicle Personalization (With DIC
Buttons) 0 145 .
ii

T (Vehicle Information) : Press
this button to display the oil life,
park assist on vehicles with this
feature, units, tire pressure readings
on vehicles with this feature, and
compass calibration and zone
setting on vehicles with this feature.

Vehicle Information Menu
Items

T (Vehicle Information) : Press
this button to scroll through the
following menu items:
OIL LIFE
Press the vehicle information button
until OIL LIFE REMAINING
displays. This display shows an
estimate of the oil's remaining useful
life. If you see 99% OIL LIFE
REMAINING on the display, that
means 99% of the current oil life
remains. The engine oil life system
will alert you to change the oil on a
schedule consistent with your
driving conditions.
When the remaining oil life is low,
the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON
message will appear on the display.
See Engine Oil Messages 0 139 .
You should change the oil as soon
as you can. See Engine Oil 0 269 .
ii

ii

Remember, you must reset the OIL
LIFE display yourself after each oil
change. It will not reset itself. Also,
be careful not to reset the OIL LIFE
display accidentally at any time
other than when the oil has just
been changed. It cannot be reset
accurately until the next oil change.
To reset the engine oil life system,
see Engine Oil Life System 0 272 .
ii

SIDE BLIND ZONE ALERT
If the vehicle has the Side Blind
Zone Alert (SBZA) system, this
display allows the system to be
turned on or off. Once in this
display, press the set/reset button to
select between ON or OFF. If you
choose ON, the system will be
turned on. If you choose OFF, the
system will be turned off. When the
SBZA system is turned off, the DIC
will display the SIDE BLIND ZONE
ALERT SYSTEM OFF message as

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

Instruments and Controls
a reminder that the system has
been turned off. See Object
Detection System Messages 0 140
and Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA)
0 249 .

ii

ii

PARK ASSIST
If your vehicle has the Rear Parking
Assist (RPA) system, press the
vehicle information button until
PARK ASSIST displays. This
display allows the system to be
turned on or off. Once in this
display, press the set/reset button to
select between ON or OFF. If you
choose ON, the system will be
turned on. If you choose OFF, the
system will be turned off. The RPA
system automatically turns back on
after each vehicle start. When the
RPA system is turned off and the
vehicle is shifted out of P (Park), the
DIC will display the PARK ASSIST
OFF message as a reminder that
the system has been turned off. See
Object Detection System Messages
0 140 and Parking Assist 0 246 .
ii

ii

131

REAR CROSS TRAFFIC ALERT

FRONT TIRES or REAR TIRES

If the vehicle has the Rear Cross
Traffic Alert (RCTA) system, this
display allows the system to be
turned on or off. Once in this
display, press the set/reset button to
select between ON or OFF. If you
choose ON, the system will be
turned on. If you choose OFF, the
system will be turned off. When the
RCTA system is turned off, the DIC
will display the REAR CROSS
TRAFFIC ALERT SYSTEM OFF
message as a reminder that the
system has been turned off. See
Object Detection System Messages
0 140 and Rear Vision Camera
(RVC) 0 243 .

On vehicles with the Tire Pressure
Monitor System (TPMS), the
pressure for each tire can be viewed
in the DIC. The tire pressure will be
shown in either kilopascals (kPa) or
pounds per square inch (psi). Press
the vehicle information button until
the DIC displays FRONT
TIRES kPa (PSI) LEFT ##
RIGHT ##. Press the vehicle
information button again until the
DIC displays REAR TIRES kPa
(PSI) LEFT ## RIGHT ##.

ii

ii

UNITS
Press the vehicle information button
until UNITS displays. This display
allows you to select between metric
or English units of measurement.
Once in this display, press the set/
reset button to select between
METRIC or ENGLISH units. All of
the vehicle information will then be
displayed in the unit of
measurement selected.

If a low tire pressure condition is
detected by the system while
driving, a message advising you to
add air to a specific tire will appear
in the display. See Tire Pressure
0 303 and Tire Messages 0 143 .
ii

ii

If the tire pressure display shows
dashes instead of a value, there
may be a problem with your vehicle.
If this consistently occurs, see your
dealer for service.

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

132

Instruments and Controls

COMPASS ZONE SETTING

TRIP A and TRIP B

This display will be available if the
vehicle has a compass. See
Compass 0 111 .

Press the trip/fuel button until
TRIP A or TRIP B displays. This
display shows the current distance
traveled in either kilometers (km) or
miles (mi) since the last reset for
each trip odometer. Both trip
odometers can be used at the same
time. Pressing the trip odometer
reset stem will also display the trip
odometers.

ii

COMPASS RECALIBRATION
This display will be available if the
vehicle has a compass. See
Compass 0 111 .
ii

Blank Display
This display shows no information.

Trip/Fuel Menu Items

3 (Trip/Fuel) : Press this button
to scroll through the following menu
items:
ODOMETER
Press the trip/fuel button until
ODOMETER displays. This display
shows the distance the vehicle has
been driven in either kilometers (km)
or miles (mi). Pressing the trip
odometer reset stem will also
display the odometer.
To switch between English and
metric measurements, see “UNITS”
earlier in this section.

Each trip odometer can be reset to
zero separately by pressing the set/
reset button or the trip odometer
reset stem while the desired trip
odometer is displayed.
The trip odometer has a feature
called retroactive reset. This can be
used to set the trip odometer to the
number of kilometers (miles) driven
since the ignition was last turned on.
This can be used if the trip
odometer is not reset at the
beginning of the trip.
To use the retroactive reset feature,
press and hold the set/reset button
for at least four seconds. The trip
odometer will display the number of
kilometers (km) or miles (mi) driven

since the ignition was last turned on
and the vehicle was moving. Once
the vehicle begins moving, the trip
odometer will accumulate mileage.
For example, if the vehicle was
driven 8 km (5 mi) before it is started
again, and then the retroactive reset
feature is activated, the display will
show 8 km (5 mi). As the vehicle
begins moving, the display will then
increase to 8.2 km (5.1 mi), 8.4 km
(5.2 mi), etc.
If the retroactive reset feature is
activated after the vehicle is started,
but before it begins moving, the
display will show the number of
kilometers (km) or miles (mi) driven
during the last ignition cycle.
RANGE
Press the trip/fuel button until
RANGE displays. This display
shows the approximate number of
remaining kilometers (km) or
miles (mi) the vehicle can be driven
without refueling. The display will
show LOW if the fuel level is low.
The fuel range estimate is based on
an average of the vehicle's fuel
economy over recent driving history

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

Instruments and Controls
and the amount of fuel remaining in
the fuel tank. This estimate will
change if driving conditions change.
For example, if driving in traffic and
making frequent stops, this display
may read one number, but if the
vehicle is driven on a freeway, the
number may change even though
the same amount of fuel is in the
fuel tank. This is because different
driving conditions produce different
fuel economies. Generally, freeway
driving produces better fuel
economy than city driving. Fuel
range cannot be reset.
AVG (Average) ECONOMY
Press the trip/fuel button until AVG
ECONOMY displays. This display
shows the approximate average
liters per 100 kilometers (L/100 km)
or miles per gallon (mpg). This
number reflects only the
approximate average fuel economy
that the vehicle has right now, and
will change as driving conditions
change. This number is calculated
based on the number of L/100 km
(mpg) recorded since the last time

this menu item was reset. To reset
AVG ECONOMY, press and hold the
set/reset button.
FUEL ECONOMY
Press the trip/fuel button until FUEL
ECONOMY displays. The FUEL
ECONOMY display shows an
approximate estimate of the vehicle
fuel economy under a given driving
condition at a specific moment. For
example, if the vehicle is
accelerating and achieving low fuel
efficiency this display will show
fewer bars, but if the vehicle is
cruising on a flat freeway and
getting high fuel efficiency, the
display will show more bars. Fuel
economy cannot be reset.
TIMER
Press the trip/fuel button until
TIMER displays. This display can be
used as a timer.
To start the timer, press the set/
reset button while TIMER is
displayed. The display will show the
amount of time that has passed
since the timer was last reset, not
including time the ignition is off.

133

Time will continue to be counted as
long as the ignition is on, even if
another display is being shown on
the DIC. The timer will record up to
99 hours, 59 minutes and
59 seconds (99:59:59) after which
the display will return to zero.
To stop the timer, press the set/reset
button briefly while TIMER is
displayed.
To reset the timer to zero, press and
hold the set/reset button while
TIMER is displayed.
FUEL USED
Press the trip/fuel button until FUEL
USED displays. This display shows
the number of liters (L) or
gallons (gal) of fuel used since the
last reset of this menu item. To reset
the fuel used information, press and
hold the set/reset button while FUEL
USED is displayed.
AVG (Average) SPEED
Press the trip/fuel button until AVG
SPEED displays. This display
shows the average speed of the
vehicle in kilometers per hour (km/h)
or miles per hour (mph). This

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

134

Instruments and Controls

average is calculated based on the
various vehicle speeds recorded
since the last reset of this value. To
reset the value to zero, press and
hold the set/reset button.
This display shows no information.

If your vehicle does not have DIC
buttons, you can use the trip
odometer reset stem to view the
following displays: odometer, trip
odometers, oil life, park assist menu
for vehicles with the Rear Parking
Assist (RPA) system, units, and
display language.

Driver Information Center
(DIC) (Without DIC
Buttons)

If your vehicle has DIC buttons, you
can use the trip odometer reset
stem to view the following displays:
odometer and trip odometers.

Blank Display

If your vehicle does not have DIC
buttons, the information below
explains the operation of this
system.
The DIC has different displays,
which can be accessed by pressing
the trip odometer reset stem on the
instrument cluster. Pressing the trip
odometer reset stem will also turn
off, or acknowledge, DIC messages.
The DIC displays trip and vehicle
system information, and warning
messages if a system problem is
detected.

Trip Odometer Reset Stem
Menu Items
ODOMETER
Press the trip odometer reset stem
until ODOMETER displays. This
display shows the distance the
vehicle has been driven in either
kilometers (km) or miles (mi).
To switch between English and
metric measurements, see “UNITS”
later in this section.
TRIP A or TRIP B
Press the trip odometer reset stem
until TRIP A or TRIP B displays. This
display shows the current distance

traveled in either kilometers (km) or
miles (mi) since the last reset for
each trip odometer. Both trip
odometers can be used at the
same time.
Each trip odometer can be reset to
zero separately by pressing and
holding the trip odometer reset stem
while the desired trip odometer is
displayed.
The trip odometer has a feature
called the retroactive reset. This can
be used to set the trip odometer to
the number of kilometers (miles)
driven since the ignition was last
turned on. This can be used if the
trip odometer is not reset at the
beginning of the trip.
To use the retroactive reset feature,
press and hold the trip odometer
reset stem for at least four seconds.
The trip odometer will display the
number of kilometers (km) or
miles (mi) driven since the ignition
was last turned on and the vehicle
was moving. Once the vehicle
begins moving, the trip odometer
will accumulate mileage. For
example, if the vehicle was driven

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

Instruments and Controls
8 km (5 mi) before it is started again,
and then the retroactive reset
feature is activated, the display will
show 8 km (5 mi). As the vehicle
begins moving, the display will then
increase to 8.2 km (5.1 mi), 8.4 km
(5.2 mi), etc.
If the retroactive reset feature is
activated after the vehicle is started,
but before it begins moving, the
display will show the number of
kilometers (km) or miles (mi) driven
during the last ignition cycle.
OIL LIFE
To access this display, the vehicle
must be in P (Park). Press the trip
odometer reset stem until OIL LIFE
REMAINING displays. This display
shows an estimate of the oil's
remaining useful life. If you see
99% OIL LIFE REMAINING on the
display, that means 99% of the
current oil life remains. The engine
oil life system will alert you to
change the oil on a schedule
consistent with your driving
conditions.

When the remaining oil life is low,
the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON
message will appear on the display.
See Engine Oil Messages 0 139 .
You should change the oil as soon
as you can. See Engine Oil 0 269 .
In addition to the engine oil life
system monitoring the oil life,
additional maintenance is
recommended in the Maintenance
Schedule. See Maintenance
Schedule 0 342 .
ii

ii

ii

Remember, you must reset the OIL
LIFE display yourself after each oil
change. It will not reset itself. Also,
be careful not to reset the OIL LIFE
display accidentally at any time
other than when the oil has just
been changed. It cannot be reset
accurately until the next oil change.
To reset the engine oil life system,
see Engine Oil Life System 0 272 .
ii

PARK ASSIST
To access this display, the vehicle
must be in P (Park). If your vehicle
has the Rear Parking Assist (RPA)
system, press the trip odometer
reset stem until PARK ASSIST
displays. This display allows the

135

system to be turned on or off. Once
in this display, press and hold the
trip odometer reset stem to select
between ON or OFF. If you choose
ON, the system will be turned on.
If you choose OFF, the system will
be turned off. The RPA system
automatically turns back on after
each vehicle start. When the RPA
system is turned off and the vehicle
is shifted out of P (Park), the DIC
will display the PARK ASSIST OFF
message as a reminder that the
system has been turned off. See
Object Detection System Messages
0 140 and Parking Assist 0 246 .
ii

ii

UNITS
To access this display, the vehicle
must be in P (Park). Press the trip
odometer reset stem until UNITS
displays. This display allows you to
select between metric or English
units of measurement. Once in this
display, press and hold the trip
odometer reset stem to select
between METRIC or ENGLISH
units. All of the vehicle information
will then be displayed in the unit of
measurement selected.

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

136

Instruments and Controls

DISPLAY LANGUAGE
To access this display, the vehicle
must be in P (Park). This display
allows you to select the language in
which the DIC messages will
appear. To select a language:
1. Press the trip odometer reset
stem until DISPLAY
LANGUAGE displays.
2. Continue to press and hold the
trip odometer reset stem to
scroll through all of the
available languages.
The available languages are
ENGLISH (default), FRANCAIS
(French), ESPANOL (Spanish),
and NO CHANGE.
3. Once the desired language is
displayed, release the trip
odometer reset stem to set
your choice.
SIDE BLIND ZONE ALERT
If the vehicle has the Side Blind
Zone Alert (SBZA) system, this
display allows the system to be
turned on or off. Once in this
display, press the set/reset button to

select between ON or OFF. If you
choose ON, the system will be
turned on. If you choose OFF, the
system will be turned off. When the
SBZA system is turned off, the DIC
will display the SIDE BLIND ZONE
ALERT SYSTEM OFF message as
a reminder that the system has
been turned off. See Object
Detection System Messages 0 140
and Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA)
0 249 .
ii

ii

REAR CROSS TRAFFIC ALERT
If the vehicle has the Rear Cross
Traffic Alert (RCTA) system, this
display allows the system to be
turned on or off. Once in this
display, press the set/reset button to
select between ON or OFF. If you
choose ON, the system will be
turned on. If you choose OFF, the
system will be turned off. When the
RCTA system is turned off, the DIC
will display the REAR CROSS
TRAFFIC ALERT SYSTEM OFF
message as a reminder that the
system has been turned off. See
Object Detection System Messages
0 140 and Rear Vision Camera
(RVC) 0 243 .
ii

ii

Vehicle Messages
Messages are displayed on the DIC
to notify the driver that the status of
the vehicle has changed and that
some action may be needed by the
driver to correct the condition.
Multiple messages may appear one
after another.
Some messages may not require
immediate action, but you can press
any of the DIC buttons on the
instrument panel or the trip
odometer reset stem on the
instrument panel cluster to
acknowledge that you received the
messages and to clear them from
the display.
Some messages cannot be cleared
from the DIC display because they
are more urgent. These messages
require action before they can be
cleared. You should take any
messages that appear on the
display seriously and remember that
clearing the messages will only
make the messages disappear, not
correct the problem.

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

Instruments and Controls
The following are the possible
messages that can be displayed
and some information about them.

Battery Voltage and
Charging Messages
BATTERY LOW START
VEHICLE
This message displays when the
system detects that the battery
voltage has dropped to a critical
level and the engine must be started
to avoid a dead battery situation.

BATTERY SAVER ACTIVE
This message displays when the
system detects that the battery
voltage is dropping below expected
levels. The battery saver system
starts reducing certain features of
the vehicle that you may be able to
notice. At the point that the features
are disabled, this message is
displayed. It means that the vehicle
is trying to save the charge in the
battery.

Turn off all unnecessary
accessories to allow the battery to
recharge.
The normal battery voltage range is
11.5 to 15.5 volts.

SERVICE BATTERY
CHARGING SYSTEM
On some vehicles, this message
displays if there is a problem with
the battery charging system. Under
certain conditions, the charging
system light may also turn on in the
instrument cluster. See Charging
System Light 0 122 . Driving with
this problem could drain the battery.
Turn off all unnecessary
accessories. Have the electrical
system checked as soon as
possible. See your dealer.
ii

Brake System Messages
SERVICE BRAKE SYSTEM
This message displays along with
the brake system warning light if
there is a problem with the brake
system. See Brake System Warning
Light 0 124 . If this message
appears, stop as soon as possible
ii

137

and turn off the vehicle. Restart the
vehicle and check for the message
on the DIC display. If the message
is still displayed or appears again
when you begin driving, the brake
system needs service as soon as
possible. See your dealer.

Cruise Control Messages
CRUISE SET TO XXX
This message displays whenever
the cruise control is set. See Cruise
Control 0 241 for more information.
ii

Door Ajar Messages
DRIVER DOOR OPEN
This message displays and a chime
sounds if the driver door is not fully
closed and the vehicle is shifted out
of P (Park). Stop and turn off the
vehicle, check the door for
obstructions, and close the door
again. Check to see if the message
still appears on the DIC.

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

138

Instruments and Controls

HOOD OPEN

PASSENGER DOOR OPEN

On some models, this message
displays and a chime sounds if the
hood is not fully closed. Stop and
turn off the vehicle, check the hood
for obstructions, and close the hood
again. Check to see if the message
still appears on the DIC.

This message displays and a chime
sounds if the passenger door is not
fully closed and the vehicle is
shifted out of P (Park). Stop and turn
off the vehicle, check the door for
obstructions, and close the door
again. Check to see if the message
still appears on the DIC.

LEFT REAR DOOR OPEN
This message displays and a chime
sounds if the driver side rear door is
not fully closed and the vehicle is
shifted out of P (Park). Stop and turn
off the vehicle, check the door for
obstructions, and close the door
again. Check to see if the message
still appears on the DIC.

LIFTGATE OPEN
This message displays and a chime
sounds if the liftgate is open while
the ignition is in ON/RUN. Turn off
the vehicle and check the liftgate.
Restart the vehicle and check for
the message on the DIC display.

POWER LIFTGATE OFF
This message displays when the
power liftgate has been turned off
by pressing the power liftgate button
on the center stack.

RIGHT REAR DOOR OPEN
This message displays and a chime
sounds if the passenger side rear
door is not fully closed and the
vehicle is shifted out of P (Park).
Stop and turn off the vehicle, check
the door for obstructions, and close
the door again. Check to see if the
message still appears on the DIC.

Engine Cooling System
Messages
ENGINE HOT A/C (Air
Conditioning) OFF
This message displays when the
engine coolant becomes hotter than
the normal operating temperature.
See Engine Coolant Temperature
Gauge 0 119 . To avoid added strain
on a hot engine, the air conditioning
compressor automatically turns off.
When the coolant temperature
returns to normal, the air
conditioning compressor turns back
on. You can continue to drive your
vehicle.
ii

If this message continues to appear,
have the system repaired by your
dealer as soon as possible to avoid
damage to the engine.

ENGINE OVERHEATED IDLE
ENGINE
This message displays when the
engine coolant temperature is too
hot. Stop and allow the vehicle to
idle until it cools down. See Engine
Coolant Temperature Gauge 0 119 .
ii

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

Instruments and Controls
See Overheated Engine Protection
Operating Mode 0 280 for
information on driving to a safe
place in an emergency.
ii

ENGINE OVERHEATED STOP
ENGINE
This message displays and a
continuous chime sounds if the
engine cooling system reaches
unsafe temperatures for operation.
Stop and turn off the vehicle as
soon as it is safe to do so to avoid
severe damage. This message
clears when the engine has cooled
to a safe operating temperature.

Engine Oil Messages

Acknowledging the CHANGE
ENGINE OIL SOON message will
not reset the OIL LIFE REMAINING.
See “Oil Life” under Driver
Information Center (DIC) (With DIC
Buttons) 0 129 or Driver Information
Center (DIC) (Without DIC Buttons)
0 134 and Engine Oil Life System
0 272 .

This message displays when
service is required for the vehicle.
See your dealer. See Engine Oil
0 269 and Maintenance Schedule
0 342 .
ii

ii

pressure. Have the vehicle serviced
by your dealer as soon as possible
when this message is displayed.

Engine Power Messages

ii

ii

ii

ENGINE OIL LOW — ADD OIL
On some vehicles, this message
displays when the engine oil level
may be too low. Check the oil level
before filling to the recommended
level. If the oil is not low and this
message remains on, take the
vehicle to your dealer for service.
See Engine Oil 0 269 .
ii

CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON

139

OIL PRESSURE LOW STOP
ENGINE
This message displays when the
vehicle's engine oil pressure is low.
The oil pressure light also appears
on the instrument cluster. See
Engine Oil Pressure Light 0 127 .
ii

Stop the vehicle immediately, as
engine damage can result from
driving a vehicle with low oil

ENGINE POWER IS REDUCED
This message displays and a chime
sounds when the cooling system
temperature gets too hot and the
engine further enters the engine
coolant protection mode. See
Engine Overheating 0 278 for
further information.
ii

This message also displays when
the vehicle's engine power is
reduced. Reduced engine power
can affect the vehicle's ability to
accelerate. If this message is on,
but there is no reduction in
performance, proceed to your
destination. The performance may
be reduced the next time the vehicle
is driven. The vehicle may be driven
at a reduced speed while this
message is on, but acceleration and
speed may be reduced. Anytime
this message stays on, the vehicle
should be taken to your dealer for
service as soon as possible.

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

140

Instruments and Controls

Fuel System Messages

Key and Lock Messages

TURN SIGNAL ON

FUEL LEVEL LOW

REPLACE BATTERY IN
REMOTE KEY

This message displays and a chime
sounds if a turn signal is left on for
1.2 km (0.75 mi). Move the turn
signal lever to the off position.

This message displays and a chime
sounds if the fuel level is low. Refuel
as soon as possible. See Fuel
Gauge 0 118 and Fuel 0 252 for
more information.
ii

ii

TIGHTEN GAS CAP
This message may display along
with the check engine light on the
instrument cluster if the vehicle's
fuel cap is not tightened properly.
See Malfunction Indicator Lamp
(Check Engine Light) 0 123 .
Reinstall the fuel cap fully. See
Filling the Tank 0 254 . The
diagnostic system can determine if
the fuel cap has been left off or
improperly installed. A loose or
missing fuel cap allows fuel to
evaporate into the atmosphere.
A few driving trips with the cap
properly installed should turn this
light and message off.
ii

ii

This message displays if a Remote
Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter
battery is low. The battery needs to
be replaced in the transmitter. See
“Battery Replacement” under
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
System Operation 0 33 .
ii

Lamp Messages
AUTOMATIC LIGHT
CONTROL OFF
This message displays when the
automatic headlamps are turned off.
This message clears itself after
10 seconds.

AUTOMATIC LIGHT
CONTROL ON
This message displays when the
automatic headlamps are turned on.
This message clears itself after
10 seconds.

Object Detection System
Messages
FORWARD COLLISION ALERT
UNAVAILABLE
This message displays when
attempting to activate the Forward
Collision Alert (FCA) system when it
is temporarily unavailable. The FCA
system does not need service.
This message could be due to the
camera being blocked. Cleaning the
outside of the windshield behind the
rearview mirror may correct the
issue.

FRT CAMERA BLOCKED
CLEAN WINDSHIELD
This message displays when the
camera is blocked. Cleaning the
outside of the windshield behind the
rearview mirror may correct the
issue. The Lane Departure Warning

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

Instruments and Controls

141

system will not operate. Forward
Collision Alert (FCA) may not work
or may not work as well.

been turned off. To turn the RPA
system back on, see Parking Assist
0 246 .

this system to help you park. See
Parking Assist 0 246 . See your
dealer for service.

LANE DEPARTURE SYS
UNAVAILABLE

REAR CROSS TRAFFIC
ALERT SYSTEM OFF

SERVICE SIDE DETECTION
SYSTEM

This message displays when
attempting to activate the Lane
Departure Warning (LDW) system
when it is temporarily unavailable.
The LDW system does not need
service.

If the vehicle has the Rear Cross
Traffic Alert (RCTA) system, this
message displays when the RCTA
system has been turned off. See
Rear Vision Camera (RVC) 0 243
and Driver Information Center (DIC)
(With DIC Buttons) 0 129 or Driver
Information Center (DIC) (Without
DIC Buttons) 0 134 .

If your vehicle has the Side Blind
Zone Alert (SBZA) system and this
message displays, both SBZA
displays will remain on indicating
there is a problem with the SBZA
system. If these displays remain on
after continued driving, the system
needs service. See your dealer. See
Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) 0 249 .

SERVICE FRONT CAMERA

SIDE BLIND ZONE ALERT
SYSTEM OFF

This message could be due to the
camera being blocked. Cleaning the
outside of the windshield behind the
rearview mirror may correct the
issue.

PARK ASST BLOCKED SEE
OWNERS MANUAL
This message displays if there is
something interfering with the Rear
Parking Assist (RPA) system. See
Parking Assist 0 246 .

ii

ii

ii

ii

If this message remains on after
continued driving, the vehicle needs
service. Do not use the Lane
Departure Warning (LDW) and
Forward Collision Alert (FCA)
features. Take the vehicle to your
dealer.

ii

PARK ASSIST OFF
After the vehicle has been started,
this message displays to remind the
driver that the RPA system has

SERVICE PARK ASSIST
This message displays if there is a
problem with the Rear Parking
Assist (RPA) system. Do not use

ii

ii

If your vehicle has the Side Blind
Zone Alert (SBZA) system, this
message displays when the SBZA
system has been turned off. See
Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) 0 249
and Driver Information Center (DIC)
(With DIC Buttons) 0 129 or Driver
Information Center (DIC) (Without
DIC Buttons) 0 134 .
ii

ii

ii

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

142

Instruments and Controls

SIDE DETECTION SYS
TEMPORARILY OFF
If your vehicle has the Side Blind
Zone Alert (SBZA) system, this
message displays when the SBZA
system is disabled because the
sensor cannot detect vehicles in
your blind zone. The sensor may be
blocked by mud, dirt, snow, ice,
or slush. This message may also
display during heavy rain or due to
road spray. It may also come on
when driving in isolated areas with
no guardrails, trees, or road signs
and light traffic. Your vehicle does
not need service. For cleaning
instructions, see “Washing the
Vehicle” in Exterior Care 0 332 . See
Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) 0 249 .
ii

then start the engine again. If this
message still comes on, it means
there is a problem. See your dealer
for service. The vehicle is safe to
drive, however, you do not have the
benefit of StabiliTrak, so reduce
your speed and drive accordingly.

SERVICE TRACTION
CONTROL

SERVICE STABILITRAK
This message displays if there is a
problem with the StabiliTrak®
system. If this message appears, try
to reset the system. Stop; turn off
the engine for at least 15 seconds;

This message displays when the
Traction Control System (TCS) is
turned on. See Traction Control/
Electronic Stability Control 0 239 .
This message clears itself after
10 seconds.
ii

Airbag System Messages

This message displays when there
is a problem with the Traction
Control System (TCS). When this
message is displayed, the system
will not limit wheel spin. Adjust your
driving accordingly. See your dealer
for service. See Traction Control/
Electronic Stability Control 0 239 for
more information.

SERVICE AIR BAG
This message displays if there is a
problem with the airbag system.
Have your dealer inspect the
system for problems. See Airbag
Readiness Light 0 121 and Airbag
System 0 71 for more information.
ii

ii

ii

ii

Ride Control System
Messages

TRACTION CONTROL ON

TRACTION CONTROL OFF
This message displays when the
Traction Control System (TCS) is
turned off. Adjust your driving
accordingly. See Traction Control/
Electronic Stability Control 0 239 .
ii

Security Messages
SERVICE THEFT DETERRENT
SYSTEM
This message displays when there
is a problem with the theft-deterrent
system. The vehicle may or may not
restart so you may want to take the
vehicle to your dealer before turning

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

Instruments and Controls
off the engine. See Immobilizer
Operation 0 43 for more
information.
ii

THEFT ATTEMPTED
This message displays if the content
theft-deterrent system has detected
a break-in attempt while you were
away from your vehicle. See Vehicle
Alarm System 0 42 for more
information.
ii

Service Vehicle Messages
SERVICE A/C (Air
Conditioning) SYSTEM
This message displays when the
electronic sensors that control the
air conditioning and heating
systems are no longer working.
Have the climate control system
serviced by your dealer if you notice
a drop in heating and air
conditioning efficiency.

SERVICE POWER STEERING
This message displays and a chime
may sound when there may be a
problem with the power steering
system. If this message displays

and a reduction in steering
performance or loss of power
steering assistance is noticed, see
your dealer.

SERVICE VEHICLE SOON
This message displays when a
non-emissions related malfunction
occurs. Have the vehicle serviced
by your dealer as soon as possible.

STARTING DISABLED
SERVICE THROTTLE
This message displays when your
vehicle's throttle system is not
functioning properly. Have your
vehicle serviced by your dealer.

Tire Messages
TIRE LOW ADD AIR TO TIRE
On vehicles with the Tire Pressure
Monitor System (TPMS), this
message displays when the
pressure in one or more of the
vehicle's tires is low.

143

This message also displays LEFT
FRT (left front), RIGHT FRT (right
front), LEFT RR (left rear),
or RIGHT RR (right rear) to indicate
the location of the low tire.
The low tire pressure warning light
will also come on. See Tire
Pressure Light 0 127 .
ii

If a tire pressure message appears
on the DIC, stop as soon as you
can. Inflate the tires by adding air
until the tire pressure is equal to the
values shown on the Tire and
Loading Information label. See Tires
0 296 , Vehicle Load Limits 0 222 ,
and Tire Pressure 0 303 .
ii

ii

ii

The DIC also shows the tire
pressure values. See Driver
Information Center (DIC) (With DIC
Buttons) 0 129 or Driver Information
Center (DIC) (Without DIC Buttons)
0 134 .
ii

ii

SERVICE TIRE MONITOR
SYSTEM
On vehicles with the Tire Pressure
Monitor System (TPMS), this
message displays if a part on the
TPMS is not working properly. The

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

144

Instruments and Controls

tire pressure light also flashes and
then remains on during the same
ignition cycle. See Tire Pressure
Light 0 127 . Several conditions may
cause this message to appear. See
Tire Pressure Monitor Operation
0 305 for more information. If the
warning comes on and stays on,
there may be a problem with the
TPMS. See your dealer.
ii

ii

TIRE LEARNING ACTIVE
This message displays when the
Tire Pressure Monitor System
(TPMS) is relearning the tire
positions on your vehicle. The tire
positions must be relearned after
rotating the tires or after replacing a
tire or sensor. See Tire Rotation
0 309 , Tire Pressure Monitor
System 0 304 , and Tire Pressure
0 303 for more information.
ii

ii

ii

Transmission Messages
ALL WHEEL DRIVE OFF
If your vehicle has the All-Wheel
Drive (AWD) system, this message
displays when there is a temporary

condition making the AWD system
unavailable. The vehicle will run in
2WD. This could be caused by:
. A compact spare tire on the
vehicle
. AWD system overheat
.

Loss of wheel or vehicle speed

.

Certain other vehicle electrical
conditions

This message turns off when the
compact spare tire is replaced by a
full-size tire, the differential fluid
cools or the above conditions are no
longer present and the warning
message is reset. To reset the
warning message manually, turn the
ignition off and then back on again
after 30 seconds. If the message
stays on, see your dealer. See
All-Wheel Drive 0 237 .
ii

SERVICE ALL WHEEL DRIVE
This message displays if a problem
occurs with the All-Wheel Drive
(AWD) system. The vehicle will run
in 2WD. This could be caused by:
. An electronics problem

.

Worn out or overheated clutch
plates

.

Various electrical issues

If this message appears, stop as
soon as possible and turn off the
ignition for 30 seconds. Restart the
vehicle and check for the message
on the DIC display. If the message
still displays or appears again when
you begin driving, the system needs
service. See your dealer right away.

SERVICE TRANSMISSION
This message displays when there
is a problem with the transmission.
See your dealer for service.

TRANSMISSION HOT IDLE
ENGINE
Caution
Do not drive the vehicle while the
transmission fluid is overheating,
or the transmission can be
damaged. This could lead to
costly repairs that would not be
covered by the warranty.

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

Instruments and Controls
This message displays and a chime
sounds if the transmission fluid in
the vehicle gets hot. Driving with the
transmission fluid temperature high
can cause damage to the vehicle.
Stop the vehicle and let it idle to
allow the transmission to cool. This
message clears when the fluid
temperature reaches a safe level.

Vehicle Reminder
Messages
ICE POSSIBLE DRIVE
WITH CARE
This message displays when the
outside air temperature is cold
enough to create icy road
conditions. Adjust your driving
accordingly.

Vehicle Speed Messages
SPEED LIMITED TO XXX KM/
H (MPH)
This message displays when your
vehicle speed is limited to 128 km/h
(80 mph) because the vehicle
detects a problem in the speed

145

variable assist steering system.
Have your vehicle serviced by your
dealer.

Vehicle
Personalization

Washer Fluid Messages

Vehicle Personalization
(With DIC Buttons)

WASHER FLUID LOW ADD
FLUID
This message displays when the
windshield washer fluid is low. Fill
the windshield washer fluid reservoir
as soon as possible. See Engine
Compartment Overview 0 268 for
the location of the windshield
washer fluid reservoir. Also, see
Washer Fluid 0 281 for more
information.
ii

Your vehicle may have
customization capabilities that allow
you to program certain features to
one preferred setting. Customization
features can only be programmed to
one setting on the vehicle and
cannot be programmed to a
preferred setting for two different
drivers.

ii

All of the customization options may
not be available on your vehicle.
Only the options available will be
displayed on the DIC.
The default settings for the
customization features were set
when your vehicle left the factory,
but may have been changed from
their default state since then.
The customization preferences are
automatically recalled.

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

146

Instruments and Controls

To change customization
preferences, use the following
procedure.

Entering the Feature
Settings Menu
1. Turn the ignition on and place
the vehicle in P (Park).
To avoid excessive drain on
the battery, it is recommended
that the headlamps are
turned off.
2. Press the customization button
to enter the feature
settings menu.
If the menu is not available,
FEATURE SETTINGS
AVAILABLE IN PARK will
display. Before entering the
menu, make sure the vehicle is
in P (Park).

Feature Settings Menu Items
The following are customization
features that allow you to program
settings to the vehicle:

DISPLAY IN ENGLISH
This feature will only display if a
language other than English has
been set. This feature allows you to
change the language in which the
DIC messages appear to English.
Press the customization button until
the PRESS V TO DISPLAY IN
ENGLISH screen appears on the
DIC display. Press the set/reset
button once to display all DIC
messages in English.
DISPLAY LANGUAGE
This feature allows you to select the
language in which the DIC
messages will appear.
Press the customization button until
the DISPLAY LANGUAGE screen
appears on the DIC display. Press
the set/reset button once to access
the settings for this feature. Then
press the customization button to
scroll through the following settings:
ENGLISH (default) : All messages
will appear in English.
FRANCAIS : All messages will
appear in French.

ESPANOL : All messages will
appear in Spanish.
NO CHANGE : No change will be
made to this feature. The current
setting will remain.
To select a setting, press the set/
reset button while the desired
setting is displayed on the DIC.
You can also change the language
by pressing the trip odometer reset
stem. See “DISPLAY LANGUAGE”
under “Driver Information Center
(DIC) (Without DIC Buttons)” earlier
in this section.
AUTO DOOR LOCK
This feature allows you to select
when the doors will automatically
lock. See Automatic Door Locks
0 38 .
ii

Press the customization button until
AUTO DOOR LOCK appears on the
DIC display. Press the set/reset
button once to access the settings
for this feature. Then press the
customization button to scroll
through the following settings:

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

Instruments and Controls
SHIFT OUT OF PARK (default) :
The doors will automatically lock
when the vehicle is shifted out of
P (Park).

for this feature. Then press the
customization button to scroll
through the following settings:
OFF : None of the doors will
automatically unlock.

AT VEHICLE SPEED : The doors
will automatically lock when the
vehicle speed is above 13 km/h
(8 mph) for three seconds.

DRIVER AT KEY OUT : Only the
driver door will unlock when the key
is taken out of the ignition.

NO CHANGE : No change will be
made to this feature. The current
setting will remain.

DRIVER IN PARK : Only the driver
door will unlock when the vehicle is
shifted into P (Park).

To select a setting, press the set/
reset button while the desired
setting is displayed on the DIC.

ALL AT KEY OUT : All of the doors
will unlock when the key is taken
out of the ignition.

AUTO DOOR UNLOCK

ALL IN PARK (default) : All of the
doors will unlock when the vehicle is
shifted into P (Park).

This feature allows you to select
whether or not to turn off the
automatic door unlocking feature.
It also allows you to select which
doors and when the doors will
automatically unlock. See Automatic
Door Locks 0 38 .
ii

Press the customization button until
AUTO DOOR UNLOCK appears on
the DIC display. Press the set/reset
button once to access the settings

NO CHANGE : No change will be
made to this feature. The current
setting will remain.
To select a setting, press the set/
reset button while the desired
setting is displayed on the DIC.
REMOTE DOOR LOCK
This feature allows you to select the
type of feedback you will receive
when locking the vehicle with the

147

Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
transmitter. You will not receive
feedback when locking the vehicle
with the RKE transmitter if the doors
are open. See Remote Keyless
Entry (RKE) System Operation
0 33 .
ii

Press the customization button until
REMOTE DOOR LOCK appears on
the DIC display. Press the set/reset
button once to access the settings
for this feature. Then press the
customization button to scroll
through the following settings:
OFF : There will be no feedback
when you press the lock button on
the RKE transmitter.
LIGHTS ONLY : The exterior lamps
will flash when you press the lock
button on the RKE transmitter.
HORN ONLY : The horn will sound
on the second press of the lock
button on the RKE transmitter.
HORN & LIGHTS (default) : The
exterior lamps will flash when you
press the lock button on the RKE
transmitter, and the horn will sound

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

148

Instruments and Controls

when the lock button is pressed
again within five seconds of the
previous command.
NO CHANGE : No change will be
made to this feature. The current
setting will remain.
To select a setting, press the set/
reset button while the desired
setting is displayed on the DIC.
REMOTE DOOR UNLOCK
This feature allows you to select the
type of feedback you will receive
when unlocking the vehicle with the
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
transmitter. You will not receive
feedback when unlocking the
vehicle with the RKE transmitter if
the doors are open. See Remote
Keyless Entry (RKE) System
Operation 0 33 .
ii

Press the customization button until
REMOTE DOOR UNLOCK appears
on the DIC display. Press the set/
reset button once to access the
settings for this feature. Then press
the customization button to scroll
through the following settings:

LIGHTS OFF : The exterior lamps
will not flash when you press the
unlock button on the RKE
transmitter.
LIGHTS ON (default) : The exterior
lamps will flash when you press the
unlock button on the RKE
transmitter.
NO CHANGE : No change will be
made to this feature. The current
setting will remain.
To select a setting, press the set/
reset button while the desired
setting is displayed on the DIC.
DELAY DOOR LOCK
This feature allows you to select
whether or not the locking of the
vehicle's doors and liftgate will be
delayed. When locking the doors
and liftgate with the power door lock
switch and a door or the liftgate is
open, this feature will delay locking
the doors and liftgate until
five seconds after the last door is
closed. You will hear three chimes
to signal that the delayed locking
feature is in use. The key must be
out of the ignition for this feature to

work. You can temporarily override
delayed locking by pressing the
power door lock switch twice or the
lock button on the RKE transmitter
twice. See Delayed Locking 0 37 .
ii

Press the customization button until
DELAY DOOR LOCK appears on
the DIC display. Press the set/reset
button once to access the settings
for this feature. Then press the
customization button to scroll
through the following settings:
OFF : There will be no delayed
locking of the vehicle's doors.
ON (default) : The doors will not
lock until five seconds after the last
door or the liftgate is closed.
NO CHANGE : No change will be
made to this feature. The current
setting will remain.
To select a setting, press the set/
reset button while the desired
setting is displayed on the DIC.
EXIT LIGHTING
This feature allows you to select the
amount of time you want the
exterior lamps to remain on when it

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

Instruments and Controls
is dark enough outside. This
happens after the key is turned from
ON/RUN to LOCK/OFF.
Press the customization button until
EXIT LIGHTING appears on the DIC
display. Press the set/reset button
once to access the settings for this
feature. Then press the
customization button to scroll
through the following settings:
OFF : The exterior lamps will not
turn on.
30 SECONDS (default) : The
exterior lamps will stay on for
30 seconds.
1 MINUTE : The exterior lamps will
stay on for one minute.
2 MINUTES : The exterior lamps will
stay on for two minutes.
NO CHANGE : No change will be
made to this feature. The current
setting will remain.
To select a setting, press the set/
reset button while the desired
setting is displayed on the DIC.

APPROACH LIGHTING
This feature allows you to select
whether or not to have the exterior
lights turn on briefly during low light
periods after unlocking the vehicle
using the Remote Keyless Entry
(RKE) transmitter.
Press the customization button until
APPROACH LIGHTING appears on
the DIC display. Press the set/reset
button once to access the settings
for this feature. Then press the
customization button to scroll
through the following settings:
OFF : The exterior lights will not
turn on when you unlock the vehicle
with the RKE transmitter.

149

NO CHANGE : No change will be
made to this feature. The current
setting will remain.
To select a setting, press the set/
reset button while the desired
setting is displayed on the DIC.
CHIME VOLUME
This feature allows you to select the
volume level of the chime.
Press the customization button until
CHIME VOLUME appears on the
DIC display. Press the set/reset
button once to access the settings
for this feature. Then press the
customization button to scroll
through the following settings:

ON (default) : If it is dark enough
outside, the exterior lights will turn
on briefly when you unlock the
vehicle with the RKE transmitter.

NORMAL : The chime volume will
be set to a normal level.

The lights will remain on for
20 seconds or until the lock button
on the RKE transmitter is pressed,
or the vehicle is no longer off. See
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
System Operation 0 33 .

NO CHANGE : No change will be
made to this feature. The current
setting will remain.

ii

LOUD : The chime volume will be
set to a loud level.

There is no default for chime
volume. The volume will stay at the
last known setting.

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

150

Instruments and Controls

To select a setting, press the set/
reset button while the desired
setting is displayed on the DIC.
PARK TILT MIRRORS
If your vehicle has this feature, it
allows you to select whether or not
the outside mirror(s) will
automatically tilt down when the
vehicle is shifted into R (Reverse).
See Park Tilt Mirrors 0 46 .
ii

Press the customization button until
PARK TILT MIRRORS appears on
the DIC display. Press the set/reset
button once to access the settings
for this feature. Then press the
customization button to scroll
through the following settings:
OFF (default) : Neither outside
mirror will be tilted down when the
vehicle is shifted into R (Reverse).
DRIVER MIRROR : The driver
outside mirror will be tilted down
when the vehicle is shifted into
R (Reverse).
PASSENGER MIRROR : The
passenger outside mirror will be
tilted down when the vehicle is
shifted into R (Reverse).

BOTH MIRRORS : The driver and
passenger outside mirrors will be
tilted down when the vehicle is
shifted into R (Reverse).
NO CHANGE : No change will be
made to this feature. The current
setting will remain.
To select a setting, press the set/
reset button while the desired
setting is displayed on the DIC.
EASY EXIT SEAT
If your vehicle has this feature, it
allows you to select your preference
for the automatic easy exit seat
feature. See Memory Seats 0 56 .
ii

Press the customization button until
EASY EXIT SEAT appears on the
DIC display. Press the set/reset
button once to access the settings
for this feature. Then press the
customization button to scroll
through the following settings:
OFF (default) : No automatic seat
exit recall will occur.
ON : The driver seat will move back
when the key is removed from the
ignition.

The automatic easy exit seat
movement will only occur one time
after the key is removed from the
ignition. If the automatic movement
has already occurred, and you put
the key back in the ignition and
remove it again, the seat and
steering column will stay in the
original exit position, unless a
memory recall took place prior to
removing the key again.
NO CHANGE : No change will be
made to this feature. The current
setting will remain.
To select a setting, press the set/
reset button while the desired
setting is displayed on the DIC.
MEMORY SEAT RECALL
If your vehicle has this feature, it
allows you to select your preference
for the remote memory seat recall
feature. See Memory Seats 0 56 .
ii

Press the customization button until
MEMORY SEAT RECALL appears
on the DIC display. Press the set/
reset button once to access the

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

Instruments and Controls
settings for this feature. Then press
the customization button to scroll
through the following settings:
OFF (default) : No remote memory
seat recall will occur.
ON : The driver seat and outside
mirrors will automatically move to
the stored driving position when the
unlock button on the Remote
Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter is
pressed.

Press the customization button until
REMOTE START appears on the
DIC display. Press the set/reset
button once to access the settings
for this feature. Then press the
customization button to scroll
through the following settings:
OFF : The remote start feature will
be disabled.
ON (default) : The remote start
feature will be enabled.

NO CHANGE : No change will be
made to this feature. The current
setting will remain.

NO CHANGE : No change will be
made to this feature. The current
setting will remain.

To select a setting, press the set/
reset button while the desired
setting is displayed on the DIC.

To select a setting, press the set/
reset button while the desired
setting is displayed on the DIC.

REMOTE START

FACTORY SETTINGS

If your vehicle has this feature, it
allows you to turn the remote start
off or on. The remote start feature
allows you to start the engine from
outside of the vehicle using the
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
transmitter. See Remote Vehicle
Start 0 35 .

This feature allows you to set all of
the customization features back to
their factory default settings.

ii

Press the customization button until
FACTORY SETTINGS appears on
the DIC display. Press the set/reset
button once to access the settings

151

for this feature. Then press the
customization button to scroll
through the following settings:
RESTORE ALL (default) : The
customization features will be set to
their factory default settings.
DO NOT RESTORE : The
customization features will not be
set to their factory default settings.
To select a setting, press the set/
reset button while the desired
setting is displayed on the DIC.
EXIT FEATURE SETTINGS
This feature allows you to exit the
feature settings menu.
Press the customization button until
FEATURE SETTINGS PRESS V
TO EXIT appears in the DIC display.
Press the set/reset button once to
exit the menu.
If you do not exit, pressing the
customization button again will
return you to the beginning of the
feature settings menu.

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

152

Instruments and Controls

Exiting the Feature
Settings Menu
The feature settings menu will be
exited when any of the following
occurs:
. The vehicle is shifted out of
P (Park).
. The vehicle is no longer in
ON/RUN.
. The trip/fuel or vehicle
information DIC buttons are
pressed.
. The end of the feature settings
menu is reached and exited.
. A 40-second time period has
elapsed with no selection made.

Universal Remote
System

reverse feature. This includes any
garage door opener model
manufactured before April 1, 1982.

See Radio Frequency Statement
0 367 .

Read these instructions completely
before programming the Universal
Remote system. It may help to have
another person assist with the
programming process.

ii

Universal Remote System
Programming

If equipped, these buttons are in the
overhead console.
This system can replace up to three
remote control transmitters used to
activate devices such as garage
door openers, security systems, and
home automation devices. These
instructions refer to a garage door
opener, but can be used for other
devices.
Do not use the Universal Remote
system with any garage door opener
that does not have the stop and

Keep the original hand-held
transmitter for use in other vehicles
as well as for future programming.
Erase the programming when
vehicle ownership is terminated.
See “Erasing Universal Remote
System Buttons” later in this
section.
To program a garage door opener,
park outside directly in line with and
facing the garage door opener
receiver. Clear all people and
objects near the garage door.
Make sure the hand-held transmitter
has a new battery for quicker and
more accurate transmission of the
radio-frequency signal.

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

Instruments and Controls
Programming the Universal
Remote System
For questions or help programming
the Universal Remote system, call
1-800-355-3515 or see
www.homelink.com.
Programming involves
time-sensitive actions, and may time
out causing the procedure to be
repeated.
To program up to three devices:
1. Hold the end of the hand-held
transmitter about 3 to 8 cm (1
to 3 in) away from the
Universal Remote system
buttons with the indicator light
in view. The hand-held
transmitter was supplied by the
manufacturer of the garage
door opener receiver.
2. At the same time, press and
hold both the hand-held
transmitter button and one of
the three Universal Remote
system buttons to be used to
operate the garage door. Do
not release either button until

for five seconds. If the light
stays on or the garage door
moves, programming is
complete.

the indicator light changes from
a slow to a rapid flash. Then
release both buttons.
Some garage door openers
may require substitution of
Step 2 with the procedure
under “Radio Signals for
Canada and Some Gate
Operators” later in this section.
3. Press and hold the newly
programmed Universal Remote
system button for five seconds
while watching the indicator
light and garage door
activation.
. If the indicator light stays on
continuously or the garage
door moves when the
button is pressed, then
programming is complete.
There is no need to
complete Steps 4–6.
. If the indicator light does
not come on or the garage
door does not move, a
second button press may
be required. For a second
time, press and hold the
newly programmed button

153

.

If the indicator light blinks
rapidly for two seconds,
then changes to a solid light
and the garage door does
not move, continue with
programming Steps 4–6.

Learn or Smart Button
4. After completing Steps 1–3,
locate the Learn or Smart
button inside the garage on the
garage door opener receiver.
The name and color of the
button may vary by
manufacturer.

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

154

Instruments and Controls

5. Press and release the Learn or
Smart button. Step 6 must be
completed within 30 seconds of
pressing this button.
6. Inside the vehicle, press and
hold the newly programmed
Universal Remote system
button for two seconds, then
release it. If the garage door
does not move or the lamp on
the garage door opener
receiver does not flash, press
and hold the same button a
second time for two seconds,
then release it. Again, if the
door does not move or the
garage door lamp does not
flash, press and hold the same
button a third time for
two seconds, then release it.
The Universal Remote system
should now activate the
garage door.
Repeat the process for
programming the two remaining
buttons.

Radio Signals for Canada and
Some Gate Operators

Universal Remote System
Operation

For questions or programming help,
call 1-800-355-3515 or see
www.homelink.com.

Using the Universal Remote
System

Canadian radio-frequency laws and
some U.S. gate operators require
transmitter signals to time out or quit
after several seconds of
transmission. This may not be long
enough for the Universal Remote
system to pick up the signal during
programming.
If the programming did not work,
replace Step 2 under “Programming
the Universal Remote System” with
the following:
Press and hold the Universal
Remote system button while
pressing and releasing the
hand-held transmitter button every
two seconds until the signal has
been successfully accepted by the
Universal Remote system. The
Universal Remote system indicator
light will flash slowly at first and then
rapidly. Proceed with Step 3 under
“Programming the Universal Remote
System” to complete.

Press and hold the appropriate
Universal Remote system button for
at least one-half second. The
indicator light will come on while the
signal is being transmitted.

Erasing Universal Remote
System Buttons
Erase all programmed buttons when
vehicle ownership is terminated.
To erase:
1. Press and hold the two outside
buttons until the indicator light
begins to flash. This should
take about 10 seconds.
2. Release both buttons.

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

Instruments and Controls
Reprogramming a Single
Universal Remote System
Button
To reprogram any of the system
buttons:
1. Press and hold any one of the
buttons. Do not release the
button.
2. The indicator light will begin to
flash after 20 seconds. Without
releasing the button, proceed
with Step 1 under
“Programming the Universal
Remote System.”

155

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

156

Lighting

Lighting

Exterior Lighting
Exterior Lamp Controls

Exterior Lighting
Exterior Lamp Controls . . . . . . . 156
Headlamp High/Low-Beam
Changer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
Daytime Running Lamps
(DRL)/Automatic Headlamp
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
Delayed Headlamps . . . . . . . . . . 157
Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . 158
Turn and Lane-Change
Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
Fog Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159

Interior Lighting
Instrument Panel Illumination
Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Courtesy Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dome Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Reading Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Lighting Features
Entry Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Delayed Entry Lighting . . . . . . .
Delayed Exit Lighting . . . . . . . . .
Parade Dimming . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Battery Load Management . . .
Battery Power Protection . . . . .

# (Fog Lamps) : If equipped, it
turns the fog lamps on or off.
See Fog Lamps 0 159 .
ii

The exterior lamp control is on the
instrument panel to the left of the
steering wheel.
There are four positions:

159
160
160
160
161
161
161
161
162
162

5 (Headlamps) : Turns on the
headlamps together with the parking
lamps and instrument panel lights.
A warning chime sounds if the driver
door is opened when the ignition
switch is off and the headlamps
are on.

O (Off) : Briefly turn to this position
to turn the automatic light control off
or on again.
AUTO (Automatic) : Turns the
headlamps on automatically at
normal brightness, together with the
other exterior lamps and instrument
panel lights.

; (Parking Lamps) : Turns on the
parking lamps including all lamps,
except the headlamps.

Headlamp High/
Low-Beam Changer
2 3 (Headlamp High/Low-Beam
Changer) : Push the turn signal
lever away from you to turn the high
beams on.
Pull the lever toward you to return to
low beams.

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

Lighting
This indicator light turns on in the
instrument cluster when the
high-beam headlamps are on.

Flash-to-Pass
This feature is used to signal to the
vehicle ahead that you want
to pass.
If the headlamps are off or in the
low-beam position, pull the turn
signal lever toward you to
momentarily switch to high beams.
Release the lever to turn the
high-beam headlamps off.

Daytime Running Lamps
(DRL)/Automatic
Headlamp System

.

The ignition is in the ON/RUN
position.

.

The exterior lamp control is
in AUTO.

.

The engine is running.

When the DRL are on, the regular
headlamps, taillamps, sidemarker,
and other lamps will not be on. The
instrument cluster will also not be lit.
The headlamps automatically
change from DRL to the regular
headlamps depending on the
darkness of the surroundings. The
other lamps that come on with the
headlamps will also come on.
When it is bright enough outside,
the headlamps will go off and the
DRL will come on.

DRL can make it easier for others to
see the front of your vehicle during
the day. Fully functional DRL are
required on all vehicles first sold in
Canada.

When the DRL are active and a turn
signal is operated, the DRL on the
side the turn signal is activated, will
turn off until the turn signal is
turned off.

The DRL system makes the
low-beam headlamps come on at a
reduced brightness when the
following conditions are met:

The regular headlamp system
should be turned on when needed.

157

Do not cover the light sensor on top
of the instrument panel because it
works with the DRL.

Lights On with Wipers
If the windshield wipers are
activated in daylight with the engine
on, and the exterior lamp control is
in AUTO, the headlamps, parking
lamps, and other exterior lamps
come on. The transition time for the
lamps coming on varies based on
wiper speed. When the wipers are
not operating, these lamps turn off.
Move the exterior lamp control to P
or ; to disable this feature.

Delayed Headlamps
Delayed headlamps provide a
period of exterior lighting as you
leave the area around the vehicle.
This feature is activated when the
headlamps are on due to the
automatic headlamps control feature
and when the ignition is turned off.
The headlamps remain on until the
exterior lamp control is moved to the

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

158

Lighting

parking lamps position or until the
pre-selected delayed headlamp
lighting period has ended.
If the ignition is turned off with the
exterior lamp control in the ;
or 5 position, the delayed
headlamps cycle will not occur.
To disable the delayed headlamps
feature or change the time of delay,
see Vehicle Personalization (With
DIC Buttons) 0 145 .
ii

| (Hazard Warning Flasher) :
Press this button to make the front
and rear turn signal lamps flash on
and off. This warns others that you
are having trouble. Press again to
turn the flashers off.

Raise or lower the lever until the
arrow starts to flash to signal a lane
change. Hold it there until the lane
change is completed. If the lever is
briefly pressed and released, the
turn signal flashes three times.

The turn signals do not work while
the hazard warning flashers are on.

The lever returns to its starting
position whenever it is released.

Turn and Lane-Change
Signals

If after signaling a turn or lane
change the arrow flashes rapidly or
does not come on, a signal bulb
may be burned out.
Have any burned out bulbs
replaced. If a bulb is not burned out,
check the fuse. See Fuses and
Circuit Breakers 0 289 .

Hazard Warning Flashers

ii

Turn Signal On Chime

Move the turn signal lever all the
way up or down to signal a turn.
An arrow on the instrument cluster
flashes in the direction of the turn or
lane change.

If either one of the turn signals is left
on and the vehicle has been driven
more than 1.2 km (0.75 mi), a chime
will sound.

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

Lighting

Fog Lamps

For vehicles with front fog lamps,
the fog lamp button is on the
exterior lamp control to the left of
the steering column.

# (Fog Lamps) : Press the fog
lamp button to turn the fog lamps on
or off. A light comes on in the
instrument cluster when the fog
lamps are in use. The ignition must
be on for the fog lamps to work.

159

Interior Lighting
Instrument Panel
Illumination Control

When the headlamps are changed
to high beam, the fog lamps turn off.
The fog lamps come back on again
when the high-beam headlamps are
turned off.
Some localities have laws that
require the headlamps to be on
along with the fog lamps.

Use the fog lamps for better vision
in foggy or misty conditions.
The instrument panel brightness
knob is located on the instrument
panel to the left of the steering
column.

D (Instrument Panel
Brightness) : Push the knob in all
the way until it extends out and then
turn the knob clockwise or
counterclockwise to brighten or dim
the lights. Push the knob back in
when finished.

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

160

Lighting

Courtesy Lamps

Dome Lamp Override

The courtesy lamps automatically
come on when a door is opened.
The lamps can also be turned on
manually by fully turning the
instrument panel brightness control
clockwise.
The reading lamps, located on the
headliner above the rearview mirror,
can be turned on or off
independently of the automatic
courtesy lamps, when the doors are
closed.

Dome Lamps

The dome lamp override button is
next to the exterior lamps control.

The dome lamps are in the
overhead console and above the
rear seat passengers.

E DOME OFF (Dome Lamp
Override) : Press the button and
the dome lamps remain off when a
door is opened. An indicator light on
the button comes on to show that
the dome lamps are off. Press the
button again so the dome lamps
come on when a door is opened.

The dome lamps come on when a
door is opened, unless the dome
lamp override button is pressed in.
The lamps can also be turned on
and off by turning the instrument
panel brightness control clockwise
to the farthest position.

AMBIENT OFF (If Equipped) :
Press the button to turn the ambient
lights off. Press the button again to
turn ambient lights on.

Reading Lamps
Press the button near each lamp to
turn them on or off.

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

Lighting

Lighting Features
Entry Lighting
For vehicles with courtesy lamps,
they come on and stay on for a set
time whenever K is pressed on the
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
transmitter.

161

When the ignition is on, illuminated
entry is inactive, which means the
courtesy lamps will not come on
unless a door is opened.

Delayed Exit Lighting

Delayed Entry Lighting

The ignition must be off for delayed
exit lighting to work. When the key
is removed, interior illumination
activates and remains on until one
of the following occurs:
. The ignition is in ON/RUN.

Delayed entry lighting illuminates
the interior for a period of time after
all the doors have been closed.

If a door is opened, the lamps stay
on while it is open and then turn off
automatically about 20 seconds
after the door is closed. If K is
pressed and no door is opened, the
lamps turn off after about
20 seconds.

The ignition must be off for delayed
entry lighting to work. Immediately
after all the doors have been closed,
the delayed entry lighting feature
continues to work until one of the
following occurs:
. The ignition is in ON/RUN.

Entry lighting includes a feature
called theater dimming. With theater
dimming, the lamps do not turn off
at the end of the delay time.
Instead, they slowly dim and then
go out. The delay time is canceled if
the ignition key is turned to ON/RUN
or the power door lock switch is
pressed. The lamps will dim
right away.

.

The doors are locked.

.

An illumination period of about
25 seconds has elapsed.

If during the illumination period a
door is opened, the timed
illumination period is canceled and
the interior lamps remain on.

Delayed exit lighting illuminates the
interior for a period of time after the
key is removed from the ignition.

.

The power door locks are
activated.

.

An illumination period of
20 seconds has elapsed.

If during the illumination period a
door is opened, the timed
illumination period will be canceled
and the interior lamps will remain on
because a door is open.

Parade Dimming
This feature automatically prohibits
the dimming of the instrument panel
displays in daylight while the
headlamps are on so that the
displays are still able to be seen.

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

162

Lighting

Battery Load
Management
The vehicle has Electric Power
Management (EPM) that estimates
the battery's temperature and state
of charge. It then adjusts the voltage
for best performance and extended
life of the battery.
When the battery's state of charge
is low, the voltage is raised slightly
to quickly bring the charge back up.
When the state of charge is high,
the voltage is lowered slightly to
prevent overcharging. If the vehicle
has a voltmeter gauge or a voltage
display on the Driver Information
Center (DIC), you may see the
voltage move up or down. This is
normal. If there is a problem, an
alert will be displayed.
The battery can be discharged at
idle if the electrical loads are very
high. This is true for all vehicles.
This is because the generator
(alternator) may not be spinning fast
enough at idle to produce all of the
power needed for very high
electrical loads.

A high electrical load occurs when
several of the following are on, such
as: headlamps, high beams, rear
window defogger, climate control fan
at high speed, heated seats, engine
cooling fans, trailer loads, and loads
plugged into accessory power
outlets.
EPM works to prevent excessive
discharge of the battery. It does this
by balancing the generator's output
and the vehicle's electrical needs.
It can increase engine idle speed to
generate more power whenever
needed. It can temporarily reduce
the power demands of some
accessories.
Normally, these actions occur in
steps or levels, without being
noticeable. In rare cases at the
highest levels of corrective action,
this action may be noticeable to the
driver. If so, a DIC battery voltage
and charging message displays, it is
recommended that the driver reduce

the electrical loads as much as
possible. See Battery Voltage and
Charging Messages 0 137
andDriver Information Center (DIC)
(With DIC Buttons) 0 129 or Driver
Information Center (DIC) (Without
DIC Buttons) 0 134 .
ii

ii

ii

Battery Power Protection
This feature helps prevent the
battery from being drained, if the
interior courtesy lamps or reading
lamps are accidentally left on. If any
of these lamps are left on, they
automatically turn off after
10 minutes, if the ignition is off. The
lamps will not come back on again
until one of the following occurs:
. The ignition is turned on.
.

The exterior lamps control is
turned off, then on again.

The headlamps will time out after
10 minutes, if they are manually
turned on while the ignition is on
or off.

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

Infotainment System

Infotainment
System

Audio Players

Introduction
Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Theft-Deterrent Feature . . . . . .
Overview (Radio without
Touchscreen) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Overview (Radio with
Touchscreen) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Operation (Radio without
Touchscreen) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Operation (Radio with
Touchscreen) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

163
164
165
167
167
169

Radio
AM-FM Radio (Radio without
Touchscreen) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AM-FM Radio (Radio with
Touchscreen) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Satellite Radio (Radio without
Touchscreen) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Satellite Radio (Radio with
Touchscreen) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Radio Reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Multi-Band Antenna . . . . . . . . . .

CD Player (Radio without
Touchscreen) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CD Player (Radio with
Touchscreen) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MP3 (Radio without
Touchscreen) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MP3 (Radio with
Touchscreen) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Auxiliary Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Introduction
181

Infotainment

183

Base radio information is included in
this manual. See the infotainment
manual for information on other
available infotainment systems.

185
190
192

OnStar System
OnStar System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193

Rear Seat Infotainment
Rear Seat Audio (RSA)
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193

Phone
172
173
176
179
180
180

163

Bluetooth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195

Settings
Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202

Trademarks and License
Agreements
Trademarks and License
Agreements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203

Read the following pages to
become familiar with these features.

{ Warning
Taking your eyes off the road for
too long or too often while using
any infotainment feature can
cause a crash. You or others
could be injured or killed. Do not
give extended attention to
infotainment tasks while driving.
Limit your glances at the vehicle
displays and focus your attention
on driving. Use voice commands
whenever possible.
The infotainment system has built-in
features intended to help avoid
distraction by disabling some
functions when driving. These

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

164

Infotainment System

functions may gray out when they
are unavailable. Many infotainment
features are also available through
the instrument cluster and steering
wheel controls.
Before driving:
. Become familiar with the
operation, faceplate buttons, and
screen buttons.
. Set up the audio by presetting
favorite stations, setting the
tone, and adjusting the
speakers.
. Set up phone numbers in
advance so they can be called
easily by pressing a single
button or by using a single voice
command if equipped with
Bluetooth phone capability.
See Defensive Driving 0 216 .
ii

To play the infotainment system with
the ignition off, see Retained
Accessory Power (RAP) 0 230 .
ii

Theft-Deterrent Feature
TheftLock® is designed to
discourage theft of the vehicle's
radio by learning a portion of the
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN).
The radio does not operate if it is
stolen or moved to a different
vehicle.

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

Infotainment System

Overview (Radio without Touchscreen)
For information on using the radio, see Operation (Radio without
Touchscreen) 0 167 or Operation (Radio with Touchscreen) 0 169 .
ii

ii

165

3. MENU
. Press to open the tone
menu to adjust the bass,
midrange, treble, fade, and
balance.
4. Buttons 1 - 6
. Saves and selects favorite
stations.
. Select options.
5. EQ (Equalizer)
. Press to adjust the
equalizer.
6.

1.

4 (Information)
.

Press to show information
on the current station or
track.

2. FAV (Favorites Pages)
. Press to scroll through the
favorite pages.

f (Tone/Tune)
.

Press to set Tone options.

.

Turn to manually select
radio stations.

7. CAT (Category)
. Press to display a list of
SiriusXM® categories (if
equipped).
8.

Z EJECT
.

Press to eject the
loaded CD.

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

166

Infotainment System

9. Auxiliary Input Jack
. Use to connect external
audio devices.
10. CD/AUX
. Press to scroll through
selecting the CD or an
auxiliary device.
11.

\ FWD (Forward)
.

12.

s REV (Reverse)
.

13.

14.

Press and hold to fast
forward through a track.

Press and hold to go
backward fast through a
track.

P (Power/Volume)
.

Press to turn the
infotainment system on
or off.

.

Turn to adjust the volume.

¨ SEEK
.

Seeks the next station or
track.

15.

© SEEK
.

Seeks the previous station
or track.

16. BAND
. Press to scroll through the
available bands AM, FM,
or SiriusXM if equipped.
17.

H (Clock)
.

Press to set the clock.

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

Infotainment System

Overview (Radio with Touchscreen)

9. FAV (Favorites Menu)

The infotainment system is controlled by using the buttons, touch screen,
steering wheel controls, and voice recognition. See Operation (Radio without
Touchscreen) 0 167 or Operation (Radio with Touchscreen) 0 169 .
ii

167

10. SRCE (Source)
11.

D (Home Page)

ii

Operation (Radio without
Touchscreen)
Playing the Radio

O (Power/Volume) : Press to turn
the system on and off. Turn to
increase or decrease the volume.
A lock symbol displays next to the
clock display while the parental
control feature is being used. The
feature remains on until O is
pressed and held for more than
two seconds, or the driver turns the
ignition off and exits the vehicle.

4 (Information) : Press to switch
1. PUSH/O (Volume/Power)
2.

Z (Eject)

5. PUSH/SEL (Select)
6.

3. CD Slot

7.

4. AUX Port

8.

/ BACK
SEEK ¨ (Next/Forward)
© SEEK (Previous/Reverse)

the display between the radio
station frequency and the time.
When the ignition is in the OFF
position, press 4 to display the time.
For vehicles with XM, MP3, WMA,
or RDS features, press 4 to display
additional text information related to
the current FM-RDS or XM station;

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

168

Infotainment System

or CD, MP3, or WMA song.
If information is available during XM,
CD, MP3, or WMA playback, the
song title information displays on
the top line of the display and artist
information displays on the bottom
line. When information is not
available, “NO INFO” displays.
Auto Text (Satellite Radio Service
(if equipped), CD, MP3, and WMA
features) : If additional information
is available for the current song
being played, Auto Text will
automatically page/scroll the
information every five seconds
above the FAV presets on the radio
display.
To activate Auto Text:
1. Press MENU to display the
radio setup menu.
2. Press the softkey under the
AUTO TXT tab on the radio
display.
3. Press the softkey under the ON
tab on the radio display.
If 4 is pressed and the song title or
artist information is longer than what
can be displayed, the extra

information will page every
five seconds when Auto Text is
activated.
Speed Compensated Volume
(SCV) : The SCV feature
automatically adjusts the radio
volume to compensate for road and
wind noise as the vehicle speeds up
or slows down, so that the volume
level is consistent.
To activate SCV:
1. Set the radio volume.
2. Press the MENU button to
display the radio setup menu.
3. Press the softkey under the
AUTO VOLUM (automatic
volume) tab on the radio
display.
4. Press the softkey under the
Speed Compensated Volume
setting (OFF, Low, Med,
or High) to select the level of
radio volume compensation.
Press the softkey located
below the BACK tab on the
MENU SETUP display or let
the display time out after
approximately 10 seconds.

Each higher setting allows for
more radio volume
compensation at faster vehicle
speeds.

Setting the Tone (Bass/
Midrange/Treble)
BASS/MID/TREB (Bass, Midrange,
or Treble) : To adjust bass,
midrange, or treble:
1. Press f until the tone control
tabs display.
2. Continue pressing f to
highlight the tab, or press the
softkey under the tab.
3. To adjust the highlighted
setting, do one of the following
until the levels are obtained:
.

Turn f clockwise or
counterclockwise.

.

Press

\ FWD, or s REV.

If a station's frequency is weak or if
there is static, decrease the treble.
To quickly adjust bass, midrange,
or treble to the middle position,
press the softkey under the BASS,

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

Infotainment System
MID, or TREB tab for more than
two seconds. A beep sounds and
the level adjusts to the middle
position.
To quickly adjust all tone and
speaker controls to the middle
position when in the Tone menu,
press f for more than two seconds
until a beep sounds.
EQ (Equalization) : Press to
choose bass and treble equalization
settings designed for different types
of music. The choices are pop, rock,
country, talk, jazz, and classical.
Selecting MANUAL or changing
bass or treble, returns the EQ to the
manual bass and treble settings.
Unique EQ settings can be saved
for each source.
If the radio has a Bose® audio
system, the EQ settings are either
MANUAL or TALK.

Adjusting the Speakers
(Balance/Fade)
BAL/FADE (Balance/Fade) : To
adjust the balance or fade:
1. Press f until the speaker
control tabs display.
2. Continue pressing f to
highlight the tab, or press the
softkey under the tab.
3. To adjust the highlighted
setting, do one of the following
until the levels are obtained:
.

Turn f clockwise or
counterclockwise.

.

Press

\ FWD, or s REV.

To quickly adjust balance or fade to
the middle position, press the
softkey under the BAL or FADE tab
for more than two seconds. A beep
sounds and the level adjusts to the
middle position.
To quickly adjust all speaker and
tone controls to the middle position,
press f for more than two seconds
until a beep sounds.

169

Radio Messages
Calibration Error : The audio
system has been calibrated for the
vehicle from the factory. If the
message displays, it means that the
radio has not been configured
properly for the vehicle and it must
be returned to your dealer for
service.
Locked : This message displays
when the TheftLock® system has
locked up the radio. Take the
vehicle to your dealer for service.
If any error occurs repeatedly or if
an error cannot be corrected,
contact your dealer.

Operation (Radio with
Touchscreen)
Infotainment Controls
PUSH/

O (Volume/Power):

.

Press to turn the system on
and off.

.

Turn to adjust the volume.

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

170

Infotainment System

Z (Eject) : Press to eject a disc
from the CD player. See CD Player
(Radio without Touchscreen) 0 181
or CD Player (Radio with
Touchscreen) 0 183 .

ii

ii

AUX Port : 3.5 mm (1/8 in)
connection for external audio
devices.
PUSH/SEL (Select):
. Turn to manually find a station or
highlight a menu selection.
. Press to select a highlighted
selection.

Keep pressing to scroll through the
favorites pages. The stored stations
for each list display on the bottom of
the screen. The number of preset
Favorite Pages can be changed by
pressing the Settings button on a
Home Page, then pressing
Favorites Pages, and then selecting
the number of Favorite Pages.

©
.

D (Home Page) : Press to go to
the Home Page. See “Home Page”
later in this section.
SRCE (Source) : Press to switch
between AM, FM, CD, and if
equipped, SiriusXM®, front auxiliary,
rear auxiliary, and iPod/USB.
Press and hold to mute/pause the
system. Press and hold again to
unmute/resume the system.
FAV (Favorites Menu) : In AM, FM,
or SiriusXM (if equipped), press to
change the current favorite page
number above the preset buttons.

.

.

SEEK (Previous/Reverse):
AM, FM, SiriusXM (if equipped):
Press to seek to the previous
strong station. Press and hold
for Scan. Press © again to stop
the scan.
CD, USB: Press to seek to the
beginning of the current or
previous track.
CD, USB: Press and hold to
quickly reverse through a track.
Release the button to return to
playing speed. See CD Player
(Radio without Touchscreen)
0 181 or CD Player (Radio with
Touchscreen) 0 183 and
Auxiliary Devices 0 192 .
ii

ii

ii

SEEK

¨ (Next/Forward):

.

AM, FM, SiriusXM (if equipped):
Press to seek to the next strong
station. Press and hold for Scan.
Press ¨ again to stop the scan.

.

CD, USB: Press to seek or skip
the next track or program.

.

CD, USB: Press and hold to fast
forward through a track. Release
the button to return to playing
speed. See CD Player (Radio
without Touchscreen) 0 181 or
CD Player (Radio with
Touchscreen) 0 183 and
Auxiliary Devices 0 192 .
ii

ii

ii

/ BACK : Press to return to the
previous screen in a menu.

Touchscreen Buttons
Touchscreen buttons are visible on
the screen when available. When a
function is unavailable, the button
may gray out. When a function is
selected, the button may highlight or
animate.

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

Infotainment System
Home Page

banner stores your favorite radio
and SiriusXM stations (if equipped).
To store a favorite station, press and
hold the desired position on the
banner until a beep is heard.

Tone : Press to display the Tone
Settings menu. The following may
display:

! (Voice Recognition) : Press to

Tone Settings : Press to adjust the
tone settings. The following may
display:

begin voice recognition. See
Bluetooth 0 195 .

.

Menu : Press to enter the Home
Page menu.

EQ: Press
equalizer.

.

Bass: Press + or − to adjust
the bass.

previous Home Page.

.

Next r : Press to go to the next
Home Page.

Middle: Press + or − to adjust
the middle.

.

Treble: Press + or − to adjust the
treble.

Home Page Features

.

Balance: Press L to hear more
sound from the left speakers or
R for more sound from the right
speakers. The middle position
balances the sound between the
left and right speakers.

.

Fade: Press F for more sound
from the front speakers or R for
more sound from the rear
speakers. The middle position
balances the sound between the
front and rear speakers.

ii

The infotainment system displays a
Home Page to access all of the
applications.
Back : Press to go back to the
previous page or menu.
Home : From any page, press to
cycle through the Home Pages to
start a different application. The
Home Page can have up to three
pages with eight icons per page.
Each of these three pages can be
customized to contain your choice
of up to eight per screen. They may
also be re-ordered on each screen
to taste.
FAV (Favorites) : Press to scroll
through the favorites banner on the
bottom of the screen. The favorites

171

q Previous : Press to go to the

Some features are disabled when
the vehicle is moving and some
icons may not be active.
Now Playing : Press to display the
active source page. The sources
available are AM, FM, XM (if
equipped), CD, USB, Bluetooth,
or AUX Input.
Settings : Press to display the
Settings menu. See Settings 0 202 .
ii

o or p to adjust the

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

172

Infotainment System

DSP Mode : Press o or p to adjust
the DSP mode, if equipped.

Radio

Language

AM-FM Radio (Radio
without Touchscreen)

To change the language of the
screens, see Vehicle
Personalization (With DIC Buttons)
0 145 .
ii

English or Metric Units
To change the screens from English
or metric, see Driver Information
Center (DIC) (With DIC Buttons)
0 129 or Driver Information Center
(DIC) (Without DIC Buttons) 0 134 .
ii

ii

Radio Data System (RDS)
The RDS feature is available for use
only on FM stations that broadcast
RDS information. This system relies
upon receiving specific information
from these stations and only works
when the information is available.
While the radio is tuned to an
FM-RDS station, the station name
or call letters display. In rare cases,
a radio station could broadcast
incorrect information that causes the
radio features to work improperly.
If this happens, contact the radio
station.

Finding a Station
BAND : Press to switch between
AM, FM, or SiriusXM® (if equipped).
The selection displays.

f (Tune) : Turn to select radio
stations.

© SEEK and ¨ SEEK : Press to go
to the previous or next station and
stay there.
To scan stations, press and hold ©
SEEK or ¨ SEEK until a beep
sounds. The radio goes to a station,
plays for a few seconds, then goes
to the next station. Press either
arrow again to stop scanning.
The radio only seeks and scans
stations with a strong signal that are
in the selected band.

Storing a Radio Station as a
Favorite
Drivers are encouraged to set up
their radio station favorites while the
vehicle is in P (Park). Tune to
favorite stations using the presets,
favorites button, and steering wheel
controls. See Steering Wheel
Controls (Radio with Touchscreen)
0 109 or Steering Wheel Controls
(Radio without Touchscreen) 0 108 .
ii

ii

FAV (Favorites) : A maximum of
36 stations can be programmed as
favorites using the six softkeys
below the radio station frequency

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

Infotainment System
tabs and by using the radio favorites
page button (FAV button). Press to
go through up to six pages of
favorites, each having six favorite
stations available per page. Each
page of favorites can contain any
combination of AM, FM, or SiriusXM
stations (if equipped).
The balance/fade and tone settings
that were previously adjusted are
stored with the favorite stations.
To store a station as a favorite:
1. Tune to the desired radio
station.
2. Press FAV to display the page
to store the station.
3. Press and hold one of the
six softkeys until a beep
sounds. When that softkey is
pressed and released, the
station that was set returns.
4. Repeat the steps for each radio
station to be stored as a
favorite.
To set up the number of favorites
pages:

1. Press MENU to display the
radio setup menu.
2. Press the softkey below the
FAV 1-6 tab.
3. Select the desired number of
favorites pages by pressing the
softkey below the displayed
page numbers.
4. Press FAV, or let the menu time
out, to return to the original
main radio screen showing the
radio station frequency tabs
and to begin the process of
programming favorites for the
chosen number of favorites
pages.

AM-FM Radio (Radio with
Touchscreen)
Playing the Radio
PUSH/O (Power/Volume):
.

Press to turn the radio on or off.

.

Turn to increase or decrease the
volume of the active source.

173

The steering wheel controls can
also be used to adjust the volume.
See Steering Wheel Controls (Radio
with Touchscreen) 0 109 or Steering
Wheel Controls (Radio without
Touchscreen) 0 108 .
ii

ii

Audio Source
To access AM, FM, or SiriusXM® if
equipped, do one of the following:
. Press the AM, FM, or XM (if
equipped) screen button on the
Home Page.
. Press the SRCE radio button to
scroll through the options.
A source ribbon will appear at
the bottom of the screen
allowing you to select the one
you want.

Infotainment System Settings
Tone Settings
To access the tone settings, press
the Tone Settings button on the
Home Page.
To adjust the settings:
. Bass: Press + or − to change
the level.

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

174

Infotainment System

.

Middle: Press + or − to change
the level.

.

Treble: Press + or − to change
the level.

.

EQ: Press o or p to scroll
through the preset EQ options.

.

DSP Mode: Press o or p to
scroll through the preset DSP
modes.

.

Fade: Press the F or R button
for more sound from the front or
rear speakers. The middle
position balances the sound
between the front and rear
speakers.

.

Balance: Press the L or R button
for more sound from the left or
right speakers. The middle
position balances the sound
between the left and right
speakers.

Finding a Station
Press SRCE to select AM, FM,
or SiriusXM (if equipped).

Turn the PUSH/SEL knob to find a
radio station. To select a preset
station, press FAV to scroll through
the favorite pages and then press a
preset button on the radio or the
screen button.
Seeking a Station
Press © SEEK or SEEK ¨ to search
for a station. You may also use the
¨ on the steering wheel controls.
AM

Favorites List : Press to display the
favorites list.
AM Station List : Press to display a
list of AM stations.
Update Station List : Press to
update the AM stations list.
FM

To access the AM menu press the
Menu screen button and the
following may display:

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

Infotainment System
To access the FM Menu press the
Menu screen button and the
following may display:

Favorites List : Press to display the
favorites list.

SiriusXM (If Equipped)

To access the XM Menu press the
Menu screen button and the
following may display:

FM Station List : Press to display a
list of FM stations.
FM Category List : Press to display
a list of FM categories.
Update Station List : Press to
update the FM stations list.
Favorites List : Press to display the
favorites list.
XM Channel List : Press to display
a list of SiriusXM channels.

175

XM Category List : Press to display
a list of SiriusXM categories.
Tune Select Manager : If equipped
with SiriusXM, press and the
following may display:
. Artist: Press to set an audio alert
when the current artist is playing
on a SiriusXM channel.
. Song: Press to set an audio alert
when the current song is playing
on a SiriusXM channel.
. Tune Select Manager: Press
Disable/Enable All Alerts to
enable or disable all alerts.
A checkmark next to the alert
means it is turned on. Press an
alert to turn it off. Press Delete
to delete an alert.
. Audible Alert: This feature will
give an audio alert when certain
artists or songs are available on
a specific station. Press to turn
on or off.

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

176

Infotainment System

Storing Radio Station Presets

2. Press Favorite Pages.

Up to 30 preset stations can be
stored. AM, FM, and SiriusXM (if
equipped) can be mixed.

3. Select the number of pages to
display.

1. From the AM, FM, or SiriusXM
main page, press and hold any
1−5 buttons or one of the
preset screen buttons on the
banner until a beep is heard.
The new preset information
displays on that screen button.
2. Repeat for each preset.

Mixed-Band Presets
Each favorite page can store
five preset stations. The presets
within a page can be from different
radio bands.
To scroll through the pages, press
FAV or the FAV screen button on the
top bar. The current page number
displays above the preset buttons.
The stored stations for each favorite
page display on the preset buttons.
To change the number of favorite
pages displayed:
1. Press Settings on the
Home Page.

Recalling a Preset Station
To recall a preset station from a
favorites page, do one the following:
. Press the FAV screen button at
the top bar to display the preset
pop-up. Press one of the preset
screen buttons to go to the
selected preset station.
. In the AM, FM, or SiriusXM (if
equipped) main page, press one
of the preset screen buttons to
go to the selected preset station.

Satellite Radio (Radio
without Touchscreen)
SiriusXM® Satellite Radio
Service
If equipped, SiriusXM is a satellite
radio service based in the
48 contiguous United States and 10
Canadian provinces. SiriusXM
Satellite Radio has a wide variety of
programming and commercial-free
music, coast to coast, and in

digital-quality sound. A service fee
is required to receive the SiriusXM
service. If SiriusXM Service needs
to be reactivated, the radio will
display “No Subscription Please
Renew” on channel XM1. For more
information, contact SiriusXM at
www.siriusxm.com or
1-866-635-2349 (U.S) and
www.xmradio.ca or call
1-877-209-0079 (Canada).

Finding a Station
BAND : Press to switch between
AM, FM, or SiriusXM. The selection
displays.

f (Tune) : Turn to select radio
stations.
© SEEK and ¨ SEEK : Press to go
to the previous or next station and
stay there.
To scan stations, press and hold ©
or ¨ until a beep sounds. The radio
goes to a station, plays for a few
seconds, then goes to the next
station. Press either arrow again to
stop scanning.

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

Infotainment System
The radio only seeks and scans
stations with a strong signal that are
in the selected band.

Finding a Category (CAT)
Station
CAT (Category) : Press to find
SiriusXM stations when the radio is
in the XM mode. To find SiriusXM
channels within a desired category:
1. Press BAND until the SiriusXM
frequency displays.
2. Press CAT to display the
category tabs.
3. Continue pressing CAT until
the desired category name
displays.
. Radios with CD can also
navigate the category list by
pressing s REV or
\ FWD.
4. Press either of the two buttons
below the desired category tab
to immediately tune to the first
SiriusXM station associated
with that category.

5. To go to the next or previous
SiriusXM station within the
selected category, do one of
the following:

f.

.

Turn

.

Press the buttons below the
right or left arrows on the
display.

.

Press either SEEK arrow.

6. To exit the category search
mode, press the FAV button or
BAND button to display the
favorites again.
Undesired SiriusXM categories can
be removed through the setup
menu. To remove an undesired
category, perform the following:
1. Press MENU to display the
radio setup menu.
2. Press the softkey below the
XM CAT tab.
3. Turn f to display the category
to be removed.

177

4. Press the softkey under the
Remove tab until the category
name along with the word
Removed displays.
5. Repeat the steps to remove
more categories.
Removed categories can be
restored by pressing the softkey
under the Add tab when a removed
category is displayed or by pressing
the softkey under the Restore
All tab.
Categories cannot be removed or
added while the vehicle is moving
faster than 8 km/h (5 mph).

Storing a Radio Station as a
Favorite
Drivers are encouraged to set up
their radio station favorites while the
vehicle is in P (Park). Tune to
favorite stations using the presets,
favorites button, and steering wheel
controls. See Steering Wheel
Controls (Radio with Touchscreen)
0 109 or Steering Wheel Controls
(Radio without Touchscreen) 0 108 .
ii

ii

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

178

Infotainment System

FAV (Favorites) : A maximum of
36 stations can be programmed as
favorites using the six softkeys
below the radio station frequency
tabs and by using the radio favorites
page button (FAV button). Press to
go through up to six pages of
favorites, each having six favorite
stations available per page. Each
page of favorites can contain any
combination of AM, FM, or SiriusXM
stations.
The balance/fade and tone settings
that were previously adjusted are
stored with the favorite stations.
To store a station as a favorite:
1. Tune to the desired radio
station.

To set up the number of favorites
pages:
1. Press MENU to display the
radio setup menu.
2. Press the softkey below the
FAV 1-6 tab.
3. Select the desired number of
favorites pages by pressing the
softkey below the displayed
page numbers.
4. Press FAV, or let the menu time
out, to return to the original
main radio screen showing the
radio station frequency tabs
and to begin the process of
programming favorites for the
chosen number of favorites
pages.

2. Press FAV to display the page
to store the station.

SiriusXM Radio Messages

3. Press and hold one of the
six softkeys until a beep
sounds. When that softkey is
pressed and released, the
station that was set returns.

XL (Explicit Language
Channels) : These channels, or any
others, can be blocked at a
customer's request, by calling
1-866-635-2349 (U.S) and
1-877-209-0079 (Canada).

4. Repeat the steps for each radio
station to be stored as a
favorite.

XM Updating : The encryption code
in the receiver is being updated, and
no action is required. This process
should take no longer than
30 seconds.
No XM Signal : The system is
functioning correctly, but the vehicle
is in a location that is blocking the
SiriusXM signal. When the vehicle is
moved into an open area, the signal
should return.
Loading XM : The audio system is
acquiring and processing audio and
text data. No action is needed. This
message should disappear shortly.
Channel Off Air : This channel is
not currently in service. Tune in to
another channel.
Channel Unauth : This channel is
blocked or cannot be received with
your SiriusXM subscription package.
Channel Unavail : This previously
assigned channel is no longer
assigned. Tune to another station.
If this station was one of the
presets, choose another station for
that preset button.

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

Infotainment System
No Artist Info : No artist
information is available at this time
on this channel. The system is
working properly.
No Title Info : No song title
information is available at this time
on this channel. The system is
working properly.
No CAT Info : No category
information is available at this time
on this channel. The system is
working properly.
No Information : No text or
informational messages are
available at this time on this
channel. The system is working
properly.
No Subscription Please Renew :
SiriusXM subscription needs to be
reactivated. Contact SiriusXM at
www.siriusxm.com or
1-866-635-2349 (U.S) and
www.xmradio.ca or call
1-877-209-0079 (Canada).
CAT Not Found : There are no
channels available for the selected
category. The system is working
properly.

XM Theftlocked : The XM receiver
in the vehicle could have previously
been in another vehicle. For security
purposes, XM receivers cannot be
swapped between vehicles. If this
message is received after having
the vehicle serviced, check with
your dealer.
XM Radio ID : If tuned to channel 0,
this message alternates with the XM
Radio eight-digit radio ID label. This
label is needed to activate the
service.
Unknown : If this message is
received when tuned to channel 0,
there could be a receiver fault.
Consult with your dealer.
Check XM Receivr : If this
message does not clear within a
short period of time, the receiver
could have a fault. Consult with your
dealer.
XM Not Available : If this message
does not clear within a short period
of time, the receiver could have a
fault. Consult with your dealer.

179

Satellite Radio (Radio
with Touchscreen)
If equipped, vehicles with a valid
SiriusXM® satellite radio
subscription can receive SiriusXM
programming.
SiriusXM satellite radio has a wide
variety of programming and
commercial-free music, coast to
coast, and in digital-quality sound.
For more information, see
www.siriusxm.com or call
1-866-635-2349 (U.S.) and
www.xmradio.ca or call
1-877-209-0079 (Canada).
When SiriusXM is active, the station
name, number, category name,
song title, and artist display on the
screen. SiriusXM may update the
background picture at any time.

SiriusXM Categories
SiriusXM stations are organized in
categories.

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

180

Infotainment System

Adding or Removing SiriusXM
Categories
Using the home page:
1. Press the Settings screen
button on the Home Page.
2. Select XM Categories.
3. Select or deselect a category.
A checkmark will indicate that
the category is selected.
Press “Show All XM Categories” to
restore all SiriusXM categories.

Radio Reception
Frequency interference and static
can occur during normal radio
reception if items such as phone
chargers, vehicle convenience
accessories, and external electronic
devices are plugged into the
accessory power outlet. If there is
interference or static, unplug the
item from the accessory power
outlet.

FM
FM signals only reach about 16 to
65 km (10 to 40 mi). Although the
radio has a built-in electronic circuit
that automatically works to reduce
interference, some static can occur,
especially around tall buildings or
hills, causing the sound to fade in
and out.

AM
The range for most AM stations is
greater than for FM, especially at
night. The longer range can cause
station frequencies to interfere with
each other. Static can also occur
when things like storms and power
lines interfere with radio reception.
When this happens, try reducing the
treble on the radio.

SiriusXM Satellite Radio
Service
If equipped, SiriusXM Satellite
Radio Service provides digital radio
reception. Tall buildings or hills can
interfere with satellite radio signals,
causing the sound to fade in and
out. In addition, traveling or standing
under heavy foliage, bridges,
garages, or tunnels may cause loss
of the SiriusXM signal for a period
of time.

Cell Phone Usage
Cell phone usage, such as making
or receiving phone calls, charging,
or just having the phone on may
cause static interference in the
radio. Unplug the phone or turn it off
if this happens.

Multi-Band Antenna
The multi-band antenna is located
on the roof of the vehicle. This type
of antenna is used with the AM/FM
radio, as well as OnStar and the
SiriusXM Satellite Radio Service
System, if the vehicle has these
features. Keep this antenna clear of

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

Infotainment System
snow and ice build up for clear radio
reception. If the vehicle has a
sunroof, the performance of the
radio system may be affected if the
sunroof is open. Loading items onto
the roof of the vehicle can interfere
with the performance of the radio
system and, if the vehicle has this
feature, OnStar. Make sure the
multi-band antenna is not
obstructed.

Audio Players
CD Player (Radio without
Touchscreen)

181

If either arrow is held, or pressed
multiple times, the player continues
moving backward or forward
through the tracks on the CD.

s REV (Fast Reverse) : Press

Insert a CD partway into the slot,
label side up. The player pulls it in
and the CD should begin playing.

and hold to reverse playback quickly
within a track. Sound will be heard
at a reduced volume. Release to
resume playing the track. The
elapsed time of the track displays.

Z EJECT : Press and release to

\ FWD (Fast Forward) : Press

Playing a CD

eject the disc that is currently
playing. A beep sounds and
Ejecting Disc displays. Once the
disc is ejected, Remove Disc
displays. The disc can be removed.
If the disc is not removed, after
several seconds, the disc
automatically pulls back into the
player.

f (Tune) : Turn to select tracks on
the CD that is currently playing.
© SEEK or ¨ SEEK : Press ©
SEEK to go to the start of the
current track, if more than
10 seconds on the track have
played, otherwise goes to the
previous track. Press ¨ SEEK to go
to the next track.

and hold to advance playback
quickly within a track. Sound will be
heard at a reduced volume. Release
to resume playing the track. The
elapsed time of the track displays.
RDM (Random) : CD tracks can be
listened to in random, rather than
sequential order with the random
setting. To use random, press the
softkey under the RDM label until
Random Current Disc displays.
Press the softkey again to turn off
random play.
BAND : Press to listen to the radio
when a CD is playing. The CD
remains inside the radio for future
listening.

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

182

Infotainment System

CD/AUX (CD/Auxiliary) : Press to
select between CD, Auxiliary,
or USB.
. When a CD is in the player, the
CD icon and a message
showing the disc and/or track
number display.
. If an auxiliary input device is not
connected or a CD is not
installed an error message will
display.

damage the surface. Pick up CDs
by grasping the outer edges or the
edge of the hole and the outer edge.

Care of CDs

Do not add any label to a CD; it
could get caught in the CD player.
If a CD is recorded on a personal
computer and a description label is
needed, try labeling the top of the
recorded CD with a marking pen.

If playing a CD-R, the sound quality
can be reduced due to CD-R or
CD-RW quality, the method of
recording, the quality of the music
that has been recorded, and the
way the CD-R or CD-RW has been
handled. Handle them carefully.
Store CD-R(s) or CD-RW(s) in their
original cases or other protective
cases and away from direct sunlight
and dust. The CD player scans the
bottom surface of the disc. If the
surface of a CD is damaged, such
as cracked, broken, or scratched,
the CD does not play properly or not
at all. Do not touch the bottom side
of a CD while handling it; this could

If the surface of a CD is soiled, take
a soft, lint-free cloth or dampen a
clean, soft cloth in a mild, neutral
detergent solution mixed with water,
and clean it. Make sure the wiping
process starts from the center to
the edge.
Care of the CD Player

The use of CD lens cleaners for
CDs is not advised.

Caution

Caution (Continued)
could be damaged. While using
the CD player, use only CDs in
good condition without any label,
load one CD at a time, and keep
the CD player and the loading slot
free of foreign materials, liquids,
and debris.
If an error displays, see “CD
Messages” later in this section.

Playing an MP3/WMA CD-R or
CD-RW Disc
The radio has the capability of
playing an MP3/WMA CD-R or
CD-RW disc. For more information
on how to play an MP3/WMA CD-R
or CD-RW disc, see MP3 (Radio
with Touchscreen) 0 190 or MP3
(Radio without Touchscreen) 0 185 .
ii

ii

If a label is added to a CD, more
than one CD is inserted into the
slot at a time, or an attempt is
made to play scratched or
damaged CDs, the CD player
(Continued)

CD Messages
Check Disc : Radios with a single
CD player display Check Disc and/
or eject the CD if an error occurs.

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

Infotainment System
Disc Error : The disc was inserted
upside down.
Disk Read Error : A disc was
inserted with an invalid or unknown
format.
Player Error : There are disc LOAD
or disc EJECT problems.
. It is very hot. When the
temperature returns to normal,
the CD should play.
. The road is very rough. When
the road becomes smoother, the
CD should play.
. The CD is dirty, scratched, wet,
or upside down.
. The air is very humid. If so, wait
about an hour and try again.
. There was a problem while
burning the CD.
. The label is caught in the CD
player.
If the CD is not playing correctly for
any other reason, try a known
good CD.

If any error occurs repeatedly or if
an error cannot be corrected,
contact your dealer. If the radio
displays an error message, write it
down and provide it to your dealer
when reporting the problem.

CD Player (Radio with
Touchscreen)
The player can be used for CD and
MP3 audio.
With the vehicle on, insert a disc
into the slot, label side up. The
player pulls it in and begins playing.
The system is capable of playing:
. Most audio CDs
.

CD-R

.

CD-RW

.

MP3 or unprotected WMA
formats

When playing any compatible
recordable disc, the sound quality
can be reduced due to disc quality,
the method of recording, the quality
of the music that has been
recorded, or the way the disc has
been handled.

183

There can be increased skipping,
difficulty in recording tracks,
difficulty in finding tracks, and/or
difficulty in loading and ejecting.
If these problems occur, check the
disc for damage or try a known
good disc.
To avoid damage to the CD player:
. Do not use scratched or
damaged discs.
. Do not apply labels to discs. The
labels could get caught in the
player.
. Insert only one disc at a time.
.

Keep the loading slot free of
foreign materials, liquids, and
debris.

.

Use a marking pen to label the
top of the disc.

Loading and Ejecting Discs
To load a disc:
1. Turn the radio on.
2. Insert a disc into the slot, label
side up. The player pulls it in
the rest of the way. If the disc

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

184

Infotainment System
is damaged or improperly
loaded, there is an error and
the disc ejects.

Use the following controls to play
the disc:

Error Messages

1. Press the Disc screen button
on the Home Page or from the
SRCE/Source banner.

SEEK ¨:
.

Press to seek to the next track.

2. Press the Menu screen button
on the CD Audio screen to
display a list of Tracks/Songs.

.

Press and hold to fast forward
through a track. Release the
button to return to playing
speed. Elapsed time displays.

If Disc Error displays and/or the disc
comes out, it could be for one of the
following reasons:
. The disc has an invalid or
unknown format.
. The disc is very hot. Try the disc
again when the temperature
returns to normal.
. The road is very rough. Try the
disc again when the road is
smoother.
. The disc is dirty, scratched, wet,
or upside down.
. The air is very humid. Try the
disc again later.
. There was a problem while
burning the disc.
. The label is caught in the player.

PUSH/SEL (Select) : Turn to the
right or left to select the next or
previous track.

If the CD is not playing correctly, for
any other reason, try a known
good CD.

The disc automatically plays once
loaded.

©
.

Press to seek to the beginning of
the current or previous track.
If the track has been playing for
less than eight seconds, it seeks
to the previous track. If longer
than eight seconds, the current
track starts from the beginning.

.

Press and hold to fast reverse
through a track. Release the
button to return to playing
speed. Elapsed time displays.

Press Z to eject a disc from the
CD player. If the disc is not removed
within a short period of time, it is
automatically pulled back into the
player.

Playing an Audio CD
Make sure a disc is inserted in the
player.

3. Press the desired track/song.
On the Disc main page a track
number displays at the beginning of
each track. Song, Artist, Elapsed
Time, and Album information
displays when available.

SEEK:

If any error continues, contact your
dealer.

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

Infotainment System

MP3 (Radio without
Touchscreen)
Format
Radios that have the capability of
playing MP3s can play .mp3 or .wma
files that were recorded onto a
CD-R or CD-RW disc. The files can
be recorded with the following fixed
bit rates: 32 kbps, 40 kbps, 56 kbps,
64 kbps, 80 kbps, 96 kbps,
112 kbps, 128 kbps, 160 kbps,
192 kbps, 224 kbps, 256 kbps, and
320 kbps or a variable bit rate.
Radios that have a USB port can
play .mp3 and .wma files stored on a
USB storage device as well as AAC
files that are stored on an iPod.

CD-R or CD-RW Supported File
and Folder Structure
The radio supports:
. Up to 50 folders.
.

Up to eight folders in depth.

.

Up to 15 playlists.

.

Up to 512 files and folders.

.

Playlists with an .m3u or .wpl
extension.

.

Files with an .mp3, .wma, or .cda
file extension.

USB Supported File and Folder
Structure
The radio supports:
. Up to 700 folders.

Compressed Audio or Mixed Mode
Discs

.

Up to eight folders in depth.

.

The radio can play discs that
contain both uncompressed CD
audio and MP3/WMA files. If both
formats are on the disc, the radio
plays both file formats in the order in
which they were recorded to
the disc.

Up to 65,535 files.

.

Folder and file names up to
64 bytes.

.

Files with an .mp3 or .wma file
extension.

.

AAC files stored on an iPod.

.

FAT16

.

185

FAT32

Root Directory
The root directory of the disc is
treated as a folder. If the root
directory has compressed audio
files, the directory displays on the
radio as the CD label.
If a disc contains both
uncompressed CD audio and MP3/
WMA files, a folder under the root
directory called CD accesses all of
the CD audio tracks on the disc.
Empty Folder
Folders that do not contain files are
skipped, and the player advances to
the next folder that contains files.
Order of Play
Compressed audio files are
accessed in the following order:
. Playlists (Px).
.

Files stored in the root directory.

.

Files stored in folders in the root
directory.

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

186

Infotainment System

Tracks are played in the following
order:
. Play begins from the first track in
the first playlist and continues
sequentially through all tracks in
each playlist. When the last
track of the last playlist has
played, play continues from the
first track of the first playlist.
. Play begins from the first track in
the first folder and continues
sequentially through all tracks in
each folder. When the last track
of the last folder has played,
play continues from the first
track of the first folder.
When play enters a new folder, the
display does not automatically show
the new folder name unless the
folder mode has been chosen as
the default display. The new track
name displays.

the ID3 tag, the radio displays the
file name without the extension
(such as .mp3) as the track name.
Track names longer than 32
characters or four pages are
shortened. Parts of words on the
last page of text and the extension
of the filename do not display.
Preprogrammed Playlists
Preprogrammed playlists that were
created using WinAmp®,
MusicMatch®, or RealPlayer®
software can be accessed; however,
they cannot be edited using the
radio. These playlists are treated as
special folders containing
compressed audio song files.
Playlists that have a .m3u or .pls file
extension and are stored on a USB
device may be supported by the
radio with a USB port.

played, otherwise goes to the
previous track. Press and hold or
press multiple times to continue
moving backward through tracks.

¨ SEEK : Press to go to the next
track. Press and hold or press
multiple times to continue moving
forward through tracks.

s REV (Reverse) : Press and hold
to reverse playback quickly. Sound
is heard at a reduced volume and
the elapsed time of the file displays.
Release s REV to resume playing.
\ FWD (Fast Forward) : Press
and hold to advance playback
quickly. Sound is heard at a reduced
volume and the elapsed time of the
file displays. Release \ FWD to
resume playing. The elapsed time of
the file displays.

File System and Naming

Playing a CD-R or CD-RW MP3

S c (Previous Folder) : Press
the softkey below S c to go to the

The song name that displays is the
song name contained in the ID3 tag.
If the song name is not present in

f (Tune) : Turn to select MP3/WMA

first track in the previous folder.

files.

© SEEK : Press to go to the start of
the current track, if more than
10 seconds on the track have

c T (Next Folder) : Press the
softkey below c T to go to the first
track in the next folder.

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

Infotainment System
RDM (Random) : Files on the disc
can be listened to in random, rather
than sequential order. To use
random, press the softkey under the
RDM tab until Random Current Disc
displays to play songs in random
order. Press the same softkey again
to turn off random play.

h (Music Navigator) : Press the
softkey below h to play files in
order by artist or album.
The player scans the disc to sort the
files by artist and album ID3 tag
information. It can take several
minutes to scan the disc depending
on the number of files on the disc.
The radio may begin playing while it
is scanning in the background.
When the scan is finished, the disc
begins playing files in order by
artist. The current artist playing is
shown on the second line of the
display. Once all songs by that artist
are played, the player moves to the
next artist in alphabetical order and
begins playing files by that artist.
To listen to files by another artist,
press the softkey below either arrow
tab. The disc goes to the next or

previous artist in alphabetical order.
Continue pressing either softkey
below the arrow tab until the artist
displays.
To change from playback by artist to
playback by album:
1. Press the softkey below the
Sort tab.
2. Press the softkeys below the
By Album tab.
3. Press the softkey below the
Back tab to return to the main
music navigator screen.
The album name displays on the
second line between the arrows and
songs from the current album
begins to play. Once all songs from
that album have played, the player
moves to the next album in
alphabetical order on the CD and
begins playing MP3 files from that
album.
To exit music navigator mode, press
the softkey below the Back tab to
return to normal MP3 playback.

187

Connecting a USB Storage
Device or iPod®
To connect a USB storage device,
connect the device to the USB port
on the center stack.
The USB port can be used to
control an iPod or a USB storage
device.
To connect an iPod, connect one
end of the USB cable that came
with the iPod to the iPod’s dock
connector and connect the other
end to the USB port located in the
instrument panel storage area. If the
vehicle is on and the USB
connection works, “OK to
disconnect” and a GM logo may
appear on the iPod, and iPod
appears on the radio's display. The
iPod music appears on the radio’s
display and begins playing.
The iPod charges while it is
connected to the vehicle if the
vehicle is in the ACC/ACCESSORY
or ON/RUN position. When the
vehicle is turned off, the iPod
automatically powers off and will not
charge or draw power from the
vehicle's battery.

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

188

Infotainment System

If you have an older iPod model that
is not supported, it can still be used
by connecting it to the auxiliary
input jack using a standard 3.5 mm
(1/8 in) stereo cable. See Clock
(Radio without Touchscreen) 0 113
or Clock (Radio with Touchscreen)
0 114 .
ii

ii

Using the Radio to Control a
USB Storage Device or iPod
The radio can control a USB
storage device or an iPod using the
radio buttons and knobs and display
song information on the radio’s
display.

f (Tune) : Turn to select files.
© SEEK : Press to go to the start of
the current track, if more than
10 seconds on the track have
played, otherwise goes to the
previous track. Press and hold or
press multiple times to continue
moving backward through tracks.

¨ SEEK : Press to go to the next
track. Press and hold or press
multiple times to continue moving
forward through tracks.

s REV (Reverse) : Press and hold
to reverse playback quickly. Sound
is heard at a reduced volume.
Release s REV to resume playing.
The elapsed time of the file
displays.
\ FWD (Fast Forward) : Press
and hold to advance playback
quickly. Sound is heard at a reduced
volume. Release \ FWD to
resume playing. The elapsed time of
the file displays.

4 (Information) : Press to display

2. Press the softkey below the tab
with the function on it to use
that function.

j (Pause) : Press the softkey below
j to pause the track. The tab
appears raised when pause is being
used. Press the softkey below j
again to resume playback.
Back : Press the softkey below the
Back tab to go back to the main
display screen on an iPod, or the
root directory on a USB storage
device.

additional information about the
selected track.

c (Folder View) : Press the
softkey below c to view the

Using Softkeys to Control a
USB Storage Device or iPod

contents of the current folder on the
USB drive. To browse and select
files:

The five softkeys below the radio
display are used to control the
functions listed below.
To use the softkeys:
1. Press the first or fifth softkey
below the radio display to
display the functions listed
below, or press the softkey
below the function if it is
currently displayed.

1. Press the softkey below

c.

2. Turn f to scroll through the list
of folders.
3. Press f to select the folder.
If there is more than one folder,
repeat Steps 1 and 2 until the
folder is reached.

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

Infotainment System
4. Turn f to scroll through the
files in the selected folder.

.

Genres

.

Songs

5. Press f to select the file to be
played.

.

Composers

To select files:

To skip through large lists, the five
softkeys can be used to navigate in
the following order:
. First softkey, first item in the list.

2. Turn f to scroll through the list
of menus.

.

3. Press

Second softkey, 1% through the
list each time the softkey is
pressed.

.

Third softkey, 5% through the list
each time the softkey is pressed.

.

Fourth softkey, 10% through the
list each time the softkey is
pressed.

.

Fifth softkey, end of the list.

h (Music Navigator) : Press the
softkey below h to view and
select a file on an iPod, using the
iPod's menu system. Files are
sorted by:
. Playlists
.

Artists

.

Albums

1. Press the softkey below

h.

f to select the menu.
Turn f to scroll through the

189

.

Fourth softkey, 10% through the
list each time the softkey is
pressed.

.

Fifth softkey, end of the list.

Repeat Functionality
To use Repeat:
Press the softkey below " or '
to select between Repeat All and
Repeat Track.

5. Press f to select the file to be
played.

" (Repeat All) : Press the softkey
below " to repeat all tracks. The
tab appears lowered when Repeat
All is being used. This is the default
mode when a USB storage device
or iPod is first connected.

To skip through large lists, the five
softkeys can be used to navigate in
the following order:
. First softkey, first item in the list.

' (Repeat Track) : Press the
softkey below ' to repeat one
track. The tab appears raised when
Repeat Track is being used.

4.

folders or files in the
selected menu.

.

Second softkey, 1% through the
list each time the softkey is
pressed.

.

Third softkey, 5% through the list
each time the softkey is pressed.

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

190

Infotainment System

Shuffle Functionality
To use Shuffle:
Press the softkey below >, 2,
C , or = to select between
Shuffle Off, Shuffle All Songs/
Shuffle Songs, Shuffle Album,
or Shuffle Folder.

> (Shuffle Off) : This is the
default mode when a USB storage
device or iPod is first connected.
2 (Shuffle All Songs/Shuffle
Songs) : Shuffles all songs on the
USB storage device or iPod.

C (Shuffle Album) : Shuffles all
songs in the current album on
an iPod.

= (Shuffle Folder) : Shuffles all
songs in the current folder on a USB
storage device.
MP3 (Radio with
Touchscreen)
Playing an MP3 CD
To play an MP3 CD, follow the same
instructions as “Playing an
Audio CD.”

The following guidelines must be
met when creating an MP3 disc,
otherwise the CD might not play:
. Sampling rate: 16 kHz,
22.05 kHz, 24 kHz, 32 kHz,
44.1 kHz, and 48 kHz.
. Bit rates supported: 8, 16, 24,
32, 40, 48, 56, 64, 80, 96, 112,
128, 144, 160, 192, 224, 256,
and 320 kbps.
. Maximum number of folders:
eight folders with 255 files per
folder.
. Maximum of 1,000 files on
a disc.
. Recorded on a CD-R or CD-RW
with a maximum capacity of
700 MB.
. The Artist/Album/Song Titles/
Genre information requires a CD
to be fully scanned before the
music navigator works with
these menus.

MP3 Audio

Press the Menu screen button while
that source is active to access the
MP3 Audio Menu.

Press any of the following buttons
on the MP3 Audio Menu:
Folders : Press to view the folders
stored on the disc. Select a folder to
view the list of all songs in that

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

Infotainment System
folder. There might be a delay
before the list displays. Select a
song from the list to begin playback.
Playlists : Press to view the
playlists stored on the disc. Select a
playlist to view the list of all songs in
that playlist. There might be a delay
before the list displays. Select a
song from the list to begin playback.
Artists : Press to view the list of
artists stored on the disc. Select an
artist name to view a list of all songs
by the artist. There might be a delay
before the list displays. Select a
song from the list to begin playback.
Genres : Press to view the genres.
Select a genre to view a list of all
songs of that genre. Select a song
from the list to begin playback.
Albums : Press to view the albums
on the disc. Select the album to
view a list of all songs on the album.
There might be a delay before the
list displays. Select a song from the
list to begin playback.
Composers : Press to view the
Composers stored on the disc.
There might be a delay before the

list displays. The Composers menu
displays. Select a composer to
display a list of albums from the
composer.
Tracks (Song Titles) : Press to
display a list of all songs on the
disc. Songs are displayed as stored
on the disc. There might be a delay
before the list displays. To begin
playback, select a song from the list.
Root Directory
The root directory is treated as a
folder. All files contained directly
under the root directory are
accessed prior to any root directory
folders.
Empty Folders
If a root directory or folder is empty
or contains only folders, the player
advances to the next folder in the
file structure that contains a
compressed audio file. The empty
folder(s) are not displayed or
numbered.

191

No Folder
When the CD only contains
compressed audio files without any
folders or playlists, all files are
under the root folder.
File System and Naming
The song titles, artists, albums, and
genres are taken from the file's ID3
tag and are only displayed if present
in the tag. If a song title is not
present in the ID3 tag, the radio
displays the file name as the
track name.
Preprogrammed Playlists
The radio recognizes
preprogrammed playlists; however,
there is no editing capability. These
playlists are treated as special
folders containing compressed
audio song files.

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

192

Infotainment System

Auxiliary Devices
The vehicle has a 3.5 mm (1/8 in)
auxiliary input jack on the faceplate
and a USB port in the center stack.

To use an auxiliary input device,
connect a 3.5 mm (1/8 in) cable to
the radio's front auxiliary input jack.

updated using the latest iTunes®
application. See www.apple.com/
itunes.

Press SRCE to select the device.

For help identifying your iPod, go to
www.apple.com/support.

If equipped, there are two USB
ports on the rear of the center
console that can be used for
charging only. They can charge
devices that draw 2.1 amps or less.
See the device’s owner manual for
the specification.

Using the USB Port

Using the 3.5 mm (1/8 in)
Auxiliary Input Jack

.

Portable USB Hard Drives

.

Fifth generation or later iPod

This is not an audio output; do not
plug a headphone set into the front
auxiliary input jack. Connect an
auxiliary input device such as an
iPod, laptop computer, MP3 player,
CD player, or cassette tape player
to the auxiliary input jack for use as
another source for audio listening.

.

iPod classic® (6th generation)

.

iPod nano® (3G, 4G, 5G,
and 6G)

.

iPod touch® (1G, 2G, 3G,
and 4G)

.

iPhone® (2G, 3G, 3GS, 4, and 5)

.

iPad® (1G, 2G)

Drivers are encouraged to set up
any auxiliary device while the
vehicle is in P (Park). See
Defensive Driving 0 216 for more
information on driver distraction.
ii

The USB port can control a USB
storage device or an iPod using the
radio buttons and knobs.
USB Supported Devices
. USB Flash Drives

Not all iPods and USB drives are
compatible with the USB port.
Make sure the iPod has the latest
firmware from Apple® for proper
operation. iPod firmware can be

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

Infotainment System

OnStar System
®

OnStar with 4G LTE

If equipped with OnStar 4G LTE, up
to seven devices, such as
smartphones, tablets, and laptops,
can be connected to high-speed
Internet through the vehicle’s built-in
Wi-Fi hotspot.

Call 1-888-4-ONSTAR
(1-888-466-7827) to connect to an
OnStar Advisor for assistance. See
www.onstar.com for a detailed
instruction guide, vehicle availability,
details, and system limitations.
Services and apps vary by make,
model, year, carrier, availability, and
conditions. 4G LTE service is
available in select markets. 4G LTE
performance is based on industry
averages and vehicle systems
design. Some services require a
data plan.

193

Rear Seat
Infotainment
Rear Seat Audio (RSA)
System
If equipped with RSA, rear seat
passengers can listen to and control
any of the music sources: radio,
CDs, DVDs, or other auxiliary
sources. The rear seat passengers
can only control the music sources
the front seat passengers are not
listening to (except on some radios
where dual control is allowed). For
example, rear seat passengers can
control a CD and listen to it through
the headphones, while the driver
listens to the radio through the front
speakers. The rear seat passengers
have control of the volume for each
set of headphones.
To turn the RSA off from the front,
press and hold the radio power
button for more than two seconds.
Press the power button on the RSA
to turn it back on.

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

194

Infotainment System
Press and hold © or ¨ until the
display flashes to tune to an
individual station. The display stops
flashing after the buttons have not
been pressed for more than
two seconds. This function is
inactive, with some radios, if the
front seat passengers are listening
to the radio.

The RSA functions operate even
when the main radio is off. The front
audio system displays X when the
RSA is on, and disappears from the
display when it is off.
Audio can be heard through wired
headphones (not included) plugged
into the jacks on the RSA. If the
vehicle has this feature, audio can
also be heard on Channel 2 of the
wireless headphones.
The audio system mutes the rear
speakers when the RSA audio is
active through the headphones.
To listen to an iPod or portable
audio device through the RSA,
attach the iPod or portable audio
device to the front auxiliary input (if
available), located on the front audio
system. Turn the iPod on, then
choose the front auxiliary input with
the RSA SRCE button.

P (Power) : Press to turn the RSA
on or off.
Volume : Turn to increase or to
decrease the volume of the wired
headphones. The left knob controls
the left headphones and the right
knob controls the right headphones.
SRCE (Source) : Press to select
between the radio, CD, and if the
vehicle has these features, DVD,
front auxiliary, and rear auxiliary.

© or ¨ (Seek) : Press to go to the
previous or to the next station and
stay there. This function is inactive,
with some radios, if the front seat
passengers are listening to the
radio.

While listening to a disc, press ¨ to
go to the next track or chapter on
the disc. Press © to go back to the
start of the current track or chapter
(if more than 10 seconds have
played). This function is inactive,
with some radios, if the front seat
passengers are listening to the disc.
When a DVD video menu is being
displayed, press © or ¨ to perform a
cursor up or down on the menu.
Hold © or ¨ to perform a cursor left
or right on the menu.
PROG (Program) : Press to go to
the next preset radio station or
channel set on the main radio. This
function is inactive, with some
radios, if the front seat passengers
are listening to the radio.

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

Infotainment System
When a CD or DVD audio disc is
playing, press PROG to go to the
beginning of the CD or DVD audio.
This function is inactive, with some
radios, if the front seat passengers
are listening to the disc.
When a disc is playing in the CD or
DVD changer, press PROG to
select the next disc if multiple discs
are loaded. This function is inactive,
with some radios, if the front seat
passengers are listening to the disc.
When a DVD video menu is being
displayed, press PROG to perform
the ENTER menu function.

Phone

.

Pair cell phone(s) to the vehicle.
The system may not work with
all cell phones. See “Pairing” in
this section.

.

If the cell phone has voice
dialing capability, learn to use
that feature to access the
address book or contact list. See
“Voice Pass-Thru” in this
section.

.

See “Storing and Deleting Phone
Numbers” in this section.

Bluetooth
For vehicles equipped with
Bluetooth capability, the system can
interact with many cell phones,
allowing:
. Placement and receipt of calls in
a hands-free mode.
. Sharing of the cell phone’s
address book or contact list with
the vehicle.
To minimize driver distraction,
before driving, and with the vehicle
parked:
. Become familiar with the
features of the cell phone.
Organize the phone book and
contact lists clearly and delete
duplicate or rarely used entries.
If possible, program speed dial
or other shortcuts.
. Review the controls and
operation of the infotainment
system.

195

{ Warning
When using a cell phone, it can
be distracting to look too long or
too often at the screen of the
phone or the infotainment system.
Taking your eyes off the road too
long or too often could cause a
crash resulting in injury or death.
Focus your attention on driving.
A Bluetooth system can use a
Bluetooth-capable cell phone with a
Hands-Free Profile to make and
receive phone calls. The system
can be used while the key is in the

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

196

Infotainment System

ON/RUN or ACC/ACCESSORY
position. The range of the Bluetooth
system can be up to 9.1 m (30 ft).
Not all phones support all functions,
and not all phones work with the
in-vehicle Bluetooth system. See
www.gm.com/bluetooth for more
information on compatible phones.

Voice Recognition
The Bluetooth system uses voice
recognition to interpret voice
commands to dial phone numbers
and name tags.
For additional information, say
“Help” while you are in a voice
recognition menu.
Noise : Keep interior noise levels to
a minimum. The system may not
recognize voice commands if there
is too much background noise.

Audio System

Pairing

When using the in-vehicle Bluetooth
system, sound comes through the
vehicle's front audio system
speakers and overrides the audio
system. Use the audio system
volume knob, during a call, to
change the volume level. The
adjusted volume level remains in
memory for later calls. To prevent
missed calls, a minimum volume
level is used if the volume is turned
down too low.

A Bluetooth enabled cell phone
must be paired to the Bluetooth
system and then connected to the
vehicle before it can be used. See
the cell phone manufacturer's user
guide for Bluetooth functions before
pairing the cell phone. If a Bluetooth
phone is not connected, calls will be
made using OnStar Hands-Free
Calling, if equipped. See “OnStar” if
equipped.

Bluetooth Controls
Use the buttons located on the
steering wheel to operate the
in-vehicle Bluetooth system. See
Steering Wheel Controls (Radio with
Touchscreen) 0 109 or Steering
Wheel Controls (Radio without
Touchscreen) 0 108 .
ii

ii

When to Speak : A short tone
sounds after the system responds
indicating when it is waiting for a
voice command. Wait until the tone
and then speak.

answer incoming calls, confirm
system information, and start
speech recognition.

How to Speak : Speak clearly in a
calm and natural voice.

reject a call, or cancel an operation.

b / g (Press To Talk) : Press to

c / x (End) : Press to end a call,

Pairing Information
. A Bluetooth phone with MP3
capability cannot be paired to
the vehicle as a phone and an
MP3 player at the same time.
. Up to five cell phones can be
paired to the Bluetooth system.
. The pairing process is disabled
when the vehicle is moving.
. Pairing only needs to be
completed once, unless the
pairing information on the cell
phone changes or the cell phone
is deleted from the system.

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

Infotainment System
.

.

Only one paired cell phone can
be connected to the Bluetooth
system at a time.
If multiple paired cell phones are
within range of the system, the
system connects to the first
available paired cell phone in the
order that they were first paired
to the system. To connect to a
different paired phone, see
“Connecting to a Different
Phone” later in this section.

Pairing a Phone
1. Press

b / g.

2. Say “Bluetooth.” This command
can be skipped.
3. Say “Pair.” The system
responds with instructions and
a four-digit Personal
Identification Number (PIN).
The PIN is used in Step 5.
4. Start the pairing process on the
cell phone that you want to
pair. For help with this process,
see the cell phone
manufacturer's user guide.

5. Locate the device named “Your
Vehicle” in the list on the cell
phone. Follow the instructions
on the cell phone to enter the
PIN provided in Step 3. After
the PIN is successfully entered,
the system prompts you to
provide a name for the paired
cell phone. This name will be
used to indicate which phones
are paired and connected to
the vehicle. The system
responds with “
has been successfully paired”
after the pairing process is
complete.
6. Repeat Steps 1–5 to pair
additional phones.
Listing All Paired and Connected
Phones
The system can list all cell phones
paired to it. If a paired cell phone is
also connected to the vehicle, the
system responds with “is connected”
after that phone name.
1. Press

b / g.

2. Say “Bluetooth.”
3. Say “List.”

197

Deleting a Paired Phone
If the phone name you want to
delete is unknown, see “Listing All
Paired and Connected Phones.”
1. Press

b / g.

2. Say “Bluetooth.”
3. Say “Delete.” The system asks
which phone to delete.
4. Say the name of the phone you
want to delete.
Connecting to a Different Phone
To connect to a different cell phone,
the Bluetooth system looks for the
next available cell phone in the
order in which all the available cell
phones were paired. Depending on
which cell phone you want to
connect to, you may have to use
this command several times.
1. Press

b / g.

2. Say “Bluetooth.”

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

198

Infotainment System

3. Say “Change phone.”
. If another cell phone is
found, the response will be
“ is now
connected.”
. If another cell phone is not
found, the original phone
remains connected.

Storing and Deleting Phone
Numbers
The system can store up to 30
phone numbers as name tags in the
Hands-Free Directory that is shared
between the Bluetooth and OnStar
systems, if equipped.
The following commands are used
to delete and store phone numbers.
Store : This command will store a
phone number, or a group of
numbers as a name tag.
Digit Store : This command allows
a phone number to be stored as a
name tag by entering the digits one
at a time.
Delete : This command is used to
delete individual name tags.

Delete All Name Tags : This
command deletes all stored name
tags in the Hands-Free Calling
Directory and the OnStar
Turn-by-Turn Destinations Directory,
if equipped.
Using the “Store” Command
1. Press

b / g.

2. Say “Store.”
3. Say the phone number or
group of numbers you want to
store all at once with no
pauses, then follow the
directions given by the system
to save a name tag for this
number.
Using the “Digit Store” Command
If an unwanted number is
recognized by the system, say
“Clear” at any time to clear the last
number.
To hear all of the numbers
recognized by the system, say
“Verify” at any time.
1. Press

b / g.

2. Say “Digit Store.”

3. Say each digit, one at a time,
that you want to store. After
each digit is entered, the
system repeats back the digit it
heard followed by a tone. After
the last digit has been entered,
say “Store,” and then follow the
directions given by the system
to save a name tag for this
number.
Using the “Delete” Command
1. Press

b / g.

2. Say “Delete.”
3. Say the name tag you want to
delete.
Using the “Delete All Name Tags”
Command
This command deletes all stored
name tags in the Hands-Free
Calling Directory and the OnStar
Turn-by-Turn Destinations Directory,
if equipped.
To delete all name tags:
1. Press

b / g.

2. Say “Delete all name tags.”

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

Infotainment System
Listing Stored Numbers

2. Say “Dial” or “Call.”

The list command will list all stored
numbers and name tags.

3. Say the entire number without
pausing, or say the name tag.

Using the “List” Command
1. Press

b / g.

2. Say “Directory.”
3. Say “Hands-Free Calling.”
4. Say “List.”

Once connected, the person called
will be heard through the audio
speakers.
Calling 911 Emergency (U.S. and
Canada)
1. Press

b / g.

Making a Call

2. Say “Dial” or “Call.”

Calls can be made using the
following commands.

3. Say “911.”

Dial or Call : The dial or call
command can be used
interchangeably to dial a phone
number or a stored name tag.
Digit Dial : This command allows a
phone number to be dialed by
entering the digits one at a time.
Re-dial : This command is used to
dial the last number used on the cell
phone.
Using the “Dial” or “Call”
Command
1. Press

b / g.

4. Say "Dial" or "Call.”
Using the “Digit Dial” Command
The digit dial command allows a
phone number to be dialed by
entering the digits one at a time.
After each digit is entered, the
system repeats back the digit it
heard followed by a tone.
If an unwanted number is
recognized by the system, say
“Clear” at any time to clear the last
number.

199

To hear all of the numbers
recognized by the system, say
“Verify” at any time.
1. Press

b / g.

2. Say “Digit Dial.”
3. Say each digit, one at a time,
that you want to dial. After
each digit is entered, the
system repeats back the digit it
heard followed by a tone. After
the last digit has been entered,
say “Dial.”
Once connected, the person called
will be heard through the audio
speakers.
Using the “Re-dial” Command
1. Press

b / g.

2. After the tone, say “Re-dial.”
Once connected, the person called
will be heard through the audio
speakers.

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

200

Infotainment System

Receiving a Call

Three-Way Calling

Transferring a Call

When an incoming call is received,
the audio system mutes and a ring
tone is heard in the vehicle.

Three-way calling must be
supported on the cell phone and
enabled by the wireless service
carrier.

Audio can be transferred between
the Bluetooth system and the cell
phone.

.
.

b / g to answer the call.
Press c / x to ignore a call.
Press

1. While on a call, press
2. Say “Three-way call.”

Call Waiting

3. Use the dial or call command
to dial the number of the third
party to be called.

Call waiting must be supported on
the cell phone and enabled by the
wireless service carrier.
.

Press b / g to answer an
incoming call when another call
is active. The original call is
placed on hold.

b / g.

4. Once the call is connected,
press b / g to link all callers
together.

Ending a Call

The cell phone must be paired and
connected with the Bluetooth
system before a call can be
transferred. The connection process
can take up to two minutes after the
ignition is turned to ON/RUN.
Transferring Audio from the
Bluetooth System to a Cell Phone
During a call with the audio in the
vehicle:
1. Press

c / x to end a call.

.

Press b / g again to return to
the original call.

Press

.

To ignore the incoming call, no
action is required.

.

Press c / x to disconnect the
current call and switch to the call
on hold.

During a call, all sounds from inside
the vehicle can be muted so that the
person on the other end of the call
cannot hear them.

Muting a Call

b / g , and

.

To mute a call, press
then say “Mute call.”

.

To cancel mute, press b / g ,
and then say “Un-mute call.”

b / g.

2. Say “Transfer Call.”
Transferring Audio to the
Bluetooth System from a Cell
Phone
During a call with the audio on the
cell phone, press b / g. The audio
transfers to the vehicle. If the audio
does not transfer to the vehicle, use
the audio transfer feature on the cell

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

Infotainment System
phone. See your cell phone
manufacturer's user guide for more
information.

Voice Pass-Thru
Voice pass-thru allows access to the
voice recognition commands on the
cell phone. See your cell phone
manufacturer's user guide to see if
the cell phone supports this feature.
To access contacts stored in the cell
phone:
1. Press

b / g.

2. Say “Bluetooth.” This command
can be skipped.
3. Say “Voice.” The system
responds “OK, accessing
.”
The cell phone's normal prompt
messages will go through their cycle
according to the phone's operating
instructions.

Dual Tone Multi-Frequency
(DTMF) Tones
The Bluetooth system can send
numbers and the numbers stored as
name tags during a call. You can

use this feature when calling a
menu-driven phone system.
Account numbers can also be
stored for use.
Sending a Number or Name Tag
During a Call
1. Press b / g. The system
responds “Ready,” followed by
a tone.
2. Say “Dial.”
3. Say the number or name tag
to send.

Clearing the System
Unless information is deleted out of
the in-vehicle Bluetooth system, it
will be retained indefinitely. This
includes all saved name tags in the
phone book and phone pairing
information. For information on how
to delete this information, see the
previous section “Deleting a Paired
Phone” and the previous sections
on deleting name tags.

201

Other Information
The Bluetooth® word mark and
logos are owned by the Bluetooth®
SIG, Inc. and any use of such marks
by General Motors is under license.
Other trademarks and trade names
are those of their respective owners.
See Radio Frequency Statement
0 367 .
ii

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

202

Infotainment System

Settings
Press Settings on the Home Page
to adjust features and preferences,
such as Favorite Pages, Display,
Time, and Date, etc.
1. Press the Settings screen
button on the Home Page.
2. Touch-tap the scroll bar until
the desired option displays.
Select the desired settings to
change.
A few of the setting options change
the way the navigation system
displays or reacts while in use.
Favorite Pages : Press to select
the number of favorite pages
displayed on the screen. The choice
is 1–6 pages.
Display : Press to adjust the screen
settings.
. Display Off: Select to turn the
screen off. Touch the screen to
turn the screen back on.
. Rear Camera: Select Symbols
and/or Guidelines to have them
display on the rear camera
screen.

.

Brightness: Select to adjust the
screen brightness.

Speed Compensated Volume :
Select OFF, Low, Medium, or High
sensitivity to automatically adjust
the volume to minimize the effects
of unwanted background noise that
can result from changing road
surfaces, driving speeds, or open
windows. This feature works best at
lower volume settings where
background noise is typically louder
than the sound system volume.
Audible Touch Feedback : Select
to adjust the volume of the beep
that is played after touching a
screen button.
Notification Prompt Volume :
Select to adjust the volume of the
notification prompts.
Set Time:
. Press the up or down arrows to
change the Hours, Minutes, AM,
PM, or 24 hour setting on the
clock.
. Press and hold to quickly
increase or decrease the time
settings.

.

Press OK to save the
adjustments.

.

Press the Back or Cancel screen
button to cancel the
adjustments.

Set Date:
. Press the up or down arrows to
increase or decrease the Month,
Day, and Year settings.
. Press and hold to quickly
increase or decrease the date
settings.
. Press OK to save the
adjustments.
. Press the Back or Cancel screen
button to cancel the
adjustments.
XM Categories : If equipped, press
to customize which available XM
Categories are displayed and used
in the system.
Create “AS IS” Infotainment
File : This is used for dealer
troubleshooting.
Open Source Software : Select to
view software website information.

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

Infotainment System
Rear Vision Camera (If
Equipped)
The rear vision camera can assist
the driver when backing up by
displaying a view of the area behind
the vehicle.
To access the rear camera display
settings, press Display from the
Home screen, then press the Rear
Camera screen button. The
following options are available:
Symbols : Press to enable or
disable the Rear Park Assist (RPA)
symbols presented over the rear
camera video.
Guidelines : Press to enable or
disable the RPA dynamic guidelines
presented over the rear camera
video.
See Rear Vision Camera (RVC)
0 243 .
ii

Screen Brightness
To adjust the screen brightness,
touch the screen, then press + or −
on the brightness control.

Trademarks and
License Agreements

Manufactured under license under
U.S. Patent #'s: 5,451,942;
5,956,674; 5,974,380; 5,978,762;
6,487,535 & other U.S. and
worldwide patents issued &
pending. DTS and DTS Digital
Surround are registered trademarks
and the DTS logos and Symbol are
trademarks of DTS, Inc.©
1996-2010 DTS, Inc. All Rights
Reserved.

203

Manufactured under license from
Dolby Laboratories. Dolby and the
double-D symbol are trademarks of
Dolby Laboratories. Copyright
1992-2010 Dolby Laboratories. All
rights reserved.

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

204

Climate Controls

Climate Controls

Climate Control Systems

Climate Control Systems

The heating, cooling, and ventilation in the vehicle can be controlled with this
system.

Climate Control Systems . . . . . 204
Dual Automatic Climate
Control System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
Rear Climate Control
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
Rear Climate Control System
(with Rear Seat Audio) . . . . . . 212

Air Vents
Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213

Maintenance
Passenger Compartment Air
Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
1. Fan Control
2. REAR (Rear Climate Control)
3. Temperature Control
4. Recirculation
5. Air Delivery Mode Control
6. Rear Window Defogger
7. Air Conditioning

9 (Off) : Turn the fan control all the
way counterclockwise to turn the
front climate control system off.
9 (Fan Control) : Turn clockwise
or counterclockwise to increase or
decrease the fan speed.
Temperature Control : Turn
clockwise or counterclockwise to
increase or decrease the
temperature of the air flowing from
the system.

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

Climate Controls
Air Delivery Mode Control : Turn
clockwise or counterclockwise to
change the current airflow mode.
By positioning the right knob
between two modes, a combination
of those two modes is selected.

H (Vent) : Air is directed to the
instrument panel outlets.
) (Bi-Level) : Air is divided
between the instrument panel and
floor outlets. Some air is directed
toward the windshield and side
window outlets. Cooler air is
directed to the upper outlets and
warmer air to the floor outlets.

6 (Floor) : Air is directed to the
floor outlets, with some of the air
directed to the windshield, side
window, and second row floor
outlets. In this mode, the system
automatically selects outside air.
Recirculation cannot be selected
while in floor mode.

- (Defog) : This clears the
windows of fog or moisture. Air is
directed to the windshield, floor
outlets, and side window vents.
When this mode is selected, the

system turns off recirculation and
runs the air conditioning unless the
outside temperature is less than 4 °
C (40 °F). Recirculation cannot be
selected while in the defog mode.
Do not drive the vehicle until all the
windows are clear.

0 (Defrost) : This clears the
windshield of fog or frost more
quickly. Air is directed to the
windshield and side window vents,
with some to the floor vents. In this
mode, outside air is pulled inside
the vehicle. Recirculation cannot be
selected while in the defrost mode.
The air conditioning system runs
automatically in this setting, unless
the outside temperature is less than
4 °C (40 °F). Do not drive the
vehicle until all windows are clear.
# (Air Conditioning) : Press to
turn the air conditioning system on
or off. An indicator light comes on
when A/C is on. The air conditioning
system does not operate when the
outside temperature is below 4 °C
(40 °F). The indicator light flashes
three times and turns off when

205

outside conditions affect air
conditioning operation. This is
normal.
For quicker cool down on hot days:
1. Open the windows to let hot air
escape.

H mode.
Select #.

2. Select
3.

4. Select the coolest temperature.
5. Select the highest fan speed.
6. Close the windows after the hot
air has escaped.
7. Once the vehicle's interior
temperature is below the
outside temperature, select
@ mode for faster cooling.
Using recirculation for long periods
of time could cause the air inside
the vehicle to become too dry. To
prevent this from happening, after
the inside of the vehicle has cooled,
turn the recirculation mode off.

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

206

Climate Controls

The air conditioning system
removes moisture from the air, so
water might drip under the vehicle
while idling or after turning off the
engine. This is normal.

@ (Recirculation) : Press to turn
the recirculation mode on or off. An
indicator light comes on when
recirculation is on. When the engine
is turned off, the recirculation mode
automatically turns off and must be
re-selected when the engine is
turned on again.
This mode recirculates and helps to
quickly cool the air inside the
vehicle. It can be used to reduce the
outside air and odors that may enter
the vehicle.
The recirculation mode cannot be
used with floor, defrost, or defogging
modes. If recirculation is selected in
these modes, the indicator flashes
three times and turns off. The air
conditioning also comes on when
this mode is activated unless the
outside air temperature is less than
4 °C (40 °F). While in recirculation
mode the windows can fog when
the weather is cold and damp. To

clear the fog, select either the defog
or defrost mode and increase the
fan speed.
REAR (Rear Climate Control) :
Press to turn the rear heating and
air conditioning on or off. See Rear
Climate Control System 0 211 or
Rear Climate Control System (with
Rear Seat Audio) 0 212 .
ii

ii

Rear Window Defogger
The rear window defogger uses a
warming grid to remove fog from the
rear window.

1 (Rear Window Defogger) :
Press to turn the rear window
defogger on or off. An indicator light
on the button comes on to show that
the rear window defogger is on. Do
not drive the vehicle until all the
windows are clear.
The defogger only works when the
vehicle is in ON/RUN. The defogger
will turn off if the vehicle is
turned off.
If equipped with heated outside
rearview mirrors, fog or frost is
cleared from the surface of the
mirror when 1 is pressed.

Caution
Using a razor blade or sharp
object to clear the inside rear
window can damage the rear
window defogger. Repairs would
not be covered by the vehicle
warranty. Do not clear the inside
rear window with sharp objects.

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

Climate Controls

Dual Automatic Climate Control System
The heating, cooling, and ventilation in the vehicle can be controlled with this
system.

207

( (On/Off) : Turn clockwise or
counterclockwise to turn the climate
control system on or off.
The climate control system will also
turn on if the defrost, AUTO, or air
conditioning buttons are pressed.

Automatic Operation
AUTO (Automatic) : The system
automatically controls the inside
temperature, the air delivery, and
the fan speed.
To use automatic mode:
1. Press the AUTO button.

1. Driver and Passenger Side
Temperature Controls
2. Air Delivery Mode Controls
3. SYNC (Synchronized
Temperature)
4. AUTO (Automatic Operation)
5. REAR (Rear Climate Control)
6. A/C (Air Conditioning)
7. Recirculation
8. Fan Control

9. Rear Window Defogger
10. Defrost
Display Function
Each time the temperature, mode,
or fan controls are adjusted, the
climate control display shows that
function along with the inside
temperature setting. The outside
temperature is displayed on the
instrument cluster.

When AUTO is selected, the
current temperature(s) is
displayed and the AUTO
indicator light is on.
When AUTO is selected, the
air conditioning and air inlet are
automatically controlled. The
air conditioning runs when the
outside temperature is over 4 °
C (40 °F). The system is
automatically set to outside air,
unless it is hot outside and
then the air inlet changes to
recirculation mode to help

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

208

Climate Controls
quickly cool the vehicle. The
recirculation indicator light will
come on.

2. Set the temperature for the
driver and passenger.
To find a comfortable setting,
start with a 22 °C (73 °F)
temperature setting and allow
about 20 minutes for the
system to regulate. Use the
driver side or passenger side
temperature control to adjust
the temperature setting as
necessary. The system will
remain at the selected setting.
Choosing the warmest or
coolest temperatures does not
cause the vehicle to heat or
cool more quickly.
To avoid blowing cold air in
cold weather, the system
delays turning on the fan until
warm air is available. Turn the
fan knob to override this delay
and select the fan speed.

Temperature Control

Manual Operation

The driver and passenger side
temperature controls are used to
adjust the temperature of the air
coming through the system. The
temperature can be adjusted even if
the system is turned off since
outside air still enters the vehicle,
unless the recirculation mode is
selected. See “Recirculation” later in
this section.

The air delivery mode or fan speed
can be manually adjusted.

Driver Side Temperature
Control : Turn clockwise or
counterclockwise to increase or
decrease the driver side
temperature. The driver side
temperature display will show the
temperature setting.
Passenger Side Temperature
Control : Turn clockwise or
counterclockwise to increase or
decrease the passenger side
temperature. The passenger side
display will show the temperature
setting.
SYNC (Synchronized
Temperature) : Press to set the
passenger temperature to match the
driver temperature setting.

9 (Fan Control) : Turn the knob
clockwise or counterclockwise to
increase or decrease the fan speed.
Turning the fan control knob while in
automatic control places the fan
speed under manual control.
The air delivery mode remains in
automatic control. The fan setting
displays momentarily and then no
longer displays.
Air Delivery Modes : Press H, ),
6, or- to change the direction of
the airflow in the vehicle. An
indicator light comes on in the
selected mode button. Pressing a
mode button while the system is off
changes the air delivery mode
without turning the system on.
Changing the air delivery mode
while in automatic control places the
system into manual control. The air
delivery mode button indicator
displays, and the AUTO button
indicator light turns off.

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

Climate Controls

H (Vent) : Air is directed to the
instrument panel outlets.
) (Bi-Level) : Air is divided
between the instrument panel and
floor outlets. Some air is directed
towards the windshield and side
window outlets. Cooler air is
directed to the upper outlets and
warmer air to the floor outlets.

6 (Floor) : Air is directed to the
floor outlets, with some of the air
directed to the windshield, side
window, and second row floor
outlets. In this mode, the system
uses outside air.

- (Defog) : This mode clears the
windows of fog or moisture. Air is
directed to the windshield, floor
outlets, and side window vents.
When this mode is selected, the
system turns off recirculation and
runs the air conditioning compressor
unless the outside temperature is
less than 4 °C (40 °F). Do not drive
the vehicle until all the windows are
clear.
0 (Defrost) : Press to turn the
defrost on or off. This mode quickly
clears the windshield of fog or frost.

Air is directed to the windshield,
side window, and floor vents. In this
mode, outside air is pulled inside
the vehicle. The air conditioning
system runs automatically in this
setting, unless the outside
temperature is less than 4 °C (40
°F).
Do not drive the vehicle until all the
windows are clear.

Air Conditioning
A/C (Air Conditioning) : Press to
turn the air conditioning on and off.
An indicator light comes on when
A/C is on.
The A/C does not work when the
outside temperature is below 4 °C
(40 °F). If A/C is pressed the
indicator flashes three times and
turns off to show that the A/C mode
is not available. If the A/C is on and
the outside temperature drops
below a temperature which is too
cool for air conditioning to be
effective, the A/C indicator turns off
to show that the A/C mode has
been canceled.

209

On hot days, open the windows
briefly to let hot inside air escape.
This helps reduce the time it takes
for the interior of the vehicle to
cool down.
The air conditioning system
removes moisture from the air, so
water might drip under the vehicle
while idling or after turning off the
engine. This is normal.

@ (Recirculation) : Press to
alternate between recirculating air
inside the vehicle or pulling in
outside air. An indicator light comes
on when recirculation mode is
active. With each ignition cycle, the
recirculation mode is reset to
automatic. When the engine is
turned on, outside air or
recirculation is automatically
selected for better performance.
When recirculation is activated, the
air conditioning compressor comes
on and helps to quickly cool the air
inside the vehicle. This mode also
helps to reduce the outside air and
odors that may enter the vehicle.

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

210

Climate Controls

The recirculation mode cannot be
used with floor, defog, or defrosting
modes. If recirculation is selected in
these modes, the indicator flashes
three times and turns off. While in
recirculation mode the windows can
fog when the weather is cold and
damp. To clear the fog, select either
the defog or defrost mode and
increase the fan speed.
REAR : Press to turn the rear
heating and air conditioning on or
off. See Rear Climate Control
System 0 211 or Rear Climate
Control System (with Rear Seat
Audio) 0 212 .
ii

ii

Rear Window Defogger
The rear window defogger uses a
warming grid to remove fog from the
rear window.
R1 (Rear Window Defogger) :
Press to turn the rear window
defogger on or off. An indicator light
on the button comes on to show that
the rear window defogger is on. Do
not drive the vehicle until all the
windows are clear.

The defogger only works when the
vehicle is in ON/RUN. The defogger
will turn off if the vehicle is
turned off.
If equipped with heated outside
rearview mirrors, fog or frost is
cleared from the surface of the
mirror when the rear window defog
button is pressed.

Caution
Using a razor blade or sharp
object to clear the inside rear
window can damage the rear
window defogger. Repairs would
not be covered by the vehicle
warranty. Do not clear the inside
rear window with sharp objects.

Sensors
The solar sensor in the defrost grille
in the middle of the instrument
panel, monitors the solar heat. Do
not cover the solar sensor or the
system will not work properly.

The interior temperature sensor, on
the instrument panel to the right of
the steering column, measures the
temperature of the air inside the
vehicle.
There is also an exterior
temperature sensor behind the front
grille. This sensor reads the outside
air temperature and helps maintain
the temperature inside the vehicle.
Any cover on the front of the vehicle
could cause a false reading in the
displayed temperature.
The climate control system uses the
information from these sensors to
maintain comfort settings by
adjusting the temperature, fan

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

Climate Controls
speed, and air delivery mode. The
system may also supply cooler air to
the side of the vehicle facing the
sun. The recirculation mode will also
be used as needed to maintain cool
outlet temperatures.

211

Rear Climate Control System

3. Air Delivery Mode Control

Sync Mode : This mode matches
the rear climate control to the front
climate control settings. It comes on
when REAR is pressed.

For vehicles with the rear climate
control system, the controls are
located on the rear of the center
console. The system can also be
controlled with the front controls.

Independent Mode : This mode
directs rear seating airflow
according to the settings of the rear
controls. It comes on when any rear
control is adjusted.

Press the REAR button on the front
climate control system to control the
rear climate control system. The
REAR text displays when the rear
system is on.

Fan Control : Turn clockwise or
counterclockwise to increase or
decrease the fan speed. Turn the
knob to ( to turn the fan off.

1. Fan Control
2. Temperature Control

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

212

Climate Controls

Temperature Control : Turn
clockwise or counterclockwise to
increase or decrease the airflow
temperature.

Rear Climate Control System (with Rear Seat Audio)

Air Delivery Mode Control : Turn
to the desired mode to change the
airflow direction.
H (Vent) : Air is directed through
the overhead outlets.
) (Bi-Level) : Air is directed
through the rear floor outlets, as
well as the overhead outlets.
6 (Floor) : Air is directed through
the floor outlets. The rear system
floor outlets are located under the
third row seats.

1. Fan Control
2. Air Delivery Mode Control
3. Temperature Control
If equipped with the rear climate
control system, the controls are on
the rear of the center console.
Press the REAR button on the front
climate control system to control the
rear climate control system. The
system also turns on if any of the
rear controls, except C , are
pressed. The display is activated
when the rear system is on.

The system can also be turned off
by pressing C until the fan goes off.
Sync Mode : This mode matches
the rear climate control to the front
climate control settings. It comes on
when REAR is pressed.
Independent Mode : This mode
directs rear seating airflow
according to the settings of the rear
controls. It comes on when any rear
control is adjusted.

D and C (Fan Control) : Press the
fan up or down buttons to increase
or decrease the fan speed.

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

Climate Controls
Temperature Control : Press + or
− to increase or decrease the air
temperature. The temperature
settings will display in
0-12 increments, going from the
coolest (0) to the warmest (12)
setting.

N (Air Delivery Mode Control) :
Press to manually change the
direction of the airflow. Repeatedly
press the button until the desired
mode appears on the display.

H (Vent) : Air is directed through
the overhead outlets.
) (Bi-Level) : Air is directed
through the rear floor outlets, as
well as the overhead outlets.

6 (Floor) : Air is directed through
the floor outlets. The rear system
floor outlets are under the third row
seats.

Air Vents
To adjust the center and side air
outlets on the instrument panel:
. Use the slider switch in the
center of the outlet, to change
the direction of the airflow.
. Use the thumbwheel near the
outlet to control the amount of
airflow or to shut off the airflow.
There are also outlets overhead in
the rear passenger area: adjust as
needed.
Keep all outlets open whenever
possible for best system
performance.

Operation Tips
.

Clear away any ice, snow,
or leaves from the air inlets at
the base of the windshield that
can block the flow of air into the
vehicle.

.

Use of non-GM approved hood
deflectors can adversely affect
the performance of the system.

213

.

Keep the path under all seats
clear of objects to help circulate
the air inside the vehicle more
effectively.

.

If fogging reoccurs while in vent
or bi-level modes with mild
temperature throughout the
vehicle, turn on the air
conditioner to reduce windshield
fogging.

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

214

Climate Controls

Maintenance
Passenger Compartment
Air Filter
The filter reduces the dust, pollen,
and other airborne irritants from
outside air and inside air when in
recirculation mode.
The filter should be replaced as part
of routine scheduled maintenance.
See Maintenance Schedule 0 342 .
To find out what type of replacement
filter to use, see Maintenance
Replacement Parts 0 352 .
ii

ii

1. Open the glove box.

2. Twist the compartment
retainers (1) and pull outward
to remove.
3. Lower the instrument panel
compartment assembly (2)
beyond the stops.
4. If needed, unsnap the
instrument panel compartment
assembly (2) from the
instrument panel. When
reinstalling, be sure the
instrument panel compartment
dampener arm is aligned
properly to the dampener gear
assembly.

5. Squeeze the housing cover (1)
tabs to remove.
6. Remove the old air filter from
the passenger compartment air
filter housing (2).
7. Install the new air filter.
8. Replace the housing cover.
9. If removed, reinstall the
instrument panel compartment
assembly.
10. Reinstall the compartment
retainers.
See your dealer if additional
assistance is needed.

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

Driving and Operating

Driving and
Operating

Engine Exhaust
Engine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
Running the Vehicle While
Parked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233

Distracted Driving . . . . . . . . . . . .
Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Drunk Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . .
Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . .
Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Driving on Wet Roads . . . . . . . .
Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . .
Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
If the Vehicle Is Stuck . . . . . . . .
Vehicle Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . .

216
216
216
217
217
217
218
218
219
220
220
222
222

Starting and Operating
New Vehicle Break-In . . . . . . . . .
Ignition Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Starting the Engine . . . . . . . . . . .
Engine Heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Retained Accessory
Power (RAP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Shifting Into Park . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Shifting out of Park . . . . . . . . . . .
Parking over Things
That Burn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

226
226
228
229
230
230
231
232

Automatic Transmission . . . . . . 233
Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
Tow/Haul Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236

Drive Systems
All-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237

Brakes
Antilock Brake
System (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Parking Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Brake Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Hill Start Assist (HSA) . . . . . . . .

Side Blind Zone
Alert (SBZA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
Lane Departure
Warning (LDW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250

Fuel

Automatic Transmission

Driving Information

215

237
238
238
239

Ride Control Systems
Traction Control/Electronic
Stability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239

Cruise Control
Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241

Driver Assistance Systems
Rear Vision Camera (RVC) . . . 243
Parking Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
Forward Collision Alert (FCA)
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247

Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
California Fuel
Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fuels in Foreign Countries . . .
Fuel Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Filling the Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Filling a Portable Fuel
Container . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

252
253
253
253
254
255

Trailer Towing
General Towing
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Driving Characteristics and
Towing Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Trailer Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Towing Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . .

256
256
259
261

Conversions and Add-Ons
Add-On Electrical
Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

216

Driving and Operating

Driving Information

.

Distracted Driving
Distraction comes in many forms
and can take your focus from the
task of driving. Exercise good
judgment and do not let other
activities divert your attention away
from the road. Many local
governments have enacted laws
regarding driver distraction. Become
familiar with the local laws in
your area.
To avoid distracted driving, always
keep your eyes on the road, hands
on the wheel, and mind on the drive.
. Do not use a phone in
demanding driving situations.
Use a hands-free method to
place or receive necessary
phone calls.
. Watch the road. Do not read,
take notes, or look up
information on phones or other
electronic devices.
. Designate a front seat
passenger to handle potential
distractions.

Become familiar with vehicle
features before driving, such as
programming favorite radio
stations and adjusting climate
control and seat settings.
Program all trip information into
any navigation device prior to
driving.

.

Wait until the vehicle is parked
to retrieve items that have fallen
to the floor.

.

Stop or park the vehicle to tend
to children.

.

Keep pets in an appropriate
carrier or restraint.

.

Avoid stressful conversations
while driving, whether with a
passenger or on a cell phone.

{ Warning
Taking your eyes off the road too
long or too often could cause a
crash resulting in injury or death.
Focus your attention on driving.

Refer to the Infotainment section
and the infotainment manual for
more information on using that
system, including pairing and using
a cell phone.

Defensive Driving
Defensive driving means “always
expect the unexpected.” The first
step in driving defensively is to wear
the safety belt. See Safety Belts
0 63 .
. Assume that other road users
(pedestrians, bicyclists, and
other drivers) are going to be
careless and make mistakes.
Anticipate what they might do
and be ready.
. Allow enough following distance
between you and the driver in
front of you.
. Focus on the task of driving.
ii

Drunk Driving
Death and injury associated with
drinking and driving is a global
tragedy.

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

Driving and Operating

{ Warning
Drinking and then driving is very
dangerous. Your reflexes,
perceptions, attentiveness, and
judgment can be affected by even
a small amount of alcohol. You
can have a serious — or even
fatal — collision if you drive after
drinking.
Do not drink and drive or ride with
a driver who has been drinking.
Ride home in a cab; or if you are
with a group, designate a driver
who will not drink.

Control of a Vehicle
Braking, steering, and accelerating
are important factors in helping to
control a vehicle while driving.

Braking
Braking action involves perception
time and reaction time. Deciding to
push the brake pedal is perception
time. Actually doing it is
reaction time.

Average driver reaction time is
about three-quarters of a second. In
that time, a vehicle moving at
100 km/h (60 mph) travels 20 m
(66 ft), which could be a lot of
distance in an emergency.
Helpful braking tips to keep in mind
include:
. Keep enough distance between
you and the vehicle in front
of you.
. Avoid needless heavy braking.
.

Keep pace with traffic.

If the engine ever stops while the
vehicle is being driven, brake
normally but do not pump the
brakes. Doing so could make the
pedal harder to push down. If the
engine stops, there will be some
power brake assist but it will be
used when the brake is applied.
Once the power assist is used up, it
can take longer to stop and the
brake pedal will be harder to push.

217

Steering
Variable Effort Steering
Some vehicles have a steering
system that varies the amount of
effort required to steer the vehicle in
relation to the speed of the vehicle.
The amount of steering effort
required is less at slower speeds to
make the vehicle more
maneuverable and easier to park. At
faster speeds, the steering effort
increases to provide a sport-like feel
to the steering. This provides
maximum control and stability.

Hydraulic Power Steering
This vehicle has hydraulic power
steering. It may require
maintenance. See Power Steering
Fluid 0 280 .
ii

If power steering assist is lost
because the engine stops, or there
is a system malfunction, the vehicle
can be steered but may require
increased effort. See your dealer if
there is a problem.

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

218

Driving and Operating
Caution

If the steering wheel is turned
until it reaches the end of its
travel, and is held in that position
for more than 15 seconds,
damage may occur to the power
steering system and there may be
loss of power steering assist.

.

Holding both sides of the
steering wheel allows you to turn
180 degrees without removing
a hand.

.

Antilock Brake System (ABS)
allows steering while braking.

Off-Road Recovery

Take curves at a reasonable
speed.

.

Reduce speed before entering a
curve.

.

Maintain a reasonable, steady
speed through the curve.

.

Wait until the vehicle is out of
the curve before accelerating
gently into the straightaway.

Steering in Emergencies
.

There are some situations when
steering around a problem may
be more effective than braking.

2. Turn the steering wheel about
one-eighth of a turn, until the
right front tire contacts the
pavement edge.
3. Turn the steering wheel to go
straight down the roadway.

Curve Tips
.

1. Ease off the accelerator and
then, if there is nothing in the
way, steer the vehicle so that it
straddles the edge of the
pavement.

Loss of Control
Skidding

The vehicle's right wheels can drop
off the edge of a road onto the
shoulder while driving. Follow
these tips:

There are three types of skids that
correspond to the vehicle's three
control systems:
. Braking Skid — wheels are not
rolling.
. Steering or Cornering Skid —
too much speed or steering in a
curve causes tires to slip and
lose cornering force.
. Acceleration Skid — too much
throttle causes the driving
wheels to spin.

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

Driving and Operating
Defensive drivers avoid most skids
by taking reasonable care suited to
existing conditions, and by not
overdriving those conditions. But
skids are always possible.
If the vehicle starts to slide, follow
these suggestions:
. Ease your foot off the
accelerator pedal and steer the
way you want the vehicle to go.
The vehicle may straighten out.
Be ready for a second skid if it
occurs.
. Slow down and adjust your
driving according to weather
conditions. Stopping distance
can be longer and vehicle
control can be affected when
traction is reduced by water,
snow, ice, gravel, or other
material on the road. Learn to
recognize warning clues — such
as enough water, ice, or packed
snow on the road to make a
mirrored surface — and slow
down when you have any doubt.
. Try to avoid sudden steering,
acceleration, or braking,
including reducing vehicle speed

by shifting to a lower gear. Any
sudden changes could cause
the tires to slide.
Remember: Antilock brakes help
avoid only the braking skid.

Driving on Wet Roads
Rain and wet roads can reduce
vehicle traction and affect your
ability to stop and accelerate.
Always drive slower in these types
of driving conditions and avoid
driving through large puddles and
deep-standing or flowing water.

{ Warning
Wet brakes can cause crashes.
They might not work as well in a
quick stop and could cause
pulling to one side. You could
lose control of the vehicle.
After driving through a large
puddle of water or a car/vehicle
wash, lightly apply the brake
pedal until the brakes work
normally.
(Continued)

219

Warning (Continued)
Flowing or rushing water creates
strong forces. Driving through
flowing water could cause the
vehicle to be carried away. If this
happens, you and other vehicle
occupants could drown. Do not
ignore police warnings and be
very cautious about trying to drive
through flowing water.

Hydroplaning
Hydroplaning is dangerous. Water
can build up under the vehicle's
tires so they actually ride on the
water. This can happen if the road is
wet enough and you are going fast
enough. When the vehicle is
hydroplaning, it has little or no
contact with the road.
There is no hard and fast rule about
hydroplaning. The best advice is to
slow down when the road is wet.

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

220

Driving and Operating

Other Rainy Weather Tips

{ Warning

Besides slowing down, other wet
weather driving tips include:
. Allow extra following distance.
.

Pass with caution.

.

Keep windshield wiping
equipment in good shape.

.

Keep the windshield washer fluid
reservoir filled.

.

Have good tires with proper
tread depth. See Tires 0 296 .

.

Turn off cruise control.

Using the brakes to slow the
vehicle on a long downhill slope
can cause brake overheating, can
reduce brake performance, and
could result in a loss of braking.
Shift the transmission to a lower
gear to let the engine assist the
brakes on a steep downhill slope.

Be alert on top of hills;
something could be in your lane
(e.g., stalled car, accident).

.

Pay attention to special road
signs (e.g., falling rocks area,
winding roads, long grades,
passing or no-passing zones)
and take appropriate action.

Winter Driving
Driving on Snow or Ice

{ Warning

ii

Coasting downhill in N (Neutral)
or with the ignition off is
dangerous. This can cause
overheating of the brakes and
loss of steering. Always have the
engine running and the vehicle
in gear.

Hill and Mountain Roads
Driving on steep hills or through
mountains is different than driving
on flat or rolling terrain. Tips include:
. Keep the vehicle serviced and in
good shape.
. Check all fluid levels and brakes,
tires, cooling system, and
transmission.
. Shift to a lower gear when going
down steep or long hills.

.

.

Drive at speeds that keep the
vehicle in its own lane. Do not
swing wide or cross the
center line.

Snow or ice between the tires and
the road creates less traction or
grip, so drive carefully. Wet ice can
occur at about 0 °C (32 °F) when
freezing rain begins to fall. Avoid
driving on wet ice or in freezing rain
until roads can be treated.
For Slippery Road Driving:
. Accelerate gently. Accelerating
too quickly causes the wheels to
spin and makes the surface
under the tires slick.
. Turn on Traction Control. See
Traction Control/Electronic
Stability Control 0 239 .
ii

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

Driving and Operating
.

The Antilock Brake System
(ABS) improves vehicle stability
during hard stops, but the
brakes should be applied sooner
than when on dry pavement.
See Antilock Brake System
(ABS) 0 237 .
ii

.

.

Allow greater following distance
and watch for slippery spots. Icy
patches can occur on otherwise
clear roads in shaded areas.
The surface of a curve or an
overpass can remain icy when
the surrounding roads are clear.
Avoid sudden steering
maneuvers and braking while
on ice.
Turn off cruise control.

Blizzard Conditions
Stop the vehicle in a safe place and
signal for help. Stay with the vehicle
unless there is help nearby.
If possible, use Roadside
Assistance. See Roadside
Assistance Program 0 361 . To get
help and keep everyone in the
vehicle safe:
ii

.

Turn on the hazard warning
flashers.

.

Tie a red cloth to an outside
mirror.

{ Warning
Snow can trap engine exhaust
under the vehicle. This may
cause exhaust gases to get
inside. Engine exhaust contains
carbon monoxide (CO), which
cannot be seen or smelled. It can
cause unconsciousness and even
death.
If the vehicle is stuck in snow:
. Clear snow from the base of
the vehicle, especially any
blocking the exhaust pipe.
. Open a window about 5 cm
(2 in) on the vehicle side
that is away from the wind,
to bring in fresh air.
. Fully open the air outlets on
or under the instrument
panel.
(Continued)

221

Warning (Continued)
.

Adjust the climate control
system to circulate the air
inside the vehicle and set
the fan speed to the highest
setting. See “Climate
Control Systems.”

For more information about CO,
see Engine Exhaust 0 232 .
ii

To save fuel, run the engine for
short periods to warm the vehicle
and then shut the engine off and
partially close the window. Moving
about to keep warm also helps.
If it takes time for help to arrive,
when running the engine, push the
accelerator pedal slightly so the
engine runs faster than the idle
speed. This keeps the battery
charged to restart the vehicle and to
signal for help with the headlamps.
Do this as little as possible, to
save fuel.

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

222

Driving and Operating

If the Vehicle Is Stuck
Slowly and cautiously spin the
wheels to free the vehicle when
stuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow.
If stuck too severely for the traction
system to free the vehicle, turn the
traction system off and use the
rocking method. See Traction
Control/Electronic Stability Control
0 239 .
ii

{ Warning
If the vehicle's tires spin at high
speed, they can explode, and you
or others could be injured. The
vehicle can overheat, causing an
engine compartment fire or other
damage. Spin the wheels as little
as possible and avoid going
above 56 km/h (35 mph).

Rocking the Vehicle to Get
it Out
Turn the steering wheel left and
right to clear the area around the
front wheels. Turn off any traction
system. Shift back and forth

between R (Reverse) and a low
forward gear, spinning the wheels
as little as possible. To prevent
transmission wear, wait until the
wheels stop spinning before shifting
gears. Release the accelerator
pedal while shifting, and press
lightly on the accelerator pedal
when the transmission is in gear.
Slowly spinning the wheels in the
forward and reverse directions
causes a rocking motion that could
free the vehicle. If that does not get
the vehicle out after a few tries, it
might need to be towed out. If the
vehicle does need to be towed out,
see Towing the Vehicle 0 328 .
ii

Vehicle Load Limits
It is very important to know how
much weight the vehicle can
carry. This weight is called the
vehicle capacity weight and
includes the weight of all
occupants, cargo, and all
nonfactory-installed options.
Two labels on the vehicle may
show how much weight it may

properly carry, the Tire and
Loading Information label and
the Certification/Tire label.

{ Warning
Do not load the vehicle any
heavier than the Gross
Vehicle Weight Rating
(GVWR), or either the
maximum front or rear Gross
Axle Weight Rating (GAWR).
This can cause systems to
break and change the way the
vehicle handles. This could
cause loss of control and a
crash. Overloading can also
reduce stopping distance,
damage the tires, and shorten
the life of the vehicle.

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

Driving and Operating
Tire and Loading Information
Label

cold tire inflation pressures (4).
For more information on tires
and inflation see Tires 0 296
and Tire Pressure 0 303 .

3. Subtract the combined

There is also important loading
information on the vehicle
Certification/Tire label. It may
show the Gross Vehicle Weight
Rating (GVWR) and the Gross
Axle Weight Rating (GAWR) for
the front and rear axle. See
“Certification/Tire Label” later in
this section.

4. The resulting figure equals

ii

ii

Example Label

A vehicle-specific Tire and
Loading Information label is
attached to the center pillar
(B-pillar). The tire and loading
information label shows the
number of occupant seating
positions (1), and the maximum
vehicle capacity weight (2) in
kilograms and pounds.
The Tire and Loading
Information label also shows the
size of the original equipment
tires (3) and the recommended

223

“Steps for Determining Correct
Load Limit–
1. Locate the statement "The

combined weight of
occupants and cargo should
never exceed XXX kg or
XXX lbs." on your vehicle’s
placard.
2. Determine the combined

weight of the driver and
passengers that will be
riding in your vehicle.

weight of the driver and
passengers from XXX kg or
XXX lbs.
the available amount of
cargo and luggage load
capacity. For example, if the
"XXX" amount equals
1400 lbs. and there will be
five 150 lb passengers in
your vehicle, the amount of
available cargo and luggage
load capacity is 650 lbs.
(1400-750 (5 x 150) =
650 lbs.)
5. Determine the combined

weight of luggage and cargo
being loaded on the vehicle.
That weight may not safely
exceed the available cargo
and luggage load capacity
calculated in Step 4.
6. If your vehicle will be towing

a trailer, load from your
trailer will be transferred to

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

224

Driving and Operating
your vehicle. Consult this
manual to determine how
this reduces the available
cargo and luggage load
capacity of your vehicle.”

See Trailer Towing 0 259 for
important information on towing
a trailer, towing safety rules and
trailering tips.
ii

2. Subtract Occupant

Weight @ 68 kg (150 lbs)
× 2 = 136 kg (300 lbs).
3. Available Occupant and
Cargo Weight = 317 kg
(700 lbs).

Example 3
1. Vehicle Capacity Weight

Example 2
1. Vehicle Capacity Weight

Example 1
1. Vehicle Capacity Weight

for Example 1 = 453 kg
(1,000 lbs).

for Example 2 = 453 kg
(1,000 lbs).
2. Subtract Occupant
Weight @ 68 kg (150 lbs)
× 5 = 340 kg (750 lbs).
3. Available Cargo Weight
= 113 kg (250 lbs).

for Example 3 = 453 kg
(1,000 lbs).
2. Subtract Occupant
Weight @ 91 kg
(200 lbs) × 5 = 453 kg
(1,000 lbs).
3. Available Cargo Weight
= 0 kg (0 lbs).
Refer to the vehicle's tire and
loading information label for
specific information about the
vehicle's capacity weight and
seating positions. The combined

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

Driving and Operating
weight of the driver, passengers,
and cargo should never exceed
the vehicle's capacity weight.
Certification/Tire Label

Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR).
The GVWR includes the weight
of the vehicle, all occupants,
fuel, and cargo.
The Certification/Tire label may
also show the maximum weights
for the front and rear axles,
called the Gross Axle Weight
Rating (GAWR). To find out the
actual loads on the front and
rear axles, weigh the vehicle at
a weigh station. Your dealer can
help with this. Be sure to spread
the load equally on both sides of
the centerline.

Label Example

A vehicle-specific Certification/
Tire label is attached to the
center pillar (B-pillar).
The label may show the size of
the vehicle's original tires and
the inflation pressures needed to
obtain the gross weight capacity
of the vehicle. The label shows
the gross weight capacity of the
vehicle. This is called the Gross

{ Warning
Things inside the vehicle can
strike and injure people in a
sudden stop or turn, or in a
crash.
.

Put things in the cargo
area of the vehicle. In the
cargo area, put them as
far forward as possible.
Try to spread the weight
evenly.

.

Never stack heavier
things, like suitcases,
inside the vehicle so that
some of them are above
the tops of the seats.

.

Do not leave an
unsecured child restraint
in the vehicle.

.

Secure loose items in the
vehicle.

.

Do not leave a seat
folded down unless
needed.

Caution
Overloading the vehicle may
cause damage. Repairs would not
be covered by the vehicle
warranty. Do not overload the
vehicle.

225

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

226

Driving and Operating

Starting and
Operating
New Vehicle Break-In
Caution
The vehicle does not need an
elaborate break-in. But it will
perform better in the long run if
you follow these guidelines:
. Do not drive at any one
constant speed, fast or slow,
for the first 805 km (500 mi).
Do not make full-throttle
starts. Avoid downshifting to
brake or slow the vehicle.
. Avoid making hard stops for
the first 322 km (200 mi) or
so. During this time the new
brake linings are not yet
broken in. Hard stops with
new linings can mean
premature wear and earlier
replacement. Follow this
(Continued)

Caution (Continued)
breaking-in guideline every
time you get new brake
linings.
Following break-in, engine speed
and load can be gradually
increased.

Ignition Positions

In order to shift out of P (Park), the
ignition must be in ON/RUN or ACC/
ACCESSORY and the brake pedal
must be applied.

Caution
Using a tool to force the key to
turn in the ignition could cause
damage to the switch or break the
key. Use the correct key, make
sure it is all the way in, and turn it
only with your hand. If the key
cannot be turned by hand, see
your dealer.

( (STOPPING THE ENGINE/
LOCK/OFF) : When the vehicle is
stopped, turn the ignition switch to
LOCK/OFF to turn the engine off.
Retained Accessory Power (RAP)
will remain active. See Retained
Accessory Power (RAP) 0 230 .
ii

The ignition switch has four different
positions.

This position locks the ignition,
transmission, and the steering
wheel when the key Is removed
from the ignition. The key can be
removed in LOCK/OFF.

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

Driving and Operating
The steering can bind with the
wheels turned off center. If this
happens, move the steering wheel
from right to left while turning the
key to ACC/ACCESSORY. If this
does not work, then the vehicle
needs service.

vehicles with an automatic
transmission, the shift lever
must be in P (Park) to turn the
ignition switch to the LOCK/
OFF position.
4. Set the parking brake. See
Parking Brake 0 238 .
ii

Do not turn the engine off when the
vehicle is moving. This will cause a
loss of power assist in the brake
and steering systems and disable
the airbags.
If the vehicle must be shut off in an
emergency:
1. Brake using a firm and steady
pressure. Do not pump the
brakes repeatedly. This may
deplete power assist, requiring
increased brake pedal force.
2. Shift the vehicle to N (Neutral).
This can be done while the
vehicle is moving. After shifting
to N (Neutral), firmly apply the
brakes and steer the vehicle to
a safe location.
3. Come to a complete stop, shift
to P (Park), and turn the
ignition to LOCK/OFF. On

{ Warning
Turning off the vehicle while
moving may cause loss of power
assist in the brake and steering
systems and disable the airbags.
While driving, only shut the
vehicle off in an emergency.
If the vehicle cannot be pulled over,
and must be shut off while driving,
turn the ignition to ACC/
ACCESSORY.
ACC (ACC/ACCESSORY) : This is
the position in which you can
operate the electrical accessories or
items plugged into the accessory
power outlets. This position unlocks
the ignition and steering wheel. Use
this position if the vehicle must be
pushed or towed.

227

R (ON/RUN) : This position can be
used to operate the electrical
accessories and to display some
instrument panel warning and
indicator lights. This position can
also be used for service and
diagnostics, and to verify the proper
operation of the malfunction
indicator lamp as may be required
for emission inspection purposes.
The switch stays in this position
when the engine is running. The
transmission is also unlocked in this
position. If you leave the key in the
ACC/ACCESSORY or ON/RUN
position with the engine off, the
battery could be drained. You may
not be able to start the vehicle if the
battery is allowed to drain for an
extended period of time.
/ (START) : This is the position
that starts the engine. When the
engine starts, release the key. The
ignition switch will return to ON/RUN
for driving.

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

228

Driving and Operating

Key Lock Release
The vehicle has an electronic key
lock release system. This system is
to prevent ignition key removal
unless the shift lever is in P (Park).
The key lock release will not work if
the battery is charged less than
9-volts, or uncharged. Try charging
or jump starting the battery. See
Jump Starting - North America
0 325

Caution
If you add electrical parts or
accessories, you could change
the way the engine operates. Any
resulting damage would not be
covered by the vehicle warranty.
See Add-On Electrical Equipment
0 263 .
ii

ii

Starting the Engine
Move the shift lever to P (Park) or
N (Neutral). The engine will not start
in any other position. To restart the
engine when the vehicle is already
moving, use N (Neutral) only.

Caution
Do not try to shift to P (Park) if the
vehicle is moving. If you do, you
could damage the transmission.
Shift to P (Park) only when the
vehicle is stopped.

Caution
If the steering wheel is turned
until it reaches the end of its
travel, and is held in that position
while starting the vehicle, damage
may occur to the hydraulic power
steering system and there may be
loss of power steering assist.
Starting Procedure
1. With your foot off the
accelerator pedal, turn the
ignition to START. When the
engine starts, let go of the key.
The idle speed will slow down
as the engine warms. Do not

race the engine immediately
after starting it. Operate the
engine and transmission gently
to allow the oil to warm up and
lubricate all moving parts.

Caution
Cranking the engine for long
periods of time, by returning the
ignition to the START position
immediately after cranking has
ended, can overheat and damage
the cranking motor, and drain the
battery. Wait at least 15 seconds
between each try, to let the
cranking motor cool down.
2. If the engine does not start
after five to 10 seconds,
especially in very cold weather
(below −18 °C or 0 °F), it could
be flooded with too much
gasoline. Try pushing the
accelerator pedal all the way to
the floor and holding it there as
you hold the key in START for
up to a maximum of
15 seconds. Wait at least
15 seconds between each try,

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

Driving and Operating
to allow the cranking motor to
cool down. When the engine
starts, let go of the key and
accelerator. If the vehicle starts
briefly but then stops again,
repeat these steps. This clears
the extra gasoline from the
engine. Do not race the engine
immediately after starting it.
Operate the engine and
transmission gently until the oil
warms up and lubricates all
moving parts.

Engine Heater
The engine coolant heater can
provide easier starting and better
fuel economy during engine
warm-up in cold weather conditions
at or below 0 °F (−18 °C). Vehicles
with an engine coolant heater
should be plugged in at least four
hours before starting. Some models
may have an internal thermostat in
the cord which will prevent engine
coolant heater operation at
temperatures above 0 °F (−18 °C).

To Use the Engine Coolant
Heater

{ Warning

1. Turn off the engine.
2. Open the hood and unwrap the
electrical cord. The bundled
cord is located on the driver
side of the engine
compartment, between the
engine air cleaner and the
windshield washer fluid
reservoir. See Engine
Compartment Overview 0 268 .
ii

Check the heater cord for
damage. If it is damaged, do
not use it. See your dealer for
a replacement. Inspect the
cord for damage yearly.
3. Plug the cord into a normal,
grounded 110-volt AC outlet.

229

Improper use of the heater cord
or an extension cord can damage
the cord and may result in
overheating and fire.
. Plug the cord into a
three-prong electrical utility
receptacle that is protected
by a ground fault detection
function. An ungrounded
outlet could cause an
electric shock.
. Use a weatherproof,
heavy-duty, 15 amp-rated
extension cord if needed.
Failure to use the
recommended extension
cord in good operating
condition, or using a
damaged heater or
extension cord, could make
(Continued)

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

230

Driving and Operating
away from moving engine
parts. If you do not, it could be
damaged.

Warning (Continued)
it overheat and cause a fire,
property damage, electric
shock, and injury.
.

Do not operate the vehicle
with the heater cord
permanently attached to the
vehicle. Possible heater
cord and thermostat
damage could occur.

.

While in use, do not let the
heater cord touch vehicle
parts or sharp edges. Never
close the hood on the
heater cord.

.

Before starting the vehicle,
unplug the cord, reattach
the cover to the plug, and
securely fasten the cord.
Keep the cord away from
any moving parts.

4. Before starting the engine, be
sure to unplug and store the
cord as it was before to keep it

The length of time the heater should
remain plugged in depends on
several factors. Ask a dealer in the
area where you will be parking the
vehicle for the best advice on this.

Retained Accessory
Power (RAP)
These vehicle accessories can be
used for up to 10 minutes after the
ignition key is turned off:
. Audio System
.

Power Windows

.

Sunroof (if equipped)

Power to the windows and sunroof
will work up to 10 minutes or until a
door is opened.
The radio continues to work for
10 minutes or until the driver door is
opened.
For an additional 10 minutes of
operation, close all the doors and
turn the key to ON/RUN and then
back to LOCK/OFF.

All these features will work when the
key is in the ON/RUN or ACC/
ACCESSORY positions.

Shifting Into Park
1. Hold the brake pedal down and
set the parking brake. See
Parking Brake 0 238 for more
information.
ii

2. Move the shift lever into
P (Park) by holding in the
button on the shift lever and
pushing the shift lever all the
way toward the front of the
vehicle.
3. Turn the ignition key to
LOCK/OFF.
4. Remove the key and take it
with you. If you can leave the
vehicle with the ignition key in
your hand, the vehicle is in
P (Park).

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

Driving and Operating
Leaving the Vehicle with the
Engine Running

{ Warning
It can be dangerous to leave the
vehicle with the engine running.
It could overheat and catch fire.
It is dangerous to get out of the
vehicle if the shift lever is not fully
in P (Park) with the parking brake
firmly set. The vehicle can roll.
Do not leave the vehicle when the
engine is running. If you have left
the engine running, the vehicle
can move suddenly. You or others
could be injured. To be sure the
vehicle will not move, even when
you are on fairly level ground,
always set the parking brake and
move the shift lever to P (Park).
See Shifting Into Park 0 230 .
If you are towing a trailer, see
Driving Characteristics and
Towing Tips 0 256 .
ii

ii

If you have to leave the vehicle with
the engine running, be sure the
vehicle is in P (Park) and the
parking brake is firmly set before
you leave it. After you have moved
the shift lever into P (Park), hold the
regular brake pedal down. Then,
see if you can move the shift lever
away from P (Park) without first
pushing the button.
If you can, it means that the shift
lever was not fully locked in
P (Park).

Torque Lock
Torque lock is when the weight of
the vehicle puts too much force on
the parking pawl in the
transmission. This happens when
parking on a hill and shifting the
transmission into P (Park) is not
done properly and then it is difficult
to shift out of P (Park). To prevent
torque lock, set the parking brake
and then shift into P (Park). To find
out how, see “Shifting Into Park”
listed previously.

231

If torque lock does occur, your
vehicle may need to be pushed
uphill by another vehicle to relieve
the parking pawl pressure, so you
can shift out of P (Park).

Shifting out of Park
The vehicle is equipped with an
electronic shift lock release system.
The shift lock release is
designed to:
. Prevent ignition key removal
unless the shift lever is in
P (Park) with the shift lever
button fully released, and
. Prevent movement of the shift
lever out of P (Park), unless the
ignition is in ON/RUN or ACC/
ACCESSORY and the regular
brake pedal is applied.
The shift lock release is always
functional except in the case of an
uncharged or low voltage (less than
9-volt) battery.

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

232

Driving and Operating

If the vehicle has an uncharged
battery or a battery with low voltage,
try charging or jump starting the
battery. See Jump Starting - North
America 0 325 for more information.
ii

To shift out of P (Park):
1. Place the ignition in ON/RUN.
2. Apply the brake pedal.
3. Press the shift lever button.
4. Move the shift lever to the
desired position.
If you still are unable to shift out of
P (Park):
1. Fully release the shift lever
button.
2. While holding down the brake
pedal, press the shift lever
button again.
3. Move the shift lever to the
desired position.
If you still cannot move the shift
lever from P (Park), see your dealer.

Parking over Things
That Burn

{ Warning
Things that can burn could touch
hot exhaust parts under the
vehicle and ignite. Do not park
over papers, leaves, dry grass,
or other things that can burn.

Engine Exhaust

{ Warning
Engine exhaust contains carbon
monoxide (CO), which cannot be
seen or smelled. Exposure to CO
can cause unconsciousness and
even death.
Exhaust may enter the vehicle if:
. The vehicle idles in areas
with poor ventilation
(parking garages, tunnels,
deep snow that may block
underbody airflow or tail
pipes).
. The exhaust smells or
sounds strange or different.
. The exhaust system leaks
due to corrosion or damage.
. The vehicle exhaust system
has been modified,
damaged, or improperly
repaired.
(Continued)

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

Driving and Operating
Warning (Continued)
.

There are holes or openings
in the vehicle body from
damage or aftermarket
modifications that are not
completely sealed.

If unusual fumes are detected or
if it is suspected that exhaust is
coming into the vehicle:
. Drive it only with the
windows completely down.
. Have the vehicle repaired
immediately.
Never park the vehicle with the
engine running in an enclosed
area such as a garage or a
building that has no fresh air
ventilation.

Running the Vehicle
While Parked
It is better not to park with the
engine running.

If the vehicle is left with the engine
running, follow the proper steps to
be sure the vehicle will not move.
See Shifting Into Park 0 230 and
Engine Exhaust 0 232 .

233

Automatic
Transmission

ii

ii

If parking on a hill and pulling a
trailer, see Driving Characteristics
and Towing Tips 0 256 .
ii

P : This position locks the front
wheels. It is the best position to use
when starting the engine because
the vehicle cannot move easily.

{ Warning
It is dangerous to get out of the
vehicle if the shift lever is not fully
in P (Park) with the parking brake
firmly set. The vehicle can roll.
(Continued)

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

234

Driving and Operating
Warning (Continued)

Do not leave the vehicle when the
engine is running. If you have left
the engine running, the vehicle
can move suddenly. You or others
could be injured. To be sure the
vehicle will not move, even when
you are on fairly level ground,
always set the parking brake and
move the shift lever to P (Park).
See Shifting Into Park 0 230 and
Driving Characteristics and
Towing Tips 0 256 .
ii

ii

Make sure the shift lever is fully in
P (Park) before starting the engine.
The vehicle has an automatic
transmission shift lock control
system. With the ignition in ON/
RUN, fully apply the regular brake,
then press the button on the back of
the shift lever before shifting from
P (Park). If you cannot shift out of
P (Park), ease pressure on the shift
lever, then push the shift lever all
the way into P (Park) as you
maintain brake application. Then
press the shift lever button and

move the shift lever into another
gear. See Shifting out of Park
0 231 .
ii

R : Use this gear to back up.

Caution
Shifting to R (Reverse) while the
vehicle is moving forward could
damage the transmission. The
repairs would not be covered by
the vehicle warranty. Shift to
R (Reverse) only after the vehicle
is stopped.
To rock the vehicle back and forth to
get out of snow, ice, or sand without
damaging the transmission, see If
the Vehicle Is Stuck 0 222 .
ii

N : In this position, the engine does
not connect with the wheels. To
restart the engine when the vehicle
is already moving, use N (Neutral)
only. Also, use N (Neutral) when the
vehicle is being towed.

{ Warning
Shifting into a drive gear while the
engine is running at high speed is
dangerous. Unless your foot is
firmly on the brake pedal, the
vehicle could move very rapidly.
You could lose control and hit
people or objects. Do not shift
into a drive gear while the engine
is running at high speed.

Caution
Shifting out of P (Park) or
N (Neutral) with the engine
running at high speed may
damage the transmission. The
repairs would not be covered by
the vehicle warranty. Be sure the
engine is not running at high
speed when shifting the vehicle.

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

Driving and Operating
D : This position is for normal
driving. It provides the best fuel
economy. If you need more power
for passing, and you are:
. Going less than 56 km/h
(35 mph), push the accelerator
pedal about halfway down.
. Going about 56 km/h (35 mph) or
more, push the accelerator all
the way down.

L : This position gives you access
to gear ranges. This provides more
engine braking but lower fuel
economy than D (Drive). You can
use it on very steep hills, or in deep
snow or mud. See Manual Mode
0 235 .

Caution

ERS mode allows you to choose the
top-gear limit of the transmission
and the vehicle's speed while
driving downhill or towing a trailer.
The vehicle has an electronic shift
position indicator within the
instrument panel cluster. When
using the ERS mode a number will
display next to the L, indicating the
current gear that has been selected.

If the vehicle accelerates slowly,
or does not shift gears, the
transmission could be damaged.
Have the vehicle serviced
right away.
If the vehicle is stopped on a hill,
with your foot off the brake pedal,
the vehicle may roll. This is normal
and is due to the torque converter
designed to improve fuel economy
and performance. Use the brake to
hold the vehicle on a hill. Do not use
the accelerator pedal.

235

ii

Manual Mode
Electronic Range Select
(ERS) Mode
To use this feature:
1. Move the shift lever to L (Low).
2. Press the + (Plus) or − (Minus)
button on the shift lever, to
increase or decrease the gear
range available.
When you shift from D (Drive) to
L (Low), the transmission will shift to
a pre-determined lower gear range.
The highest gear available for this
pre-determined range is displayed
next to the L in the DIC. See Driver
Information Center (DIC) (With DIC
Buttons) 0 129 or Driver Information
Center (DIC) (Without DIC Buttons)
0 134 . The number displayed in the
DIC is the highest gear that the
ii

ii

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

236

Driving and Operating

transmission will be allowed to
operate in. This means that all
gears below that number are
available. For example, when
4 (Fourth) is shown next to the L,
1 (First) through 4 (Fourth) gears are
automatically shifted by the vehicle.
The transmission will not shift into
5 (Fifth) until the + (Plus) button is
used or you shift back into D (Drive).
While in L (Low), the transmission
will prevent shifting to a lower gear
range if the engine speed is too
high. You have a brief period of time
to slow the vehicle. If vehicle speed
is not reduced within the time
allowed, the lower gear range shift
will not be completed. You must
further slow the vehicle, then press
the − (Minus) button to the desired
lower gear range.
Automatic Engine Grade Braking is
not available when the ERS is
active. It is available in D (Drive) for
both normal and Tow/Haul mode.
While using the ERS, cruise control
and the Tow/Haul mode can be
used. See “Tow/Haul Mode”
following.

Tow/Haul Mode
_ (Tow/Haul) : If equipped with
Tow/Haul mode, the button is on the
center stack under the climate
controls.
Press the button to activate the
system. Press it again to deactivate
the system. This feature can assist
when towing or hauling a
heavy load.
When Tow/Haul is activated, the
Tow/Haul symbol will come on in the
instrument cluster. See Driving
Characteristics and Towing Tips
0 256 .
ii

Automatic Engine Grade
Braking
Automatic Engine Grade Braking
assists when driving on a downhill
grade. It maintains vehicle speed by
automatically implementing a shift
schedule that uses the engine and
the transmission to slow the vehicle.
The system will automatically
command downshifts to reduce
vehicle speed, until the brake pedal
is no longer being pressed.

While in the Electronic Range
Select (ERS) mode, grade braking
is deactivated, allowing the driver to
select a range and limiting the
highest gear available. Grade
braking is available for normal
driving and in Tow/Haul mode.
See Automatic Transmission 0 233 .
ii

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

Driving and Operating

Drive Systems

Brakes

All-Wheel Drive

Antilock Brake
System (ABS)

Vehicles with this feature transfer
engine power, as required, to all
four wheels. It is fully automatic, and
adjusts itself as needed for road
conditions.
When using a compact spare tire on
an AWD vehicle, the system
automatically detects the compact
spare and reduces AWD
performance to protect the system.
To restore full AWD operation and
prevent excessive wear on the
system, replace the compact spare
with a full-size tire as soon as
possible. See Compact Spare Tire
0 323 .

This vehicle has ABS, an advanced
electronic braking system that helps
prevent a braking skid.
When the vehicle begins to drive
away, ABS checks itself.
A momentary motor or clicking noise
might be heard while this test is
going on, and it might even be
noticed that the brake pedal moves
a little. This is normal.

ii

If there is a problem with ABS, this
warning light stays on. See Antilock
Brake System (ABS) Warning Light
0 125 .
ii

If driving safely on a wet road and it
becomes necessary to slam on the
brakes and continue braking to

237

avoid a sudden obstacle, a
computer senses the wheels are
slowing down. If one of the wheels
is about to stop rolling, the computer
will separately work the brakes at
each wheel.
ABS can change the brake pressure
to each wheel, as required, faster
than any driver could. This can help
you steer around the obstacle while
braking hard.
As the brakes are applied, the
computer keeps receiving updates
on wheel speed and controls
braking pressure accordingly.
Remember: ABS does not change
the time needed to get a foot up to
the brake pedal or always decrease
stopping distance. If you get too
close to the vehicle in front of you,
there will not be enough time to
apply the brakes if that vehicle
suddenly slows or stops. Always
leave enough room up ahead to
stop, even with ABS.

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

238

Driving and Operating

Using ABS
Do not pump the brakes. Just hold
the brake pedal down firmly and let
ABS work. You may hear the ABS
pump or motor operating and feel
the brake pedal pulsate. This is
normal.

Braking in Emergencies
ABS allows you to steer and brake
at the same time. In many
emergencies, steering can help
more than even the very best
braking.

Parking Brake

To set the parking brake, hold the
regular brake pedal down, then
push the parking brake pedal down.
If the ignition is on, the brake
system warning light will come on.
See Brake System Warning Light
0 124 .
ii

Caution
Driving with the parking brake on
can overheat the brake system
and cause premature wear or
damage to brake system parts.
Make sure that the parking brake
is fully released and the brake
warning light is off before driving.
To release the parking brake, hold
the regular brake pedal down, then
push down momentarily on the
parking brake pedal until you feel
the pedal release. Slowly pull your
foot up off the parking brake pedal.
If the parking brake is not released
when you begin to drive, the brake
system warning light will be on and
a chime will sound warning you that
the parking brake is still on.

If you are towing a trailer and are
parking on a hill, see Driving
Characteristics and Towing Tips
0 256 .
ii

Brake Assist
The Brake Assist feature is
designed to assist the driver in
stopping or decreasing vehicle
speed in emergency driving
conditions. This feature uses the
stability system hydraulic brake
control module to supplement the
power brake system under
conditions where the driver has
quickly and forcefully applied the
brake pedal in an attempt to quickly
stop or slow down the vehicle. The
stability system hydraulic brake
control module increases brake
pressure at each corner of the
vehicle until the ABS activates.
Minor brake pedal pulsation or
pedal movement during this time is
normal and the driver should
continue to apply the brake pedal as
the driving situation dictates. The
Brake Assist feature will
automatically disengage when the

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

Driving and Operating
brake pedal is released or brake
pedal pressure is quickly
decreased.

Hill Start Assist (HSA)
This vehicle has an HSA feature,
which may be useful when the
vehicle is stopped on a grade
sufficient enough to activate HSA.
This feature is designed to prevent
the vehicle from rolling, either
forward or rearward, during vehicle
drive off. After the driver completely
stops and holds the vehicle in a
complete standstill on a grade, HSA
will be automatically activated.
During the transition period between
when the driver releases the brake
pedal and starts to accelerate to
drive off on a grade, HSA holds the
braking pressure for a maximum of
two seconds to ensure that there is
no rolling. The brakes will
automatically release when the
accelerator pedal is applied within
the two-second window. It will not
activate if the vehicle is in a drive
gear and facing downhill, or if the
vehicle is facing uphill and in
R (Reverse).

Ride Control Systems
Traction Control/
Electronic Stability
Control
System Operation
The vehicle has a Traction Control
System (TCS) and StabiliTrak®, an
electronic stability control system.
These systems help limit wheel slip
and assist the driver in maintaining
control, especially on slippery road
conditions.
TCS activates if it senses that any
of the drive wheels are spinning or
beginning to lose traction. When this
happens, TCS applies the brakes to
the spinning wheels and reduces
engine power to limit wheel spin.
StabiliTrak activates when the
vehicle senses a difference between
the intended path and the direction
the vehicle is actually traveling.
StabiliTrak selectively applies
braking pressure to any one of the

239

vehicle wheel brakes to assist the
driver in keeping the vehicle on the
intended path.
If cruise control is being used and
traction control or StabiliTrak begins
to limit wheel spin, cruise control will
disengage. Cruise control may be
turned back on when road
conditions allow.
Both systems come on
automatically when the vehicle is
started and begins to move. The
systems may be heard or felt while
they are operating or while
performing diagnostic checks. This
is normal and does not mean there
is a problem with the vehicle.
It is recommended to leave both
systems on for normal driving
conditions, but it may be necessary
to turn TCS off if the vehicle gets
stuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow.
See If the Vehicle Is Stuck 0 222
and “Turning the Systems Off and
On” later in this section.
ii

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

240

Driving and Operating
2. Turn the engine off and wait
15 seconds.
3. Start the engine.

The indicator light for both systems
is in the instrument cluster. This
light will:
. Flash when TCS is limiting
wheel spin.
. Flash when StabiliTrak is
activated.
. Turn on and stay on when either
system is not working.
If either system fails to turn on or to
activate, a message displays in the
Driver Information Center (DIC),
and d comes on and stays on to
indicate that the system is inactive
and is not assisting the driver in
maintaining control. The vehicle is
safe to drive, but driving should be
adjusted accordingly.
If

d comes on and stays on:

1. Stop the vehicle.

Drive the vehicle. If d comes on
and stays on, the vehicle may need
more time to diagnose the problem.
If the condition persists, see your
dealer.

Turning the Systems Off
and On

To turn off TCS and StabiliTrak,
press and release the 4 button. The
appropriate message displays in the
DIC. To turn TCS and StabiliTrak on
again, press and release the 4
button. The appropriate message
displays in the DIC. See Ride
Control System Messages 0 142 .
ii

If TCS is limiting wheel spin when
the 4 button is pressed, the system
will not turn off until the wheels stop
spinning.
Adding accessories can affect the
vehicle performance. See
Accessories and Modifications
0 266 .
ii

The button for TCS and StabiliTrak
is on the center stack.

Caution
Do not repeatedly brake or
accelerate heavily when TCS is
off. The vehicle driveline could be
damaged.

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

Driving and Operating

Cruise Control
With cruise control, a speed of
about 40 km/h (25 mph) or more can
be maintained without keeping your
foot on the accelerator. Cruise
control does not work at speeds
below about 40 km/h (25 mph).

{ Warning

If a collision alert occurs when
cruise control is activated, cruise
control is disengaged. See Forward
Collision Alert (FCA) System 0 247 .
When road conditions allow you to
safely use it again, cruise control
can be turned on.

+RES (Resume/Accelerate) : If
there is a set speed in memory,
press briefly to resume to that
speed or press and hold to
accelerate. If cruise control is
already active, use to increase
vehicle speed.

If the brakes are applied, cruise
control is disengaged.

SET– : Press briefly to set the
speed and activate cruise control.
If cruise control is already active,
use to decrease vehicle speed.

ii

Cruise control can be dangerous
where you cannot drive safely at
a steady speed. Do not use
cruise control on winding roads or
in heavy traffic.

[ (Cancel) : Press to disengage
cruise control without erasing the
set speed from memory.
Setting Cruise Control

Cruise control can be dangerous
on slippery roads. On such roads,
fast changes in tire traction can
cause excessive wheel slip, and
you could lose control. Do not use
cruise control on slippery roads.
If the Traction Control System (TCS)
or StabiliTrak system begins to limit
wheel spin while cruise control is
being used, the cruise control will
disengage. See Traction Control/
Electronic Stability Control 0 239 .
ii

241

If I is on when not in use, SET–
or +RES could get pressed and go
into cruise when not desired.
Keep I off when cruise is not
being used.

I (On/Off) : Press to turn cruise
control on or off. The indicator light
on the button comes on when the
cruise control is on.

The cruise control light on the
instrument cluster comes on after
the cruise control has been set to
the desired speed.
1. Press I to turn the cruise
control system on.
2. Get up to the desired speed.

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

242

Driving and Operating

3. Press and release SET–.
4. Remove foot from the
accelerator.

The speedometer reading can be
displayed in either English or metric
units. See Driver Information Center
(DIC) (With DIC Buttons) 0 129 or
Driver Information Center (DIC)
(Without DIC Buttons) 0 134 . The
increment value used depends on
the units displayed.
ii

Resuming a Set Speed
If the cruise control is set at a
desired speed and then the brakes
are applied or [ is pressed, the
cruise control is disengaged without
erasing the set speed from memory.
Once the vehicle reaches 40 km/h
(25 mph) or more, press +RES. The
vehicle returns to the previously set
speed.
Increasing Speed While Using
Cruise Control
If the cruise control system is
already activated:
. Press and hold +RES until the
desired speed is reached, then
release it.
. To increase vehicle speed in
small increments, press +RES
briefly. For each press, the
vehicle goes about 1.6 km/h
(1 mph) faster.

ii

Reducing Speed While Using
Cruise Control
If the cruise control system is
already activated:
. Press and hold SET– until the
desired lower speed is reached,
then release it.
. To slow down in small
increments, press SET– briefly.
For each press, the vehicle goes
about 1.6 km/h (1 mph) slower.
The speedometer reading can be
displayed in either English or metric
units. See Driver Information Center
(DIC) (With DIC Buttons) 0 129 or
Driver Information Center (DIC)
(Without DIC Buttons) 0 134 . The
increment value used depends on
the units displayed.
ii

ii

Passing Another Vehicle While
Using Cruise Control
Use the accelerator pedal to
increase the vehicle speed. When
you take your foot off the pedal, the
vehicle will slow down to the
previously set cruise speed. While
pressing the accelerator pedal or
shortly following the release to
override cruise control, briefly
pressing SET– will result in cruise
control set to the current vehicle
speed.
Using Cruise Control on Hills
How well the cruise control will work
on hills depends upon the vehicle
speed, load, and the steepness of
the hills. When going up steep hills,
you might have to step on the
accelerator pedal to maintain your
speed. When going downhill, you
might have to brake or shift to a
lower gear to keep your speed
down. If the brake pedal is applied
cruise control will disengage.

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

Driving and Operating
Ending Cruise Control
There are four ways to end cruise
control:
. Step lightly on the brake pedal.

[.

.

Press

.

Shift the transmission to
N (Neutral).

.

To turn off the cruise control,
press I.

Erasing Speed Memory
The cruise control set speed is
erased from memory if I is
pressed or the ignition is turned off.

Driver Assistance
Systems
Rear Vision
Camera (RVC)
The vehicle may have an RVC
system. Read this entire section
before using it.

{ Warning
The camera(s) do not display
children, pedestrians, bicyclists,
crossing traffic, animals, or any
other object outside of the
cameras’ field of view, below the
bumper, or under the vehicle.
Shown distances may be different
from actual distances. Do not
drive or park the vehicle using
only these camera(s). Always
check behind and around the
vehicle before driving. Failure to
use proper care may result in
injury, death, or vehicle damage.

243

Vehicles with RVC on the
Rearview Mirror
The RVC system is designed to
help the driver when backing up by
displaying a view of the area behind
the vehicle. When the key is in the
ON/RUN position and the driver
shifts the vehicle into R (Reverse),
the video image automatically
appears on the inside rearview
mirror. Once the driver shifts out of
R (Reverse), the video image
automatically disappears from the
inside rearview mirror.
Turning the RVC System Off or On
To turn off the RVC system, press
and hold z on the inside rearview
mirror until the left indicator light
turns off. The RVC display is now
disabled.
To turn the RVC system on again,
press and hold z until the left
indicator light illuminates. The RVC
system display is now enabled and
the display will appear in the mirror
normally.

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

244

Driving and Operating

Vehicles with RVC on the
Infotainment System
The RVC system is designed to
help the driver when backing up by
displaying a view of the area behind
the vehicle. When the driver shifts
the vehicle into R (Reverse), the
video image automatically appears
on the infotainment screen. Once
the driver shifts out of R (Reverse),
the screen will go back to the last
screen that had been displayed,
after a delay.
The RVC display remains on after
shifting out of R (Reverse) for
approximately 10 seconds. Return to
the previous screen sooner by
performing one of the following:
. Press a hard key on the
infotainment system.
. Shift into P (Park).
.

Reach a vehicle speed of
8 km/h (5 mph).

Symbols and Guidelines
The RVC system may have a
feature that lets the driver view
caution symbols on the RVC screen

while using the RVC. The Rear
Parking Assist (RPA) system must
not be disabled to use these
symbols. See Parking Assist 0 246 .
ii

The caution symbols appear when
an object has been detected by the
RPA system. The symbol may cover
the object when viewing the RVC
screen.
The RVC system may have a
guideline overlay that can help the
driver align the vehicle when
backing into a parking spot.
To turn the symbols and guidelines
on or off:
1. Shift into P (Park).
2. Press Settings on the Home
screen of the infotainment
system.
3. Select Display and then Rear
Camera.
4. Select Symbols or Guidelines.
When a checkmark appears
next to the item, it is on.

Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA)
On vehicles with RCTA, a red
warning triangle with an arrow may
also display on the RVC screen to
warn of traffic coming from either
direction, behind the vehicle. When
an object is detected, three beeps
sound on the left or right side,
depending on the direction of the
detected vehicle. This system
detects objects coming from up to
20 m (65 ft) from the left or right side
behind the vehicle.
Use caution while backing up when
towing a trailer, as the RCTA
detection zones that extend out
from the back of your vehicle do not
move further back when a trailer is
towed.
The RCTA system can be disabled
through the Driver Information
Center (DIC). See Driver
Information Center (DIC) (With DIC
Buttons) 0 129 or Driver Information
Center (DIC) (Without DIC Buttons)
0 134 .
ii

ii

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

Driving and Operating
1. View displayed by the
camera.

Rear Vision Camera Location
The camera is located above the
license plate.
The area displayed by the camera is
limited and does not display objects
that are close to either corner or
under the bumper. The area
displayed can vary depending on
vehicle orientation or road
conditions. Displayed images may
be farther or closer than they
appear.
The following illustrations show the
field of view that the camera
provides.

1. View displayed by the
camera.
2. Corner of the rear bumper.

When the System Does Not
Seem To Work Properly
The RVC system might not work
properly or display a clear image if:
. The RVC is turned off. See
“Turning the RVC System Off or
On” earlier in this section.
. It is dark.
.

The sun or the beam of
headlamps is shining directly
into the camera lens.

245

.

Ice, snow, mud, or anything else
builds up on the camera lens.
Clean the lens, rinse it with
water, and wipe it with a soft
cloth.

.

The back of the vehicle is in an
accident. The position and
mounting angle of the camera
can change or the camera can
be affected. Be sure to have the
camera and its position and
mounting angle checked at your
dealer.

.

There are extreme temperature
changes.

The RVC system display in the
rearview mirror may turn off or not
appear as expected due to one of
the following conditions. If this
occurs the left indicator light on the
mirror will flash.
. A slow flash may indicate a loss
of video signal, or no video
signal present during the reverse
cycle.
. A fast flash may indicate that the
display has been on for the
maximum allowable time during

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

246

Driving and Operating

a reverse cycle, or the display
has reached an Over
Temperature limit.
The fast flash conditions are
used to protect the video device
from high temperature
conditions. Once conditions
return to normal the device will
reset and the green indicator will
stop flashing.
During any of these fault conditions,
the display will be blank and the
indicator will continue to flash as
long as the vehicle is in R (Reverse)
or until the conditions return to
normal.
Pressing and holding z when the
left indicator light is flashing will turn
off the video display along with the
left indicator light.

Parking Assist
If available, the Rear Parking Assist
(RPA) system assists the driver with
parking and avoiding objects while
in R (Reverse). RPA operates at
speeds less than 8 km/h (5 mph).
The sensors on the rear bumper are

used to detect objects up to
2.5 m (8 ft) behind the vehicle, and
at least 25 cm (10 in) off the ground
and below liftgate level. Detection
distances may be less during
warmer or humid weather.

{ Warning
The parking assist system does
not detect children, pedestrians,
bicyclists, animals, or objects
below the bumper or that are too
close or too far from the vehicle.
It is not available at speeds
greater than 8 km/h (5 mph). To
prevent injury, death, or vehicle
damage, even with parking assist,
always check the area around the
vehicle and check all mirrors
before backing.

How the System Works
RPA comes on automatically when
the shift lever is moved into
R (Reverse). A single beep sounds
to indicate the system is working.

An obstacle is indicated by audible
beeps. The interval between the
beeps becomes shorter as the
vehicle gets closer to the obstacle.
When the distance is less than
30 cm (12 in) the beeping is
continuous for five seconds.

Turning the System On and Off
The system can be disabled through
the Driver Information Center (DIC).
See “Park Assist” under Driver
Information Center (DIC) (With DIC
Buttons) 0 129 or Driver Information
Center (DIC) (Without DIC Buttons)
0 134 .
ii

ii

Turn off RPA when towing a trailer.
RPA defaults to the on setting each
time the vehicle is started.

When the System Does Not
Seem to Work Properly
The following messages may be
displayed on the DIC:
SERVICE PARK ASSIST : If this
message occurs, take the vehicle to
your dealer to repair the system.

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

Driving and Operating
PARK ASST BLOCKED SEE
OWNERS MANUAL : This
message can occur under the
following conditions:
. The sensors are not clean. Keep
the vehicle's rear bumper free of
mud, dirt, snow, ice, and slush.
For cleaning instructions, see
Exterior Care 0 332 .
. The sensors are covered by
frost or ice. Frost or ice can form
around and behind the sensors
and may not always be seen;
this can occur after washing the
vehicle in cold weather. The
message may not clear until the
frost or ice has melted.
. A trailer was attached to the
vehicle, or an object was
hanging out of the liftgate during
the last drive cycle. Once the
object is removed, RPA will
return to normal operation.
. A tow bar is attached to the
vehicle.
. The bumper is damaged. Take
the vehicle to your dealer to
repair the system.
ii

.

Other conditions, such as
vibrations from a jackhammer or
the compression of air brakes on
a very large truck, are affecting
system performance.

Forward Collision Alert
(FCA) System
If equipped, the FCA system may
help to avoid or reduce the harm
caused by front-end crashes. When
approaching a vehicle ahead too
quickly, FCA provides a red flashing
alert on the windshield and rapidly
beeps. FCA also lights an amber
visual alert if following another
vehicle much too closely.
FCA detects vehicles within a
distance of approximately 60 m
(197 ft) and operates at speeds
above 40 km/h (25 mph).

247

Warning (Continued)
stopped vehicle ahead too rapidly,
or when following a vehicle too
closely, FCA may not provide a
warning with enough time to help
avoid a crash. FCA does not warn
of pedestrians, animals, signs,
guardrails, bridges, construction
barrels, or other objects. Be ready
to take action and apply the
brakes. For more information, see
Defensive Driving 0 216 .
ii

FCA can be disabled with the
button on the center stack.

[

Detecting the Vehicle Ahead

{ Warning
FCA is a warning system and
does not apply the brakes. When
approaching a slower-moving or
(Continued)

FCA warnings will not occur unless
the FCA system detects a vehicle
ahead. When a vehicle is detected,
the vehicle ahead indicator will

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

248

Driving and Operating

display green. Vehicles may not be
detected on curves, highway exit
ramps, or hills, due to poor visibility;
or if a vehicle ahead is partially
blocked by pedestrians or other
objects. FCA will not detect another
vehicle ahead until it is completely
in the driving lane.

{ Warning
FCA does not provide a warning
to help avoid a crash, unless it
detects a vehicle. FCA may not
detect a vehicle ahead if the FCA
sensor is blocked by dirt, snow,
or ice, or if the windshield is
damaged. It may also not detect a
vehicle on winding or hilly roads,
or in conditions that can limit
visibility such as fog, rain,
or snow, or if the headlamps or
windshield are not cleaned or in
proper condition. Keep the
windshield, headlamps, and FCA
sensors clean and in good repair.

Collision Alert

The vehicle ahead indicator will
display amber if following a detected
vehicle ahead much too closely.

Selecting the Alert Timing

When your vehicle approaches
another detected vehicle too rapidly,
the red FCA display will flash on the
windshield. Also, eight rapid
high-pitched beeps will sound from
the front. When this Collision Alert
occurs, the brake system may
prepare for driver braking to occur
more rapidly which can cause a
brief, mild deceleration. Continue to
apply the brake pedal as needed.
Cruise control may be disengaged
when the Collision Alert occurs.
Tailgating Alert

The Collision Alert button is on the
center stack. Press [ to set the
alert timing to far, medium, near,
or off. The first button press shows
the current control setting on the
DIC. Additional button presses will
change this setting. The chosen
setting will remain until it is changed
and will affect both the Collision
Alert and the Tailgating Alert
features. The timing of both alerts
will vary based on vehicle speed.
The faster the vehicle speed, the
farther away the alert will occur.
Consider traffic and weather
conditions when selecting the alert
timing. The range of selectable alert
timings may not be appropriate for
all drivers and driving conditions.

Unnecessary Alerts
FCA may provide unnecessary
alerts to turning vehicles, vehicles in
other lanes, objects that are not

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

Driving and Operating
vehicles, or shadows. These alerts
are normal operation and the
vehicle does not need service.

Cleaning the System
If the FCA system does not seem to
operate properly, cleaning the
outside of the windshield area in
front of the camera sensor may
correct the issue.

Side Blind Zone
Alert (SBZA)
If equipped, the Side Blind Zone
Alert system is a lane-changing aid
that assists drivers with avoiding
crashes that occur with moving
vehicles in the side blind zone (or
spot) areas. The SBZA warning
display will light up in the
corresponding outside side mirror
and will flash if the turn signal is on.

Warning (Continued)
pedestrians, bicyclists,
or animals. It may not provide
alerts when changing lanes under
all driving conditions. Failure to
use proper care when changing
lanes may result in injury, death,
or vehicle damage. Before
making a lane change, always
check mirrors, glance over your
shoulder, and use the turn
signals.
SBZA Detection Zones

249

The SBZA sensor covers a zone of
approximately one lane over from
both sides of the vehicle, or 3.5 m
(11 ft). The height of the zone is
approximately between 0.5 m (1.5 ft)
and 2 m (6 ft) off the ground. This
zone starts at approximately the
middle of the vehicle and goes back
5 m (16 ft).

How the System Works
The SBZA symbol lights up in the
side mirrors when the system
detects a moving vehicle in the next
lane over that is in the side blind
zone. This indicates it may be
unsafe to change lanes. Before
making a lane change, check the
SBZA display, check mirrors, glance
over your shoulder, and use the turn
signals.

{ Warning
SBZA does not alert the driver to
vehicles rapidly approaching
outside of the side blind zones,
(Continued)

Left Side Mirror Right Side Mirror
Display
Display

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

250

Driving and Operating

When the vehicle is started, both
outside mirror SBZA displays will
briefly come on to indicate the
system is operating. When the
vehicle is in a forward gear, the leftor right-side mirror display will light
up if a moving vehicle is detected in
that blind zone. If the turn signal is
activated in the same direction of a
detected vehicle, this display will
flash as an extra warning not to
change lanes.
SBZA can be disabled through the
Driver Information Center (DIC). See
Driver Information Center (DIC)
(With DIC Buttons) 0 129 or Driver
Information Center (DIC) (Without
DIC Buttons) 0 134 . If SBZA is
disabled by the driver, the SBZA
mirror displays will not light up.
ii

ii

When the System Does Not
Seem to Work Properly
SBZA displays may not come on
when passing a vehicle quickly, for
a stopped vehicle, or when towing a
trailer. Keep in mind the SBZA
detection zones that extend back
from the side of the vehicle do not
move further back when a trailer is

towed. Use extra caution while
changing lanes when towing a
trailer. SBZA may alert you to
objects attached to the vehicle, such
as a trailer, bicycle, or object
extending out to either side of the
vehicle. This is normal system
operation; the vehicle does not need
service.
SBZA may not always alert the
driver to vehicles in the side blind
zone, especially in wet conditions.
The system does not need to be
serviced. The system may light up
due to guardrails, signs, trees,
shrubs, and other non-moving
objects. This is normal system
operation; the vehicle does not need
service.
SBZA may not operate when the
SBZA sensors in the left or right
corners of the rear bumper are
covered with mud, dirt, snow, ice,
or slush, or in heavy rainstorms. For
cleaning instructions, see "Washing
the Vehicle" under Exterior Care
0 332 . If the DIC still displays the
system unavailable message after
ii

cleaning both sides of the vehicle
toward the rear corners of the
vehicle, see your dealer.
If the SBZA displays do not light up
when vehicles are in the blind zone
and the system is clean, the system
may need service. Take the vehicle
to your dealer.
When SBZA is disabled for any
reason other than the driver turning
it off, the Side Blind Zone Alert ON
option will not be available on the
DIC menu.

FCC Information
See Radio Frequency Statement
0 367 .
ii

Lane Departure
Warning (LDW)
If equipped, LDW may help avoid
crashes due to unintentional lane
departures. It may provide an alert if
the vehicle is crossing a lane
without using a turn signal in that
direction. LDW uses a camera
sensor to detect the lane markings
at speeds of 56 km/h (35 mph) or
greater.

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

Driving and Operating

{ Warning
The LDW system does not steer
the vehicle. The LDW system
may not:
. Provide enough time to
avoid a crash.
. Detect lane markings under
poor weather or visibility
conditions. This can occur if
the windshield or
headlamps are blocked by
dirt, snow, or ice; if they are
not in proper condition; or if
the sun shines directly into
the camera.
. Detect road edges.
.

Detect lanes on winding or
hilly roads.

If LDW only detects lane
markings on one side of the road,
it will only warn you when
departing the lane on the side
where it has detected a lane
marking. Always keep your
attention on the road and
(Continued)

Warning (Continued)
maintain proper vehicle position
within the lane, or vehicle
damage, injury, or death could
occur. Always keep the
windshield, headlamps, and
camera sensors clean and in
good repair. Do not use LDW in
bad weather conditions.

How the System Works
The LDW camera sensor is on the
windshield ahead of the rearview
mirror.
To turn LDW on and off, press @ on
the center stack, forward of the shift
lever. The control indicator will light
when LDW is on.

251

When LDW is on, @ is green if
LDW is available to warn of a lane
departure. If the vehicle crosses a
detected lane marking without using
the turn signal in that direction, @
changes to amber and flashes.
Additionally, there will be three
beeps on the right or left, depending
on the lane departure direction.

When the System Does Not
Seem to Work Properly
The system may not detect lanes as
well when there are:
. Close vehicles ahead.
.

Sudden lighting changes, such
as when driving through tunnels.

.

Banked roads.

If the LDW system is not functioning
properly when lane markings are
clearly visible, cleaning the
windshield may help.

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

252

Driving and Operating

LDW alerts may occur due to tar
marks, shadows, cracks in the road,
temporary or construction lane
markings, or other road
imperfections. This is normal system
operation; the vehicle does not need
service. Turn LDW off if these
conditions continue.

Fuel
Use of the recommended fuel is an
important part of the proper
maintenance of this vehicle. When
driving in the U.S. and Canada, to
help keep the engine clean and
maintain optimum vehicle
performance, we recommend using
TOP TIER Detergent Gasolines.
See www.toptiergas.com for a list of
TOP TIER Detergent Gasolines.

octane rating below 87, as it may
cause engine damage and will lower
fuel economy.
Use of Seasonal Fuels
Use summer and winter fuels in the
appropriate season. The fuels
industry automatically modifies the
fuel for the appropriate season.
If fuel is left in the vehicle tank for
long periods of time, driving or
starting could be affected. Drive the
vehicle until the fuel is at one-half
tank or less, then refuel with the
current seasonal fuel.
Prohibited Fuels

Use regular unleaded gasoline
meeting ASTM specification D4814
with a posted octane rating of 87 or
higher. Do not use gasoline with an

Gasolines containing oxygenates
such as ethers and ethanol, as well
as reformulated gasolines, are
available in some cities. If these
gasolines comply with the
previously described specification,
then they are acceptable to use.
However, E85 (85% ethanol) and
other fuels containing more than
15% ethanol must be used only in
FlexFuel vehicles.

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

Driving and Operating
Caution
Do not use fuel containing
methanol. It can corrode metal
parts in the fuel system and also
damage plastic and rubber parts.
That damage would not be
covered under the vehicle
warranty.
Some gasolines, mainly high octane
racing gasolines, can contain an
octane-enhancing additive called
methylcyclopentadienyl manganese
tricarbonyl (MMT). Do not use
gasolines and/or fuel additives with
MMT as they can reduce spark plug
life and affect emission control
system performance. The
malfunction indicator lamp may turn
on. If this occurs, see your dealer
for service.

California Fuel
Requirements
If the vehicle is certified to meet
California Emissions Standards, it is
designed to operate on fuels that

meet California specifications. See
the underhood emission control
label. If this fuel is not available in
states adopting California Emissions
Standards, the vehicle will operate
satisfactorily on fuels meeting
federal specifications, but emission
control system performance might
be affected. The malfunction
indicator lamp could turn on and the
vehicle may not pass a smog-check
test. See Malfunction Indicator
Lamp (Check Engine Light) 0 123 .
If this occurs, return to your
authorized dealer for diagnosis. If it
is determined that the condition is
caused by the type of fuel used,
repairs may not be covered by the
vehicle warranty.
ii

Fuels in Foreign
Countries
If planning to drive in countries
outside the U.S. or Canada, the
proper fuel might be hard to find.
Check regional auto club or fuel
retail brand websites for availability
in the country where driving. Never
use leaded gasoline, fuel containing
methanol, manganese, or any other

253

fuel not recommended. Costly
repairs caused by use of improper
fuel would not be covered by the
vehicle warranty.

Fuel Additives
To keep fuel systems clean, TOP
TIER Detergent Gasoline is
recommended. See Fuel 0 252 .
ii

If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is
not available, one bottle of Fuel
System Treatment PLUS added to
the fuel tank at every engine oil
change, can help. Fuel System
Treatment PLUS is the only
gasoline additive recommended by
General Motors. It is available at
your dealer.

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

254

Driving and Operating

Filling the Tank

{ Warning
Fuel vapors and fuel fires burn
violently and can cause injury or
death.
.

To help avoid injuries to you
and others, read and follow
all the instructions on the
fuel pump island.

.

Turn off the engine when
refueling.

.

Keep sparks, flames, and
smoking materials away
from fuel.

.

Do not leave the fuel pump
unattended.

.

Do not use a cell phone
while refueling.

.

Do not reenter the vehicle
while pumping fuel.

.

Keep children away from
the fuel pump and never let
children pump fuel.
(Continued)

Warning (Continued)
.

Fuel can spray out if the fuel
cap is opened too quickly.
This spray can happen if the
tank is nearly full, and is
more likely in hot weather.
Open the fuel cap slowly
and wait for any hiss noise
to stop, then unscrew the
cap all the way.

The fuel cap is behind a hinged fuel
door on the driver side of the
vehicle. To open the fuel door, push
and release the rearward center
edge of the door.
To remove the fuel cap, turn it
slowly counterclockwise. The fuel
cap has a spring in it; if the cap is
released too soon, it will spring back
to the right.
While refueling, hang the fuel cap
from the hook on the fuel door.

{ Warning
Overfilling the fuel tank by more
than three clicks of a standard fill
nozzle may cause:
. Vehicle performance issues,
including engine stalling and
damage to the fuel system.
. Fuel spills.
.

Potential fuel fires.

Be careful not to spill fuel. Wait a
few seconds after you have finished
pumping before removing the

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

Driving and Operating
nozzle. Clean fuel from painted
surfaces as soon as possible. See
Exterior Care 0 332 .
ii

When replacing the fuel cap, turn it
clockwise until it clicks. Make sure
the cap is fully installed. If the cap is
not properly installed, the
malfunction indicator lamp may
come on. See Malfunction Indicator
Lamp (Check Engine Light) 0 123 .
ii

{ Warning
If a fire starts while you are
refueling, do not remove the
nozzle. Shut off the flow of fuel by
shutting off the pump or by
notifying the station attendant.
Leave the area immediately.

Caution
If a new fuel cap is needed, be
sure to get the right type of cap
from your dealer. The wrong type
of fuel cap may not fit properly,
may cause the malfunction
(Continued)

Caution (Continued)
indicator lamp to light, and could
damage the fuel tank and
emissions system. See
Malfunction Indicator Lamp
(Check Engine Light) 0 123 .

Warning (Continued)
.

Place the container on the
ground.

.

Place the nozzle inside the
fill opening of the container
before dispensing fuel, and
keep it in contact with the fill
opening until filling is
complete.

.

Fill the container no more
than 95% full to allow for
expansion.

.

Do not smoke, light
matches, or use lighters
while pumping fuel.

.

Avoid using cell phones or
other electronic devices.

ii

Filling a Portable Fuel
Container

{ Warning
Filling a portable fuel container
while it is in the vehicle can cause
fuel vapors that can ignite either
by static electricity or other
means. You or others could be
badly burned and the vehicle
could be damaged. Always:
. Use approved fuel
containers.
. Remove the container from
the vehicle, trunk, or pickup
bed before filling.
(Continued)

255

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

256

Driving and Operating
.

Trailer Towing
General Towing
Information

.

Only use towing equipment that has
been designed for the vehicle.
Contact your dealer or trailering
dealer for assistance with preparing
the vehicle for towing a trailer. Read
the entire section before towing a
trailer.

.

Do not tow a trailer during the
first 800 km (500 mi), to prevent
damage to the engine, axle or
other parts.
Then, during the first 800 km
(500 mi) trailer towing, do not
drive over 80 km/h (50 mph) and
do not make starts at full throttle.
The vehicle can tow in D (Drive)
but M (Manual Mode) is
recommended. See Manual
Mode 0 235 . Use a lower gear if
the transmission shifts too often.
ii

For towing a disabled vehicle, see
Towing the Vehicle 0 328 . For
towing the vehicle behind another
vehicle such as a motor home, see
Recreational Vehicle Towing 0 328 .
ii

ii

Driving Characteristics
and Towing Tips
Driving with a Trailer
When towing a trailer:
. Become familiar with the state
and local laws that apply
specifically to trailer towing.

.

Turn off Park Assist when
towing.

{ Warning
When towing a trailer, exhaust
gases may collect at the rear of
the vehicle and enter if the
liftgate, trunk/hatch, or rear-most
window is open.
When towing a trailer:
(Continued)

Warning (Continued)
.

Do not drive with the
liftgate, trunk/hatch,
or rear-most window open.

.

Fully open the air outlets on
or under the instrument
panel.

.

Also adjust the climate
control system to a setting
that brings in only outside
air. See “Climate Control
Systems” in the Index.

For information about carbon
monoxide, see Engine Exhaust
0 232 .
ii

Towing a trailer requires a certain
amount of experience. The
combination you are driving is
longer and not as responsive as the
vehicle itself. Get acquainted with
the handling and braking of the rig
before setting out for the open road.
Before starting, check all trailer hitch
parts and attachments, safety
chains, electrical connectors, lamps,
tires and mirrors. If the trailer has

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

Driving and Operating
electric brakes, start the
combination moving and then apply
the trailer brake controller by hand
to be sure the brakes work.
During the trip, check occasionally
to be sure that the load is secure
and the lamps and any trailer
brakes still work.

Towing with a Stability Control
System
When towing, the sound of the
stability control system might be
heard. The system is reacting to the
vehicle movement caused by the
trailer, which mainly occurs during
cornering. This is normal when
towing heavier trailers.

Following Distance
Stay at least twice as far behind the
vehicle ahead as you would when
driving the vehicle without a trailer.
This can help to avoid situations
that require heavy braking and
sudden turns.

Passing
More passing distance is needed
when towing a trailer. Because the
rig is longer, it is necessary to go
farther beyond the passed vehicle
before returning to the lane.

Backing Up
Hold the bottom of the steering
wheel with one hand. To move the
trailer to the left, move your hand to
the left. To move the trailer to the
right, move your hand to the right.
Always back up slowly and,
if possible, have someone
guide you.

Making Turns
Caution
Making very sharp turns while
trailering could cause the trailer to
come in contact with the vehicle.
The vehicle could be damaged.
Avoid making very sharp turns
while trailering.

257

When turning with a trailer, make
wider turns than normal so the
trailer will not strike soft shoulders,
curbs, road signs, trees or other
objects. Use the turn signal well in
advance and avoid jerky or sudden
maneuvers.

Turn Signals When Towing a
Trailer
The turn signal indicators on the
instrument cluster flash whenever
signaling a turn or lane change.
Properly hooked up, the trailer
lamps also flash, telling other
drivers the vehicle is turning,
changing lanes or stopping.
When towing a trailer, the arrows on
the instrument cluster flash for turns
even if the bulbs on the trailer are
burned out. Check occasionally to
be sure the trailer bulbs are still
working.

Driving on Grades
Reduce speed and shift to a lower
gear before starting down a long or
steep downgrade. If the
transmission is not shifted down, the

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

258

Driving and Operating

brakes might have to be used so
much that they would get hot and no
longer work well.
The vehicle can tow in D (Drive).
Use a lower gear if the transmission
shifts too often.
The Tow/Haul Mode may be used if
the transmission shifts too often.
See Tow/Haul Mode 0 236 .
ii

When towing at high altitude on
steep uphill grades, engine coolant
boils at a lower temperature than at
normal altitudes. If the engine is
turned off immediately after towing
at high altitude on steep uphill
grades, the vehicle could show
signs similar to engine overheating.
To avoid this, let the engine run
while parked, preferably on level
ground, with the transmission in
P (Park) for a few minutes before
turning the engine off. If the
overheat warning comes on, see
Engine Overheating 0 278 .
ii

Parking on Hills

{ Warning
Parking the vehicle on a hill with
the trailer attached can be
dangerous. If something goes
wrong, the rig could start to move.
People can be injured, and both
the vehicle and the trailer can be
damaged. When possible, always
park the rig on a flat surface.
If parking the rig on a hill:
1. Press the brake pedal, but do
not shift into P (Park) yet. Turn
the wheels into the curb if
facing downhill or into traffic if
facing uphill.
2. Have someone place chocks
under the trailer wheels.
3. When the wheel chocks are in
place, release the brake pedal
until the chocks absorb
the load.
4. Reapply the brake pedal. Then
apply the parking brake and
shift into P (Park).

5. Release the brake pedal.

Leaving After Parking on a Hill
1. Apply and hold the brake pedal
while you:
. Start the engine.
.

Shift into a gear.

.

Release the parking brake.

2. Let up on the brake pedal.
3. Drive slowly until the trailer is
clear of the chocks.
4. Stop and have someone pick
up and store the chocks.

Maintenance When Trailer
Towing
The vehicle needs service more
often when pulling a trailer. See the
Maintenance Schedule 0 342 .
Things that are especially important
in trailer operation are automatic
transmission fluid, engine oil, axle
lubricant, belts, cooling system and
brake system. Inspect these before
and during the trip.
ii

Check periodically to see that all
hitch nuts and bolts are tight.

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

Driving and Operating
Engine Cooling When Trailer
Towing
The cooling system may temporarily
overheat during severe operating
conditions. See Engine Overheating
0 278 .
ii

Trailer Towing
Three important considerations
have to do with weight:
. The weight of the trailer.
.

The weight of the trailer tongue.

.

The total weight on the vehicle's
tires.

Weight of the Trailer
How heavy can a trailer safely be?
Speed, altitude, road grades,
outside temperature, special
equipment, and the amount of
tongue weight the vehicle can carry
must be considered. See “Weight of
the Trailer Tongue” later in this
section for more information.
Maximum trailer weight is calculated
assuming only the driver is in the
tow vehicle and it has all the

required trailering equipment. The
weight of additional optional
equipment, passengers and cargo in
the tow vehicle must be subtracted
from the maximum trailer weight.
Use the following chart to determine
how much the vehicle can weigh,
based upon the vehicle model and
options.

259

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

260

Driving and Operating
Vehicle

Maximum Trailer Weight

Front-Wheel Drive
Front-Wheel Drive, V92 Trailer Towing Package
All-Wheel Drive
All-Wheel Drive, V92 Trailer Towing Package

*GCWR

907 kg (2,000 lb)

3 402 kg (7,500 lb)

2 359 kg (5,200 lb)

4 649 kg (10,250 lb)

907 kg (2,000 lb)

3 493 kg (7,700 lb)

2 359 kg (5,200 lb)

4 740 kg (10,450 lb)

*The Gross Combination Weight Rating (GCWR) is the total allowable weight of the completely loaded vehicle and
trailer including any passengers, cargo, equipment and conversions. The GCWR for the vehicle should not be
exceeded.

Ask your dealer for trailering
information or advice.

Weight of the Trailer Tongue
The tongue load (1) of any trailer is
an important weight to measure
because it affects the total gross
weight of the vehicle. The Gross
Vehicle Weight (GVW) includes the
curb weight of the vehicle, any
cargo carried in it, and the people
who will be riding in the vehicle.
If there are a lot of options,
equipment, passengers or cargo in
the vehicle, it will reduce the tongue
weight the vehicle can carry, which
will also reduce the trailer weight the

vehicle can tow. If towing a trailer,
the tongue load must be added to
the GVW because the vehicle will
be carrying that weight, too. See
Vehicle Load Limits 0 222 .
ii

If a weight-carrying hitch or a
weight-distributing hitch is being
used, the trailer tongue (1) should
weigh 10-15 percent of the total
loaded trailer weight (2).

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

Driving and Operating
After loading the trailer, weigh the
trailer and then the tongue,
separately, to see if the weights are
proper. If they are not, adjustments
might be made by moving some
items around in the trailer.
Trailering may be limited by the
vehicle's ability to carry tongue
weight. Tongue weight cannot cause
the vehicle to exceed the GVWR
(Gross Vehicle Weight Rating) or
the RGAWR (Rear Gross Axle
Weight Rating). The effect of
additional weight may reduce the
trailering capacity more than the
total of the additional weight.
It is important that the vehicle does
not exceed any of its ratings —
GCWR, GVWR, RGAWR, Maximum
Trailer Rating or Tongue Weight.
The only way to be sure it is not
exceeding any of these ratings is to
weigh the vehicle and trailer.

Total Weight on the Vehicle's
Tires
Inflate the vehicle's tires to the
upper limit for cold tires. These
numbers can be found on the

Certification label or see Vehicle
Load Limits 0 222 for more
information. Do not go over the
GVW limit for the vehicle, or the
GAWR, including the weight of the
trailer tongue. If using a weight
distributing hitch, do not go over the
rear axle limit before applying the
weight distribution spring bars.
ii

261

holes are not sealed, dirt, water,
and deadly carbon monoxide
(CO) from the exhaust may get
into the vehicle. See Engine
Exhaust 0 232 .
ii

Weight-Distributing Hitches and
Weight Carrying Hitches

Towing Equipment
Hitches
It is important to have the correct
hitch equipment. Crosswinds, large
trucks going by, and rough roads
are a few reasons why the right
hitch is needed.
. The rear bumper on the vehicle
is not intended for hitches. Do
not attach rental hitches or other
bumper-type hitches to it. Use
only a frame-mounted hitch that
does not attach to the bumper.
. Will any holes be made in the
body of the vehicle when the
trailer hitch is installed? If so,
then be sure to seal the holes
when the hitch is removed. If the

1. Front of Vehicle
2. Body-to-Ground Distance

When using a weight-distributing
hitch, the hitch must be adjusted so
that the distance (2) remains the
same both before and after coupling
the trailer to the tow vehicle.

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

262

Driving and Operating

Safety Chains

Trailer Wiring Harness

Always attach chains between the
vehicle and the trailer. Cross the
safety chains under the tongue of
the trailer to help prevent the tongue
from contacting the road if it
becomes separated from the hitch.
Always leave just enough slack so
the rig can turn. Never allow safety
chains to drag on the ground.

Basic Trailer Wiring

Trailer Brakes

The seven-wire harness contains
the following trailer circuits:
. Yellow: Left Stop/Turn Signal

A loaded trailer that weighs more
than 450 kg (1,000 lb) needs to have
its own brake system that is
adequate for the weight of the
trailer. Be sure to read and follow
the instructions for the trailer brakes
so they are installed, adjusted, and
maintained properly.
Because the vehicle has antilock
brakes, do not try to tap into the
vehicle's hydraulic brake system.
If you do, both brake systems will
not work well, or at all.

The trailer wiring harness, with a
seven-pin connector, is located at
the rear of the vehicle and is tied to
the vehicle's frame. The harness
connector can be plugged into a
seven-pin universal heavy-duty
trailer connector available through
your dealer.

*The fuse for this circuit is installed
in the underhood electrical center,
but the wires are not connected.
They should be connected by your
dealer or a qualified service center.
If the back-up lamp circuit is not
functional, contact your dealer.
To help charge a remote
(non-vehicle) battery, press the Tow/
Haul Mode button at the end of the
shift lever. If the trailer is too light for
Tow/Haul Mode, turn on the
headlamps to help charge the
battery.

.

Dark Green: Right Stop/Turn
Signal

Electric Trailer Brake Control
Wiring Provisions

.

Brown: Taillamps

.

Black: Ground

.

Light Green: Back-up Lamps

.

Red/Black: Battery Feed

.

Dark Blue: Trailer Brake*

These wiring provisions for an
electric trailer brake controller are
included with the vehicle as part of
the trailer wiring package. The
instrument panel contains blunt cut
wires above the parking brake
assembly for the electric trailer
brake controller. The harness
contains the following wires:
. Red/Black: Power Supply
.

White: Brake Switch Signal

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

Driving and Operating
.

Gray: Illumination

.

Dark Blue: Trailer Brake Signal

.

Black: Ground

The electric trailer brake controller
should be installed by your dealer or
a qualified service center.

Conversions and
Add-Ons

263

Caution

Add-On Electrical
Equipment

{ Warning
The Data Link Connector
(DLC) is used for vehicle service
and Emission Inspection/
Maintenance testing. See
Malfunction Indicator Lamp
(Check Engine Light) 0 123 .
A device connected to the DLC —
such as an aftermarket fleet or
driver-behavior tracking device —
may interfere with vehicle
systems. This could affect vehicle
operation and cause a crash.
Such devices may also access
information stored in the vehicle’s
systems.
ii

Some electrical equipment can
damage the vehicle or cause
components to not work and
would not be covered by the
vehicle warranty. Always check
with your dealer before adding
electrical equipment.
Add-on equipment can drain the
vehicle's 12-volt battery, even if the
vehicle is not operating.
The vehicle has an airbag system.
Before attempting to add anything
electrical to the vehicle, see
Servicing the Airbag-Equipped
Vehicle 0 81 and Adding Equipment
to the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle
0 81 .
ii

ii

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

264

Vehicle Care

Vehicle Care
General Information
General Information . . . . . . . . . .
California Proposition
65 Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
California Perchlorate
Materials Requirements . . . . .
Accessories and
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

265
265
265
266

Vehicle Checks
Doing Your Own
Service Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Engine Compartment
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Engine Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . .
Automatic Transmission
Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Engine Air Cleaner/Filter . . . . . .
Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Engine Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Engine Overheating . . . . . . . . . .
Overheated Engine Protection
Operating Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Steering Fluid . . . . . . . . .
Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

266
267
268
269
269
272
273
273
274
275
278
280
280
281

Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282
Brake Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282
Battery - North America . . . . . . 283
All-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284
Starter Switch Check . . . . . . . . . 284
Automatic Transmission Shift
Lock Control Function
Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284
Ignition Transmission Lock
Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285
Park Brake and P (Park)
Mechanism Check . . . . . . . . . . 285
Wiper Blade Replacement . . . . 285

Headlamp Aiming
Headlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . 287

Bulb Replacement
Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . .
Taillamps, Turn Signal, and
Stoplamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
License Plate Lamp . . . . . . . . . .
Replacement Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . .

287
287
288
288

Electrical System
High Voltage Devices and
Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Electrical System Overload . . .
Fuses and Circuit Breakers . . .
Engine Compartment Fuse
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

289
289
289
290

Instrument Panel Fuse
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293

Wheels and Tires
Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296
All-Season Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297
Winter Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297
Summer Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298
Tire Sidewall Labeling . . . . . . . . 298
Tire Designations . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300
Tire Terminology and
Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303
Tire Pressure Monitor
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304
Tire Pressure Monitor
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305
Tire Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308
Tire Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309
When It Is Time for New
Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310
Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310
Different Size Tires and
Wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312
Uniform Tire Quality
Grading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312
Wheel Alignment and Tire
Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314
Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 314
Tire Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315
If a Tire Goes Flat . . . . . . . . . . . . 315

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

Vehicle Care
Tire Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316
Compact Spare Tire . . . . . . . . . . 323

Jump Starting
Jump Starting - North
America . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325

General Information
For service and parts needs, visit
your dealer. You will receive
genuine GM parts and GM-trained
and supported service people.

265

harm. Engine exhaust, many parts
and systems, many fluids, and
some component wear by-products
contain and/or emit these
chemicals.
See Battery - North America 0 283
and Jump Starting - North America
0 325 .

ii

Towing the Vehicle
Towing the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . 328
Recreational Vehicle
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328

Genuine GM parts have one of
these marks:

ii

California Perchlorate
Materials Requirements

Appearance Care
Exterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332
Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336
Floor Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339

California Proposition
65 Warning
WARNING: Most motor vehicles,
including this one, contain and/or
emit chemicals known to the State
of California to cause cancer and
birth defects or other reproductive

Certain types of automotive
applications, such as airbag
initiators, safety belt pretensioners,
and lithium batteries contained in
Remote Keyless Entry transmitters,
may contain perchlorate materials.
Special handling may be necessary.
For additional information, see
www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/
perchlorate.

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

266

Vehicle Care

Accessories and
Modifications
Adding non-dealer accessories or
making modifications to the vehicle
can affect vehicle performance and
safety, including such things as
airbags, braking, stability, ride and
handling, emissions systems,
aerodynamics, durability, and
electronic systems like antilock
brakes, traction control, and stability
control. These accessories or
modifications could even cause
malfunction or damage not covered
by the vehicle warranty.
Damage to suspension components
caused by modifying vehicle height
outside of factory settings will not be
covered by the warranty.

Damage to vehicle components
resulting from modifications or the
installation or use of non-GM
certified parts, including control
module or software modifications, is
not covered under the terms of the
vehicle warranty and may affect
remaining warranty coverage for
affected parts.
GM Accessories are designed to
complement and function with other
systems on the vehicle. See your
dealer to accessorize the vehicle
using genuine GM Accessories
installed by a dealer technician.
Also, see Adding Equipment to the
Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 81 .

Vehicle Checks
Doing Your Own
Service Work

{ Warning
It can be dangerous to work on
your vehicle if you do not have
the proper knowledge, service
manual, tools, or parts. Always
follow owner manual procedures
and consult the service manual
for your vehicle before doing any
service work.

ii

If doing some of your own service
work, use the proper service
manual. It tells you much more
about how to service the vehicle
than this manual can. To order the
proper service manual, see Service
Publications Ordering Information
0 366 .
ii

This vehicle has an airbag system.
Before attempting to do your own
service work, see Servicing the
Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 81 .
ii

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

Vehicle Care
Keep a record with all parts receipts
and list the mileage and the date of
any service work performed. See
Maintenance Records 0 353 .

Pull the hood down to close. Lower
the hood until the lifting pressure of
the strut is reduced. Then allow the
hood to fall and latch into place
under its own weight. Check to
make sure the hood is closed. If the
hood does not fully latch, gently
push the hood down at the front and
center of the hood until it is
completely latched.

ii

Caution
Even small amounts of
contamination can cause damage
to vehicle systems. Do not allow
contaminants to contact the fluids,
reservoir caps, or dipsticks.

Hood
To open the hood:

2. At the front of the vehicle, pull
up on the center of the hood,
and push the secondary hood
release to the right.
3. After you have partially lifted
the hood, gas struts will
automatically take over to lift
and hold the hood in the fully
open position.

1. Pull the hood release handle
with this symbol on it. It is
under the instrument panel on
the driver side of the vehicle.

267

Before closing the hood, be sure all
filler caps are on properly.

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

268

Vehicle Care

Engine Compartment Overview

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

Vehicle Care
1. Remote Negative (−) Terminal.
See Jump Starting - North
America 0 325 .
ii

2. Engine Compartment Fuse
Block 0 290 .
ii

3. Radiator Pressure Cap (Out of
View). See Cooling System
0 274 .
ii

4. Engine Coolant Recovery Cap.
See Cooling System 0 274 .
ii

11. Brake Fluid Reservoir. See
Brake Fluid 0 282 .

2. Raise the engine cover (2) to
release it from the retainers.

12. Windshield Washer Fluid
Reservoir. See “Adding Washer
Fluid” under Washer Fluid
0 281 .

3. Lift and remove the engine
cover.

ii

ii

13. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter
0 273 .
ii

Engine Cover

5. Remote Positive (+) Terminal.
See Jump Starting - North
America 0 325 .
ii

6. Power Steering Reservoir and
Cap (Under Engine Cover).
See Power Steering Fluid
0 280 .
ii

7. Engine Oil Fill Cap. See “When
to Add Engine Oil” under
Engine Oil 0 269 .
ii

8. Engine Oil Dipstick (Out of
View). See “Checking Engine
Oil” under Engine Oil 0 269 .
ii

9. Engine Cooling Fans (Out of
View). See Cooling System
0 274 .
ii

10. Engine Cover 0 269 .
ii

269

1. Oil Fill Cap
2. Engine Cover

To remove:
1. Remove the oil fill cap (1).

4. Reverse Steps 1–3 to reinstall
engine cover.

Engine Oil
To ensure proper engine
performance and long life, careful
attention must be paid to engine oil.
Following these simple, but
important steps will help protect
your investment:
. Use engine oil approved to the
proper specification and of the
proper viscosity grade. See
“Selecting the Right Engine Oil”
in this section.
. Check the engine oil level
regularly and maintain the
proper oil level. See “Checking
Engine Oil” and “When to Add
Engine Oil” in this section.
. Change the engine oil at the
appropriate time. See Engine Oil
Life System 0 272 .
ii

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

270
.

Vehicle Care

Always dispose of engine oil
properly. See “What to Do with
Used Oil” in this section.

Checking Engine Oil
It is a good idea to check the engine
oil level at each fuel fill. In order to
get an accurate reading, the vehicle
must be on level ground. The
engine oil dipstick handle is a loop.
See Engine Compartment Overview
0 268 for the location of the engine
oil dipstick.
ii

Obtaining an accurate oil level
reading is essential:
1. If the engine has been running
recently, turn off the engine and
allow several minutes for the oil
to drain back into the oil pan.
Checking the oil level too soon
after engine shutoff will not
provide an accurate oil level
reading.

{ Warning
The engine oil dipstick handle
may be hot; it could burn you.
Use a towel or glove to touch the
dipstick handle.
2. Pull out the dipstick and wipe it
with a clean paper towel or
cloth, then push it back in all
the way. Remove it again,
keeping the tip down, and
check the level.

When to Add Engine Oil

If the oil is below the cross-hatched
area at the tip of the dipstick, add
1 L (1 qt) of the recommended oil
and then recheck the level. See
“Selecting the Right Engine Oil” in
this section for an explanation of
what kind of oil to use. For engine

oil crankcase capacity, see
Capacities and Specifications
0 355 .
ii

Caution
Do not add too much oil. Oil
levels above or below the
acceptable operating range
shown on the dipstick are harmful
to the engine. If you find that you
have an oil level above the
operating range, i.e., the engine
has so much oil that the oil level
gets above the cross-hatched
area that shows the proper
operating range, the engine could
be damaged. You should drain
out the excess oil or limit driving
of the vehicle and seek a service
professional to remove the
excess amount of oil.
See Engine Compartment Overview
0 268 for the location of the engine
oil fill cap.
ii

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

Vehicle Care
Add enough oil to put the level
somewhere in the proper operating
range. Push the dipstick all the way
back in when through.

Selecting the Right Engine Oil
Selecting the right engine oil
depends on both the proper oil
specification and viscosity grade.
See Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants 0 351 .
ii

Specification
Ask for and use engine oils that
meet the dexos1™ specification.
Engine oils that have been
approved by GM as meeting the
dexos1 specification are marked
with the dexos1 approved logo. See
www.gmdexos.com.

Caution
Failure to use the recommended
engine oil or equivalent can result
in engine damage not covered by
the vehicle warranty.
Viscosity Grade
Use SAE 5W-30 viscosity grade
engine oil.
Cold Temperature Operation: In an
area of extreme cold, where the
temperature falls below −29 °C
(−20 °F), an SAE 0W-30 oil may be
used. An oil of this viscosity grade
will provide easier cold starting for
the engine at extremely low
temperatures. When selecting an oil
of the appropriate viscosity grade, it
is recommended to select an oil of
the correct specification. See
“Specification” earlier in this section.

271

Engine Oil Additives/Engine
Oil Flushes
Do not add anything to the oil. The
recommended oils meeting the
dexos1 specification are all that is
needed for good performance and
engine protection.
Engine oil system flushes are not
recommended and could cause
engine damage not covered by the
vehicle warranty.

What to Do with Used Oil
Used engine oil contains certain
elements that can be unhealthy for
your skin and could even cause
cancer. Do not let used oil stay on
your skin for very long. Clean your
skin and nails with soap and water,
or a good hand cleaner. Wash or
properly dispose of clothing or rags
containing used engine oil. See the
manufacturer's warnings about the
use and disposal of oil products.
Used oil can be a threat to the
environment. If you change your
own oil, be sure to drain all the oil
from the filter before disposal. Never
dispose of oil by putting it in the

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

272

Vehicle Care

trash or pouring it on the ground,
into sewers, or into streams or
bodies of water. Recycle it by taking
it to a place that collects used oil.

Engine Oil Life System
When to Change Engine Oil
This vehicle has a computer system
that indicates when to change the
engine oil and filter. This is based
on a combination of factors which
include engine revolutions, engine
temperature, and miles driven.
Based on driving conditions, the
mileage at which an oil change is
indicated can vary considerably. For
the oil life system to work properly,
the system must be reset every time
the oil is changed.
When the system has calculated
that oil life has been diminished, it
indicates that an oil change is
necessary. A CHANGE ENGINE
OIL SOON message comes on.
Change the oil as soon as possible
within the next 1 000 km (600 mi).
It is possible that, if driving under
the best conditions, the oil life
system might indicate that an oil

change is not necessary for up to a
year. The engine oil and filter must
be changed at least once a year
and, at this time, the system must
be reset. Your dealer has trained
service people who will perform this
work and reset the system. It is also
important to check the oil regularly
over the course of an oil drain
interval and keep it at the proper
level.
If the system is ever reset
accidentally, the oil must be
changed at 5 000 km (3,000 mi)
since the last oil change.
Remember to reset the oil life
system whenever the oil is changed.

How to Reset the Engine Oil
Life System
Reset the system whenever the
engine oil is changed so that the
system can calculate the next
engine oil change. To reset the
system:
If the vehicle does not have Driver
Information Center (DIC) buttons:

1. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN,
with the engine off. The vehicle
must be in P (Park) to access
this display. Press the trip
odometer reset stem until OIL
LIFE REMAINING displays.
2. Press and hold the trip
odometer reset stem until OIL
LIFE REMAINING shows
“100%.” Three chimes sound
and the CHANGE ENGINE OIL
SOON message goes off.
3. Turn the key to LOCK/OFF.
If the CHANGE ENGINE OIL
SOON message comes back
on when the vehicle is started,
the engine oil life system has
not been reset. Repeat the
procedure.
If the vehicle has Driver Information
Center (DIC) buttons:
1. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN,
with the engine off.
2. Press the vehicle information
button until OIL LIFE
REMAINING displays.

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

Vehicle Care
3. Press and hold the set/reset
button until “100%” is
displayed. Three chimes sound
and the CHANGE ENGINE OIL
SOON message goes off.
4. Turn the key to LOCK/OFF.
If the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON
message comes back on when the
vehicle is started, the engine oil life
system has not been reset. Repeat
the procedure.

Automatic Transmission
Fluid
It is not necessary to check the
transmission fluid level.
A transmission fluid leak is the only
reason for fluid loss. If a leak
occurs, take the vehicle to the
dealer and have it repaired as soon
as possible.
Change the fluid at the intervals
listed in Maintenance Schedule
0 342 , and be sure to use the
transmission fluid listed in
Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants 0 351 .
ii

ii

Caution
Use of the incorrect automatic
transmission fluid may damage
the vehicle, and the damage may
not be covered by the vehicle
warranty. Always use the
automatic transmission fluid listed
in Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants 0 351 .
ii

The transmission fluid will not reach
the end of the dipstick unless the
transmission is at operating
temperature. If you need to check
the transmission fluid level, please
take the vehicle to your dealer.

Engine Air Cleaner/Filter
See Engine Compartment Overview
0 268 for the location of the engine
air cleaner/filter.
ii

273

When to Inspect the Engine Air
Cleaner/Filter
For intervals on changing and
inspecting the engine air cleaner/
filter, see Maintenance Schedule
0 342 .
ii

How to Inspect the Engine Air
Cleaner/Filter
Do not start the engine or have the
engine running with the engine air
cleaner/filter housing open. Before
removing the engine air cleaner/
filter, make sure that the engine air
cleaner/filter housing and nearby
components are free of dirt and
debris. Remove the engine air
cleaner/filter. Lightly tap and shake
the engine air cleaner/filter (away
from the vehicle), to release loose
dust and dirt. Inspect the engine air
cleaner/filter for damage, and
replace if damaged. Do not clean
the engine air cleaner/filter or
components with water or
compressed air.

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

274

Vehicle Care

To inspect or replace the engine air
cleaner/filter:

5. Reverse Steps 1–4 to reinstall
the housing cover and
reconnect the electrical
connector to the sensor.

{ Warning
Operating the engine with the air
cleaner/filter off can cause you or
others to be burned. The air
cleaner not only cleans the air; it
helps to stop flames if the engine
backfires. Use caution when
working on the engine and do not
drive with the air cleaner/filter off.
1. Air Duct Clamp
2. Electrical Connector
3. Screws

1. Loosen the air duct clamp (1).
2. Disconnect the electrical
connector (2).
3. Remove the screws (3) and lift
the cover assembly.
4. Inspect or replace the air
cleaner/filter.

Caution
If the air cleaner/filter is off, dirt
can easily get into the engine,
which could damage it. Always
have the air cleaner/filter in place
when you are driving.

Cooling System
The cooling system allows the
engine to maintain the correct
working temperature.

1. Radiator Pressure Cap
(Under Sight Shield)
2. Engine Coolant
Recovery Tank
3. Engine Cooling Fans (Out
of View)

{ Warning
An electric engine cooling fan
under the hood can start up even
when the engine is not running
and can cause injury. Keep
hands, clothing, and tools away
from any underhood electric fan.

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

Vehicle Care

{ Warning
Heater and radiator hoses, and
other engine parts, can be very
hot. Do not touch them. If you do,
you can be burned.
Do not run the engine if there is a
leak. If you run the engine, it
could lose all coolant. That could
cause an engine fire, and you
could be burned. Get any leak
fixed before you drive the vehicle.

Caution
Using coolant other than
DEX-COOL® can cause
premature engine, heater core,
or radiator corrosion. In addition,
the engine coolant could require
changing sooner. Any repairs
would not be covered by the
vehicle warranty. Always use
DEX-COOL (silicate-free) coolant
in the vehicle.

Engine Coolant

275

Warning (Continued)

The cooling system in the vehicle is
filled with DEX-COOL® engine
coolant. See Maintenance Schedule
0 342 and Recommended Fluids
and Lubricants 0 351 .

could catch fire and you or others
could be burned. Use a 50/
50 mixture of clean, drinkable
water and DEX-COOL coolant.

ii

ii

The following explains the cooling
system and how to check and add
coolant when it is low. If there is a
problem with engine overheating,
see Engine Overheating 0 278 .
ii

What to Use

{ Warning
Adding only plain water or some
other liquid to the cooling system
can be dangerous. Plain water
and other liquids, can boil before
the proper coolant mixture will.
The coolant warning system is set
for the proper coolant mixture.
With plain water or the wrong
mixture, the engine could get too
hot but you would not get the
overheat warning. The engine
(Continued)

Use a 50/50 mixture of clean,
drinkable water and DEX-COOL
coolant. If using this mixture,
nothing else needs to be added.
This mixture:
. Gives freezing protection down
to −37 °C (−34 °F), outside
temperature.
. Gives boiling protection up to
129 °C (265 °F), engine
temperature.
. Protects against rust and
corrosion.
. Will not damage aluminum parts.
.

Helps keep the proper engine
temperature.

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

276

Vehicle Care
Caution

If improper coolant mixture,
inhibitors, or additives are used in
the vehicle cooling system, the
engine could overheat and be
damaged. Too much water in the
mixture can freeze and crack
engine cooling parts. The repairs
would not be covered by the
vehicle warranty. Use only the
proper mixture of engine coolant
for the cooling system. See
Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants 0 351 .
ii

Never dispose of engine coolant by
putting it in the trash, pouring it on
the ground, or into sewers, streams,
or bodies of water. Have the coolant
changed by an authorized service
center, familiar with legal
requirements regarding used
coolant disposal. This will help
protect the environment and your
health.

Checking Coolant
The vehicle must be on a level
surface when checking the coolant
level.
Check to see if coolant is visible in
the coolant recovery tank. If the
coolant inside the coolant recovery
tank is boiling, do not do anything
else until it cools down. If coolant is
visible but the coolant level is not at
or above the FULL COLD mark or
the FULL COLD ISO symbol mark,
add a 50/50 mixture of clean,
drinkable water and DEX-COOL
coolant at the coolant recovery tank,
but be sure the cooling system is
cool before this is done. See Engine
Overheating 0 278 .
ii

When the engine is cold, the coolant
level should be at or above the
FULL COLD mark or the FULL
COLD ISO symbol mark on the
recovery tank.
When the engine is hot, the level
could be higher than the FULL
COLD mark or the FULL COLD ISO
symbol mark. If the coolant is below
the FULL COLD mark or the FULL
COLD ISO symbol mark when the
engine is hot, there could be a leak
in the cooling system.
If the coolant is low, add the coolant
or take the vehicle to your dealer for
service.

How to Add Coolant to the
Recovery Tank

{ Warning

The coolant recovery tank cap has
this symbol on it.

You can be burned if you spill
coolant on hot engine parts.
Coolant contains ethylene glycol
and it will burn if the engine parts
are hot enough. Do not spill
coolant on a hot engine.

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

Vehicle Care
Caution

Warning (Continued)

This vehicle has a specific
coolant fill procedure. Failure to
follow this procedure could cause
the engine to overheat and be
severely damaged.

including the surge tank pressure
cap, is hot. Wait for the cooling
system and surge tank pressure
cap to cool.

If recovery tank is empty, check the
coolant level in the radiator before
adding coolant to the recovery tank
or take the vehicle to the dealer for
service. See “How to Add Coolant to
the Radiator” later in this section.

If coolant is needed, add the proper
mixture directly to the radiator, but
be sure the cooling system is cool
before this is done. Then check the
recovery tank and add coolant if
needed.

If coolant is needed, add the proper
DEX-COOL coolant mixture at the
coolant recovery tank.

2. Remove the radiator pressure
cap when the cooling system,
including the upper radiator
hose, is no longer hot. Turn the
pressure cap slowly
counterclockwise about one
full turn.
If a hiss is heard, wait for that
to stop. A hiss means there is
still some pressure left in the
system.
3. Keep turning the pressure cap
slowly and remove it.

How to Add Coolant to the
Radiator

4. Fill the radiator to the base of
the filler neck with the proper
DEX-COOL coolant mixture.

{ Warning
Steam and scalding liquids from a
hot cooling system can blow out
and burn you badly. Never turn
the cap when the cooling system,
(Continued)

277

1. Detach the fasteners and lift off
the panel that covers the
radiator cap.

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

278

Vehicle Care
6. Reinstall the cap on the coolant
recovery tank but leave the
radiator pressure cap off.
7. Start the engine and let it run
until the upper radiator hose
feels warm. Any time during
this procedure, watch out for
the engine cooling fans.
8. If the coolant level inside the
radiator filler neck is low, add
more of the proper DEX-COOL
coolant mixture through the
filler neck until the level is back
up to the base of the filler neck.
9. Replace the pressure cap
tightly. At any time during this
procedure if coolant begins to
flow out of the filler neck,
reinstall the pressure cap.

Caution

5. Fill the coolant recovery tank to
the FULL COLD mark or to the
FULL COLD ISO symbol mark.

If the pressure cap is not tightly
installed, coolant loss and
possible engine damage may
occur. Be sure the cap is properly
and tightly secured.

Engine Overheating
The vehicle has several indicators
to warn of engine overheating.
There is an engine coolant
temperature gauge on the
instrument panel cluster. See
Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge
0 119 .
ii

The vehicle may also display an
ENGINE OVERHEATED IDLE
ENGINE and ENGINE
OVERHEATED STOP ENGINE
message in the Driver Information
Center (DIC). See Engine Cooling
System Messages 0 138 .
ii

You may decide not to lift the hood
when this warning appears, but
instead get service help right away.
See Roadside Assistance Program
0 361 .
ii

If you do decide to lift the hood,
make sure the vehicle is parked on
a level surface.
Then check to see if the engine
cooling fans are running. If the
engine is overheating, both fans

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

Vehicle Care
should be running. If they are not,
do not continue to run the engine
and have the vehicle serviced.

Warning (Continued)
until there is no sign of steam or
coolant before you open
the hood.

Caution
Running the engine without
coolant may cause damage or a
fire. Vehicle damage would not be
covered by the vehicle warranty.
See Overheated Engine
Protection Operating Mode 0 280
for information on driving to a
safe place in an emergency.
ii

If Steam Is Coming from the
Engine Compartment

{ Warning
Steam from an overheated engine
can burn you badly, even if you
just open the hood. Stay away
from the engine if you see or hear
steam coming from it. Turn it off
and get everyone away from the
vehicle until it cools down. Wait
(Continued)

If you keep driving when the
vehicles engine is overheated,
the liquids in it can catch fire. You
or others could be badly burned.
Stop the engine if it overheats,
and get out of the vehicle until the
engine is cool.
See Overheated Engine
Protection Operating Mode 0 280
for information on driving to a
safe place in an emergency.

ii

If No Steam Is Coming from
the Engine Compartment
If an engine overheat warning is
displayed but no steam can be seen
or heard, the problem may not be
too serious. Sometimes the engine
can get a little too hot when the
vehicle:
. Climbs a long hill on a hot day.

279

.

Stops after high-speed driving.

.

Idles for long periods in traffic.

.

Tows a trailer.

If the overheat warning is displayed
with no sign of steam:
1. Turn the air conditioning off.
2. Turn the heater on to the
highest temperature and to the
highest fan speed. Open the
windows as necessary.
3. When it is safe to do so, pull off
the road, shift to P (Park) or
N (Neutral), and let the
engine idle.
If the temperature overheat gauge is
no longer in the overheat zone or an
overheat warning no longer
displays, the vehicle can be driven.
Continue to drive the vehicle slow
for about 10 minutes. Keep a safe
vehicle distance from the car in front
of you. If the warning does not come
back on, continue to drive normally
and have the cooling system
checked for proper fill and function.

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

280

Vehicle Care

If the warning continues, pull over,
stop, and park the vehicle
right away.
If there is no sign of steam, idle the
engine for three minutes while
parked. If the warning is still
displayed, turn off the engine until it
cools down. Also, see “Overheated
Engine Protection Operating Mode”
next in this section.

Overheated Engine
Protection
Operating Mode
This emergency operating mode lets
the vehicle be driven to a safe place
in an emergency situation. If an
overheated engine condition exists,
an overheat protection mode which
alternates firing groups of cylinders
helps prevent engine damage. In
this mode, there is a significant loss
in power and engine performance.
The temperature gauge indicates an
overheat condition exists. Driving
extended distances and/or towing a
trailer in the overheat protection
mode should be avoided.

Caution
After driving in the overheated
engine protection operating
mode, the engine oil will be
severely degraded. Any repairs
performed before the engine is
cool may cause engine damage.
Allow the engine to cool before
attempting any repair. Repair the
cause of coolant loss, change the
oil, and reset the oil life system.
See Engine Oil 0 269 .
ii

Power Steering Fluid

When to Check Power Steering
Fluid
It is not necessary to regularly
check power steering fluid unless
you suspect there is a leak in the
system or you hear an unusual
noise. A fluid loss in this system
could indicate a problem. Have the
system inspected and repaired.

How to Check Power Steering
Fluid
To check the power steering fluid:
1. Turn the key off and let the
engine compartment
cool down.
2. Remove the engine cover. See
Engine Cover 0 269 .
ii

3. Wipe the cap and the top of the
reservoir clean.

The power steering fluid reservoir is
under the engine cover on the
passenger side of the vehicle. See
Engine Compartment Overview
0 268 for reservoir location.
ii

4. Unscrew the cap and wipe the
dipstick with a clean rag.
5. Replace the cap and
completely tighten it.
6. Remove the cap again and
look at the fluid level on the
dipstick.

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

Vehicle Care
The fluid level should be
somewhere between the MAX and
MIN line on the dipstick in room
temperature. If the fluid is on or
below the MIN line, add fluid close
to the MAX line.

What to Use
To determine what kind of fluid to
use, see Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants 0 351 . Always use the
proper fluid.
ii

use. If the vehicle will be operating
in an area where the temperature
may fall below freezing, use a fluid
that has sufficient protection against
freezing.

Caution
.

Do not use washer fluid that
contains any type of water
repellent coating. This can
cause the wiper blades to
chatter or skip.

.

Do not use engine coolant
(antifreeze) in the
windshield washer. It can
damage the windshield
washer system and paint.

.

Do not mix water with
ready-to-use washer fluid.
Water can cause the
solution to freeze and
damage the washer fluid
tank and other parts of the
washer system.

.

When using concentrated
washer fluid, follow the
manufacturer instructions for
adding water.

.

Fill the washer fluid tank
only three-quarters full when
it is very cold. This allows
for fluid expansion if
(Continued)

Adding Washer Fluid
When the windshield washer fluid
reservoir is low, a WASHER FLUID
LOW ADD FLUID message will be
displayed on the Driver Information
Center (DIC). See Washer Fluid
Messages 0 145 .
ii

Caution
Use of the incorrect fluid may
damage the vehicle and the
damages may not be covered by
the vehicle warranty. Always use
the correct fluid listed in
Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants 0 351 .
ii

Washer Fluid
What to Use
When adding windshield washer
fluid, be sure to read the
manufacturer's instructions before

Open the cap with the washer
symbol on it. Add washer fluid until
the tank is full. See Engine
Compartment Overview 0 268 for
reservoir location.

281

ii

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

282

Vehicle Care
Caution (Continued)
freezing occurs, which could
damage the tank if it is
completely full.

Brakes
Disc brake pads have built-in wear
indicators that make a high-pitched
warning sound when the brake pads
are worn and new pads are needed.
The sound can come and go or can
be heard all the time when the
vehicle is moving, except when
applying the brake pedal firmly.

{ Warning
The brake wear warning sound
means that soon the brakes will
not work well. That could lead to
a crash. When the brake wear
warning sound is heard, have the
vehicle serviced.

Caution
Continuing to drive with worn-out
brake pads could result in costly
brake repair.
Some driving conditions or climates
can cause a brake squeal when the
brakes are first applied or lightly
applied. This does not mean
something is wrong with the brakes.
Properly torqued wheel nuts are
necessary to help prevent brake
pulsation. When tires are rotated,
inspect brake pads for wear and
evenly tighten wheel nuts in the
proper sequence to torque
specifications. See Capacities and
Specifications 0 355 .
ii

Brake pads should be replaced as
complete sets.

Brake Pedal Travel

Replacing Brake System Parts
Always replace brake system parts
with new, approved replacement
parts. If this is not done, the brakes
may not work properly. The braking
performance expected can change
in many other ways if the wrong
replacement brake parts are
installed or if parts are improperly
installed.

Brake Fluid

The brake master cylinder reservoir
is filled with GM approved DOT 3
brake fluid as indicated on the
reservoir cap. See Engine
Compartment Overview 0 268 for
the location of the reservoir.
ii

See your dealer if the brake pedal
does not return to normal height,
or if there is a rapid increase in
pedal travel. This could be a sign
that brake service may be required.

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

Vehicle Care
Checking Brake Fluid
With the vehicle in P (Park) on a
level surface, the brake fluid level
should be between the minimum
and maximum marks on the brake
fluid reservoir.
There are only two reasons why the
brake fluid level in the reservoir may
go down:
. Normal brake lining wear. When
new linings are installed, the
fluid level goes back up.
. A fluid leak in the brake
hydraulic system. Have the
brake hydraulic system fixed.
With a leak, the brakes will not
work well.
Always clean the brake fluid
reservoir cap and the area around
the cap before removing it.
Do not top off the brake fluid.
Adding fluid does not correct a leak.
If fluid is added when the linings are
worn, there will be too much fluid
when new brake linings are
installed. Add or remove fluid, as
necessary, only when work is done
on the brake hydraulic system.

283

{ Warning

{ Warning

If too much brake fluid is added, it
can spill on the engine and burn,
if the engine is hot enough. You
or others could be burned, and
the vehicle could be damaged.
Add brake fluid only when work is
done on the brake hydraulic
system.

The wrong or contaminated brake
fluid could result in damage to the
brake system. This could result in
the loss of braking leading to a
possible injury. Always use the
proper GM approved brake fluid.

Caution
When the brake fluid falls to a low
level, the brake warning light comes
on. See Brake System Warning
Light 0 124 .
ii

Brake fluid absorbs water over time
which degrades the effectiveness of
the brake fluid. Replace brake fluid
at the specified intervals to prevent
increased stopping distance. See
Maintenance Schedule 0 342 .
ii

What to Add
Use only GM approved DOT 3
brake fluid from a clean, sealed
container. See Recommended
Fluids and Lubricants 0 351 .
ii

If brake fluid is spilled on the
vehicle's painted surfaces, the
paint finish can be damaged.
Immediately wash off any painted
surface.

Battery - North America
The original equipment battery is
maintenance free. Do not remove
the cap and do not add fluid.
Refer to the replacement number on
the original battery label when a
new battery is needed.

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

284

Vehicle Care

{ Warning
WARNING: Battery posts,
terminals, and related
accessories contain lead and lead
compounds, chemicals known to
the State of California to cause
cancer and birth defects or other
reproductive harm. Batteries also
contain other chemicals known to
the State of California to cause
cancer. WASH HANDS AFTER
HANDLING. See California
Proposition 65 Warning 0 265 .
ii

Vehicle Storage

Infrequent Usage: Remove the
black, negative (−) cable from the
battery to keep the battery from
running down.
Extended Storage: Remove the
black, negative (−) cable from the
battery or use a battery trickle
charger.

All-Wheel Drive
Transfer case fluid does not require
checking unless there is a fluid leak
or unusual noise. If required, have
the transfer case serviced by your
dealer.

Starter Switch Check

{ Warning
Batteries have acid that can burn
you and gas that can explode.
You can be badly hurt if you are
not careful. See Jump Starting North America 0 325 for tips on
working around a battery without
getting hurt.
ii

{ Warning
When you are doing this
inspection, the vehicle could
move suddenly. If the vehicle
moves, you or others could be
injured.

1. Before starting this check, be
sure there is enough room
around the vehicle.
2. Apply both the parking brake
and the regular brake.
Do not use the accelerator
pedal, and be ready to turn off
the engine immediately if it
starts.
3. Try to start the engine in each
gear. The vehicle should start
only in P (Park) or N (Neutral).
If the vehicle starts in any other
position, contact your dealer for
service.

Automatic Transmission
Shift Lock Control
Function Check

{ Warning
When you are doing this
inspection, the vehicle could
move suddenly. If the vehicle
moves, you or others could be
injured.

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

Vehicle Care
1. Before starting this check, be
sure there is enough room
around the vehicle. It should be
parked on a level surface.
2. Apply the parking brake. Be
ready to apply the regular
brake immediately if the vehicle
begins to move.
3. With the engine off, turn the
ignition on, but do not start the
engine. Without applying the
regular brake, try to move the
shift lever out of P (Park) with
normal effort. If the shift lever
moves out of P (Park), contact
your dealer for service.

Ignition Transmission
Lock Check
While parked and with the parking
brake set, try to turn the ignition to
LOCK/OFF in each shift lever
position.
. The ignition should turn to
LOCK/OFF only when the shift
lever is in P (Park).
. The ignition key should come
out only in LOCK/OFF.

Contact your dealer if service is
required.

Park Brake and P (Park)
Mechanism Check

{ Warning
When you are doing this check,
the vehicle could begin to move.
You or others could be injured
and property could be damaged.
Make sure there is room in front
of the vehicle in case it begins to
roll. Be ready to apply the regular
brake at once should the vehicle
begin to move.
Park on a fairly steep hill, with the
vehicle facing downhill. Keeping
your foot on the regular brake, set
the parking brake.
. To check the parking brake's
holding ability: With the engine
running and the transmission in
N (Neutral), slowly remove foot
pressure from the regular brake
pedal. Do this until the vehicle is
held by the parking brake only.

.

285

To check the P (Park)
mechanism's holding ability:
With the engine running, shift to
P (Park). Then release the
parking brake followed by the
regular brake.

Contact your dealer if service is
required.

Wiper Blade Replacement
Front Wiper Blade
Windshield wiper blades should be
inspected for wear or cracking. See
Maintenance Schedule 0 342 .
ii

Replacement blades come in
different types and are removed in
different ways. For the proper type
and size, see Maintenance
Replacement Parts 0 352 .
ii

To replace the wiper blade
assembly:
1. Pull the windshield wiper
assembly away from the
windshield.

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

286

Vehicle Care
4. Repeat the steps for the other
blade.

Rear Wiper Blade
To replace the rear wiper blade:
2. Squeeze the tabs on each side
of the wiper blade assembly
and slide the assembly off the
end of the wiper arm.

3. Install the new blade onto the
arm connector and make sure
the tabs are fully set in the
locked position.
Allowing the wiper blade arm to
touch the windshield when no
wiper blade is installed could
damage the windshield. Any
damage that occurs would not
be covered by your warranty.
Do not allow the wiper blade
arm to touch the windshield.

1. Pull the wiper blade assembly
away from the backglass.
The rear wiper blade will not
lock in a vertical position so
care should be used when
pulling it away from the vehicle.

2. Push the release lever (2) to
disengage the hook and push
the wiper arm (1) out of the
blade assembly (3).
3. Push the new blade assembly
securely in the wiper arm hook
until the release lever clicks
into place.

4. Return the wiper arm and
blade assembly to the rest
position on the glass.

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

Vehicle Care

Headlamp Aiming

Bulb Replacement

Headlamp aim has been preset and
should need no further adjustment.

For the proper type of replacement
bulbs, see Replacement Bulbs
0 288 .

287

1. Open the liftgate. See Liftgate
0 39 .
ii

If the vehicle is damaged in a crash,
the headlamp aim may be affected.
If adjustment to the headlamps is
necessary, see your dealer.

2. Remove the convenience net,
if the vehicle has one.

ii

For any bulb-changing procedure
not listed in this section, contact
your dealer.

Taillamps, Turn Signal,
and Stoplamps

3. Remove the two taillamp screw
covers.
4. Remove the two screws
holding the taillamp assembly
in place.
5. Pull out the taillamp assembly.
1. Turn Signal Lamp
2. Stoplamp/Taillamp

To replace one of these bulbs:

6. Turn the bulb socket
counterclockwise and pull it
straight out to remove it from
the taillamp assembly.

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

288

Vehicle Care

7. Pull the old bulb straight out of
the bulb socket.

4. Turn the bulb socket (1)
counterclockwise to remove it
from the lamp assembly (3).

8. Push the new bulb straight into
the bulb socket.

5. Pull the bulb (2) straight out of
the bulb socket.

9. Push the taillamp assembly
back into its original location.

6. Push the replacement bulb
straight into the bulb socket
and turn the bulb socket
clockwise to install it into the
lamp assembly.

When reinstalling the taillamp
assembly, make sure the pin
on the taillamp assembly lines
up and is inserted correctly into
the opening of the vehicle.
10. Reinstall the two screws that
hold the taillamp assembly in
place.
11. Reinstall the two taillamp screw
covers.

License Plate Lamp
To replace one of these bulbs:
1. Open the liftgate. See Liftgate
0 39 .

2. Push the left end of the lamp
assembly toward the right.
3. Turn the lamp assembly down
to remove it from the liftgate.

7. Turn the lamp assembly into
the liftgate engaging the clip
side first.
8. Push on the lamp side opposite
the clip until the lamp assembly
snaps into place.

Replacement Bulbs
Exterior Lamp
License Plate Lamp

Bulb
Number
194 LL

ii

Rear Turn
Signal Lamp

7443 NA

Taillamp/Stop Lamp

7444 LL

For replacement bulbs not listed
here, contact your dealer.

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

Vehicle Care

Electrical System
High Voltage Devices and
Wiring

{ Warning
Exposure to high voltage can
cause shock, burns, and even
death. The high voltage
components in the vehicle can
only be serviced by technicians
with special training.
High voltage components are
identified by labels. Do not
remove, open, take apart,
or modify these components.
High voltage cable or wiring has
orange covering or labels. Do not
probe, tamper with, cut, or modify
high voltage cable or wiring.

Electrical System
Overload
The vehicle has fuses and circuit
breakers to protect against an
electrical system overload.

When the current electrical load is
too heavy, the circuit breaker opens
and closes, protecting the circuit
until the current load returns to
normal or the problem is fixed. This
greatly reduces the chance of circuit
overload and fire caused by
electrical problems.
Fuses and circuit breakers protect
power devices in the vehicle.
Replace a bad fuse with a new one
of the identical size and rating.
If there is a problem on the road and
a fuse needs to be replaced, the
same amperage fuse can be
borrowed. Choose some feature of
the vehicle that is not needed to use
and replace it as soon as possible.

Headlamp Wiring
An electrical overload may cause
the lamps to go on and off, or in
some cases to remain off. Have the
headlamp wiring checked right away
if the lamps go on and off or
remain off.

289

Windshield Wipers
If the wiper motor overheats due to
heavy snow or ice, the windshield
wipers will stop until the motor cools
and will then restart.
Although the circuit is protected
from electrical overload, overload
due to heavy snow or ice may
cause wiper linkage damage.
Always clear ice and heavy snow
from the windshield before using the
windshield wipers.
If the overload is caused by an
electrical problem and not snow or
ice, be sure to get it fixed.

Fuses and Circuit
Breakers
The wiring circuits in your vehicle
are protected from short circuits by
a combination of fuses, circuit
breakers and fusible thermal links.
This greatly reduces the chance of
fires caused by electrical problems.

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

290

Vehicle Care

Look at the silver-colored band
inside the fuse. If the band is broken
or melted, replace the fuse. Be sure
you replace a bad fuse with a new
one of the identical size and rating.
Fuses of the same amperage can
be temporarily borrowed from
another fuse location, if a fuse goes
out. Replace the fuse as soon as
you can.

Engine Compartment
Fuse Block
The underhood fuse block is in the
engine compartment, on the
passenger side of the vehicle.

Lift the cover for access to the fuse/
relay block.

Caution
Spilling liquid on any electrical
component on the vehicle may
damage it. Always keep the
covers on any electrical
component.
To remove fuses, hold the end of
the fuse between your thumb and
index finger and pull straight out.

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

Vehicle Care
Fuses

291

Usage

ABS MTR

Antilock Brake
System (ABS)
Motor

AIRBAG

Airbag System

AUX POWER Auxiliary Power
AUX
VAC PUMP

Auxiliary
Vacuum Pump

AWD

All-Wheel-Drive
System

BATT 1

Battery 1

BATT 2

Battery 2

BATT 3

Battery 3

CIGAR
LIGHTER
ECM 1
ECM/
FPM IGN
The vehicle may not be equipped
with all of the fuses, relays, and
features shown.

Fuses
A/C CLTCH

Usage
Air Conditioning
Clutch

Cigarette Lighter
Engine Control
Module 1
Engine Control
Module/Fuel Pump
Control Module
Ignition

EMISSION 1 Emission 1
EMISSION 2 Emission 2

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

292

Vehicle Care

Fuses

Usage

EVEN COILS Even Injector Coils
FAN 1

Cooling Fan 1

FAN 2

Cooling Fan 2

FPM

Fuel Pump Power
Module

Fuses

Usage

LT TRLR
STOP/TRN

Trailer Left
Stoplamp and Turn
Signal

ODD COILS

Odd Injector Coils

PWR L/GATE Power Liftgate

Horn

PWR
OUTLET

Power Outlet

HTD MIR

Heated Outside
Rearview Mirror

RR APO

Rear Accessory
Power Outlet

HTD
STR WHL

Heated Steering
Wheel

RR DEFOG

Rear Defogger

HUMIDITY/
MAF

Humidity Sensor/
MAF Sensor

RR HVAC

Rear Climate
Control System

HORN

HVAC BLWR Heating,
Ventilation, and Air
Conditioning
Blower
LT HI BEAM

Left High-Beam
Headlamp

LT LO BEAM Left Low-Beam
Headlamp
LT PRK

RT HI BEAM Right High-Beam
Headlamp
RT LO BEAM Right Low-Beam
Headlamp
RT PRK
RT TRLR
STOP/TRN

Left Parking Lamp
RVC SNSR

Right
Parking Lamp
Trailer Right
Stoplamp and Turn
Signal
Regulated Voltage
Control Sensor

Fuses

Usage

S/ROOF/
Sunroof
SUNSHADE
SERVICE
SPARE

Service Repair
Spare

STOP LAMP Stoplamps
STRTR
TCM

Starter
Transmission
Control Module

TRANS

Transmission

TRLR
BCK/UP

Trailer Back-up
Lamps

TRLR BRK

Trailer Brake

TRLR
PRK LAMP

Trailer Parking
Lamps

TRLR PWR

Trailer Power

WPR/WSW

Windshield Wiper/
Washer

Relays

Usage

A/C
CMPRSR
CLTCH

Air Conditioning
Compressor Clutch

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

Vehicle Care
Relays
AUX
VAC PUMP

Usage
Auxiliary
Vacuum Pump

CRNK

Switched Power

FAN 1

Cooling Fan 1

FAN 2

Cooling Fan 2

FAN 3

Cooling Fan 3

HI BEAM

High-Beam
Headlamps

HID/
LO BEAM

High Intensity
Discharge (HID)
Low-Beam
Headlamps

HORN
IGN

Horn
Ignition Main

LT TRLR
STOP/TRN

Trailer Left
Stoplamp and Turn
Signal Lamp

PRK LAMP

Parking Lamp

PWR/TRN

Powertrain

RR DEFOG

Rear Window
Defogger

Relays

Usage

RT LO BEAM Right Low-Beam
Headlamp
RT TRLR
STOP/TRN

293

Instrument Panel Fuse
Block

Trailer Right
Stoplamp and Turn
Signal Lamp

STOP LAMP Stop Lamps
TRLR
BCK/UP

Trailer Back-up
Lamps

WPR

Windshield Wiper

WPR HI

Windshield Wiper
High Speed
The instrument panel fuse block is
under the instrument panel on the
passenger side of the vehicle. Pull
down on the cover to access the
fuse block.

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

294

Vehicle Care
The vehicle may not be equipped
with all of the fuses, relays, and
features shown.
Fuses
Usage
#

GMC NON HID =
Lo Beam

)

GMC NON HID =
High Shutter

))

)))

AIRBAG
AMP

Buick China =
Rear Fog Lamp

DRL/
LO BEAM

DSPLY
FRT WSW

Daytime Running
Lamps Relay/Low
Beam Headlamps
Relay
Display
Front Windshield
Washer

HTD/
Heated/Cooling
COOL SEAT Seats
HVAC

Airbag
Amplifier

Usage

Heating,
Ventilation, and Air
Conditioning

Back-up Lamp/
Stoplamp

INADV PWR Inadvertent Power/
INT LAMPS Interior Light Pipe
Lamps

BCM

Body Control
Module

INFOTMNT/
MSM

CNSTR
VENT

Canister Vent

Infotainment/
Memory Seat
Module

LT TRN SIG

Driver Side Turn
Signal

BCK
UP/STOP

Fuse Side

Chevy = Fog
Lamps

Fuses

CTSY
DR LCK

Courtesy Lamps
Door Locks

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

Vehicle Care
Fuses
OBS
DET/URS

PDM

Relays

Usage
Rear Park Assist/
Side Blind Zone
Alert/Forward
Collision Alert/
Universal Remote
System

RDO
REAR WPR

Power Mirrors,
Liftgate Release

Passenger Side
Power Seat Relay

Power Steering
Column Relay
Liftgate Relay
Power Lock Relay

REAR/WSW Rear Window
Washer Relay

RT TRN SIG Passenger Side
Turn Signal

USB Charging

RT/
PWR/SEAT

LCK

Rear Wiper

USB CHRG

Driver Side Power
Seat Relay

L/GATE

Radio

Steering Wheel
Illumination

LT/
PWR/SEAT

PWR/
COLUMN

Power Mirrors

STR WHL
ILLUM

Usage

PWR/WNDW Power Windows
Relay

PWR MODE Power Mode
PWR MIR

295

UNLCK

Relay Side

Power Unlock
Relay

DRL/
LO BEAM

Daytime Running
Lamps Relay/
Low-Beam
Headlamps Relay

LT/UNLCK

Driver Side Unlock
Relay

DRL/
LO BEAM

Daytime Running
Lamps Relay (If
Equipped)

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

296

Vehicle Care

Relays

Usage

FOG LAMPS Fog Lamps Relay
FRT/WSW

Front Windshield
Washer Relay

Wheels and Tires
Tires

Warning (Continued)
.

Underinflated tires pose
the same danger as
overloaded tires. The
resulting crash could
cause serious injury.
Check all tires frequently
to maintain the
recommended pressure.
Tire pressure should be
checked when the tires
are cold.

.

Overinflated tires are
more likely to be cut,
punctured, or broken by
a sudden impact — such
as when hitting a pothole.
Keep tires at the
recommended pressure.

.

Worn or old tires can
cause a crash. If the
tread is badly worn,
replace them.

Every new GM vehicle has
high-quality tires made by a
leading tire manufacturer. See
the warranty manual for
information regarding the tire
warranty and where to get
service. For additional
information refer to the tire
manufacturer.

{ Warning
.

Poorly maintained and
improperly used tires are
dangerous.

.

Overloading the tires can
cause overheating as a
result of too much
flexing. There could be a
blowout and a serious
crash. See Vehicle Load
Limits 0 222 .
ii

(Continued)

(Continued)

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

Vehicle Care
Warning (Continued)
.

Replace any tires that
have been damaged by
impacts with potholes,
curbs, etc.

.

Improperly repaired tires
can cause a crash. Only
the dealer or an
authorized tire service
center should repair,
replace, dismount, and
mount the tires.

.

Do not spin the tires in
excess of 56 km/h
(35 mph) on slippery
surfaces such as snow,
mud, ice, etc. Excessive
spinning may cause the
tires to explode.

All-Season Tires
This vehicle may come with
all-season tires. These tires are
designed to provide good overall
performance on most road surfaces

297

and weather conditions. Original
equipment tires designed to GM's
specific tire performance criteria
have a TPC specification code
molded onto the sidewall. Original
equipment all-season tires can be
identified by the last two characters
of this TPC code, which will
be “MS.”

for details regarding winter tire
availability and proper tire selection.
Also, see Buying New Tires 0 310 .

Consider installing winter tires on
the vehicle if frequent driving on
snow or ice-covered roads is
expected. All-season tires provide
adequate performance for most
winter driving conditions, but they
may not offer the same level of
traction or performance as winter
tires on snow or ice-covered roads.
See Winter Tires 0 297 .

If using winter tires:
. Use tires of the same brand and
tread type on all four wheel
positions.
. Use only radial ply tires of the
same size, load range, and
speed rating as the original
equipment tires.

ii

Winter Tires
This vehicle was not originally
equipped with winter tires. Winter
tires are designed for increased
traction on snow and ice-covered
roads. Consider installing winter
tires on the vehicle if frequent
driving on ice or snow covered
roads is expected. See your dealer

ii

With winter tires, there may be
decreased dry road traction,
increased road noise, and shorter
tread life. After changing to winter
tires, be alert for changes in vehicle
handling and braking.

Winter tires with the same speed
rating as the original equipment tires
may not be available for H, V, W, Y,
and ZR speed rated tires. If winter
tires with a lower speed rating are
chosen, never exceed the tire's
maximum speed capability.

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

298

Vehicle Care

Summer Tires
This vehicle may come with high
performance summer tires. These
tires have a special tread and
compound that are optimized for
maximum dry and wet road
performance. This special tread and
compound will have decreased
performance in cold climates, and
on ice and snow. It is recommended
that winter tires be installed on the
vehicle if frequent driving at
temperatures below approximately
5 °C (40 °F) or on ice or snow
covered roads is expected. See
Winter Tires 0 297 .
ii

Caution
High performance summer tires
have rubber compounds that lose
flexibility and may develop
surface cracks in the tread area
at temperatures below −7 °C (20 °
F). Always store high
performance summer tires
indoors and at temperatures
above −7 °C (20 °F) when not in
(Continued)

Caution (Continued)
use. If the tires have been
subjected to −7 °C (20 °F) or less,
let them warm up in a heated
space to at least 5 °C (40 °F) for
24 hours or more before being
installed or driving a vehicle on
which they are installed. Do not
apply heat or blow heated air
directly on the tires. Always
inspect tires before use. See Tire
Inspection 0 308 .
ii

Tire Sidewall Labeling
Useful information about a tire is
molded into its sidewall. The
examples show a typical
passenger vehicle tire and a
compact spare tire sidewall.

Passenger (P-Metric) Tire Example

(1) Tire Size : The tire size is a
combination of letters and
numbers used to define a
particular tire's width, height,
aspect ratio, construction type,
and service description. See the
“Tire Size” illustration later in this
section.
(2) TPC Spec (Tire
Performance Criteria
Specification) : Original
equipment tires designed to
GM's specific tire performance
criteria have a TPC specification
code molded onto the sidewall.

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

Vehicle Care
GM's TPC specifications meet or
exceed all federal safety
guidelines.
(3) DOT (Department of
Transportation) : The
Department of Transportation
(DOT) code indicates that the
tire is in compliance with the
U.S. Department of
Transportation Motor Vehicle
Safety Standards.
DOT Tire Date of
Manufacture : The last four
digits of the TIN indicate the tire
manufactured date. The first two
digits represent the week (01–
52) and the last two digits, the
year. For example, the third
week of the year 2010 would
have a four-digit DOT date
of 0310.
(4) Tire Identification Number
(TIN) : The letters and numbers
following the DOT (Department
of Transportation) code are the
Tire Identification Number (TIN).
The TIN shows the

299

manufacturer and plant code,
tire size, and date the tire was
manufactured. The TIN is
molded onto both sides of the
tire, although only one side may
have the date of manufacture.
(5) Tire Ply Material : The type
of cord and number of plies in
the sidewall and under the tread.
(6) Uniform Tire Quality
Grading (UTQG) : Tire
manufacturers are required to
grade tires based on three
performance factors: treadwear,
traction, and temperature
resistance. For more information
see Uniform Tire Quality
Grading 0 312 .
ii

(7) Maximum Cold Inflation
Load Limit : Maximum load that
can be carried and the
maximum pressure needed to
support that load.

Compact Spare Tire Example

(1) Tire Ply Material : The type
of cord and number of plies in
the sidewall and under the tread.
(2) Temporary Use Only : The
compact spare tire or temporary
use tire should not be driven at
speeds over 80 km/h (50 mph).
The compact spare tire is for
emergency use when a regular
road tire has lost air and gone
flat. If the vehicle has a compact
spare tire, see Compact Spare
Tire 0 323 and If a Tire Goes
Flat 0 315 .
ii

ii

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

300

Vehicle Care

(3) Tire Identification Number
(TIN) : The letters and numbers
following the DOT (Department
of Transportation) code are the
Tire Identification Number (TIN).
The TIN shows the
manufacturer and plant code,
tire size, and date the tire was
manufactured. The TIN is
molded onto both sides of the
tire, although only one side may
have the date of manufacture.
(4) Maximum Cold Inflation
Load Limit : Maximum load that
can be carried and the
maximum pressure needed to
support that load.
(5) Tire Inflation : The
temporary use tire or compact
spare tire should be inflated to
420 kPa (60 psi). For more
information on tire pressure and
inflation see Tire Pressure
0 303 .
ii

(6) Tire Size : A combination of
letters and numbers define a
tire's width, height, aspect ratio,

construction type, and service
description. The letter T as the
first character in the tire size
means the tire is for temporary
use only.
(7) TPC Spec (Tire
Performance Criteria
Specification) : Original
equipment tires designed to
GM's specific tire performance
criteria have a TPC specification
code molded onto the sidewall.
GM's TPC specifications meet or
exceed all federal safety
guidelines.

Tire Designations
Tire Size
The following is an example of a
typical passenger vehicle
tire size.

(1) Passenger (P-Metric) Tire :
The United States version of a
metric tire sizing system. The
letter P as the first character in
the tire size means a passenger
vehicle tire engineered to
standards set by the U.S. Tire
and Rim Association.
(2) Tire Width : The three-digit
number indicates the tire section
width in millimeters from
sidewall to sidewall.
(3) Aspect Ratio : A two-digit
number that indicates the tire
height-to-width measurements.
For example, if the tire size
aspect ratio is 60, as shown in
item 3 of the illustration, it would
mean that the tire's sidewall is
60 percent as high as it is wide.

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

Vehicle Care
(4) Construction Code : A letter
code is used to indicate the type
of ply construction in the tire.
The letter R means radial ply
construction; the letter D means
diagonal or bias ply
construction; and the letter B
means belted-bias ply
construction.
(5) Rim Diameter : Diameter of
the wheel in inches.
(6) Service Description : These
characters represent the load
index and speed rating of the
tire. The load index represents
the load carrying capacity a tire
is certified to carry. The speed
rating is the maximum speed a
tire is certified to carry a load.

Tire Terminology and
Definitions
Air Pressure : The amount of
air inside the tire pressing
outward on each square inch of

the tire. Air pressure is
expressed in kPa (kilopascal)
or psi (pounds per square inch).
Accessory Weight : The
combined weight of optional
accessories. Some examples of
optional accessories are
automatic transmission, power
windows, power seats, and air
conditioning.
Aspect Ratio : The relationship
of a tire's height to its width.
Belt : A rubber coated layer of
cords between the plies and the
tread. Cords may be made from
steel or other reinforcing
materials.
Bead : The tire bead contains
steel wires wrapped by steel
cords that hold the tire onto
the rim.
Bias Ply Tire : A pneumatic tire
in which the plies are laid at
alternate angles less than
90 degrees to the centerline of
the tread.

301

Cold Tire Pressure : The
amount of air pressure in a tire,
measured in kPa (kilopascal)
or psi (pounds per square inch)
before a tire has built up heat
from driving. See Tire Pressure
0 303 .
ii

Curb Weight : The weight of a
motor vehicle with standard and
optional equipment including the
maximum capacity of fuel, oil,
and coolant, but without
passengers and cargo.
DOT Markings : A code molded
into the sidewall of a tire
signifying that the tire is in
compliance with the U.S.
Department of Transportation
(DOT) Motor Vehicle Safety
Standards. The DOT code
includes the Tire Identification
Number (TIN), an alphanumeric
designator which can also
identify the tire manufacturer,
production plant, brand, and
date of production.

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

302

Vehicle Care

GVWR : Gross Vehicle Weight
Rating. See Vehicle Load Limits
0 222 .
ii

GAWR FRT : Gross Axle Weight
Rating for the front axle. See
Vehicle Load Limits 0 222 .
ii

GAWR RR : Gross Axle Weight
Rating for the rear axle. See
Vehicle Load Limits 0 222 .

Maximum Inflation Pressure :
The maximum air pressure to
which a cold tire can be inflated.
The maximum air pressure is
molded onto the sidewall.
Maximum Load Rating : The
load rating for a tire at the
maximum permissible inflation
pressure for that tire.

ii

Intended Outboard Sidewall :
The side of an asymmetrical tire
that must always face outward
when mounted on a vehicle.
Kilopascal (kPa) : The metric
unit for air pressure.
Light Truck (LT-Metric) Tire : A
tire used on light duty trucks and
some multipurpose passenger
vehicles.
Load Index : An assigned
number ranging from 1 to 279
that corresponds to the load
carrying capacity of a tire.

Maximum Loaded Vehicle
Weight : The sum of curb
weight, accessory weight,
vehicle capacity weight, and
production options weight.
Normal Occupant Weight : The
number of occupants a vehicle
is designed to seat multiplied by
68 kg (150 lb). See Vehicle Load
Limits 0 222 .
ii

Occupant Distribution :
Designated seating positions.
Outward Facing Sidewall : The
side of an asymmetrical tire that
has a particular side that faces
outward when mounted on a
vehicle. The side of the tire that

contains a whitewall, bears
white lettering, or bears
manufacturer, brand, and/or
model name molding that is
higher or deeper than the same
moldings on the other sidewall
of the tire.
Passenger (P-Metric) Tire : A
tire used on passenger cars and
some light duty trucks and
multipurpose vehicles.
Recommended Inflation
Pressure : Vehicle
manufacturer's recommended
tire inflation pressure as shown
on the tire placard. See Tire
Pressure 0 303 and Vehicle
Load Limits 0 222 .
ii

ii

Radial Ply Tire : A pneumatic
tire in which the ply cords that
extend to the beads are laid at
90 degrees to the centerline of
the tread.
Rim : A metal support for a tire
and upon which the tire beads
are seated.

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

Vehicle Care
Sidewall : The portion of a tire
between the tread and the bead.
Speed Rating : An
alphanumeric code assigned to
a tire indicating the maximum
speed at which a tire can
operate.
Traction : The friction between
the tire and the road surface.
The amount of grip provided.
Tread : The portion of a tire that
comes into contact with
the road.
Treadwear Indicators : Narrow
bands, sometimes called wear
bars, that show across the tread
of a tire when only 1.6 mm (1/
16 in) of tread remains. See
When It Is Time for New Tires
0 310 .
ii

UTQGS (Uniform Tire Quality
Grading Standards) : A tire
information system that provides
consumers with ratings for a
tire's traction, temperature, and
treadwear. Ratings are

determined by tire
manufacturers using
government testing procedures.
The ratings are molded into the
sidewall of the tire. See Uniform
Tire Quality Grading 0 312 .

Tire Pressure
Tires need the correct amount of
air pressure to operate
effectively.

ii

Vehicle Capacity Weight : The
number of designated seating
positions multiplied by
68 kg (150 lb) plus the rated
cargo load. See Vehicle Load
Limits 0 222 .
ii

303

Caution
Neither tire underinflation nor
overinflation is good.
Underinflated tires, or tires
that do not have enough air,
can result in:

Vehicle Maximum Load on the
Tire : Load on an individual tire
due to curb weight, accessory
weight, occupant weight, and
cargo weight.

.

Tire overloading and
overheating which could
lead to a blowout.

.

Premature or
irregular wear.

Vehicle Placard : A label
permanently attached to a
vehicle showing the vehicle
capacity weight and the original
equipment tire size and
recommended inflation pressure.
See “Tire and Loading
Information Label” under Vehicle
Load Limits 0 222 .

.

Poor handling.

.

Reduced fuel economy.

ii

Overinflated tires, or tires that
have too much air, can
result in:
.

Unusual wear.
(Continued)

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

304

Vehicle Care
Caution (Continued)

.

Poor handling.

.

Rough ride.

.

Needless damage from
road hazards.

When to Check
Check the tires once a month or
more. Do not forget the compact
spare, if the vehicle has one.
The cold compact spare tire
pressure should be at 420 kPa
(60 psi). See Compact Spare
Tire 0 323 .
ii

The Tire and Loading
Information label on the vehicle
indicates the original equipment
tires and the correct cold tire
inflation pressures. The
recommended pressure is the
minimum air pressure needed to
support the vehicle's maximum
load carrying capacity. See
Vehicle Load Limits 0 222 .
ii

How the vehicle is loaded
affects vehicle handling and ride
comfort. Never load the vehicle
with more weight than it was
designed to carry.

How to Check
Use a good quality pocket-type
gauge to check tire pressure.
Proper tire inflation cannot be
determined by looking at the tire.
Check the tire inflation pressure
when the tires are cold, meaning
the vehicle has not been driven
for at least three hours or no
more than 1.6 km (1 mi).
Remove the valve cap from the
tire valve stem. Press the tire
gauge firmly onto the valve to
get a pressure measurement.
If the cold tire inflation pressure
matches the recommended
pressure on the Tire and
Loading Information label, no

further adjustment is necessary.
If the inflation pressure is low,
add air until the recommended
pressure is reached. If the
inflation pressure is high, press
on the metal stem in the center
of the tire valve to release air.
Recheck the tire pressure with
the tire gauge.
Put the valve caps back on the
valve stems to keep out dirt and
moisture and prevent leaks. Use
only valve caps designed for the
vehicle by GM. TPMS sensors
could be damaged and would
not be covered by the vehicle
warranty.

Tire Pressure Monitor
System
The Tire Pressure Monitor System
(TPMS) uses radio and sensor
technology to check tire pressure
levels. The TPMS sensors monitor
the air pressure in your tires and
transmit tire pressure readings to a
receiver located in the vehicle.

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

Vehicle Care
Each tire, including the spare (if
provided), should be checked
monthly when cold and inflated to
the inflation pressure recommended
by the vehicle manufacturer on the
vehicle placard or tire inflation
pressure label. (If your vehicle has
tires of a different size than the size
indicated on the vehicle placard or
tire inflation pressure label, you
should determine the proper tire
inflation pressure for those tires.)
As an added safety feature, your
vehicle has been equipped with a
tire pressure monitoring system
(TPMS) that illuminates a low tire
pressure telltale when one or more
of your tires is significantly
under-inflated.
Accordingly, when the low tire
pressure telltale illuminates, you
should stop and check your tires as
soon as possible, and inflate them
to the proper pressure. Driving on a
significantly under-inflated tire
causes the tire to overheat and can
lead to tire failure. Under-inflation
also reduces fuel efficiency and tire

tread life, and may affect the
vehicle's handling and stopping
ability.
Please note that the TPMS is not a
substitute for proper tire
maintenance, and it is the driver's
responsibility to maintain correct tire
pressure, even if under-inflation has
not reached the level to trigger
illumination of the TPMS low tire
pressure telltale.
Your vehicle has also been
equipped with a TPMS malfunction
indicator to indicate when the
system is not operating properly.
The TPMS malfunction indicator is
combined with the low tire pressure
telltale. When the system detects a
malfunction, the telltale will flash for
approximately one minute and then
remain continuously illuminated.
This sequence will continue upon
subsequent vehicle start-ups as
long as the malfunction exists.
When the malfunction indicator is
illuminated, the system may not be
able to detect or signal low tire
pressure as intended. TPMS
malfunctions may occur for a variety

305

of reasons, including the installation
of replacement or alternate tires or
wheels on the vehicle that prevent
the TPMS from functioning properly.
Always check the TPMS malfunction
telltale after replacing one or more
tires or wheels on your vehicle to
ensure that the replacement or
alternate tires and wheels allow the
TPMS to continue to function
properly.
See Tire Pressure Monitor
Operation 0 305 .
ii

See Radio Frequency Statement
0 367 .
ii

Tire Pressure Monitor
Operation
This vehicle may have a Tire
Pressure Monitor System (TPMS).
The TPMS is designed to warn the
driver when a low tire pressure
condition exists. TPMS sensors are
mounted onto each tire and wheel
assembly, excluding the spare tire
and wheel assembly, if the vehicle
has one. The TPMS sensors
monitor the air pressure in the tires

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

306

Vehicle Care

and transmits the tire pressure
readings to a receiver located in the
vehicle.

about the DIC operation and
displays see Driver Information
Center (DIC) (With DIC Buttons)
0 129 or Driver Information Center
(DIC) (Without DIC Buttons) 0 134
and Tire Messages 0 143 .
ii

ii

ii

When a low tire pressure condition
is detected, the TPMS illuminates
the low tire pressure warning light
located on the instrument cluster.
If the warning light comes on, stop
as soon as possible and inflate the
tires to the recommended pressure
shown on the tire loading
information label. See Vehicle Load
Limits 0 222 .
ii

The low tire pressure warning light
may come on in cool weather when
the vehicle is first started, and then
turn off as the vehicle is driven. This
could be an early indicator that the
air pressure is getting low and
needs to be inflated to the proper
pressure.
A Tire and Loading Information label
shows the size of the original
equipment tires and the correct
inflation pressure for the tires when
they are cold. See Vehicle Load
Limits 0 222 , for an example of the
Tire and Loading Information label
and its location. Also see Tire
Pressure 0 303 .
ii

A message to check the pressure in
a specific tire displays in the Driver
Information Center (DIC). The low
tire pressure warning light and the
DIC warning message come on at
each ignition cycle until the tires are
inflated to the correct inflation
pressure. Using the DIC, tire
pressure levels can be viewed. For
additional information and details

ii

The TPMS can warn about a low
tire pressure condition but it does
not replace normal tire
maintenance. See Tire Inspection
0 308 , Tire Rotation 0 309 and
Tires 0 296 .
ii

ii

ii

Caution
Tire sealant materials are not all
the same. A non-approved tire
sealant could damage the TPMS
sensors. TPMS sensor damage
caused by using an incorrect tire
sealant is not covered by the
vehicle warranty. Always use only
the GM approved tire sealant
available through your dealer or
included in the vehicle.

TPMS Malfunction Light and
Message
The TPMS will not function properly
if one or more of the TPMS sensors
are missing or inoperable. When the
system detects a malfunction, the
low tire warning light flashes for
about one minute and then stays on
for the remainder of the ignition
cycle. A DIC warning message
displays. The malfunction light and
DIC warning message come on at
each ignition cycle until the problem

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

Vehicle Care
is corrected. Some of the conditions
that can cause these to come
on are:
. One of the road tires has been
replaced with the spare tire,
if your vehicle has one. The
spare tire does not have a
TPMS sensor. The malfunction
light and DIC message should
go off after the road tire is
replaced and the sensor
matching process is performed
successfully. See "TPMS Sensor
Matching Process" later in this
section.
. The TPMS sensor matching
process was not done or not
completed successfully after
rotating the tires. The
malfunction light and the DIC
message should go off after
successfully completing the
sensor matching process. See
"TPMS Sensor Matching
Process" later in this section.
. One or more TPMS sensors are
missing or damaged. The
malfunction light and the DIC
message should go off when the

TPMS sensors are installed and
the sensor matching process is
performed successfully. See
your dealer for service.
.

Replacement tires or wheels do
not match the original equipment
tires or wheels. Tires and wheels
other than those recommended
could prevent the TPMS from
functioning properly. See Buying
New Tires 0 310 .
ii

.

Operating electronic devices or
being near facilities using radio
wave frequencies similar to the
TPMS could cause the TPMS
sensors to malfunction.

If the TPMS is not functioning
properly, it cannot detect or signal a
low tire condition. See your dealer
for service if the TPMS malfunction
light and DIC message comes on
and stays on.

TPMS Sensor Matching
Process
Each TPMS sensor has a unique
identification code. The identification
code needs to be matched to a new
tire/wheel position after rotating the

307

tires or replacing one or more of the
TPMS sensors. The TPMS sensor
matching process should also be
performed after replacing a spare
tire with a road tire containing the
TPMS sensor. The malfunction light
and the DIC message should go off
at the next ignition cycle. The
sensors are matched to the tire/
wheel positions, using a TPMS
relearn tool, in the following order:
driver side front tire, passenger side
front tire, passenger side rear tire,
and driver side rear. See your
dealer for service or to purchase a
relearn tool. A TPMS relearn tool
can also be purchased. See Tire
Pressure Monitor Sensor Activation
Tool at
www.gmtoolsandequipment.com or
call 1-800-GM TOOLS
(1-800-468-6657).
There are two minutes to match the
first tire/wheel position, and
five minutes overall to match all four
tire/wheel positions. If it takes
longer, the matching process stops
and must be restarted.

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

308

Vehicle Care

The TPMS sensor matching process
is outlined below:
1. Set the parking brake.
2. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN
with the engine off.
3. Press the Remote Keyless
Entry (RKE) transmitter's Q
and K buttons at the same
time for approximately
five seconds. The horn sounds
twice to signal the receiver is in
relearn mode and TIRE
LEARNING ACTIVE message
displays on the DIC screen.
4. Start with the driver side
front tire.
5. Place the relearn tool against
the tire sidewall, near the valve
stem. Then press the button to
activate the TPMS sensor.
A horn chirp confirms that the
sensor identification code has
been matched to this tire and
wheel position.

6. Proceed to the passenger side
front tire, and repeat the
procedure in Step 5.
7. Proceed to the passenger side
rear tire, and repeat the
procedure in Step 5.
8. Proceed to the driver side rear
tire, and repeat the procedure
in Step 5. The horn sounds two
times to indicate the sensor
identification code has been
matched to the driver side rear
tire, and the TPMS sensor
matching process is no longer
active. The TIRE LEARNING
ACTIVE message on the DIC
display screen goes off.

Tire Inspection
We recommend that the tires,
including the spare tire, if the
vehicle has one, be inspected
for signs of wear or damage at
least once a month.
Replace the tire if:
.

The indicators at three or
more places around the tire
can be seen.

.

There is cord or fabric
showing through the tire's
rubber.

.

The tread or sidewall is
cracked, cut, or snagged
deep enough to show cord or
fabric.

.

The tire has a bump, bulge,
or split.

.

The tire has a puncture, cut,
or other damage that cannot
be repaired well because of
the size or location of the
damage.

9. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF.
10. Set all four tires to the
recommended air pressure
level as indicated on the Tire
and Loading Information label.
11. Put the valve caps back on the
valve stems.

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

Vehicle Care

Tire Rotation

309

Check that all wheel nuts are
properly tightened. See “Wheel
Nut Torque” under Capacities
and Specifications 0 355 .

Tires should be rotated every
12 000 km (7,500 mi). See
Maintenance Schedule 0 342 .

ii

ii

{ Warning

Tires are rotated to achieve a
uniform wear for all tires. The
first rotation is the most
important.
Anytime unusual wear is
noticed, rotate the tires as soon
as possible, check for proper tire
inflation pressure, and check for
damaged tires or wheels. If the
unusual wear continues after the
rotation, check the wheel
alignment. See When It Is Time
for New Tires 0 310 and Wheel
Replacement 0 314 .
ii

ii

Use this rotation pattern when
rotating the tires.
If the vehicle has a compact
spare tire, do not include it in the
tire rotation.
Adjust the front and rear tires to
the recommended inflation
pressure on the Tire and
Loading Information label after
the tires have been rotated. See
Tire Pressure 0 303 and Vehicle
Load Limits 0 222 .
ii

ii

Reset the Tire Pressure Monitor
System. See Tire Pressure
Monitor Operation 0 305 .
ii

Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on the
parts to which it is fastened, can
make wheel nuts become loose
after time. The wheel could come
off and cause an accident. When
changing a wheel, remove any
rust or dirt from places where the
wheel attaches to the vehicle. In
an emergency, a cloth or a paper
towel can be used; however, use
a scraper or wire brush later to
remove all rust or dirt.

Lightly coat the center of the
wheel hub with wheel bearing
grease after a wheel change or
tire rotation to prevent corrosion
or rust build-up. Do not get
grease on the flat wheel
mounting surface or on the
wheel nuts or bolts.

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

310

Vehicle Care

Check that the spare tire, if the
vehicle has one, is stored
properly. Push, pull, and then try
to rotate or turn the tire. If it
moves, tighten the cable. See
Tire Changing 0 316 .
ii

Treadwear indicators are one way to
tell when it is time for new tires.
Treadwear indicators appear when
the tires have only 1.6 mm (1/16 in)
or less of tread remaining. See Tire
Inspection 0 308 and Tire Rotation
0 309 .
ii

ii

When It Is Time for New
Tires
Factors such as maintenance,
temperatures, driving speeds,
vehicle loading, and road conditions
affect the wear rate of the tires.

The rubber in tires ages over time.
This also applies to the spare tire,
if the vehicle has one, even if it is
never used. Multiple factors
including temperatures, loading
conditions, and inflation pressure
maintenance affect how fast aging
takes place. GM recommends that
tires, including the spare if
equipped, be replaced after six
years, regardless of tread wear. The
tire manufacture date is the last four
digits of the DOT Tire Identification
Number (TIN) which is molded into
one side of the tire sidewall. The
first two digits represent the week
(01–52) and the last two digits, the
year. For example, the third week of
the year 2010 would have a
four-digit DOT date of 0310.

Vehicle Storage
Tires age when stored normally
mounted on a parked vehicle. Park
a vehicle that will be stored for at
least a month in a cool, dry, clean
area away from direct sunlight to
slow aging. This area should be free
of grease, gasoline, or other
substances that can deteriorate
rubber.
Parking for an extended period can
cause flat spots on the tires that
may result in vibrations while
driving. When storing a vehicle for
at least a month, remove the tires or
raise the vehicle to reduce the
weight from the tires.

Buying New Tires
GM has developed and matched
specific tires for the vehicle. The
original equipment tires installed
were designed to meet General
Motors Tire Performance Criteria
Specification (TPC Spec)
system rating. When
replacement tires are needed,

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

Vehicle Care
GM strongly recommends
buying tires with the same TPC
Spec rating.
GM's exclusive TPC Spec
system considers over a dozen
critical specifications that impact
the overall performance of the
vehicle, including brake system
performance, ride and handling,
traction control, and tire
pressure monitoring
performance. GM's TPC Spec
number is molded onto the tire's
sidewall near the tire size. If the
tires have an all-season tread
design, the TPC Spec number
will be followed by MS for mud
and snow. See Tire Sidewall
Labeling 0 298 .
ii

GM recommends replacing worn
tires in complete sets of four.
Uniform tread depth on all tires
will help to maintain the
performance of the vehicle.
Braking and handling
performance may be adversely
affected if all the tires are not

replaced at the same time.
If proper rotation and
maintenance have been done,
all four tires should wear out at
about the same time. See Tire
Rotation 0 309 . However, if it is
necessary to replace only one
axle set of worn tires, place the
new tires on the rear axle.
ii

Winter tires with the same speed
rating as the original equipment
tires may not be available for H,
V, W, Y and ZR speed rated
tires. Never exceed the winter
tires’ maximum speed capability
when using winter tires with a
lower speed rating.

{ Warning
Tires could explode during
improper service. Attempting
to mount or dismount a tire
could cause injury or death.
Only your dealer or authorized
tire service center should
mount or dismount the tires.

311

{ Warning
Mixing tires of different sizes,
brands, or types may cause
loss of control of the vehicle,
resulting in a crash or other
vehicle damage. Use the
correct size, brand, and type
of tires on all wheels.

{ Warning
Using bias-ply tires on the
vehicle may cause the wheel
rim flanges to develop cracks
after many miles of driving.
A tire and/or wheel could fail
suddenly and cause a crash.
Use only radial-ply tires with
the wheels on the vehicle.
If the vehicle tires must be
replaced with a tire that does not
have a TPC Spec number, make
sure they are the same size,

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

312

Vehicle Care

load range, speed rating, and
construction (radial) as the
original tires.
Vehicles that have a tire
pressure monitoring system
could give an inaccurate
low-pressure warning if non-TPC
Spec rated tires are installed.
See Tire Pressure Monitor
System 0 304 .
ii

The Tire and Loading
Information label indicates the
original equipment tires on the
vehicle. See Vehicle Load Limits
0 222 .
ii

Different Size Tires and
Wheels
If wheels or tires are installed that
are a different size than the original
equipment wheels and tires, vehicle
performance, including its braking,
ride and handling characteristics,
stability, and resistance to rollover
may be affected. If the vehicle has
electronic systems such as antilock
brakes, rollover airbags, traction

control, electronic stability control,
or All-Wheel Drive, the performance
of these systems can also be
affected.

{ Warning
If different sized wheels are used,
there may not be an acceptable
level of performance and safety if
tires not recommended for those
wheels are selected. This
increases the chance of a crash
and serious injury. Only use GM
specific wheel and tire systems
developed for the vehicle, and
have them properly installed by a
GM certified technician.
See Buying New Tires 0 310 and
Accessories and Modifications
0 266 .
ii

ii

Uniform Tire Quality
Grading
The following information relates
to the system developed by the
United States National Highway

Traffic Safety Administration
(NHTSA), which grades tires by
treadwear, traction, and
temperature performance. This
applies only to vehicles sold in
the United States. The grades
are molded on the sidewalls of
most passenger car tires. The
Uniform Tire Quality Grading
(UTQG) system does not apply
to deep tread, winter tires,
compact spare tires, tires with
nominal rim diameters of
10 to 12 inches (25 to 30 cm),
or to some limited-production
tires.
While the tires available on
General Motors passenger cars
and light trucks may vary with
respect to these grades, they
must also conform to federal
safety requirements and
additional General Motors Tire
Performance Criteria (TPC)
standards.

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

Vehicle Care
Quality grades can be found
where applicable on the tire
sidewall between tread shoulder
and maximum section width. For
example:

norm due to variations in driving
habits, service practices and
differences in road
characteristics and climate.

Treadwear 200 Traction AA
Temperature A

The traction grades, from
highest to lowest, are AA, A, B,
and C. Those grades represent
the tire's ability to stop on wet
pavement as measured under
controlled conditions on
specified government test
surfaces of asphalt and
concrete. A tire marked C may
have poor traction performance.
Warning: The traction grade
assigned to this tire is based on
straight-ahead braking traction
tests, and does not include
acceleration, cornering,
hydroplaning, or peak traction
characteristics.

All Passenger Car Tires Must
Conform to Federal Safety
Requirements In Addition To
These Grades.
Treadwear
The treadwear grade is a
comparative rating based on the
wear rate of the tire when tested
under controlled conditions on a
specified government test
course. For example, a tire
graded 150 would wear one and
one-half (1½) times as well on
the government course as a tire
graded 100. The relative
performance of tires depends
upon the actual conditions of
their use, however, and may
depart significantly from the

Traction

Temperature
The temperature grades are A
(the highest), B, and C,
representing the tire's resistance

313

to the generation of heat and its
ability to dissipate heat when
tested under controlled
conditions on a specified indoor
laboratory test wheel. Sustained
high temperature can cause the
material of the tire to degenerate
and reduce tire life, and
excessive temperature can lead
to sudden tire failure. The grade
C corresponds to a level of
performance which all
passenger car tires must meet
under the Federal Motor Safety
Standard No. 109. Grades B and
A represent higher levels of
performance on the laboratory
test wheel than the minimum
required by law. Warning: The
temperature grade for this tire is
established for a tire that is
properly inflated and not
overloaded. Excessive speed,
underinflation, or excessive
loading, either separately or in
combination, can cause heat
buildup and possible tire failure.

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

314

Vehicle Care

Wheel Alignment and Tire
Balance

Some aluminum wheels can be
repaired. See your dealer if any of
these conditions exist.

The tires and wheels were aligned
and balanced at the factory to
provide the longest tire life and best
overall performance. Adjustments to
wheel alignment and tire balancing
are not necessary on a regular
basis. Consider an alignment check
if there is unusual tire wear or the
vehicle is significantly pulling to one
side or the other. Some slight pull to
the left or right, depending on the
crown of the road and/or other road
surface variations such as troughs
or ruts, is normal. If the vehicle is
vibrating when driving on a smooth
road, the tires and wheels may need
to be rebalanced. See your dealer
for proper diagnosis.

Your dealer will know the kind of
wheel that is needed.

Wheel Replacement
Replace any wheel that is bent,
cracked, or badly rusted or
corroded. If wheel nuts keep coming
loose, the wheel, wheel bolts, and
wheel nuts should be replaced.
If the wheel leaks air, replace it.

Each new wheel should have the
same load-carrying capacity,
diameter, width, offset, and be
mounted the same way as the one it
replaces.
Replace wheels, wheel bolts, wheel
nuts, or Tire Pressure Monitor
System (TPMS) sensors with new
GM original equipment parts.

{ Warning
Using the wrong replacement
wheels, wheel bolts, or wheel
nuts can be dangerous. It could
affect the braking and handling of
the vehicle. Tires can lose air,
and cause loss of control, causing
a crash. Always use the correct
wheel, wheel bolts, and wheel
nuts for replacement.

Caution
The wrong wheel can also cause
problems with bearing life, brake
cooling, speedometer or
odometer calibration, headlamp
aim, bumper height, vehicle
ground clearance, and tire or tire
chain clearance to the body and
chassis.

Used Replacement Wheels

{ Warning
Replacing a wheel with a used
one is dangerous. How it has
been used or how far it has been
driven may be unknown. It could
fail suddenly and cause a crash.
When replacing wheels, use a
new GM original equipment
wheel.

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

Vehicle Care

Tire Chains

{ Warning
Do not use tire chains. There is
not enough clearance. Tire chains
used on a vehicle without the
proper amount of clearance can
cause damage to the brakes,
suspension, or other vehicle
parts. The area damaged by the
tire chains could cause loss of
control and a crash.
Use another type of traction
device only if its manufacturer
recommends it for the vehicle's
tire size combination and road
conditions. Follow that
manufacturer's instructions. To
avoid vehicle damage, drive slow
and readjust or remove the
traction device if it contacts the
vehicle. Do not spin the wheels.
If traction devices are used, install
them on the front tires.

If a Tire Goes Flat
It is unusual for a tire to blow out
while driving, especially if the tires
are maintained properly. See Tires
0 296 . If air goes out of a tire, it is
much more likely to leak out slowly.
But if there ever is a blowout, here
are a few tips about what to expect
and what to do:
ii

If a front tire fails, the flat tire
creates a drag that pulls the vehicle
toward that side. Take your foot off
the accelerator pedal and grip the
steering wheel firmly. Steer to
maintain lane position, and then
gently brake to a stop, well off the
road, if possible.
A rear blowout, particularly on a
curve, acts much like a skid and
may require the same correction as
used in a skid. Stop pressing the
accelerator pedal and steer to
straighten the vehicle. It may be
very bumpy and noisy. Gently brake
to a stop, well off the road,
if possible.

315

{ Warning
Driving on a flat tire will cause
permanent damage to the tire.
Re-inflating a tire after it has been
driven on while severely
underinflated or flat may cause a
blowout and a serious crash.
Never attempt to re-inflate a tire
that has been driven on while
severely underinflated or flat.
Have your dealer or an authorized
tire service center repair or
replace the flat tire as soon as
possible.

{ Warning
Lifting a vehicle and getting under
it to do maintenance or repairs is
dangerous without the
appropriate safety equipment and
training. If a jack is provided with
the vehicle, it is designed only for
changing a flat tire. If it is used for
anything else, you or others could
(Continued)

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

316

Vehicle Care
Warning (Continued)

be badly injured or killed if the
vehicle slips off the jack. If a jack
is provided with the vehicle, only
use it for changing a flat tire.
If a tire goes flat, avoid further tire
and wheel damage by driving slowly
to a level place, well off the road,
if possible. Turn on the hazard
warning flashers. See Hazard
Warning Flashers 0 158 .
ii

{ Warning
Changing a tire can be
dangerous. The vehicle can slip
off the jack and roll over or fall
causing injury or death. Find a
level place to change the tire. To
help prevent the vehicle from
moving:
1. Set the parking brake firmly.
(Continued)

Warning (Continued)
2. Put an automatic
transmission in P (Park) or a
manual transmission in
1 (First) or R (Reverse).
3. Turn off the engine and do
not restart while the vehicle
is raised.
4. Do not allow passengers to
remain in the vehicle.
5. Place wheel blocks,
if equipped, on both sides of
the tire at the opposite
corner of the tire being
changed.
When the vehicle has a flat tire (2),
use the following example as a
guide to assist in the placement of
the wheel blocks (1), if equipped.

1. Wheel Block (If Equipped)
2. Flat Tire

The following information explains
how to repair or change a tire.

Tire Changing
Removing Tools
The tools needed to remove the
spare tire are located in the storage
compartment on the driver side, at
the rear of the vehicle.

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

Vehicle Care

317

5. Pull the jack straight out,
bottom first.

1. Tool Bag
2. Wing Bolt
3. Jack

1. Open the jack storage
compartment by pulling on the
latch tab, located toward the
rear of the vehicle, and pulling
the cover off.
2. Remove the wing bolt (2) by
turning it counterclockwise.
3. Push the jack (3) up out of the
holding bracket and remove
the tool bag (1).
4. Turn the jack on its side, with
the bottom facing toward you.

1. Jack
2. Wrench (Three-Piece
Shown, One-Piece Similar)

The tools you will be using include
the jack (1) and wrench (2).

Removing the Spare Tire
The compact spare tire is located
under the vehicle, in front of the rear
bumper. See Compact Spare Tire
0 323 for more information.
ii

1. Rear Convenience Center
2. Wrench (Three-Piece
Shown, One-Piece Similar)
3. Carpet Cutout
4. Hoist Shaft
5. Compact Spare Tire
6. Retainer

1. Open the storage compartment
door of the convenience
center (1) that is nearest the
liftgate.
2. Open the carpet cutout (3) that
is located through the hole of
the storage compartment.
3. Attach the wrench (2) into the
hoist shaft (4).

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

318

Vehicle Care

4. Turn the wrench (2)
counterclockwise to lower the
spare tire (5) to the ground.
Continue turning the wrench
until the spare tire can be
pulled out from under the
vehicle.

Removing the Flat Tire and
Installing the Spare Tire
1. Do a safety check before
proceeding. See If a Tire Goes
Flat 0 315 for more
information.
ii

2. If the vehicle has a wheel
cover, loosen the plastic nut
caps with the wheel wrench.
They will not come off. Then,
using the flat end of the wheel
wrench, pry along the edge of
the cover until it comes off. Be
careful; the edges may be
sharp. Do not try to remove the
cover with your bare hands.
5. Tilt the retainer and slip it
through the wheel opening to
remove the spare tire from the
cable.

Store the wheel cover securely
in the rear of the vehicle until
you have the flat tire repaired
or replaced.

6. Turn the wrench clockwise to
raise the cable back up after
removing the spare tire.

If the vehicle has aluminum
wheels, remove the wheel nut
caps using the wheel wrench.

Do not store a full-size or a flat
road tire under the vehicle. See
“Storing the Spare Tire” and
“Storing the Flat Tire” later in
this section.

3. Loosen the wheel nuts — but
do not remove them — using
the wrench. For wheels with a
wheel lock key, use the wheel
lock key between the lock nut
and wrench. The key is
supplied in the front passenger
door pocket.

Caution
If this vehicle has wheel locks and
an impact wrench is used to
remove the wheel nuts, the lock
nut or wheel lock key could be
(Continued)

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

Vehicle Care

319

5. Attach the wrench to the jack,
and turn the wrench clockwise
to raise the jack head
7.6 cm (3 in).

Caution (Continued)
damaged. Do not use an impact
wrench to remove the wheel nuts
if this vehicle has wheel locks.

6. Do not raise the vehicle yet.
Put the compact spare tire
near you.

{ Warning
Triangle Shown, Without Similar
4. To identify the appropriate
jacking location, find the
triangle or rectangular notch
about 30.5 cm (12 in) from the
front tire or about 27 cm
(10.5 in) from the rear tire.

The triangle may be located
near each wheel on the
vehicle's exterior.

Getting under a vehicle when it is
lifted on a jack is dangerous.
If the vehicle slips off the jack,
you could be badly injured or
killed. Never get under a vehicle
when it is supported only by
a jack.

Caution
If a jack is used to raise the
vehicle without positioning it
correctly, the vehicle could be
damaged. When raising the
vehicle on a jack, avoid contact
with the rear axle control arms.

{ Warning
Raising the vehicle with the jack
improperly positioned can
damage the vehicle and even
make the vehicle fall. To help
avoid personal injury and vehicle
damage, be sure to fit the jack lift
head into the proper location
before raising the vehicle.

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

320

Vehicle Care

7. Raise the vehicle by turning the
wrench clockwise in the jack.
Raise the vehicle far enough
off the ground so that there is
enough room for the spare tire
to fit under the wheel well.
8. Remove all the wheel nuts and
the flat tire.

{ Warning
Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on the
parts to which it is fastened, can
make wheel nuts become loose
after time. The wheel could come
off and cause an accident. When
changing a wheel, remove any
rust or dirt from places where the
wheel attaches to the vehicle. In
an emergency, a cloth or a paper
towel can be used; however, use
a scraper or wire brush later to
remove all rust or dirt.

{ Warning
9. Remove the plastic spare tire
heat shield by pulling the
rubber latch. Store the plastic
spare tire heat shield. See
“Storing the Spare Tire” later in
this section for more
information.

Never use oil or grease on bolts
or nuts because the nuts might
come loose. The vehicle's wheel
could fall off, causing a crash.
10. Remove any rust or dirt from
the wheel bolts, mounting
surfaces, and spare wheel.
11. Place the spare tire on the
wheel mounting surface.

12. Put the nuts on by hand by
turning them clockwise until the
wheel is held against the
mounting surface. Make sure
the rounded end is toward the
wheel.
13. Lower the vehicle by attaching
the wrench to the jack and
turning the wrench
counterclockwise. Lower the
jack completely.

{ Warning
Wheel nuts that are improperly or
incorrectly tightened can cause
the wheels to become loose or
come off. The wheel nuts should
be tightened with a torque wrench
to the proper torque specification
after replacing. Follow the torque
specification supplied by the
aftermarket manufacturer when
using accessory locking wheel
nuts. See Capacities and
Specifications 0 355 for original
equipment wheel nut torque
specifications.
ii

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

Vehicle Care

321

Caution

Caution

{ Warning

Improperly tightened wheel nuts
can lead to brake pulsation and
rotor damage. To avoid expensive
brake repairs, evenly tighten the
wheel nuts in the proper
sequence and to the proper
torque specification. See
Capacities and Specifications
0 355 for the wheel nut torque
specification.

Wheel covers will not fit on the
vehicle's compact spare. If you try
to put a wheel cover on the
compact spare, the cover or the
spare could be damaged.

Storing a jack, a tire, or other
equipment in the passenger
compartment of the vehicle could
cause injury. In a sudden stop or
collision, loose equipment could
strike someone. Store all these in
the proper place.

ii

14. Tighten the wheel nuts firmly in
a crisscross sequence, as
shown.

Storing the Spare Tire

{ Warning
The underbody-mounted spare
tire needs to be stored with the
valve stem pointing down. If the
spare tire is stored with the valve
stem pointing upwards, the
secondary latch will not work
properly and the spare tire could
loosen and suddenly fall from the
vehicle. If this happened when
the vehicle was being driven, the
tire might contact a person or
another vehicle, causing injury
and damage to itself. Be sure the
underbody-mounted spare tire is
stored with the valve stem
pointing down.

To store the spare tire:
1. Lay the compact spare tire
near the rear of the vehicle with
the valve stem down.
2. Reinstall the plastic spare tire
heat shield on the compact
spare tire.
3. Slide the cable retainer through
the center of the wheel and
start to raise the compact
spare tire.
Make sure the retainer is fully
seated across the underside of
the wheel.

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

322

Vehicle Care

4. When the compact spare tire is
almost in the stored position,
turn the tire so the valve is
toward the rear of the vehicle.
This position helps when
checking the air pressure in the
compact spare tire.

6. Make sure the tire is stored
securely. Push, pull, and then
try to turn the tire. If the tire
moves, use the wrench to
tighten the cable.

Storing the Flat Tire

5. Raise the tire fully against the
underside of the vehicle.
Continue turning the wrench
until you feel more than two
clicks. This indicates that the
compact spare tire is secure
and the cable is tight. The
spare tire hoist cannot be
overtightened.

2. Remove the small center cap
by tapping the back of the cap
with the extension of the shaft,
if the vehicle has aluminum
wheels.
3. Put the flat tire in the rear
storage area with the valve
stem pointing toward the rear
of the vehicle.
4. Pull the cable (1) through the
door striker (5), the center of
the wheel (4), and the plastic
spare tire heat shield (3), as
shown.

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Cable
Liftgate Hinges
Spare Tire Heat Shield
Center of the Wheel
Door Striker

1. Remove the cable package
from the jack storage area.

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

Vehicle Care
5. Hook the cable onto the
outside portion of the liftgate
hinges (2).

Storing the Tools

7. Pull on the cable to make sure
it is secure.

1. Tool Bag
2. Wing Bolt
3. Jack

Put back all tools as they were
stored in the jack storage
compartment and put the
compartment cover back on.

9. Close the liftgate and make
sure it is latched properly.

4. Reinstall the wing bolt (2) by
turning clockwise.
5. To replace the cover, line up
the tab at the front of the cover
with the notch in the cover
opening. Push the cover in
place and make sure that the
rear clips are in the slots and
push the cover closed.

6. Hook the other end of the cable
onto the outside portion of the
liftgate hinge on the other side
of the vehicle.

8. Make sure the metal tube is
centered at the striker. Push
the tube toward the front of the
vehicle.

323

1. Ensure that the bottom of the
jack is facing toward you.
2. Replace the tool bag (1).
3. Turn the jack (3) on its side and
place down on the holding
bracket.

Store the center cap or the plastic
bolt-on wheel covers until a full size
tire is put back on the vehicle. When
you replace the compact spare with
a full-size tire, reinstall the bolt-on
wheel covers or the center cap.
Hand-tighten them over the wheel
nuts, using the wrench.

Compact Spare Tire

{ Warning
Driving with more than one
compact spare tire at a time could
result in loss of braking and
handling. This could lead to a
crash and you or others could be
injured. Use only one compact
spare tire at a time.

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

324

Vehicle Care

If this vehicle has a compact spare
tire, it was fully inflated when new;
however, it can lose air over time.
Check the inflation pressure
regularly. It should be 420 kPa
(60 psi).
Stop as soon as possible and check
that the spare tire is correctly
inflated after being installed on the
vehicle. The compact spare tire is
designed for temporary use only.
The vehicle will perform differently
with the spare tire installed and it is
recommended that the vehicle
speed be limited to 80 km/h (50
mph). To conserve the tread of the
spare tire, have the standard tire
repaired or replaced as soon as
convenient and return the spare tire
to the storage area.
When using a compact spare tire,
the ABS and Traction Control
systems may engage until the spare
tire is recognized by the vehicle,
especially on slippery roads. Adjust
driving to reduce possible
wheel slip.

Performance of the All-Wheel
Drive (AWD) system will be
automatically reduced to protect the
system when using the compact
spare. To restore the AWD and
prevent excessive wear on the
clutch in the AWD, replace the
compact spare tire with a full-size
tire as soon as possible.

Caution
When the compact spare is
installed, do not take the vehicle
through an automatic car wash
with guide rails. The compact
spare can get caught on the rails
which can damage the tire, wheel,
and other parts of the vehicle.
Do not use the compact spare on
other vehicles.
Do not mix the compact spare tire or
wheel with other wheels or tires.
They will not fit. Keep the spare tire
and its wheel together.

Caution
Tire chains will not fit the compact
spare. Using them can damage
the vehicle and the chains. Do not
use tire chains on the compact
spare.

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

Vehicle Care

Jump Starting

{ Warning

Jump Starting - North
America
For more information about the
vehicle battery, see Battery - North
America 0 283 .
ii

If the vehicle battery has run down,
you may want to use another
vehicle and some jumper cables to
start your vehicle. Be sure to use
the following steps to do it safely.

{ Warning
WARNING: Battery posts,
terminals, and related
accessories contain lead and lead
compounds, chemicals known to
the State of California to cause
cancer and birth defects or other
reproductive harm. Batteries also
contain other chemicals known to
the State of California to cause
cancer. WASH HANDS AFTER
HANDLING. See California
Proposition 65 Warning 0 265 .
ii

Batteries can hurt you. They can
be dangerous because:
. They contain acid that can
burn you.
. They contain gas that can
explode or ignite.
. They contain enough
electricity to burn you.
If you do not follow these steps
exactly, some or all of these
things can hurt you.

Caution
Ignoring these steps could result
in costly damage to the vehicle
that would not be covered by the
vehicle warranty. Trying to start
the vehicle by pushing or pulling it
will not work, and it could damage
the vehicle.

325

1. Check the other vehicle.
It must have a 12-volt battery
with a negative ground system.

Caution
If the other vehicle does not have
a 12-volt system with a negative
ground, both vehicles can be
damaged. Only use a vehicle that
has a 12-volt system with a
negative ground for jump starting.
2. Get the vehicles close enough
so the jumper cables can
reach, but be sure the vehicles
are not touching each other.
If they are, it could cause a
ground connection you do not
want. You would not be able to
start your vehicle, and the bad
grounding could damage the
electrical systems.
To avoid the possibility of the
vehicles rolling, set the parking
brake firmly on both vehicles
involved in the jump start
procedure. Put an automatic
transmission in P (Park) or a

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

326

Vehicle Care
manual transmission in Neutral
before setting the parking
brake. If one of the vehicles is
a four-wheel-drive vehicle, be
sure the transfer case is not in
Neutral.

Caution
If any accessories are left on or
plugged in during the jump
starting procedure, they could be
damaged. The repairs would not
be covered by the vehicle
warranty. Whenever possible, turn
off or unplug all accessories on
either vehicle when jump starting.
3. Turn off the ignition on both
vehicles. Unplug unnecessary
accessories plugged into the
cigarette lighter or the
accessory power outlets. Turn
off the radio and all lamps that
are not needed. This will avoid
sparks and help save both
batteries. And it could save the
radio!

4. Open the hoods and locate the
positive (+) and negative (−)
terminal locations on the other
vehicle. Your vehicle has a
remote positive (+) and a
remote negative (−) jump
starting terminal. See Engine
Compartment Overview 0 268
for the terminal locations.

{ Warning
Fans or other moving engine
parts can injure you badly. Keep
your hands away from moving
parts once the engine is running.

ii

{ Warning
Using a match near a battery can
cause battery gas to explode.
People have been hurt doing this,
and some have been blinded.
Use a flashlight if you need more
light.
Battery fluid contains acid that
can burn you. Do not get it on
you. If you accidentally get it in
your eyes or on your skin, flush
the place with water and get
medical help immediately.

5. Check that the jumper cables
do not have loose or missing
insulation. If they do, you could
get a shock. The vehicles
could be damaged too.
Before you connect the cables,
here are some basic things you
should know. Positive (+) will
go to positive (+) or to a remote
positive (+) terminal if the
vehicle has one. Negative (−)
will go to a heavy, unpainted
metal engine part or to a
remote negative (−) terminal if
the vehicle has one.
Do not connect positive (+) to
negative (−) or you will get a
short that would damage the
battery and maybe other parts
too. And do not connect the
negative (−) cable to the

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

Vehicle Care
negative (−) terminal on the
dead battery because this can
cause sparks.

8. Now connect the black
negative (−) cable to the
negative (−) terminal of the
good battery. Use a remote
negative (−) terminal if the
vehicle has one.
Do not let the other end touch
anything until the next step.
The other end of the
negative (−) cable does not go
to the dead battery. It goes to a
heavy, unpainted metal engine
part, or to a remote negative (−)
terminal on the vehicle with the
dead battery.

6. Connect the red positive (+)
cable to the positive (+)
terminal of the dead battery.
Use a remote positive (+)
terminal if the vehicle has one.
7. Do not let the other end touch
metal. Connect it to the
positive (+) terminal of the good
battery. Use a remote
positive (+) terminal if the
vehicle has one.

327

9. Connect the other end of the
negative (−) cable to the
remote negative (−) terminal of
the dead battery.
Your vehicle has a remote
negative (−) terminal for this
purpose.
10. Now start the vehicle with the
good battery and run the
engine for a while.
11. Try to start the vehicle that had
the dead battery. If it will not
start after a few tries, it
probably needs service.

Caution
If the jumper cables are
connected or removed in the
wrong order, electrical shorting
may occur and damage the
vehicle. The repairs would not be
covered by the vehicle warranty.
Always connect and remove the
jumper cables in the correct order,
making sure that the cables do
not touch each other or other
metal.

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

328

Vehicle Care

Jumper Cable Removal
Reverse the sequence exactly when
removing the jumper cables.
After starting the disabled vehicle
and removing the jumper cables,
allow it to idle for several minutes.

Towing the Vehicle
Caution
Incorrectly towing a disabled
vehicle may cause damage. The
damage would not be covered by
the vehicle warranty.
Do not lash or hook to
suspension components. Use the
proper straps around the tires to
secure the vehicle.
Have the vehicle towed on a flatbed
car carrier or a wheel lift tow truck. If
a wheel lift tow truck is used, the
drive wheels cannot contact the
road while the vehicle is being
towed. A wheel dolly must be used
to lift all drive wheels off the ground.
Consult your dealer or a
professional towing service if the
disabled vehicle must be towed.

Recreational Vehicle
Towing
Recreational vehicle towing means
towing the vehicle behind another
vehicle – such as behind a motor
home. The two most common types
of recreational vehicle towing are
known as dinghy towing and dolly
towing. Dinghy towing is towing the
vehicle with all four wheels on the
ground. Dolly towing is towing the
vehicle with two wheels on the
ground and two wheels up on a
device known as a dolly.
Here are some important things to
consider before recreational vehicle
towing:
. The towing capacity of the
towing vehicle. Be sure to read
the tow vehicle manufacturer's
recommendations.
. How far the vehicle will be
towed. Some vehicles have
restrictions on how far and how
long they can be towed.

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

Vehicle Care
.

The proper towing equipment.
See your dealer or trailering
professional for additional advice
and equipment
recommendations.

.

If the vehicle is ready to be
towed. Just as preparing the
vehicle for a long trip, make sure
the vehicle is prepared to be
towed.

Dinghy Towing

For vehicles being dinghy towed,
the vehicle should be run at the
beginning of each day and at each
RV fuel stop for about five minutes.
This will ensure proper lubrication of
transmission components. Reinstall
the fuse to start the vehicle.
To tow the vehicle from the front
with all four wheels on the ground:
1. Position the vehicle to be
towed, shift the transmission to
P (Park), and turn the ignition
to LOCK/OFF.

Caution
Use of a shield mounted in front
of the vehicle grille could restrict
airflow and cause damage to the
transmission. The repairs would
not be covered by the vehicle
warranty. If using a shield, only
use one that attaches to the
towing vehicle.

329

If the vehicle is front-wheel-drive, it
can be dinghy towed from the front.
These vehicles may also be towed
by putting the front wheels on a
dolly. See “Dolly Towing” later in this
section.
If the vehicle is all-wheel-drive, it
can be dinghy towed from the front.
These vehicles can also be towed
by placing them on a platform trailer
with all four wheels off of the
ground. These vehicles cannot be
towed using a dolly.

2. Secure the vehicle to the
towing vehicle.
3. Set the parking brake.
4. Turn the ignition to ACC/
ACCESSORY.
5. Shift the transmission to
N (Neutral).
6. To prevent the battery from
draining while the vehicle is
being towed, remove the
15 amp ECM fuse and the
15 amp OnStar fuse. These
are in the battery compartment
behind the passenger seat on
the floor. Also, remove the

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

330

Vehicle Care
50 amp BATT1 fuse from the
underhood fuse block and
store all fuses in a safe
location. See Engine
Compartment Fuse Block
0 290 .
ii

7. Release the parking brake.

Caution
If the vehicle is towed without
performing each of the steps
listed under “Dinghy Towing,” the
automatic transmission could be
damaged. Be sure to follow all
steps of the dinghy towing
procedure prior to and after
towing the vehicle.

Caution
If 105 km/h (65 mph) is exceeded
while towing the vehicle, it could
be damaged. Never exceed
105 km/h (65 mph) while towing
the vehicle.

Once the destination is reached:
1. Set the parking brake.

Dolly Towing (All-Wheel-Drive
Vehicles)

2. Reinstall the fuses.
3. Shift the transmission to
P (Park), turn the ignition to
LOCK/OFF, and remove the
key from the ignition.
4. Disconnect the vehicle from the
towing vehicle.

Caution
Do not tow a vehicle with the front
drive wheels on the ground if one
of the front tires is a compact
spare tire. Towing with two
different tire sizes on the front of
the vehicle can cause severe
damage to the transmission.

All-wheel-drive vehicles must not be
towed with two wheels on the
ground. To properly tow these
vehicles, they should be placed on
a platform trailer with all four wheels
off of the ground or dinghy towed
from the front.

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

Vehicle Care
Dolly Towing
(Front-Wheel-Drive
Vehicles Only)

331

5. Remove the key from the
ignition.
6. Secure the vehicle to the dolly.
7. Release the parking brake.

Towing the Vehicle from
the Rear

Caution

To tow a front-wheel-drive vehicle
from the front with two wheels on
the ground:

Towing the vehicle from the rear
could damage it. Also, repairs
would not be covered by the
vehicle warranty. Never have the
vehicle towed from the rear.

1. Put the front wheels on a dolly.
2. Move the shift lever to
P (Park).
3. Set the parking brake.
4. Clamp the steering wheel in a
straight-ahead position with a
clamping device designed for
towing.

Do not tow the vehicle from the rear.

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

332

Vehicle Care

Appearance Care
Exterior Care
Locks
Locks are lubricated at the factory.
Use a de-icing agent only when
absolutely necessary, and have the
locks greased after using. See
Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants 0 351 .
ii

Washing the Vehicle
To preserve the vehicle's finish,
wash it often and out of direct
sunlight.

Caution
Do not use petroleum-based,
acidic, or abrasive cleaning
agents as they can damage the
vehicle's paint, metal, or plastic
parts. If damage occurs, it would
not be covered by the vehicle
warranty. Approved cleaning
products can be obtained from
(Continued)

Caution (Continued)
your dealer. Follow all
manufacturer directions regarding
correct product usage, necessary
safety precautions, and
appropriate disposal of any
vehicle care product.

Caution
Avoid using high-pressure
washes closer than 30 cm (12 in)
to the surface of the vehicle. Use
of power washers exceeding
8,274 kPa (1,200 psi) can result
in damage or removal of paint
and decals.
The e symbol is on any
underhood compartment electrical
center that should not be power
washed. This could cause damage
that would not be covered by the
vehicle warranty.

If using an automatic car wash,
follow the car wash instructions. The
windshield wiper and rear window
wiper, if equipped, must be off.
Remove any accessories that may
be damaged or interfere with the car
wash equipment.
Rinse the vehicle well, before
washing and after, to remove all
cleaning agents completely. If they
are allowed to dry on the surface,
they could stain.
Dry the finish with a soft, clean
chamois or an all-cotton towel to
avoid surface scratches and water
spotting.

Finish Care
Application of aftermarket clearcoat
sealant/wax materials is not
recommended. If painted surfaces
are damaged, see your dealer to
have the damage assessed and
repaired. Foreign materials such as
calcium chloride and other salts, ice
melting agents, road oil and tar, tree
sap, bird droppings, chemicals from
industrial chimneys, etc., can
damage the vehicle's finish if they
remain on painted surfaces. Wash

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

Vehicle Care
the vehicle as soon as possible.
If necessary, use non-abrasive
cleaners that are marked safe for
painted surfaces to remove foreign
matter.
Occasional hand waxing or mild
polishing should be done to remove
residue from the paint finish. See
your dealer for approved cleaning
products.
Do not apply waxes or polishes to
uncoated plastic, vinyl, rubber,
decals, simulated wood, or flat paint
as damage can occur.

Caution
Machine compounding or
aggressive polishing on a
basecoat/clearcoat paint finish
may damage it. Use only
non-abrasive waxes and polishes
that are made for a basecoat/
clearcoat paint finish on the
vehicle.
To keep the paint finish looking new,
keep the vehicle garaged or
covered whenever possible.

Protecting Exterior Bright Metal
Moldings

Caution
Failure to clean and protect the
bright metal moldings can result
in a hazy white finish or pitting.
This damage would not be
covered by the vehicle warranty.
The bright metal moldings on the
vehicle are aluminum, chrome or
stainless steel. To prevent damage
always follow these cleaning
instructions:
. Be sure the molding is cool to
the touch before applying any
cleaning solution.
. Use only approved cleaning
solutions for aluminum, chrome
or stainless steel. Some
cleaners are highly acidic or
contain alkaline substances and
can damage the moldings.
. Always dilute a concentrated
cleaner according to the
manufacturer’s instructions.

333

.

Do not use cleaners that are not
intended for automotive use.

.

Use a nonabrasive wax on the
vehicle after washing to protect
and extend the molding finish.

Cleaning Exterior Lamps/
Lenses, Emblems, Decals, and
Stripes
Use only lukewarm or cold water, a
soft cloth, and a car washing soap
to clean exterior lamps, lenses,
emblems, decals, and stripes.
Follow instructions under "Washing
the Vehicle" previously in this
section.
Lamp covers are made of plastic,
and some have a UV protective
coating. Do not clean or wipe them
when dry.
Do not use any of the following on
lamp covers:
. Abrasive or caustic agents.
.

Washer fluids and other cleaning
agents in higher concentrations
than suggested by the
manufacturer.

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

334

Vehicle Care

.

Solvents, alcohols, fuels,
or other harsh cleaners.

.

Ice scrapers or other hard items.

.

Aftermarket appearance caps or
covers while the lamps are
illuminated, due to excessive
heat generated.

Caution
Failure to clean lamps properly
can cause damage to the lamp
cover that would not be covered
by the vehicle warranty.

Caution
Using wax on low gloss black
finish stripes can increase the
gloss level and create a
non-uniform finish. Clean low
gloss stripes with soap and
water only.

Air Intakes
Clear debris from the air intakes,
between the hood and windshield
when washing the vehicle.

Windshield and Wiper Blades
Clean the outside of the windshield
with glass cleaner.
Clean rubber blades using a lint-free
cloth or paper towel soaked with
windshield washer fluid or a mild
detergent. Wash the windshield
thoroughly when cleaning the
blades. Bugs, road grime, sap, and
a buildup of vehicle wash/wax
treatments may cause wiper
streaking.
Replace the wiper blades if they are
worn or damaged. Damage can be
caused by extreme dusty
conditions, sand, salt, heat, sun,
snow, and ice.

Weatherstrips
Apply Dielectric silicone grease on
weatherstrips to make them last
longer, seal better, and not stick or
squeak. Lubricate weatherstrips at
least once a year. Hot, dry climates

may require more frequent
application. Black marks from
rubber material on painted surfaces
can be removed by rubbing with a
clean cloth. See Recommended
Fluids and Lubricants 0 351 .
ii

Tires
Use a stiff brush with tire cleaner to
clean the tires.

Caution
Using petroleum-based tire
dressing products on the vehicle
may damage the paint finish and/
or tires. When applying a tire
dressing, always wipe off any
overspray from all painted
surfaces on the vehicle.

Wheels and Trim — Aluminum
or Chrome
Use a soft, clean cloth with mild
soap and water to clean the wheels.
After rinsing thoroughly with clean
water, dry with a soft, clean towel.
A wax may then be applied.

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

Vehicle Care
Caution
Chrome wheels and other chrome
trim may be damaged if the
vehicle is not washed after driving
on roads that have been sprayed
with magnesium, calcium,
or sodium chloride. These
chlorides are used on roads for
conditions such as ice and dust.
Always wash the chrome with
soap and water after exposure.

Caution
To avoid surface damage, do not
use strong soaps, chemicals,
abrasive polishes, cleaners,
brushes, or cleaners that contain
acid on aluminum or
chrome-plated wheels. Use only
approved cleaners. Also, never
drive a vehicle with aluminum or
chrome-plated wheels through an
automatic car wash that uses
silicone carbide tire cleaning
(Continued)

Caution (Continued)
brushes. Damage could occur
and the repairs would not be
covered by the vehicle warranty.

335

Inspect power steering for proper
hook-up, binding, leaks, cracks,
chafing, etc.
Visually check constant velocity joint
boots and axle seals for leaks.

Body Component Lubrication
Brake System
Visually inspect brake lines and
hoses for proper hook-up, binding,
leaks, cracks, chafing, etc. Inspect
disc brake pads for wear and rotors
for surface condition. Inspect drum
brake linings/shoes for wear or
cracks. Inspect other brake parts,
including drums, wheel cylinders,
calipers, parking brake, master
cylinder, brake fluid reservoir,
vacuum pipes, electric vacuum
pump including bracket, and vent
hose, if equipped.

Steering, Suspension, and
Chassis Components
Visually inspect steering,
suspension, and chassis
components for damaged, loose,
or missing parts or signs of wear at
least once a year.

Lubricate all key lock cylinders,
hood hinges, liftgate hinges, and the
steel fuel door hinges, unless the
components are plastic. Applying
silicone grease on weatherstrips
with a clean cloth will make them
last longer, seal better, and not stick
or squeak.

Underbody Maintenance
At least twice a year, spring and fall,
use plain water to flush any
corrosive materials from the
underbody. Take care to thoroughly
clean any areas where mud and
other debris can collect.
Do not directly power wash the
transfer case and/or front/rear axle
output seals. High pressure water
can overcome the seals and
contaminate the fluid. Contaminated

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

336

Vehicle Care

fluid will decrease the life of the
transfer case and/or axles and
should be replaced.

dark spots etched into the paint
surface. See “Finish Care”
previously in this section.

Sheet Metal Damage

Interior Care

If the vehicle is damaged and
requires sheet metal repair or
replacement, make sure the body
repair shop applies anti-corrosion
material to parts repaired or
replaced to restore corrosion
protection.
Original manufacturer replacement
parts will provide the corrosion
protection while maintaining the
vehicle warranty.

Finish Damage
Quickly repair minor chips and
scratches with touch-up materials
available from your dealer to avoid
corrosion. Larger areas of finish
damage can be corrected in your
dealer's body and paint shop.

Chemical Paint Spotting
Airborne pollutants can fall upon
and attack painted vehicle surfaces
causing blotchy, ring-shaped
discolorations, and small, irregular

To prevent dirt particle abrasions,
regularly clean the vehicle's interior.
Immediately remove any soils.
Newspapers or dark garments can
transfer color to the vehicle’s
interior.
Use a soft bristle brush to remove
dust from knobs and crevices on the
instrument cluster. Using a mild
soap solution, immediately remove
hand lotions, sunscreen, and insect
repellent from all interior surfaces or
permanent damage may result.
Use cleaners specifically designed
for the surfaces being cleaned to
prevent permanent damage. Apply
all cleaners directly to the cleaning
cloth. Do not spray cleaners on any
switches or controls. Remove
cleaners quickly.

Before using cleaners, read and
follow all safety instructions on the
label. While cleaning the interior,
open the doors and windows to get
proper ventilation.
To prevent damage, do not clean
the interior using the following
cleaners or techniques:
. Never use a razor or any other
sharp object to remove soil from
any interior surface.
. Never use a brush with stiff
bristles.
. Never rub any surface
aggressively or with too much
pressure.
. Do not use laundry detergents or
dishwashing soaps with
degreasers. For liquid cleaners,
use approximately 20 drops per
3.8 L (1 gal) of water.
A concentrated soap solution will
create streaks and attract dirt.
Do not use solutions that contain
strong or caustic soap.
. Do not heavily saturate the
upholstery when cleaning.

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

Vehicle Care
.

Do not use solvents or cleaners
containing solvents.

Interior Glass
To clean, use a terry cloth fabric
dampened with water. Wipe droplets
left behind with a clean dry cloth.
If necessary, use a commercial
glass cleaner after cleaning with
plain water.

Caution
To prevent scratching, never use
abrasive cleaners on automotive
glass. Abrasive cleaners or
aggressive cleaning may damage
the rear window defogger.
Cleaning the windshield with water
during the first three to six months
of ownership will reduce tendency
to fog.

Speaker Covers
Vacuum around a speaker cover
gently, so that the speaker will not
be damaged. Clean spots with water
and mild soap.

Coated Moldings
Coated moldings should be cleaned.
. When lightly soiled, wipe with a
sponge or soft, lint-free cloth
dampened with water.
. When heavily soiled, use warm
soapy water.

Fabric/Carpet/Suede
Start by vacuuming the surface
using a soft brush attachment. If a
rotating vacuum brush attachment is
being used, only use it on the floor
carpet. Before cleaning, gently
remove as much of the soil as
possible:
. Gently blot liquids with a paper
towel. Continue blotting until no
more soil can be removed.
. For solid soils, remove as much
as possible prior to vacuuming.
To clean:
1. Saturate a clean, lint-free
colorfast cloth with water.
Microfiber cloth is
recommended to prevent lint
transfer to the fabric or carpet.

337

2. Remove excess moisture by
gently wringing until water does
not drip from the cleaning cloth.
3. Start on the outside edge of the
soil and gently rub toward the
center. Fold the cleaning cloth
to a clean area frequently to
prevent forcing the soil in to the
fabric.
4. Continue gently rubbing the
soiled area until there is no
longer any color transfer from
the soil to the cleaning cloth.
5. If the soil is not completely
removed, use a mild soap
solution followed only by plain
water.
If the soil is not completely
removed, it may be necessary to
use a commercial upholstery
cleaner or spot lifter. Test a small
hidden area for colorfastness before
using a commercial upholstery
cleaner or spot lifter. If ring
formation occurs, clean the entire
fabric or carpet.
After cleaning, use a paper towel to
blot excess moisture.

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

338

Vehicle Care

Cleaning High Gloss Surfaces
and Vehicle Information and
Radio Displays
Use a microfiber cloth on high gloss
surfaces or vehicle displays. First,
use a soft bristle brush to remove
dirt that can scratch the surface.
Then gently clean by rubbing with a
microfiber cloth. Never use window
cleaners or solvents. Periodically
hand wash the microfiber cloth
separately, using mild soap. Do not
use bleach or fabric softener. Rinse
thoroughly and air dry before
next use.

Caution
Do not attach a device with a
suction cup to the display. This
may cause damage and would
not be covered by the vehicle
warranty.

Instrument Panel, Leather,
Vinyl, Other Plastic Surfaces,
Low Gloss Paint Surfaces, and
Natural Open Pore Wood
Surfaces
Use a soft microfiber cloth
dampened with water to remove
dust and loose dirt. For a more
thorough cleaning, use a soft
microfiber cloth dampened with a
mild soap solution.

Caution (Continued)
the appearance and feel of
leather or soft trim, and are not
recommended.
Do not use cleaners that increase
gloss, especially on the instrument
panel. Reflected glare can decrease
visibility through the windshield
under certain conditions.

Caution

Caution

Soaking or saturating leather,
especially perforated leather, as
well as other interior surfaces,
may cause permanent damage.
Wipe excess moisture from these
surfaces after cleaning and allow
them to dry naturally. Never use
heat, steam, or spot removers. Do
not use cleaners that contain
silicone or wax-based products.
Cleaners containing these
solvents can permanently change
(Continued)

Use of air fresheners may cause
permanent damage to plastics
and painted surfaces. If an air
freshener comes in contact with
any plastic or painted surface in
the vehicle, blot immediately and
clean with a soft cloth dampened
with a mild soap solution.
Damage caused by air fresheners
would not be covered by the
vehicle warranty.

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

Vehicle Care
Cargo Cover and
Convenience Net
Wash with warm water and mild
detergent. Do not use chlorine
bleach. Rinse with cold water, and
then dry completely.

Care of Safety Belts
Keep belts clean and dry.

{ Warning
Do not bleach or dye safety belts.
It may severely weaken them. In
a crash, they might not be able to
provide adequate protection.
Clean safety belts only with mild
soap and lukewarm water.

Floor Mats

{ Warning
If a floor mat is the wrong size or
is not properly installed, it can
interfere with the pedals.
Interference with the pedals can
(Continued)

Warning (Continued)
cause unintended acceleration
and/or increased stopping
distance which can cause a crash
and injury. Make sure the floor
mat does not interfere with the
pedals.
Use the following guidelines for
proper floor mat usage.
. The original equipment floor
mats were designed for your
vehicle. If the floor mats need
replacing, it is recommended
that GM certified floor mats be
purchased. Non-GM floor mats
may not fit properly and may
interfere with the accelerator or
brake pedal. Always check that
the floor mats do not interfere
with the pedals.
. Do not use a floor mat if the
vehicle is not equipped with a
floor mat retainer on the driver
side floor.

339

.

Use the floor mat with the
correct side up. Do not turn
it over.

.

Do not place anything on top of
the driver side floor mat.

.

Use only a single floor mat on
the driver side.

.

Do not place one floor mat on
top of another.

Button Retainer

Some vehicles have floor mats with
a button-type retainer.

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

340

Vehicle Care

Removing and Replacing the
Floor Mat
1. Pull up on the rear of the mat
to unlock and remove.
2. Reinstall the floor mat by lining
up the floor mat opening over
the carpet retainer and
snapping into position.
3. Make sure the floor mat is
properly secured. Verify the
floor mat does not interfere
with the pedals.

Knob Retainer

Removing and Replacing the
Floor Mat
1. Turn the knob until it is aligned
with the slot in the floor mat
grommet.
2. Pull up on the floor mat.
3. Center the slot in the floor mat
grommet with the knob on the
floor and set into position.
4. Turn the knob until it is
perpendicular to the slot in the
grommet to lock the mat in
place.
5. Make sure the floor mat is
properly secured. Verify the
floor mat does not interfere
with the pedals.

Some vehicles have floor mats with
a knob retainer.

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

Service and Maintenance

Service and
Maintenance
General Information
General Information . . . . . . . . . . 341

Maintenance Schedule
Maintenance Schedule . . . . . . . 342

Special Application Services
Special Application
Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348

Additional Maintenance
and Care
Additional Maintenance
and Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348

Recommended Fluids,
Lubricants, and Parts
Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351
Maintenance Replacement
Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352

Maintenance Records
Maintenance Records . . . . . . . . 353

General Information
Your vehicle is an important
investment. This section describes
the required maintenance for the
vehicle. Follow this schedule to help
protect against major repair
expenses resulting from neglect or
inadequate maintenance. It may
also help to maintain the value of
the vehicle if it is sold. It is the
responsibility of the owner to have
all required maintenance performed.
Your dealer has trained technicians
who can perform required
maintenance using genuine
replacement parts. They have
up-to-date tools and equipment for
fast and accurate diagnostics. Many
dealers have extended evening and
Saturday hours, courtesy
transportation, and online
scheduling to assist with service
needs.
Your dealer recognizes the
importance of providing
competitively priced maintenance
and repair services. With trained
technicians, the dealer is the place
for routine maintenance such as oil

341

changes and tire rotations and
additional maintenance items like
tires, brakes, batteries, and wiper
blades.

Caution
Damage caused by improper
maintenance can lead to costly
repairs and may not be covered
by the vehicle warranty.
Maintenance intervals, checks,
inspections, recommended fluids,
and lubricants are important to
keep the vehicle in good working
condition.
The Tire Rotation and Required
Services are the responsibility of the
vehicle owner. It is recommended to
have your dealer perform these
services every 12 000 km/7,500 mi.
Proper vehicle maintenance helps to
keep the vehicle in good working
condition, improves fuel economy,
and reduces vehicle emissions.
Because of the way people use
vehicles, maintenance needs vary.
There may need to be more

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

342

Service and Maintenance

frequent checks and services. The
Additional Required Services Normal are for vehicles that:
. Carry passengers and cargo
within recommended limits on
the Tire and Loading Information
label. See Vehicle Load Limits
0 222 .
. Are driven on reasonable road
surfaces within legal driving
limits.
. Use the recommended fuel. See
Fuel 0 252 .

.

Used for taxi, police, or delivery
service.

Refer to the information in the
Maintenance Schedule Additional
Required Services - Severe chart.

{ Warning

ii

ii

Refer to the information in the
Maintenance Schedule Additional
Required Services - Normal chart.
The Additional Required Services Severe are for vehicles that are:
. Mainly driven in heavy city traffic
in hot weather.
. Mainly driven in hilly or
mountainous terrain.
. Frequently towing a trailer.
.

Used for high speed or
competitive driving.

Maintenance
Schedule
Owner Checks and Services
At Each Fuel Stop
. Check the engine oil level. See
Engine Oil 0 269 .
ii

Performing maintenance work can
be dangerous and can cause
serious injury. Perform
maintenance work only if the
required information, proper tools,
and equipment are available.
If they are not, see your dealer to
have a trained technician do the
work. See Doing Your Own
Service Work 0 266 .
ii

Once a Month
. Check the tire inflation
pressures. See Tire Pressure
0 303 .
. Inspect the tires for wear. See
Tire Inspection 0 308 .
. Check the windshield washer
fluid level. See Washer Fluid
0 281 .
ii

ii

ii

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

Service and Maintenance
Engine Oil Change
When the CHANGE ENGINE OIL
SOON message displays, have the
engine oil and filter changed within
the next 1 000 km/600 mi. If driven
under the best conditions, the
engine oil life system may not
indicate the need for vehicle service
for up to a year.
The engine oil and filter must be
changed at least once a year and
the oil life system must be reset.
Your trained dealer technician can
perform this work. If the engine oil
life system is reset accidentally,
service the vehicle within 5 000 km/
3,000 mi since the last service.
Reset the oil life system when the
oil is changed. See Engine Oil Life
System 0 272 .

.

Rotate the tires, if recommended for
the vehicle, and perform the
following services. See Tire
Rotation 0 309 .
ii

.
.

ii

.

Check engine coolant level. See
Engine Coolant 0 275 .
ii

.

Check windshield washer fluid
level. See Washer Fluid 0 281 .

.

Visually inspect windshield wiper
blades for wear, cracking,
or contamination. See Exterior
Care 0 332 . Replace worn or
damaged wiper blades. See
Wiper Blade Replacement
0 285 .

ii

Check restraint system
components. See Safety System
Check 0 69 .

.

Visually inspect fuel system for
damage or leaks.

.

Visually inspect exhaust system
and nearby heat shields for
loose or damaged parts.

.

Lubricate body components. See
Exterior Care 0 332 .

ii

ii

.

Check tire inflation pressures.
See Tire Pressure 0 303 .
ii

.

Inspect tire wear. See Tire
Inspection 0 308 .
ii

.

Visually check for fluid leaks.

.

Inspect engine air cleaner filter.
See Engine Air Cleaner/Filter
0 273 .
ii

Visually inspect steering,
suspension, and chassis
components for damaged, loose,
or missing parts or signs of
wear. See Exterior Care 0 332 .

.

ii

ii

Inspect brake system. See
Exterior Care 0 332 .
ii

ii

ii

Tire Rotation and Required
Services Every 12 000 km/
7,500 mi

Check engine oil level and oil
life percentage. If needed,
change engine oil and filter, and
reset oil life system. See Engine
Oil 0 269 and Engine Oil Life
System 0 272 .

343

ii

.

Check starter switch. See Starter
Switch Check 0 284 .
ii

.

Check automatic transmission
shift lock control function. See
Automatic Transmission Shift
Lock Control Function Check
0 284 .
ii

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

344
.

Service and Maintenance

Check ignition transmission lock.
See Ignition Transmission Lock
Check 0 285 .
ii

.

Check parking brake and
automatic transmission park
mechanism. See Park Brake and
P (Park) Mechanism Check
0 285 .

.

Check accelerator pedal for
damage, high effort, or binding.
Replace if needed.

.

Visually inspect gas strut for
signs of wear, cracks, or other
damage. Check the hold open
ability of the strut. See your
dealer if service is required.

.

Inspect sunroof track and seal,
if equipped. See Sunroof 0 49 .

ii

ii

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

3 6 0 0 0 k m/2 2 ,5 0 0 mi

4 8 0 0 0 k m/3 0 ,0 0 0 mi

6 0 0 0 0 k m/3 7 ,5 0 0 mi

7 2 0 0 0 k m/4 5 ,0 0 0 mi

8 4 0 0 0 k m/5 2 ,5 0 0 mi

9 6 0 0 0 k m/6 0 ,0 0 0 mi

1 0 8 0 0 0 k m/6 7 ,5 0 0 mi

1 2 0 0 0 0 k m/7 5 ,0 0 0 mi

1 3 2 0 0 0 k m/8 2 ,5 0 0 mi

1 4 4 0 0 0 k m/9 0 ,0 0 0 mi

1 5 6 0 0 0 k m/9 7 ,5 0 0 mi

1 6 8 0 0 0 k m/1 0 5 ,0 0 0 mi

1 8 0 0 0 0 k m/11 2 ,5 0 0 mi

1 9 2 0 0 0 k m/1 2 0 ,0 0 0 mi

2 0 4 0 0 0 k m/1 2 7 ,5 0 0 mi

2 1 6 0 0 0 k m/1 3 5 ,0 0 0 mi

2 2 8 0 0 0 k m/1 4 2 ,5 0 0 mi

2 4 0 0 0 0 k m/1 5 0 ,0 0 0 mi

Rotate tires and perform Required Services.
Check engine oil level and oil life percentage.
Change engine oil and filter, if needed.

2 4 0 0 0 k m/1 5 ,0 0 0 mi

Maintenance Schedule
Additional Required
Services - Normal

345

1 2 0 0 0 k m/7 ,5 0 0 mi

Service and Maintenance

@

@

@

@

@

@

@

@

@

@

@

@

@

@

@

@

@

@

@

@

Replace passenger compartment air filter. (1)

@

@

@

@

Inspect evaporative control system. (2)

@

@

Replace engine air cleaner filter. (3)

@

@

@

@
@
@

Replace spark plugs. Inspect spark plug wires.

@

Change transfer case fluid, if equipped with
AWD. (4)

@

Drain and fill engine cooling system. (5)

@

Visually inspect accessory drive belts. (6)

@

Replace brake fluid. (7)

Footnotes — Maintenance
Schedule Additional Required
Services - Normal
(1) Or every two years, whichever
comes first. More frequent
passenger compartment air filter
replacement may be needed if
driving in areas with heavy traffic,
poor air quality, high dust levels,

or environmental allergens.
Passenger compartment air filter
replacement may also be needed if
there is reduced airflow, window
fogging, or odors. Your GM dealer
can help determine when to replace
the filter.

(2) Check all fuel and vapor lines
and hoses for proper hook-up,
routing, and condition.

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

346

Service and Maintenance

(3) Or every four years, whichever
comes first. If driving in dusty
conditions, inspect the filter at each
oil change or more often as needed.
(4) Do not directly power wash the
transfer case and/or front/rear axle
output seals. High pressure water
can overcome the seals and
contaminate the transfer case fluid.
Contaminated fluid will decrease the
life of the transfer case and/or axles
and should be replaced.
(5) Or every five years, whichever
comes first. See Cooling System
0 274 .
ii

(6) Or every 10 years, whichever
comes first. Inspect for fraying,
excessive cracking, or damage;
replace, if needed.
(7) Replace brake fluid every five
years. See Brake Fluid 0 282 .
ii

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

3 6 0 0 0 k m/2 2 ,5 0 0 mi

4 8 0 0 0 k m/3 0 ,0 0 0 mi

6 0 0 0 0 k m/3 7 ,5 0 0 mi

7 2 0 0 0 k m/4 5 ,0 0 0 mi

8 4 0 0 0 k m/5 2 ,5 0 0 mi

9 6 0 0 0 k m/6 0 ,0 0 0 mi

1 0 8 0 0 0 k m/6 7 ,5 0 0 mi

1 2 0 0 0 0 k m/7 5 ,0 0 0 mi

1 3 2 0 0 0 k m/8 2 ,5 0 0 mi

1 4 4 0 0 0 k m/9 0 ,0 0 0 mi

1 5 6 0 0 0 k m/9 7 ,5 0 0 mi

1 6 8 0 0 0 k m/1 0 5 ,0 0 0 mi

1 8 0 0 0 0 k m/11 2 ,5 0 0 mi

1 9 2 0 0 0 k m/1 2 0 ,0 0 0 mi

2 0 4 0 0 0 k m/1 2 7 ,5 0 0 mi

2 1 6 0 0 0 k m/1 3 5 ,0 0 0 mi

2 2 8 0 0 0 k m/1 4 2 ,5 0 0 mi

2 4 0 0 0 0 k m/1 5 0 ,0 0 0 mi

Rotate tires and perform Required Services.
Check engine oil level and oil life percentage.
Change engine oil and filter, if needed.

2 4 0 0 0 k m/1 5 ,0 0 0 mi

Maintenance Schedule
Additional Required
Services - Severe

347

1 2 0 0 0 k m/7 ,5 0 0 mi

Service and Maintenance

@

@

@

@

@

@

@

@

@

@

@

@

@

@

@

@

@

@

@

@

Replace passenger compartment air filter. (1)

@

@

@

@

@

@

Inspect evaporative control system. (2)

@

@

@

Replace engine air cleaner filter. (3)

@

@

@

Change automatic transmission fluid.

@

@

@

Change transfer case fluid, if equipped with
AWD. (4)

@

@

@
@

Replace spark plugs. Inspect spark plug wires.
Drain and fill engine cooling system. (5)

@

Visually inspect accessory drive belts. (6)

@

Replace brake fluid. (7)

Footnotes — Maintenance
Schedule Additional Required
Services - Severe
(1) Or every two years, whichever
comes first. More frequent
passenger compartment air filter
replacement may be needed if
driving in areas with heavy traffic,

poor air quality, high dust levels,
or environmental allergens.
Passenger compartment air filter
replacement may also be needed if
there is reduced airflow, window
fogging, or odors. Your GM dealer
can help determine when to replace
the filter.

(2) Check all fuel and vapor lines
and hoses for proper hook-up,
routing, and condition.
(3) Or every four years, whichever
comes first. If driving in dusty
conditions, inspect the filter at each
oil change or more often as needed.

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

348

Service and Maintenance

(4) Do not directly power wash the
transfer case and/or front/rear axle
output seals. High pressure water
can overcome the seals and
contaminate the transfer case fluid.
Contaminated fluid will decrease the
life of the transfer case and/or axles
and should be replaced.
(5) Or every five years, whichever
comes first. See Cooling System
0 274 .
ii

Special Application
Services

Additional
Maintenance and Care

.

Severe Commercial Use
Vehicles Only: Lubricate chassis
components every 5 000 km/
3,000 mi.

.

Have underbody flushing service
performed. See "Underbody
Maintenance" in Exterior Care
0 332 .

Your vehicle is an important
investment and caring for it properly
may help to avoid future costly
repairs. To maintain vehicle
performance, additional
maintenance services may be
required.

ii

(6) Or every 10 years, whichever
comes first. Inspect for fraying,
excessive cracking, or damage;
replace, if needed.
(7) Replace brake fluid every five
years. See Brake Fluid 0 282 .
ii

It is recommended that your dealer
perform these services — their
trained dealer technicians know
your vehicle best. Your dealer can
also perform a thorough
assessment with a multi-point
inspection to recommend when your
vehicle may need attention.
The following list is intended to
explain the services and conditions
to look for that may indicate
services are required.
Battery
The 12-volt battery supplies power
to start the engine and operate any
additional electrical accessories.

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

Service and Maintenance
.

.

To avoid break-down or failure to
start the vehicle, maintain a
battery with full cranking power.
Trained dealer technicians have
the diagnostic equipment to test
the battery and ensure that the
connections and cables are
corrosion-free.

Belts
. Belts may need replacing if they
squeak or show signs of
cracking or splitting.
. Trained dealer technicians have
access to tools and equipment
to inspect the belts and
recommend adjustment or
replacement when necessary.
Brakes
Brakes stop the vehicle and are
crucial to safe driving.
. Signs of brake wear may include
chirping, grinding, or squealing
noises, or difficulty stopping.

.

Trained dealer technicians have
access to tools and equipment
to inspect the brakes and
recommend quality parts
engineered for the vehicle.

Fluids
Proper fluid levels and approved
fluids protect the vehicle’s systems
and components. See
Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants 0 351 for GM approved
fluids.
. Engine oil and windshield
washer fluid levels should be
checked at every fuel fill.
. Instrument cluster lights may
come on to indicate that fluids
may be low and need to be
filled.
ii

Hoses
Hoses transport fluids and should
be regularly inspected to ensure
that there are no cracks or leaks.
With a multi-point inspection, your
dealer can inspect the hoses and
advise if replacement is needed.

349

Lamps
Properly working headlamps,
taillamps, and brake lamps are
important to see and be seen on
the road.
. Signs that the headlamps need
attention include dimming, failure
to light, cracking, or damage.
The brake lamps need to be
checked periodically to ensure
that they light when braking.
. With a multi-point inspection,
your dealer can check the lamps
and note any concerns.
Shocks and Struts
Shocks and struts help aid in control
for a smoother ride.
. Signs of wear may include
steering wheel vibration, bounce/
sway while braking, longer
stopping distance, or uneven
tire wear.
. As part of the multi-point
inspection, trained dealer
technicians can visually inspect
the shocks and struts for signs

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

350

Service and Maintenance

of leaking, blown seals,
or damage, and can advise
when service is needed.
Tires
Tires need to be properly inflated,
rotated, and balanced. Maintaining
the tires can save money and fuel,
and can reduce the risk of tire
failure.
. Signs that the tires need to be
replaced include three or more
visible treadwear indicators; cord
or fabric showing through the
rubber; cracks or cuts in the
tread or sidewall; or a bulge or
split in the tire.
. Trained dealer technicians can
inspect and recommend the right
tires. Your dealer can also
provide tire/wheel balancing
services to ensure smooth
vehicle operation at all speeds.
Your dealer sells and services
name brand tires.
Vehicle Care
To help keep the vehicle looking like
new, vehicle care products are
available from your dealer. For

information on how to clean and
protect the vehicle’s interior and
exterior, see Interior Care 0 336 and
Exterior Care 0 332 .
ii

ii

Wheel Alignment
Wheel alignment is critical for
ensuring that the tires deliver
optimal wear and performance.
. Signs that the alignment may
need to be adjusted include
pulling, improper vehicle
handling, or unusual tire wear.
. Your dealer has the required
equipment to ensure proper
wheel alignment.
Windshield
For safety, appearance, and the
best viewing, keep the windshield
clean and clear.
. Signs of damage include
scratches, cracks, and chips.
. Trained dealer technicians can
inspect the windshield and
recommend proper replacement
if needed.

Wiper Blades
Wiper blades need to be cleaned
and kept in good condition to
provide a clear view.
. Signs of wear include streaking,
skipping across the windshield,
and worn or split rubber.
. Trained dealer technicians can
check the wiper blades and
replace them when needed.

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

Service and Maintenance

351

Recommended Fluids, Lubricants, and Parts
Recommended Fluids and Lubricants
Usage

Fluid/Lubricant

Engine Oil

Engine oil meeting the dexos1™ specification of the proper SAE viscosity
grade. AC Delco dexos1 Synthetic Blend is recommended. See Engine Oil
0 269 .

Engine Coolant

50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable water and use only DEX-COOL ® Coolant.
See Engine Coolant 0 275 .

ii

ii

Hydraulic Brake System
Windshield Washer

DOT 3 Hydraulic Brake Fluid (GM Part No. 19299818, in
Canada 19299819).
Automotive windshield washer fluid that meets regional freeze protection
requirements.

Hydraulic Power Steering System

DEXRON®-VI Automatic Transmission Fluid.

Automatic Transmission

DEXRON®-VI Automatic Transmission Fluid.

Carrier Assembly – Differential (Rear
Drive Module) and Transfer Case
(Power Transfer Unit)

SAE 75W-90 Synthetic Axle Lubricant (GM Part No. 88900401, in
Canada 89021678).

Hood Latch Assembly, Secondary
Latch, Pivots, Spring Anchor, and
Release Pawl

Lubriplate Lubricant Aerosol (GM Part No. 89021668, in
Canada 89021674) or lubricant meeting requirements of NLGI #2,
Category LB or GC-LB.

Key Lock Cylinders, Hood and Door
Hinges

Multi-Purpose Lubricant, Superlube (GM Part No. 12346241, in
Canada 10953474).

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

352

Service and Maintenance
Usage

Fluid/Lubricant

Weatherstrip Conditioning

Weatherstrip Lubricant (GM Part No. 3634770, in Canada 10953518) or
Dielectric Silicone Grease (GM Part No. 12345579, in Canada 10953481).

Maintenance Replacement Parts
Replacement parts identified below by name, part number, or specification can be obtained from your dealer.
Part
Engine Air Cleaner/Filter

GM Part Number

ACDelco Part Number

15278634

A3083C

Engine Oil Filter

19330000

PF63E

Passenger Compartment Air Filter

20958479

CF179C

Spark Plugs

12622561

41-109

Front Driver – 62.5 cm (24.6 in)

20945799

—

Front Passenger – 53.0 cm (20.8 in)

20945800

—

Rear – 30.0 cm (11.6 in)

20865139

—

Wiper Blades

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

Service and Maintenance

353

Maintenance Records
After the scheduled services are performed, record the date, odometer reading, who performed the service, and the
type of services performed in the boxes provided. Retain all maintenance receipts.
Date

Odometer
Reading

Serviced By

Services Performed

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

354

Technical Data

Technical Data

Vehicle Identification

Vehicle Identification

Vehicle Identification
Number (VIN)

Vehicle Identification
Number (VIN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 354
Service Parts Identification
Label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 354

Vehicle Data
Capacities and
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355
Engine Drive Belt Routing . . . . 356

This legal identifier is in the front
corner of the instrument panel, on
the left side of the vehicle. It can be
seen through the windshield from
outside. The VIN also appears on
the Vehicle Certification and Service
Parts labels and certificates of title
and registration.

Engine Identification
The eighth character in the VIN is
the engine code. This code
identifies the vehicle's engine,
specifications, and replacement
parts. See “Engine Specifications”
under Capacities and Specifications
0 355 for the vehicle's engine code.
ii

Service Parts
Identification Label
This label, on the inside of the glove
box, has the following information:
. Vehicle Identification
Number (VIN).
. Model designation.
.

Paint information.

.

Production options and special
equipment.

Do not remove this label from the
vehicle.

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

Technical Data

355

Vehicle Data
Capacities and Specifications
The following approximate capacities are given in metric and English conversions. See Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants 0 351 for more information.
ii

Capacities
Application

Metric

Air Conditioning Refrigerant

English

For the air conditioning system refrigerant type and
charge amount, see the refrigerant label under the
hood. See your dealer for more information.

Cooling System

11.3 L

11.9 qt

Engine Oil with Filter

5.7 L

6.0 qt

Fuel Tank

83.3 L

22.0 gal

Transfer Case Fluid

1.0 L

1.0 qt

190 Y

140 lb ft

Wheel Nut Torque

All capacities are approximate. When adding, be sure to fill to the approximate level, as recommended in this
manual. Recheck fluid level after filling.

Engine Specifications
Engine
3.6L V6 Engine

VIN Code

Transmission

Spark Plug Gap

D

Automatic

0.95–1.10 mm (0.037–
0.043 in)

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

356

Technical Data

Engine Drive Belt Routing

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

Customer Information

Customer
Information
Customer Information
Customer Satisfaction
Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357
Customer Assistance
Offices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359
Customer Assistance for Text
Telephone (TTY) Users . . . . . 360
Online Owner Center . . . . . . . . . 360
GM Mobility Reimbursement
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360
Roadside Assistance
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361
Scheduling Service
Appointments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 363
Courtesy Transportation
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 363
Collision Damage Repair . . . . . 364
Service Publications Ordering
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 366
Radio Frequency
Statement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 367

Reporting Safety Defects
Reporting Safety Defects to
the United States
Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 367

Reporting Safety Defects to
the Canadian
Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 368
Reporting Safety Defects to
General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . 368

Vehicle Data Recording and
Privacy
Vehicle Data Recording and
Privacy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Event Data Recorders . . . . . . . .
OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . .

368
369
369
370

357

Customer Information
Customer Satisfaction
Procedure
Your satisfaction and goodwill are
important to your dealer and to
Chevrolet. Normally, any concerns
with the sales transaction or the
operation of the vehicle will be
resolved by your dealer's sales or
service departments. Sometimes,
however, despite the best intentions
of all concerned, misunderstandings
can occur. If your concern has not
been resolved to your satisfaction,
the following steps should be taken:
STEP ONE : Discuss your concern
with a member of dealership
management. Normally, concerns
can be quickly resolved at that level.
If the matter has already been
reviewed with the sales, service,
or parts manager, contact the owner
of your dealership or the general
manager.
STEP TWO : If after contacting a
member of dealership management,
it appears your concern cannot be

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

358

Customer Information

resolved by your dealership without
further help, in the U.S., call the
Chevrolet Customer Assistance
Center at 1-800-222-1020. In
Canada, call General Motors of
Canada Customer Care Centre at
1-800-263-3777 (English),
or 1-800-263-7854 (French).
We encourage you to call the
toll-free number in order to give your
inquiry prompt attention. Have the
following information available to
give the Customer Assistance
representative:
. Vehicle Identification
Number (VIN). This is available
from the vehicle registration or
title, or the plate at the top left of
the instrument panel and visible
through the windshield.
. Dealership name and location.
.

Vehicle delivery date and
present mileage.

When contacting Chevrolet,
remember that your concern will
likely be resolved at a dealer's
facility. That is why we suggest
following Step One first.

STEP THREE — U.S. Owners :
Both General Motors and your
dealer are committed to making
sure you are completely satisfied
with your new vehicle. However,
if you continue to remain unsatisfied
after following the procedure
outlined in Steps One and Two, you
can file with the Better Business
Bureau (BBB) Auto Line® Program
to enforce your rights.
The BBB Auto Line Program is an
out-of-court program administered
by the Council of Better Business
Bureaus to settle automotive
disputes regarding vehicle repairs or
the interpretation of the New Vehicle
Limited Warranty. Although you may
be required to resort to this informal
dispute resolution program prior to
filing a court action, use of the
program is free of charge and your
case will generally be heard within
40 days. If you do not agree with the
decision given in your case, you
may reject it and proceed with any
other venue for relief available
to you.

You may contact the BBB Auto Line
Program using the toll-free
telephone number or write them at
the following address:
BBB Auto Line Program
Council of Better Business Bureaus,
Inc.
3033 Wilson Boulevard
Suite 600
Arlington, VA 22201
Telephone: 1-800-955-5100
http://www.bbb.org/council/
programs-services/
dispute-handling-and-resolution/
bbb-auto-line
This program is available in all
50 states and the District of
Columbia. Eligibility is limited by
vehicle age, mileage, and other
factors. General Motors reserves
the right to change eligibility
limitations and/or discontinue its
participation in this program.
STEP THREE — Canadian
Owners : In the event that you do
not feel your concerns have been
addressed after following the
procedure outlined in Steps One
and Two, General Motors of Canada

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

Customer Information
Limited wants you to be aware of its
participation in a no-charge
Mediation/Arbitration Program.
General Motors of Canada Limited
has committed to binding arbitration
of owner disputes involving
factory-related vehicle service
claims. The program provides for
the review of the facts involved by
an impartial third party arbiter, and
may include an informal hearing
before the arbiter. The program is
designed so that the entire dispute
settlement process, from the time
you file your complaint to the final
decision, should be completed in
about 70 days. We believe our
impartial program offers advantages
over courts in most jurisdictions
because it is informal, quick, and
free of charge.
For further information concerning
eligibility in the Canadian Motor
Vehicle Arbitration Plan (CAMVAP),
call toll-free 1-800-207-0685, or call
the General Motors Customer Care
Centre, 1-800-263-3777 (English),
1-800-263-7854 (French),
or write to:

The Mediation/Arbitration Program
c/o Customer Care Centre
General Motors of Canada Limited
Mail Code: CA1-163-005
1908 Colonel Sam Drive
Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7
Your inquiry should be accompanied
by the Vehicle Identification
Number (VIN).

Customer Assistance
Offices
Chevrolet encourages customers to
call the toll-free number for
assistance. However, if a customer
wishes to write or e-mail Chevrolet,
the letter should be addressed to:

359

United States and Puerto Rico
Chevrolet Motor Division
Chevrolet Customer Assistance
Center
P.O. Box 33170
Detroit, MI 48232-5170
www.Chevrolet.com
1-800-222-1020
1-800-833-2438 (For Text
Telephone Devices (TTYs))
Roadside Assistance:
1-800-243-8872
From U.S. Virgin Islands:
1-800-496-9994

Canada
General Motors of Canada Limited
Customer Care Centre, Mail Code:
CA1-163-005
1908 Colonel Sam Drive
Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7
www.gm.ca
1-800-263-3777 (English)
1-800-263-7854 (French)
1-800-263-3830 (For Text
Telephone devices (TTYs))
Roadside Assistance:
1-800-268-6800

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

360

Customer Information

Overseas

Membership Benefits

Please contact the local General
Motors Business Unit.

E : Download owner manuals and
view vehicle-specific how-to videos.

Customer Assistance for
Text Telephone (TTY)
Users
To assist customers who are deaf,
hard of hearing, or speech-impaired
and who use Text Telephones
(TTYs), Chevrolet has TTY
equipment available at its Customer
Assistance Center. Any TTY user in
the U.S. can communicate with
Chevrolet by dialing:
1-800-833-2438. TTY users in
Canada can dial 1-800-263-3830.

Online Owner Center

G:

View maintenance schedules,
alerts, and OnStar Vehicle
Diagnostic Information. Schedule
service appointments.

I : View and print dealer-recorded
service records and self-recorded
service records.

D : Select a preferred dealer and
view locations, maps, phone
numbers, and hours.

r : Track your vehicle’s warranty
information.
J : View active recalls by Vehicle
Identification Number (VIN). See
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN)
0 354 .
ii

Online Owner Experience
(U.S.) my.chevrolet.com
The Chevrolet online owner
experience allows interaction with
Chevrolet and keeps important
vehicle-specific information in one
place.

H : View GM Card, SiriusXM
Satellite radio (if equipped), and
OnStar account information (if
equipped).

F : Chat with online help
representatives.
See my.chevrolet.com to register
your vehicle.

Chevrolet Owner Centre
(Canada) chevroletowner.ca
Visit the Chevrolet Owner Centre:
. Chat live with online help
representatives.
. Locate owner resources such as
lease-end, financing, and
warranty information.
. Retrieve your favorite articles,
quizzes, tips, and multimedia
galleries organized into the
Featured Articles and Auto Care
Sections.
. Download owner manuals.
.

Find the
Chevrolet-recommended
maintenance services.

GM Mobility
Reimbursement Program

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

Customer Information
This program is available to
qualified applicants for cost
reimbursement of eligible
aftermarket adaptive equipment
required for the vehicle, such as
hand controls or a wheelchair/
scooter lift for the vehicle.
For more information on the limited
offer, visit www.gmmobility.com or
call the GM Mobility Assistance
Center at 1-800-323-9935. Text
Telephone (TTY) users, call
1-800-833-9935.

Calling for Assistance
When calling Roadside Assistance,
have the following information
ready:
. Your name, home address, and
home telephone number.
. Telephone number of your
location.
. Location of the vehicle.
.

Model, year, color, and license
plate number of the vehicle.

General Motors of Canada also has
a Mobility Program. Visit www.gm.ca
or call 1-800-GM-DRIVE (463-7483)
for details. TTY users call
1-800-263-3830.

.

Odometer reading, Vehicle
Identification Number (VIN), and
delivery date of the vehicle.

Roadside Assistance
Program

Services are provided for the
duration of the vehicle’s powertrain
warranty.

For U.S.-purchased vehicles, call
1-800-243-8872. (Text Telephone
(TTY): 1-888-889-2438.)
For Canadian-purchased vehicles,
call 1-800-268-6800.
Service is available 24 hours a day,
365 days a year.

.

Roadside Assistance is not a part of
the New Vehicle Limited Warranty.
General Motors North America and
Chevrolet reserve the right to make
any changes or discontinue the
Roadside Assistance program at
any time without notification.
General Motors North America and
Chevrolet reserve the right to limit
services or payment to an owner or
driver if they decide the claims are
made too often, or the same type of
claim is made many times.

Services Provided
.

Emergency Fuel Delivery:
Delivery of enough fuel for the
vehicle to get to the nearest
service station.

.

Lock-Out Service: Service to
unlock the vehicle if you are
locked out. A remote unlock may
be available if you have OnStar.
For security reasons, the driver
must present identification
before this service is given.

.

Emergency Tow from a Public
Road or Highway: Tow to the
nearest Chevrolet dealer for

Description of the problem.

Coverage

In the U.S., anyone driving the
vehicle is covered. In Canada, a
person driving the vehicle without
permission from the owner is not
covered.

361

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

362

Customer Information

warranty service, or if the vehicle
was in a crash and cannot be
driven. Assistance is not given
when the vehicle is stuck in the
sand, mud, or snow.
.

Flat Tire Change: Service to
change a flat tire with the spare
tire. The spare tire, if equipped,
must be in good condition and
properly inflated. It is the owner's
responsibility for the repair or
replacement of the tire if it is not
covered by the warranty.

.

Battery Jump Start: Service to
jump start a dead battery.

.

Trip Interruption Benefits and
Assistance: If your trip is
interrupted due to a warranty
event, incidental expenses may
be reimbursed within the
Powertrain warranty period.
Items considered are reasonable
and customary hotel, meals,
rental car, or a vehicle being
delivered back to the customer,
up to 805 km (500 mi).

Services Not Included in
Roadside Assistance
.

Impound towing caused by
violation of any laws.

.

Legal fines.

.

Mounting, dismounting,
or changing of snow tires,
chains, or other traction devices.

Service is not provided if a vehicle
is in an area that is not accessible
to the service vehicle or is not a
regularly traveled or maintained
public road, which includes ice and
winter roads. Off-road use is not
covered.

Services Specific to
Canadian-Purchased Vehicles
.

Fuel Delivery: Reimbursement
is up to 7 liters. If available,
diesel fuel delivery may be
restricted. Propane and other
fuels are not provided through
this service.

.

Lock-Out Service: Vehicle
registration is required.

.

Trip Interruption Benefits and
Assistance: Must be over
150 km from where your trip was
started to qualify. General
Motors of Canada Limited
requires pre-authorization,
original detailed receipts, and a
copy of the repair orders. Once
authorization has been received,
the Roadside Assistance advisor
will help to make arrangements
and explain how to receive
payment.

.

Alternative Service: If
assistance cannot be provided
right away, the Roadside
Assistance advisor may give
permission to get local
emergency road service. You will
receive payment, up to $100,
after sending the original receipt
to Roadside Assistance.
Mechanical failures may be
covered, however any cost for
parts and labor for repairs not
covered by the warranty are the
owner responsibility.

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

Customer Information

Scheduling Service
Appointments

Courtesy Transportation
Program

When the vehicle requires warranty
service, contact your dealer and
request an appointment. By
scheduling a service appointment
and advising the service consultant
of your transportation needs, your
dealer can help minimize your
inconvenience.

To enhance your ownership
experience, we and our participating
dealers are proud to offer Courtesy
Transportation, a customer support
program for vehicles with the
Bumper-to-Bumper (Base Warranty
Coverage period in Canada),
extended powertrain, and/or
hybrid-specific warranties in both
the U.S. and Canada.

If the vehicle cannot be scheduled
into the service department
immediately, keep driving it until it
can be scheduled for service,
unless, of course, the problem is
safety related. If it is, please call
your dealership, let them know this,
and ask for instructions.
If your dealer requests you to bring
the vehicle for service, you are
urged to do so as early in the work
day as possible to allow for
same-day repair.

Several Courtesy Transportation
options are available to assist in
reducing inconvenience when
warranty repairs are required.
Courtesy Transportation is not a
part of the New Vehicle Limited
Warranty. A separate booklet
entitled “Limited Warranty and
Owner Assistance Information”
furnished with each new vehicle
provides detailed warranty coverage
information.

363

Transportation Options
Warranty service can generally be
completed while you wait. However,
if you are unable to do so, your
dealer may offer the following
transportation options:
Shuttle Service
This includes one-way or round-trip
shuttle service within reasonable
time and distance parameters of
your dealer's area.
Public Transportation or Fuel
Reimbursement
If overnight warranty repairs are
needed, and public transportation is
used, the expense must be
supported by original receipts and
within the maximum amount allowed
by GM for shuttle service. If U.S.
customers arrange their own
transportation, limited
reimbursement for reasonable fuel
expenses may be available. Claim
amounts should reflect actual costs
and be supported by original
receipts. See your dealer for
information.

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

364

Customer Information

Courtesy Rental Vehicle
For an overnight warranty repair, the
dealer may provide an available
courtesy rental vehicle or provide for
reimbursement of a rental vehicle.
Reimbursement is limited and must
be supported by original receipts as
well as a signed and completed
rental agreement and meet state/
provincial, local, and rental vehicle
provider requirements.
Requirements vary and may include
minimum age requirements,
insurance coverage, credit card, etc.
Additional fees such as fuel usage
charges, taxes, levies, usage fees,
excessive mileage, or rental usage
beyond the completion of the repair
are also your responsibility.
It may not be possible to provide a
like vehicle as a courtesy rental.

Additional Program
Information
All program options, such as shuttle
service, may not be available at
every dealer. Contact your dealer
for specific availability.

General Motors reserves the right to
unilaterally modify, change,
or discontinue Courtesy
Transportation at any time and to
resolve all questions of claim
eligibility pursuant to the terms and
conditions described herein at its
sole discretion.

Collision Damage Repair
If the vehicle is involved in a
collision and it is damaged, have the
damage repaired by a qualified
technician using the proper
equipment and quality replacement
parts. Poorly performed collision
repairs diminish the vehicle resale
value, and safety performance can
be compromised in subsequent
collisions.

Collision Parts
Genuine GM Collision parts are new
parts made with the same materials
and construction methods as the
parts with which the vehicle was
originally built. Genuine GM
Collision parts are the best choice to
ensure that the vehicle's designed
appearance, durability, and safety

are preserved. The use of Genuine
GM parts can help maintain the GM
New Vehicle Limited Warranty.
Recycled original equipment parts
may also be used for repair. These
parts are typically removed from
vehicles that were total losses in
prior crashes. In most cases, the
parts being recycled are from
undamaged sections of the vehicle.
A recycled original equipment GM
part may be an acceptable choice to
maintain the vehicle's originally
designed appearance and safety
performance; however, the history of
these parts is not known. Such parts
are not covered by the GM New
Vehicle Limited Warranty, and any
related failures are not covered by
that warranty.
Aftermarket collision parts are also
available. These are made by
companies other than GM and may
not have been tested for the vehicle.
As a result, these parts may fit
poorly, exhibit premature durability/
corrosion problems, and may not
perform properly in subsequent
collisions. Aftermarket parts are not
covered by the GM New Vehicle

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

Customer Information
Limited Warranty, and any vehicle
failure related to such parts is not
covered by that warranty.

Repair Facility
GM also recommends that you
choose a collision repair facility that
meets your needs before you ever
need collision repairs. Your dealer
may have a collision repair center
with GM-trained technicians and
state-of-the-art equipment, or be
able to recommend a collision repair
center that has GM-trained
technicians and comparable
equipment.

Insuring the Vehicle
Protect your investment in the GM
vehicle with comprehensive and
collision insurance coverage. There
are significant differences in the
quality of coverage afforded by
various insurance policy terms.
Many insurance policies provide
reduced protection to the GM
vehicle by limiting compensation for
damage repairs through the use of
aftermarket collision parts. Some
insurance companies will not

specify aftermarket collision parts.
When purchasing insurance, we
recommend that you ensure that the
vehicle will be repaired with GM
original equipment collision parts.
If such insurance coverage is not
available from your current
insurance carrier, consider switching
to another insurance carrier.
If the vehicle is leased, the leasing
company may require you to have
insurance that ensures repairs with
Genuine GM Original Equipment
Manufacturer (OEM) parts or
Genuine Manufacturer replacement
parts. Read the lease carefully, as
you may be charged at the end of
the lease for poor quality repairs.

If a Crash Occurs
If there has been an injury, call
emergency services for help. Do not
leave the scene of a crash until all
matters have been taken care of.
Move the vehicle only if its position
puts you in danger, or you are
instructed to move it by a police
officer.

365

Give only the necessary information
to police and other parties involved
in the crash.
For emergency towing see
Roadside Assistance Program
0 361 .
ii

Gather the following information:
. Driver name, address, and
telephone number.
. Driver license number.
.

Owner name, address, and
telephone number.

.

Vehicle license plate number.

.

Vehicle make, model, and
model year.

.

Vehicle Identification
Number (VIN).

.

Insurance company and policy
number.

.

General description of the
damage to the other vehicle.

Choose a reputable repair facility
that uses quality replacement parts.
See “Collision Parts” earlier in this
section.

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

366

Customer Information

If the airbag has inflated, see What
Will You See after an Airbag
Inflates? 0 75 .

repaired with Genuine GM parts,
even if your insurance coverage
does not pay the full cost.

Managing the Vehicle Damage
Repair Process

If another party's insurance
company is paying for the repairs,
you are not obligated to accept a
repair valuation based on that
insurance company's collision policy
repair limits, as you have no
contractual limits with that company.
In such cases, you can have control
of the repair and parts choices as
long as the cost stays within
reasonable limits.

ii

In the event that the vehicle requires
damage repairs, GM recommends
that you take an active role in its
repair. If you have a pre-determined
repair facility of choice, take the
vehicle there, or have it towed there.
Specify to the facility that any
required replacement collision parts
be original equipment parts, either
new Genuine GM parts or recycled
original GM parts. Remember,
recycled parts will not be covered by
the GM vehicle warranty.
Insurance pays the bill for the repair,
but you must live with the repair.
Depending on your policy limits,
your insurance company may
initially value the repair using
aftermarket parts. Discuss this with
the repair professional, and insist on
Genuine GM parts. Remember,
if the vehicle is leased, you may be
obligated to have the vehicle

Service Publications
Ordering Information
(U.S. and Canada Only)

Service Manuals
Service Manuals have the diagnosis
and repair information on the
engines, transmission, axle,
suspension, brakes, electrical,
steering, body, etc.

Service Bulletins
Service Bulletins give additional
technical service information
needed to knowledgeably service
General Motors cars and trucks.
Each bulletin contains instructions
to assist in the diagnosis and
service of the vehicle.

Owner Information
Owner publications are written
specifically for owners and intended
to provide basic operational
information about the vehicle. The
Owner Manual includes the
Maintenance Schedule for all
models.
In-Portfolio: Includes a Portfolio,
Owner Manual, and Warranty
Manual.
RETAIL SELL PRICE: $35.00 –
$40.00 (U.S.) plus handling and
shipping fees.
Without Pouch: Owner Manual only.
RETAIL SELL PRICE:
$25.00 (U.S.) plus handling and
shipping fees.

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

Customer Information
Current and Past Models
Technical Service Bulletins and
Manuals are available for current
and past model GM vehicles.
ORDER TOLL FREE:
1-800-551-4123 Monday – Friday
8:00 AM – 6:00 PM Eastern Time
For Credit Card Orders Only
(VISA-MasterCard-Discover), see
Helm, Inc. at: www.helminc.com.
Or write to:
Helm, Incorporated
Attention: Customer Service
47911 Halyard Drive
Plymouth, MI 48170
Prices are subject to change without
notice and without incurring
obligation. Allow ample time for
delivery.
All listed prices are quoted in U.S.
funds. Make checks payable in U.S.
funds.

Radio Frequency
Statement
This vehicle has systems that
operate on a radio frequency that
complies with Part 15/Part 18 of the
Federal Communications
Commission (FCC) rules and with
Industry Canada Standards
RSS-GEN/210/216/220/251/310,
ICES‐001.
Operation is subject to the following
two conditions:
1. The device may not cause
harmful interference.
2. The device must accept any
interference received, including
interference that may cause
undesired operation of the
device.
Changes or modifications to any of
these systems by other than an
authorized service facility could void
authorization to use this equipment.

367

Reporting Safety
Defects
Reporting Safety Defects
to the United States
Government
If you believe that your vehicle
has a defect which could cause
a crash or could cause injury or
death, you should immediately
inform the National Highway
Traffic Safety Administration
(NHTSA) in addition to notifying
General Motors.
If NHTSA receives similar
complaints, it may open an
investigation, and if it finds that
a safety defect exists in a group
of vehicles, it may order a recall
and remedy campaign.
However, NHTSA cannot
become involved in individual
problems between you, your
dealer, or General Motors.

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

368

Customer Information

To contact NHTSA, you may call
the Vehicle Safety Hotline
toll-free at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY:
1-800-424-9153); go to http://
www.safercar.gov; or write to:
Administrator, NHTSA
1200 New Jersey Avenue, S.E.
Washington, D.C. 20590
You can also obtain other
information about motor vehicle
safety from http://
www.safercar.gov.

Reporting Safety Defects
to the Canadian
Government
If you live in Canada, and you
believe that the vehicle has a safety
defect, notify Transport Canada
immediately, and notify General
Motors of Canada Limited. Call
Transport Canada at
1-800-333-0510 or write to:
Transport Canada
Road Safety Branch
80 rue Noel
Gatineau, QC J8Z 0A1

Reporting Safety Defects
to General Motors
In addition to notifying NHTSA (or
Transport Canada) in a situation like
this, notify General Motors.
Call 1-800-222-1020, or write:
Chevrolet Motor Division
Chevrolet Customer Assistance
Center
P.O. Box 33170
Detroit, MI 48232-5170
In Canada, call 1-800-263-3777
(English) or 1-800-263-7854
(French), or write:
General Motors of Canada Limited
Customer Care Centre, Mail Code:
CA1-163-005
1908 Colonel Sam Drive
Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7

Vehicle Data
Recording and
Privacy
The vehicle has a number of
computers that record information
about the vehicle’s performance and
how it is driven. For example, the
vehicle uses computer modules to
monitor and control engine and
transmission performance, to
monitor the conditions for airbag
deployment and deploy them in a
crash, and, if equipped, to provide
antilock braking to help the driver
control the vehicle. These modules
may store data to help the dealer
technician service the vehicle.
Some modules may also store data
about how the vehicle is operated,
such as rate of fuel consumption or
average speed. These modules may
retain personal preferences, such as
radio presets, seat positions, and
temperature settings.

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

Customer Information

Event Data Recorders
This vehicle is equipped with an
event data recorder (EDR). The
main purpose of an EDR is to
record, in certain crash or near
crash-like situations, such as an air
bag deployment or hitting a road
obstacle, data that will assist in
understanding how a vehicle’s
systems performed. The EDR is
designed to record data related to
vehicle dynamics and safety
systems for a short period of time,
typically 30 seconds or less. The
EDR in this vehicle is designed to
record such data as:
. How various systems in your
vehicle were operating;
. Whether or not the driver and
passenger safety belts were
buckled/fastened;
. How far (if at all) the driver was
depressing the accelerator and/
or brake pedal; and,
. How fast the vehicle was
traveling.

These data can help provide a
better understanding of the
circumstances in which crashes and
injuries occur.
Note
EDR data are recorded by your
vehicle only if a non-trivial crash
situation occurs; no data are
recorded by the EDR under normal
driving conditions and no personal
data (e.g., name, gender, age, and
crash location) are recorded.
However, other parties, such as law
enforcement, could combine the
EDR data with the type of
personally identifying data routinely
acquired during a crash
investigation.
To read data recorded by an EDR,
special equipment is required, and
access to the vehicle or the EDR is
needed. In addition to the vehicle
manufacturer, other parties, such as
law enforcement, that have the
special equipment, can read the
information if they have access to
the vehicle or the EDR.

369

GM will not access these data or
share it with others except: with the
consent of the vehicle owner or,
if the vehicle is leased, with the
consent of the lessee; in response
to an official request by police or
similar government office; as part of
GM's defense of litigation through
the discovery process; or, as
required by law. Data that GM
collects or receives may also be
used for GM research needs or may
be made available to others for
research purposes, where a need is
shown and the data is not tied to a
specific vehicle or vehicle owner.

OnStar®
If the vehicle is equipped with
OnStar® and has an active
subscription, additional data may be
collected through the OnStar
system. This includes information
about the vehicle’s operation;
collisions involving the vehicle; the
use of the vehicle and its features;
and, in certain situations, the
location and approximate GPS
speed of the vehicle. Refer to the

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

370

Customer Information

OnStar Terms and Conditions and
Privacy Statement on the OnStar
website.
See OnStar Additional Information
0 375 .
ii

Infotainment System
If the vehicle is equipped with a
navigation system as part of the
infotainment system, use of the
system may result in the storage of
destinations, addresses, telephone
numbers, and other trip information.
See the infotainment manual for
information on stored data and for
deletion instructions.

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

OnStar

OnStar

OnStar Overview

OnStar Overview
OnStar Services
372
372
372
373
375

OnStar Additional Information
OnStar Additional
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 375

Conditions and Privacy Statement
for more details including system
limitations at www.onstar.com (U.S.)
or www.onstar.ca (Canada).
The OnStar system status light is
next to the OnStar buttons. If the
status light is:
. Solid Green: System is ready.

OnStar Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . 371
Emergency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

371

= Voice Command Button
Q Blue OnStar Button
> Red Emergency Button
This vehicle may be equipped with a
comprehensive, in-vehicle system
that can connect to an OnStar
Advisor for Emergency, Security,
Navigation, Connections, and
Diagnostics Services. OnStar
services may require a paid
subscription and data plan. OnStar
requires the vehicle battery and
electrical system, cellular service,
and GPS satellite signals to be
available and operating. OnStar acts
as a link to existing emergency
service providers. OnStar may
collect information about you and
your vehicle, including location
information. See OnStar’s Terms &

.

Flashing Green: On a call.

.

Red: Indicates a problem.

.

Off: System is off. Press Q
twice to speak with an OnStar
Advisor.

Press Q or call 1-888-4ONSTAR
(1-888-466-7827) to speak to an
Advisor.
Press

= to:

.

Make a call, end a call,
or answer an incoming call.

.

Give OnStar Hands-Free Calling
voice commands.

.

Give OnStar Turn-by-Turn
Navigation voice commands.

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

372
.

OnStar

Obtain the Wi-Fi® hotspot name
or SSID and password,
if equipped.

Press Q to connect to an
Advisor to:
. Verify account information or
update contact information.
. Get driving directions.
.

Receive a Diagnostic check of
the vehicle's key operating
systems.

.

Receive Roadside Assistance.

.

Manage Wi-Fi Settings,
if equipped.

Press > to get a priority connection
to an OnStar Advisor available 24/
7 to:
. Get help for an emergency.
.

Be a Good Samaritan or
respond to an AMBER Alert.

.

Get assistance in severe
weather or other crisis situations
and find evacuation routes.

OnStar Services
Emergency
Emergency Services require an
active, OnStar subscription plan
(excludes Basic Plan). With
Automatic Crash Response, built-in
sensors can automatically alert a
specially trained OnStar Advisor
who is immediately connected in to
the vehicle to help.
Press > for a priority connection to
an OnStar Advisor who can contact
emergency service providers, direct
them to your exact location, and
relay important information.
With OnStar Crisis Assist, specially
trained Advisors are available
24 hours a day, 7 days a week, to
provide a central point of contact,
assistance, and information during a
crisis.
With Roadside Assistance, Advisors
can locate a nearby service provider
to help with a flat tire, a battery
jump, or an empty gas tank.

Security
If equipped, OnStar provides these
services:
. With Stolen Vehicle Assistance,
OnStar Advisors can use GPS to
pinpoint the vehicle and help
authorities quickly recover it.
. With Remote Ignition Block,
if equipped, OnStar can block
the engine from being restarted.
. With Stolen Vehicle Slowdown,
if equipped, OnStar can work
with law enforcement to
gradually slow the vehicle down.

Navigation
OnStar navigation requires a
specific OnStar subscription plan.
Press Q to receive Turn-by-Turn
directions or have them sent to the
vehicle’s navigation screen,
if equipped.

Turn-by-Turn Navigation
1. Press Q to connect to an
Advisor.

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

OnStar
2. Request directions to be
downloaded to the vehicle.
3. Follow the voice-guided
commands.

Using Voice Commands
During a Planned Route
Cancel Route
1. Press =. System responds:
“OnStar ready,” then a tone.

2. Say “Repeat.” System
responds with the last direction
given, then responds with
“OnStar ready,” then a tone.
Get My Destination
1. Press =. System responds:
“OnStar ready,” then a tone.
2. Say “Get my destination.”
System responds with the
address and distance to the
destination, then responds with
“OnStar ready,” then a tone.

2. Say “Cancel route.” System
responds: “Do you want to
cancel directions?”

Destination Download

3. Say “Yes.” System responds:
“OK, request completed, thank
you, goodbye.”

Subscribers can have directions
sent to the vehicle’s navigation
screen, if equipped.

Route Preview
1. Press =. System responds:
“OnStar ready,” then a tone.
2. Say “Route preview.” System
responds with the next three
maneuvers.
Repeat
1. Press =. System responds:
“OnStar ready,” then a tone.

Press Q, then ask the Advisor to
download directions to the vehicle’s
navigation system, if equipped. After
the call ends, the navigation screen
will provide prompts to begin driving
directions. Routes that are sent to
the navigation screen can only be
canceled through the navigation
system.
See www.onstar.com (U.S.) or
www.onstar.ca (Canada).

373

Connections
The following OnStar services help
with staying connected.
For coverage maps, see
www.onstar.com (U.S.) or
www.onstar.ca (Canada).
OnStar Wi-Fi® Hotspot (If
Equipped)
The vehicle may have a built-in
Wi-Fi hotspot that provides access
to the Internet and web content at
4G LTE speed. Up to seven mobile
devices can be connected. A data
plan is required. Use the in-vehicle
controls only when it is safe to
do so.
1. To retrieve Wi-Fi hotspot
information, press =, wait for
the prompt, then say “Wi-Fi
settings.” On some vehicles,
touch Wi-Fi Settings on the
screen.
2. The Wi-Fi settings will display
the Wi-Fi hotspot name (SSID),
password, and on some
vehicles, the connection type

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

374

OnStar
(no Internet connection, 3G,
4G, 4G LTE), and signal quality
(poor, good, excellent).

3. To change the SSID or
password, press Q or call
1-888-4ONSTAR to connect
with an Advisor.
®

OnStar RemoteLink Mobile App
(If Equipped)
Download the OnStar RemoteLink
mobile app to select Apple® iOS,
Android™, BlackBerry®,
or Windows® mobile devices.
OnStar Subscribers can access the
following services from a mobile
device:
. Remotely start/stop the vehicle,
if factory-equipped.
. Lock/unlock doors, if equipped
with automatic locks.
. Activate the horn and lamps.
.

.

Check the vehicle’s fuel level, oil
life, or tire pressure,
if factory-equipped with the Tire
Pressure Monitor System.
Send directions to the vehicle.

.

Locate the vehicle on a map
(U.S. market only).

.

Turn the vehicle's Wi-Fi hotspot
on/off, manage settings, and
monitor data consumption,
if equipped.

For OnStar RemoteLink information
and compatibility, see
www.onstar.com (U.S.) or
www.onstar.ca (Canada).

Remote Services
Contact an OnStar Advisor to
unlock the doors or sound the horn
and flash the lamps.

OnStar AtYourService
OnStar Advisors can provide special
offers from restaurants and retailers
on your route, help locate hotels,
or book a room.

OnStar Hands-Free Calling
Make and receive calls with the
built-in wireless calling service,
which requires available minutes.

Make a Call
1. Press =. System responds:
“OnStar ready.”
2. Say “Call.” System responds:
“Call. Please say the name or
number to call.”
3. Say the entire number without
pausing, including a “1” and the
area code. System responds:
“OK, calling.”

Calling 911 Emergency
1. Press =. System responds:
“OnStar ready.”
2. Say “Call.” System responds:
“Call. Please say the name or
number to call.”
3. Say “911” without pausing.
System responds: “911.”
4. Say “Call.” System responds:
“OK, dialing 911.”

Retrieve My Number
1. Press =. System responds:
“OnStar ready.”

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

OnStar
2. Say “My number.” System
responds: “Your OnStar
Hands-Free Calling number is,”
then says the number.

End a Call
Press =. System responds: “Call
ended.”

Verify Minutes and Expiration
Press = and say “Minutes” then
“Verify” to check how many minutes
remain and their expiration date.

Diagnostics
Advanced Diagnostics provides a
status of the vehicle’s key systems
with a monthly e-mail, or by
pressing Q. Real-time Diagnostic
Alerts can be sent by e-mail or text.
The Proactive Alerts feature (if
available) can help predict and alert
of potential upcoming maintenance
issues with select components on
the vehicle, before they become a
problem.
OnStar can also monitor and report
tire pressure, if the vehicle is
equipped with a Tire Pressure
Monitoring System.

375

OnStar Additional
Information
In-Vehicle Audio Messages
Audio messages may play important
information at the following times:
. Prior to vehicle purchase.
Press Q to set up an account.
.

With the OnStar Basic Plan,
every 60 days.

.

After change in ownership and
at 90 days.

Transferring Service
Press Q to request account transfer
eligibility information. The Advisor
can cancel or change account
information.

Selling/Transferring the
Vehicle
Call 1-888-4ONSTAR
(1-888-466-7827) immediately to
terminate your OnStar services if
the vehicle is disposed of, sold,
transferred, or if the lease ends.

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

376

OnStar
Press Q to speak with an
Advisor.

Reactivation for Subsequent
Owners

.

Press Q and follow the prompts to
speak to an Advisor as soon as
possible. The Advisor will update
vehicle records and explain OnStar
service options.

OnStar services cannot work unless
the vehicle is in a place where
OnStar has an agreement with a
wireless service provider for service
in that area. The wireless service
provider must also have coverage,
network capacity, reception, and
technology compatible with OnStar
services. Service involving location
information about the vehicle cannot
work unless GPS signals are
available, unobstructed, and
compatible with the OnStar
hardware. OnStar services may not
work if the OnStar equipment is not
properly installed or it has not been
properly maintained. If equipment or
software is added, connected,
or modified, OnStar services may
not work. Other problems beyond
the control of OnStar — such as
hills, tall buildings, tunnels, weather,
electrical system design and
architecture of the vehicle, damage
to the vehicle in a crash, or wireless
phone network congestion or
jamming — may prevent service.

How OnStar Service Works
Automatic Crash Response,
Emergency Services, Crisis Assist,
Stolen Vehicle Assistance,
Advanced Diagnostics, Remote
Services, Roadside Assistance,
Turn-by-Turn Navigation, and
Hands-Free Calling are available on
most vehicles. Not all OnStar
services are available everywhere
or on all vehicles. For more
information, a full description of
OnStar services, system limitations,
and OnStar terms and conditions:
. Call 1-888-4ONSTAR
(1-888-466-7827).
. See www.onstar.com (U.S.).
.

See www.onstar.ca (Canada).

.

Call TTY 1-877-248-2080.

See Radio Frequency Statement
0 367 .
ii

Services for People with
Disabilities
Advisors provide services to help
Subscribers with physical disabilities
and medical conditions.
Press

Q to help:

.

Locate a gas station with an
attendant to pump gas.

.

Find a hotel, restaurant, etc.,
that meets accessibility needs.

.

Provide directions to the closest
hospital or pharmacy in urgent
situations.

TTY Users
OnStar has the ability to
communicate to deaf,
hard-of-hearing, or speech-impaired
customers while in the vehicle. The
available dealer-installed TTY
system can provide in-vehicle
access to all OnStar services,
except Virtual Advisor and OnStar
Turn-by-Turn Navigation.

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

OnStar
OnStar Personal Identification
Number (PIN)
A PIN is needed to access some
OnStar services. The PIN will need
to be changed the first time when
speaking with an Advisor. To
change the OnStar PIN, contact an
OnStar Advisor by pressing Q or
calling 1-888-4ONSTAR.

vehicle has not been started for
five days, OnStar can contact
Roadside Assistance or a locksmith
to help gain access to the vehicle.

Global Positioning
System (GPS)
.

Warranty
OnStar equipment may be
warranted as part of the vehicle
warranty.

Languages
The vehicle can be programmed to
respond in multiple languages.
Press Q and ask for an Advisor.
Advisors are available in English,
Spanish, and French. Available
languages may vary by country.

Potential Issues
OnStar cannot perform Remote
Door Unlock or Stolen Vehicle
Assistance after the vehicle has
been off continuously for five days
without an ignition cycle. If the

.

Obstruction of the GPS can
occur in a large city with tall
buildings; in parking garages;
around airports; in tunnels and
underpasses; or in an area with
very dense trees. If GPS signals
are not available, the OnStar
system should still operate to
call OnStar. However, OnStar
could have difficulty identifying
the exact location.
In emergency situations, OnStar
can use the last stored GPS
location to send to emergency
responders.

A temporary loss of GPS can cause
loss of the ability to send a
Turn-by-Turn Navigation route. The
Advisor may give a verbal route or
may ask for a call back after the
vehicle is driven into an open area.

377

Cellular and GPS Antennas
Cellular reception is required for
OnStar to send remote signals to
the vehicle. Do not place items over
or near the antenna to prevent
blocking cellular and GPS signal
reception.

Unable to Connect to OnStar
Message
If there is limited cellular coverage
or the cellular network has reached
maximum capacity, this message
may come on. Press Q to try the
call again or try again after driving a
few miles into another cellular area.

Vehicle and Power Issues
OnStar services require a vehicle
electrical system, wireless service,
and GPS satellite technologies to be
available and operating for features
to function properly. These systems
may not operate if the battery is
discharged or disconnected.

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

378

OnStar

Add-on Electrical Equipment
The OnStar system is integrated
into the electrical architecture of the
vehicle. Do not add any electrical
equipment. See Add-On Electrical
Equipment 0 263 . Added electrical
equipment may interfere with the
operation of the OnStar system and
cause it to not operate.
ii

Vehicle Software Updates
OnStar or GM may remotely deliver
software updates or changes to the
vehicle without further notice or
consent. These updates or changes
may enhance or maintain safety,
security, or the operation of the
vehicle or the vehicle systems.
Software updates or changes may
affect or erase data or settings that
are stored in the vehicle, such as
OnStar Hands-Free Calling name
tags, saved navigation destinations,
or pre-set radio stations. Neither
OnStar nor GM is responsible for
any affected or erased data or
settings. These updates or changes
may also collect personal
information. Such collection is
described in the OnStar privacy

statement or separately disclosed at
the time of installation. These
updates or changes may also cause
a system to automatically
communicate with GM servers to
collect information about vehicle
system status, identify whether
updates or changes are available,
or deliver updates or changes. An
active OnStar agreement constitutes
consent to these software updates
or changes and agreement that
either OnStar or GM may remotely
deliver them to the vehicle.

Privacy
The complete OnStar Privacy
Statement may be found at
www.onstar.com (U.S.),
or www.onstar.ca (Canada). We
recommend that you review it. If you
have any questions, call
1-888-4ONSTAR (1-888-466-7827)
or press Q to speak with an
Advisor. Users of wireless
communications are cautioned that
the privacy of any information sent
via wireless cellular communications
cannot be assured. Third parties

may unlawfully intercept or access
transmissions and private
communications without consent.

OnStar - Software
Acknowledgements
Certain OnStar components include
libcurl and unzip software and other
third party software. Below are the
notices and licenses associated with
libcurl and unzip and for other third
party software please see http://
www.lg.com/global/support/
opensource/index and https://
www.onstar.com/us/en/support/
getdocuments.html
libcurl:
COPYRIGHT AND PERMISSION
NOTICE
Copyright (c) 1996 - 2010, Daniel
Stenberg, .
All rights reserved.
Permission to use, copy, modify,
and distribute this software for any
purpose with or without fee is
hereby granted, provided that the

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

OnStar
above copyright notice and this
permission notice appear in all
copies.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED
“AS IS,” WITHOUT WARRANTY OF
ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT
LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES
OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
AND NONINFRINGEMENT OF
THIRD PARTY RIGHTS. IN NO
EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE
LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,
DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF
CONTRACT, TORT OR
OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION
WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE
USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN
THE SOFTWARE.
Except as contained in this notice,
the name of a copyright holder shall
not be used in advertising or
otherwise to promote the sale, use
or other dealings in this Software
without prior written authorization of
the copyright holder.

unzip:
This is version 2005-Feb-10 of the
Info-ZIP copyright and license. The
definitive version of this document
should be available at ftp://
ftp.info-zip.org/pub/infozip/
license.html indefinitely.
Copyright (c) 1990-2005 Info-ZIP. All
rights reserved.
For the purposes of this copyright
and license, “Info-ZIP” is defined as
the following set of individuals:
Mark Adler, John Bush, Karl Davis,
Harald Denker, Jean-Michel Dubois,
Jean-loup Gailly, Hunter Goatley, Ed
Gordon, Ian Gorman, Chris
Herborth, Dirk Haase, Greg Hartwig,
Robert Heath, Jonathan Hudson,
Paul Kienitz, David Kirschbaum,
Johnny Lee, Onno van der Linden,
Igor Mandrichenko, Steve P. Miller,
Sergio Monesi, Keith Owens,
George Petrov, Greg Roelofs, Kai
Uwe Rommel, Steve Salisbury,
Dave Smith, Steven M. Schweda,
Christian Spieler, Cosmin Truta,
Antoine Verheijen, Paul von Behren,
Rich Wales, Mike White.

379

This software is provided “as is,”
without warranty of any kind,
express or implied. In no event shall
Info-ZIP or its contributors be held
liable for any direct, indirect,
incidental, special or consequential
damages arising out of the use of or
inability to use this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to
use this software for any purpose,
including commercial applications,
and to alter it and redistribute it
freely, subject to the following
restrictions:
1. Redistributions of source code
must retain the above copyright
notice, definition, disclaimer,
and this list of conditions.
2. Redistributions in binary form
(compiled executables) must
reproduce the above copyright
notice, definition, disclaimer,
and this list of conditions in
documentation and/or other
materials provided with the
distribution. The sole exception
to this condition is redistribution
of a standard UnZipSFX binary
(including SFXWiz) as part of a

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/17/15

380

OnStar
self-extracting archive; that is
permitted without inclusion of
this license, as long as the
normal SFX banner has not
been removed from the binary
or disabled.

3. Altered versions–including, but
not limited to, ports to new
operating systems, existing
ports with new graphical
interfaces, and dynamic,
shared, or static library
versions–must be plainly
marked as such and must not
be misrepresented as being
the original source. Such
altered versions also must not
be misrepresented as being
Info-ZIP releases–including,
but not limited to, labeling of
the altered versions with the
names “Info-ZIP” (or any
variation thereof, including, but
not limited to, different
capitalizations), “Pocket
UnZip,” “WiZ” or “MacZip”
without the explicit permission
of Info-ZIP. Such altered
versions are further prohibited
from misrepresentative use of

the Zip-Bugs or Info-ZIP e-mail
addresses or of the
Info-ZIP URL(s).
4. Info-ZIP retains the right to use
the names “Info-ZIP,” “Zip,”
“UnZip,” “UnZipSFX,” “WiZ,”
“Pocket UnZip,” “Pocket Zip,”
and “MacZip” for its own
source and binary releases.

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/19/15

Index

Index

A
Accessories and
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266
Accessory Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230
Add-On Electrical Equipment . . . 263
Additional Information
OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 375
Additional Maintenance
and Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348
Adjustments
Lumbar, Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Agreements
Trademarks and License . . . . . 203
Air Cleaner/Filter, Engine . . . . . . . 273
Air Filter, Passenger
Compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
Airbag System
Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
How Does an Airbag
Restrain? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Passenger Sensing System . . . . 77
What Makes an Airbag
Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
What Will You See after an
Airbag Inflates? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
When Should an Airbag
Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74

381

Airbag System (cont'd)
Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . . . . 72
Airbags
Adding Equipment to the
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Passenger Status Indicator . . . 121
Readiness Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Servicing Airbag-Equipped
Vehicles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Alarm
Vehicle Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Alert
Side Blind Zone (SBZA) . . . . . . 249
All-Season Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297
All-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . .237, 284
AM-FM Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . .172, 173
Antenna
Multi-band . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
Antilock Brake System (ABS) . . . 237
Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Appearance Care
Exterior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332
Interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336
Armrest Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Assistance Program,
Roadside . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/19/15

382

Index

Audio
Theft-Deterrent Feature . . . . . . . 164
Audio Players
CD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181, 183
MP3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185, 190
Automatic
Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
Transmission Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . 273
Automatic Transmission
Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
Shift Lock Control Function
Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284
Auxiliary
Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192

B
Battery
Load Management . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
Power Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
Voltage and Charging
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Battery - North America . . . .283, 325
Blade Replacement, Wiper . . . . . 285
Bluetooth
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
Brake
System Warning Light . . . . . . . . 124
Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282

Brakes (cont'd)
Antilock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282
Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
System Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
Break-In, New Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . 226
Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288
Fog Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
Headlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287
Headlamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287
License Plate Lamps . . . . . . . . . 288
Taillamps, Turn Signal, and
Stoplamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287
Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310

C
Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
California
Fuel Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . 253
Perchlorate Materials
Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265
California
Proposition
65 Warning . . . . . . . . . .265, 283, 325
Camera
Rear Vision (RVC) . . . . . . . . . . . . 243
Canadian Vehicle Owners . . . . . . . . 2

Capacities and
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355
Carbon Monoxide
Engine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
Liftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
Cargo
Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Management System . . . . . . . . . 104
Tie-Downs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Caution, Danger, and Warning . . . . 2
CD Player . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .181, 183
Center Console Storage . . . . . . . . 103
Chains, Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315
Charging System Light . . . . . . . . . 122
Check
Ignition Transmission Lock . . . 285
Malfunction Indicator
Engine Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Child Restraints
Infants and Young Children . . . . . 84
Lower Anchors and Tethers
for Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Older Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Securing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96, 98
Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/19/15

Index
Cleaning
Exterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332
Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336
Climate Control Systems . . . . . . . 204
Air Conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
Dual Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
Heating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211, 212
Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113, 114
Cluster, Instrument . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Collision Damage Repair . . . . . . . 364
Compact Spare Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . 323
Compartments
Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Connections
OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373
Control
Traction and Electronic
Stability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239
Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
Convenience Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Convex Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Coolant
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275
Engine Temperature Gauge . . .119
Engine Temperature
Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127

Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274
Engine Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
Courtesy Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
Courtesy Transportation
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 363
Cover
Cargo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269
Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Cupholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Customer Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . 360
Offices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359
Text Telephone (TTY)
Users . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360
Customer Information
Service Publications
Ordering Information . . . . . . . . 366
Customer Satisfaction
Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357

D
Damage Repair, Collision . . . . . . . 364
Danger, Warning, and Caution . . . . 2
Data Recorders, Event . . . . . . . . . 369
Daytime Running Lamps/
Automatic Headlamp
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157

383

Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
Delayed Entry Lighting . . . . . . . . . 161
Delayed Exit Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . 161
Delayed Headlamps . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Devices
Auxiliary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
Diagnostics
OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 375
Distracted Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
Dome Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
Door
Ajar Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Power Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Drive Belt Routing, Engine . . . . . . 356
Drive Systems
All-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . 237, 284
Driver Information
Center (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . .129, 134
Driving
Characteristics and
Towing Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256
Defensive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
Drunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
For Better Fuel Economy . . . . . . . 29
Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . 220

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/19/15

384

Index

Driving (cont'd)
If the Vehicle is Stuck . . . . . . . . . 222
Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . 218
Vehicle Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . 222
Wet Roads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
Dual Automatic Climate
Control System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207

E
Electrical Equipment,
Add-On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263
Electrical System
Engine Compartment Fuse
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290
Fuses and Circuit Breakers . . . 289
Instrument Panel Fuse
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293
Overload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289
Emergency
OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 372
Engine
Air Cleaner/Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273
Check and Service Engine
Soon Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Compartment Overview . . . . . . . 268
Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275

Engine (cont'd)
Coolant Temperature
Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119
Coolant Temperature
Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274
Cooling System Messages . . . 138
Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269
Drive Belt Routing . . . . . . . . . . . . 356
Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
Heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
Oil Life System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272
Oil Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Oil Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Overheated Protection
Operating Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280
Overheating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
Power Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Running While Parked . . . . . . . . 233
Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228
Entry Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
Equipment, Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261
Event Data Recorders . . . . . . . . . . 369
Extender, Safety Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Exterior Lamp Controls . . . . . . . . . 156

F
Features
Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Filter,
Engine Air Cleaner . . . . . . . . . . . 273
Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
Flashers, Hazard Warning . . . . . . 158
Flat Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315
Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316
Floor Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339
Fluid
Automatic Transmission . . . . . . 273
Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282
Power Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280
Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281
Fog Lamps
Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
Folding Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Forward Collision Alert
(FCA) System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247
Frequency Statement
Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 367
Front Seats
Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Heated and Cooled . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252
Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253
Economy Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/19/15

Index
Fuel (cont'd)
Filling a Portable Fuel
Container . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255
Filling the Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254
Foreign Countries . . . . . . . . . . . . 253
Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .118
Requirements, California . . . . . 253
System Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Fuses
Engine Compartment Fuse
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290
Fuses and Circuit Breakers . . . 289
Instrument Panel Fuse
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293

G
Garage Door Opener . . . . . . . . . . . 152
Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
Gauges
Engine Coolant
Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .118
Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .118
Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .118
Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .118
Voltmeter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Warning Lights and
Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .116

General Information
Service and Maintenance . . . . . 341
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256
Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265
Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
GM Mobility Reimbursement
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360

H
Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . . . 158
Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Headlamps
Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287
Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 287
Daytime Running Lamps/
Automatic Headlamp
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
Delayed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . 128
High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . 156
Heated
Steering Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110
Heated and Cooled Front
Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Heated Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Heater
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
Heating and Air Conditioning . . . 204

385

High Voltage Devices and
Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289
High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . . . 220
Hill Start Assist (HSA) . . . . . . . . . . 239
Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267
Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
How to Wear Safety Belts
Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64

I
Ignition Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
Ignition Transmission Lock
Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285
Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Indicator
Vehicle Ahead . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Infants and Young Children,
Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . . . 370
Instrument Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Instrument Panel
Storage Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Interior Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . . . 46
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/19/15

386

Index

J
Jump Starting - North
America . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325

K
Key and Lock Messages . . . . . . . . 140
Keyless Entry
Remote (RKE) System . . . . . . . . . 33
Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31

L
Labeling, Tire Sidewall . . . . . . . . . . 298
Lamps
Courtesy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
Dome . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
Exterior Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
License Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288
Malfunction Indicator . . . . . . . . . 123
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Reading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
Lane Departure
Warning (LDW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
Lane Departure Warning
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
LATCH System
Replacing Parts after a
Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96

LATCH, Lower Anchors and
Tethers for Children . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Liftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Lighting
Delayed Entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
Delayed Exit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
Entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
Illumination Control . . . . . . . . . . . 159
Parade Dimming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Airbag Readiness . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Antilock Brake System
(ABS) Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Brake System Warning . . . . . . . 124
Charging System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
Engine Coolant
Temperature Warning . . . . . . . 127
Engine Oil Pressure . . . . . . . . . . 127
Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
High-Beam On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . 156
Lane Departure Warning . . . . . . 126
Safety Belt Reminders . . . . . . . . 120
Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
StabiliTrak® Indicator . . . . . . . . . 126
Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Tow/Haul Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126

Locks
Automatic Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Lockout Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Power Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
Lower Anchors and Tethers
for Children (LATCH
System) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Lumbar Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54

M
Maintenance
Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353
Maintenance and Care
Additional . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348
Maintenance Schedule . . . . . . . . . 342
Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351
Malfunction Indicator Lamp . . . . . 123
Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
Memory Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Memory Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Messages
Airbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/19/15

Index
Messages (cont'd)
Battery Voltage and
Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Brake System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Door Ajar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Engine Cooling System . . . . . . . 138
Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Engine Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Fuel System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Key and Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Object Detection System . . . . . 140
Ride Control System . . . . . . . . . . 142
Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
Service Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Vehicle Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Vehicle Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Mirrors
Automatic Dimming
Rearview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Convex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Folding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Heated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Manual Rearview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46

Mirrors (cont'd)
Park Tilt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Mirrors, Interior Rearview . . . . . . . . 46
Monitor System, Tire
Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304
MP3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .185, 190
Multi-band Antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180

N
Navigation
OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 372
Net, Convenience . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
New Vehicle Break-In . . . . . . . . . . . 226

O
Object Detection System
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
Off-Road
Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
Oil
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269
Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . . 272
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Older Children, Restraints . . . . . . . 83
Online Owner Center . . . . . . . . . . . 360
OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 369

387

OnStar System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
OnStar® Additional
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 375
OnStar® Connections . . . . . . . . . . . 373
OnStar® Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . 375
OnStar® Emergency . . . . . . . . . . . . 372
OnStar® Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . 372
OnStar® Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 371
OnStar® Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 372
Operating Mode
Overheated Engine
Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280
Operation
Infotainment System . . . . . 167, 169
Ordering
Service Publications . . . . . . . . . . 366
Outlets
Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .114
Overheated Engine
Protection Operating Mode . . . . 280
Overheating, Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .165, 167

P
Parade Dimming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
Park
Shifting Into . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230
Shifting Out of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
Tilt Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/19/15

388

Index

Parking
Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
Brake and P (Park)
Mechanism Check . . . . . . . . . . 285
Over Things That Burn . . . . . . . 232
Parking Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
Passenger Airbag Status
Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Passenger Compartment Air
Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
Passenger Sensing System . . . . . 77
Perchlorate Materials
Requirements, California . . . . . . 265
Personalization
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Phone
Bluetooth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
Power
Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .114
Protection, Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
Retained Accessory (RAP) . . . 230
Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Steering Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Pregnancy, Using Safety Belts . . . 69

Privacy
Vehicle Data Recording . . . . . . . 368
Program
Courtesy Transportation . . . . . . 363
Proposition
65 Warning,
California . . . . . . . . . . . .265, 283, 325

R
Radio Frequency Statement . . . . 367
Radio Reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
Radios
AM-FM Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . 172, 173
Satellite . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176, 179
Reading Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
Rear Climate Control
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211, 212
Rear Seat Audio (RSA)
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Rear Vision Camera (RVC) . . . . . 243
Rear Window Washer/Wiper . . . . 111
Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Automatic Dimming . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351
Records
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353

Recreational Vehicle Towing . . . . 328
Reimbursement Program,
GM Mobility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Replacement Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288
Replacement Parts
Airbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352
Replacing Airbag System . . . . . . . . 82
Replacing LATCH System
Parts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Replacing Safety Belt System
Parts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Reporting Safety Defects
Canadian Government . . . . . . . . 368
General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 368
U.S. Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . 367
Restraints
Where to Put . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Retained Accessory
Power (RAP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230
Ride Control Systems
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
Roads
Driving, Wet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/19/15

Index
Roadside Assistance
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361
Roof
Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Roof Rack System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Rotation, Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309
Routing, Engine Drive Belt . . . . . . 356
Running the Vehicle While
Parked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233

S
Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Extender . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
How to Wear Safety Belts
Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Replacing after a Crash . . . . . . . . 70
Use During Pregnancy . . . . . . . . . . 69
Safety Defects Reporting
Canadian Government . . . . . . . . 368
General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 368
U.S. Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . 367
Safety Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Safety System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Satellite Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . .176, 179
Scheduling Appointments . . . . . . . 363

Seats
Adjustment, Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Lumbar Adjustment, Front . . . . . . 54
Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Power Adjustment, Front . . . . . . . 54
Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Third Row Seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Securing Child Restraints . . . . 96, 98
Security
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 372
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Vehicle Alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Service
Accessories and
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266
Climate Control System . . . . . . . 204
Doing Your Own Work . . . . . . . . 266
Engine Soon Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Maintenance Records . . . . . . . . 353
Maintenance, General
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341
Parts Identification Label . . . . . 354
Publications Ordering
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 366

389

Service (cont'd)
Scheduling Appointments . . . . . 363
Vehicle Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
Services
Special Application . . . . . . . . . . . 348
Servicing the Airbag . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Shift Lock Control Function
Check, Automatic
Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284
Shifting
Into Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230
Out of Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) . . . 249
Signals, Turn and
Lane-Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
Spare Tire
Compact . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323
Special Application Services . . . . 348
Specifications and
Capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355
Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
StabiliTrak
Indicator Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Start Assist, Hills . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239
Start Vehicle, Remote . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Starter Switch Check . . . . . . . . . . . 284
Starting the Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/19/15

390

Index

Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
Fluid, Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280
Heated Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110
Wheel Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
Wheel Controls . . . . . . . . . . 108, 109
Storage Areas
Armrest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Cargo Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Cargo Management
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Center Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Convenience Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Instrument Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Roof Rack System . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Storage Compartments . . . . . . . . . 102
Stuck Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
Summer Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298
Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
System
Forward Collision
Alert (FCA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247
Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163, 370
Rear Seat Audio (RSA) . . . . . . . 193
Roof Rack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105

T
Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
Taillamps
Turn Signal and Stoplamps . . . 287
Text Telephone (TTY) Users . . . . 360
Theft-Deterrent Systems . . . . . . . . . 43
Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Third-Row Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113, 114
Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296
All-Season . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297
Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310
Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315
Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316
Compact Spare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323
Designations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300
Different Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312
If a Tire Goes Flat . . . . . . . . . . . . 315
Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Pressure Monitor Operation . . 305
Pressure Monitor System . . . . . 304
Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309
Sidewall Labeling . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298
Terminology and Definitions . . 301
Uniform Tire Quality
Grading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312

Tires (cont'd)
Wheel Alignment and Tire
Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314
Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 314
When It Is Time for New
Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310
Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297
Tow/Haul Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
Tow/Haul Mode Light . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Towing
Driving Characteristics . . . . . . . . 256
Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261
General Information . . . . . . . . . . 256
Recreational Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . 328
Trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328
Traction Control/Electronic
Stability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239
Trademarks and License
Agreements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
Trailer
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259
Transmission
Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
Fluid, Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
Transportation Program,
Courtesy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 363

Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico9159264) - 2016 - crc - 8/19/15

Index
Turn and Lane-Change
Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158

U
Uniform Tire Quality Grading . . . 312
Universal Remote System . . . . . . 152
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
Using This Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

V
Vehicle
Alarm System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Canadian Owners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
Identification Number (VIN) . . . 354
Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Personalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Reminder Messages . . . . . . . . . . 145
Remote Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Speed Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328
Vehicle Ahead Indicator . . . . . . . . 126
Vehicle Care
Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303
Vehicle Data Recording and
Privacy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 368

Ventilation, Air . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Voltage Devices and Wiring . . . . 289
Voltmeter Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120

W
Warning
Brake System Light . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Caution and Danger . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Lane Departure (LDW) . . . . . . . 250
Warning Lights, Gauges, and
Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
Warnings
Hazard Flashers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Wheels
Alignment and Tire Balance . . 314
Different Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312
Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314
When It Is Time for New
Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310
Where to Put the Restraint . . . . . . 88
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Windshield
Wiper/Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110
Winter
Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220

391

Winter Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297
Wiper Blade Replacement . . . . . . 285
Wipers
Rear Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Wiring, High Voltage Devices . . . 289



Source Exif Data:
File Type                       : PDF
File Type Extension             : pdf
MIME Type                       : application/pdf
PDF Version                     : 1.6
Linearized                      : No
XMP Toolkit                     : Adobe XMP Core 5.5-c012 1.149602, 2012/10/10-18:10:24
Format                          : application/pdf
Subject                         : null
Modified                        : 2015:06:23 19:09:56.195-04:00
Title                           : Owner's Manual
Size                            : 5644765
Extracted                       : 2015:09:28 14:11:40.499-04:00
Sha 1                           : 1824bb7e8881cc8692ce113fba00de88959dd0a9
Modify Date                     : 2015:09:23 11:20:40-04:00
Metadata Date                   : 2015:09:23 11:20:40-04:00
Create Date                     : 2015:08:19 10:15:19-04:00
Creator Tool                    : Arbortext Advanced Print Publisher 10.0.1465/W Unicode
Producer                        : Arbortext Advanced Print Publisher 10.0.1465/W Unicode
Tags                            : OwnerCenter:GMNA/2016/chevrolet/traverse, OwnerCenter:GMNA/asset_type/owner_manual
Instance ID                     : uuid:e9aaaf56-b060-46f4-84cd-aa4883195677
Document ID                     : uuid:ae1a02a1-a78b-48ef-93cf-4569aba7c92e
Page Mode                       : UseOutlines
Page Count                      : 392
Creator                         : Arbortext Advanced Print Publisher 10.0.1465/W Unicode
EXIF Metadata provided by EXIF.tools

Navigation menu